DODERLEIFS HAND-BOOK 
 
 O F 
 
 LATIN SYNONYMES 
 
 TRANSLATED BY. 
 
 REV. H. II. ARNOLD B. A. 
 
 WITH 
 
 AN INTRODUCTION 
 
 S. H. TAYLOR, LL. D. 
 
 BOSTON COLLEGE LIBRARY 
 
 CHESTNUT HILL, MASS. 
 
 ANDOVER: 
 
 WARREN F. DRAPER. 
 
 BOSTON: CROSBY, NICHOLS, LEE & CO. 
 
 NEW YORK: JOHN WILEY. 
 
 PHILADELPHIA : SMITH, ENGLISH & CO. 
 
 1 8 63 . 
 
Entered according to Act of Congress', in the year 1858, by 
 WARREN F. DRAPER, 
 
 In the Clerk's OlLce of the District Court of the District of Massachusetts. 
 
 ffy 2,3 “f? 
 
 . if le 3 6 
 
INTRODUCTION 
 
 T O 
 
 THE AMERICAN EDITION. 
 
 Dr. Ludwig Doderlein, the author of this 
 work, was born in 1791, and became Professor 
 in the University of Erlangen. He is an emi¬ 
 nent philologist, and the author of several val¬ 
 uable philological works. The most important 
 of these are: “ The Formation of Latin Words 
 “A Homeric Glossary;” “ Handbook of Latin 
 Etymology; ” “ Latin Synonymes and Etymol¬ 
 ogies,” in six volumes; on this he labored more 
 than twelve years, the first volume appearing 
 in 1826, the last in 1828. From this latter 
 work, the volume here presented was prepared 
 
IV 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 by the author, and first published in 1840. 
 After a familiarity of several years with most 
 of the best manuals on Latin Synonymes, we 
 find this superior to any of them, and better 
 adapted to the wants of the student. It shows 
 an intimate and comprehensive acquaintance 
 with the language, and a nice discrimination 
 between the significations of words having a 
 greater or less similarity of meaning. The 
 distinctions are generally well founded, and 
 clearly stated. While at times the distinc¬ 
 tion may seem to be too refined and subtle, 
 careful observation and more extended study 
 will usually correct such an impression. The 
 difference between related words may proceed 
 from a variety of sources. It may be that of 
 genus and species; or it may be historical, one 
 
 being used at one time and the other at a 
 
 • 
 
 different one; or one is abstract, the other 
 concrete; one is literal, the other figurative; 
 one is the more common expression, the other 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 V 
 
 the more elegant; one is a prose word, the 
 other poetical; one belongs to one kind of 
 poetry, and the other to another. The differ¬ 
 ence also consists in the point of view which 
 the writer takes. Quies is rest; requies also 
 is rest; but the latter word shows that the 
 writer has in mind a previous state of unrest. 
 There are other differences also growing out 
 
 i 
 
 of the essential nature of the words. 
 
 The advantages of the study of synonymes 
 in a classical course, are too great to be neg¬ 
 lected. A knowledge of them gives to the 
 student a fulness and precision of his author’s 
 meaning otherwise unattainable. The point 
 of a sentence often turns upon a delicate shade 
 of thought conveyed by a particular word, 
 which another of similar signification would 
 not give; if this delicate shade is not appre¬ 
 ciated, the writer’s thought is either misappre¬ 
 hended, or but imperfectly understood. 
 
 Again, the habit of observing the proper use 
 
VI 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 of words related to each other in meaning, as 
 whether one is generic, and the other specific, 
 one abstract, the other concrete, one literal, 
 the other figurative, or whatever be the ground 
 and nature of the difference, is one of the 
 essential benefits of classical study. The whole 
 process of such study, when rightly conducted, 
 is that of “ arbitrating between conflicting 
 probabilities ; ” and the closest power of arbi¬ 
 tration is often requisite in determining the 
 particular idea conveyed by related words. 
 Or, if the distinctions are drawn out, as they 
 are in a treatise on synonymes, the mind of the 
 student is trained to close and discriminating* 
 observation, in being required to note and fix 
 these distinctions, and to give a definite form 
 to them in his own mind, and to express them 
 in his own language. 
 
 Besides the more direct advantages resulting 
 from the study of synonymes, an increased in¬ 
 terest will thereby be given to classical studies 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 Vll 
 
 There is a natural fondness in the youthful 
 mind for the process of comparison, for tracing 
 resemblances and differences. This element 
 should not be neglected when it can be turned 
 to so good account. It will help to relieve the 
 tedium and barrenness of classical study, as too 
 often conducted, and to give some living fea¬ 
 tures to languages which are too generally 
 looked upon as “ dead.” 
 
 The meaning of a particular word is often 
 given more distinctly by stating its opposite. 
 The relation, or shade of thought, which can¬ 
 not be conveyed fully by a direct definition, 
 nor perhaps, indeed, by words at all, is made 
 clear and distinct by showing to what it is 
 opposed. This valuable means of elucidation, 
 the author has used with great success in this 
 work. 
 
 While the author has “ omitted all detail in 
 the treatment of Greek synonymes” in this 
 compend, he has very wisely sought out the 
 
Vlll 
 
 INTRODUCTION. 
 
 nearest corresponding Greek expression, and 
 placed it with the Latin word to be explained. 
 Thus the Greek word, to the more advanced 
 scholar, will often throw light upon the Latin, 
 and the Latin in turn upon the Greek. In 
 this way the work is indirectly valuable in 
 elucidating Greek synonymes. 
 
 The present edition of this work is reprinted 
 from the second London edition, which is 
 essentially the same as the first, with a few 
 corrections and improvements. 
 
 S. H. T. 
 
 Andover, January, 1858 
 
THE 
 
 AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 The wish has been expressed to me from different 
 quarters, and particularly by several respectable school¬ 
 masters, to see the essential results of my larger work 
 on Latin Synonymes and Etymologies compressed into 
 a Hand-book. Although within the twelve years since 
 I began to work at the long-neglected study of Latin 
 Synonymes, the market has been almost glutted with 
 works of the same sort, in the form of hand-books, by 
 Habicht, Ramshorn, Jentzen, and Schmalfeld, I have 
 not, on that acount, the least hesitation in complying 
 with the wish expressed to me, by publishing the present 
 Abridgment; for, in asserting that my method and the 
 arrangement of my materials are totally distinct from 
 what have been adopted by those deserving authors, I 
 trust that I am neither extolling myself, nor under¬ 
 rating them. The Abridgment which I here submit to 
 the Public contains, I hope, all that is essential in my 
 larger work; — to effect which object I have omitted 
 certain things of less direct importance ; namely, — 
 
X 
 
 THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 First, — All etymological deductions. Not wishing, 
 however, entirely to renounce my principle of associating 
 the etymology with the synonyme, I have inserted it 
 between parentheses, whenever it was not either so 
 obvious as to make the insertion unnecessary, or so far¬ 
 fetched as to make the etymology doubtful. Many 
 instances of this sort will and must, especially to him 
 who is not conversant with etymological researches, 
 appear singularly uncouth; but it would have led me 
 too far to refer, in every instance, to the principles 
 established in the Treatise on the Formation of Latin 
 Words, which I have subjoined to my larger work as a 
 Supplement. I must, therefore, entreat those readers 
 and critics into whose hands my treatise has not fallen, 
 to ignore (if I may use a law term) the words included 
 between parentheses, or to suspend their verdict con¬ 
 cerning them. 
 
 Secondly } — I have omitted all parallel passages, and 
 such as have an affinity with each other, without possess¬ 
 ing any stringent force as proofs. On the other hand, 
 I have given at length those passages in the classics in 
 which the ancients, in the course of speech, and not by 
 means of grammatical reflections, have introduced syn- 
 onymes in contrast with each other, and thus taught 
 their differences ; and where such passages were want¬ 
 ing, I have frequently brought into juxta-position several 
 passages from one and the same author, in which he 
 seems to have indicated some peculiar force in a par¬ 
 ticular expression. 
 
 Thirdly, — I have omitted all critical and exegetical 
 discussions. The more scientific form of my larger 
 
THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 XI 
 
 work not only afforded me the opportunity, but imposed 
 • the obligation of entering upon such discussions; but 
 in the present Abridgment I have thought it best, 
 except in a very few cases, to omit them altogether. 
 
 Fourthly,—I have omitted all detail in the treatment 
 of the Greek synonymes. Nevertheless, I have thought 
 it of essential importance to search for the nearest cor¬ 
 responding expression, both in the Greek and German 
 languages, and place them by the side of the Latin 
 synonyme ; and at the same time to ascertain, and 
 make intuitive, as it were, the precise meaning and 
 extent of the Latin expression, by the introduction of 
 such words as are strictly in opposition to it. 
 
 Fifthly, — I have omitted the views of other writers 
 on synonymes. In my larger work I introduced, often 
 only as literary curiosities, distinctions derived from the 
 Latin grammarians, Yarro, Cicero, Agrsetius, Pseudo- 
 fronto, and Pseudo-palaemon ; and I also quoted, whether 
 agreeing with or differing from me, the modern writers 
 on synonymes, Popma, Hill, Humesnil, Smitson, Ha- 
 bicht, Ramshorn, Jentzen, and others. Instead of 
 which I must here content myself with merely referring 
 to such quotations as are contained in my larger -work ; 
 and have therefore added, at the end of each article, 
 the volume and page of that work in which these quota¬ 
 tions are to be found. 
 
 Sixthly, — I have omitted such synonymes as are of 
 very rare occurrence, and distinguished from each other 
 by a very slight difference. In my larger work I have 
 treated as synonymes many expressions, aira% elprj/jbeva, 
 that occur but once, and whose differences, on that very 
 
Xll 
 
 THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 ’ account, cannot be deduced from the general usage of 
 the language, but can merely be guessed at from ety¬ 
 mology and other sources. Such expressions are of no 
 importance with reference to the object of this Hand¬ 
 book. The same may be said of many synonymes which 
 can be distinguished, as it were, only by a microscope. 
 Such synonymes are found throughout my larger w T ork 
 in great numbers, and have drawn upon me the reproach 
 of “ hair-splitting.” The fact I must acknowledge, but 
 cannot admit it to be a reproach; for surely it is the 
 proper vocation of a scientific writer on synonymes, not 
 so much to distinguish words that merely resemble each 
 other in meaning, as those that are apparently equiva 
 lent. The greater their apparent equivalence, the 
 more difficult it is to grasp their essential difference, 
 and the more indispensable the aid of a guide to syn 
 onymes. If, therefore, it be admitted, that words 
 identical in meaning do not exist, and that it is morally 
 impossible, if I may use the expression, that they should 
 exist, the only questions are, whether, in such cases, it 
 is w r orth while to search out their differences, and 
 whether it is possible to find them out. Science will 
 answer the first question, without hesitation, in the 
 affirmative ; and with respect to the second, there can 
 at least be no presumption in making the attempt. A 
 distinction is soon obtained when several words are con¬ 
 trasted with the word under consideration; and if these 
 contrasted words are also synonymous with each other, 
 it must follow, that the affinity of the several words in 
 meaning is so close, as to permit their interchange, as 
 synonymes, under all circumstances. Their differences* 
 
THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 Xlll 
 
 are altogether unimportant with reference to speaking 
 and writing, but highly important as far as the intimate 
 and more refined knowledge of the language itself is 
 concerned. It is on this account that hair-splitting is 
 allowable. Can there be a doubt that a distinction will 
 be slight in proportion as it has its origin in the indi¬ 
 vidual feelings of those by whom a language is used ? 
 Such distinctions in synonymes are, consequently, most 
 felt in one’s native language; it is only necessary that 
 the feelings in which they have their origin should not 
 be vague and unformed. In the introduction to the 
 fourth part of my work I have evinced, I hope, suffi¬ 
 cient liberality and tolerance with regard to the obliga¬ 
 tion of conforming to these hair-breadth distinctions, 
 and selecting one’s expressions accordingly. So much 
 in justification of those reprobated hair-splittings ; those 
 discoveries of atoms, or, as my deceased friend Bremi 
 expressed it, keen discernment of atoms, which in my 
 larger work, more devoted to science than to instruction, 
 found their proper place ; but in the present Hand-book, 
 intended for the use of schools, especially in the art of 
 writing Latin, my predilection for such nice distinctions 
 would be sadly out of place. Distinctions of that sort I 
 have, therefore, for the most part, omitted, but not with 
 the intention of silently retracting them. 
 
 I here submit a few observations to the notice of 
 schoolmasters. For the purposes of instruction, syn¬ 
 onymes may be divided into three classes ; the first 
 embraces those which the scholar cannot too quickly 
 
 learn to distinguish, because their affinity is merely 
 b 
 
XIV 
 
 THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 apparent, arising from their being translated by the 
 same word in the mother-tongue; for instance, liberi 
 and infantes ; animal and bestia ; hcerere and pendere ; 
 sumere and adimere ; hostis and inimicus . The inter¬ 
 change of such synonymes may be counted a blunder 
 of the same sort as that which is called a solecism. To 
 the second class belong those synonymes which may be 
 distinguished from each other with ease and certainty, 
 but which are, at the same time, so nearly related in 
 meaning, that the ancients themselves use them, without 
 hesitation, as interchangeable ; for instance, laseivus 
 and petulans ; par ere and obedire ; ater and niger ; in - 
 cipere and inchoare; mederi and sanare; vacuus and 
 inanis; spernere and contemnere; tranquillus and 
 quietus. As long as the scholar has to contend with 
 the elements of grammar, the teacher may leave him in 
 the erroneous opinion, that these expressions have 
 exactly the same meaning ; but, when further advanced, 
 he must be taught to distinguish them, partly in order 
 to accustom him to that propriety of expression w T hich 
 is necessary in writing Latin ; partly, without reference 
 to composition, as a very useful mental exercise. In 
 the third class I rank those words whose differences are 
 not to be ascertained without trouble, and cannot be 
 deduced with full evidence from the old authors, and 
 which, probably, were but dimly discerned even by the 
 ancients themselves ; for instance, lira and sulcus ; re¬ 
 runs and tonsa ; pcene and prope; etiam and quoque , 
 recordari and reminisci; Icevus and smister ; velox and 
 pernix; vesanus and vecors; fatigatus and fessus, 
 collis and clivus. Such distinctions are of little or no 
 
xv 
 
 THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 consequence in composition, except when it is necessary 
 to use synonymous terms in express opposition to each 
 other ; for instance, mare and laeus , in opp. to amnis 
 and fluvius ; metus and spes, in opp. to timor and jidu- 
 cia: when such occasions occur, the richness of a lan¬ 
 guage in synonymes is available. A more scrupulous 
 exactness in this respect would appear to me arrant 
 pedantry, and necessarily obstruct the free movement 
 of the mind in writing. As a teacher, I should wish 
 that the synonymes of the first sort should be distin¬ 
 guished by boys in the elementary classes ; those of the 
 second, I would introduce into the higher classes, and 
 teach the scholar, when about fourteen, to observe their 
 differences in the choice of expressions in composition ; 
 I would also explain them in the interpretation of an 
 author, but with moderation, as a spur to thinking, not 
 as a clog in reading. Those of the third class I would 
 never introduce, except in explaining such passages as 
 render their introduction unavoidable; for instance, 
 when an author combines flumina et amnes , I would 
 explain their difference to defend him from the suspicion 
 of tautology. 
 
 I have consulted convenience of reference in inter¬ 
 weaving the alphabetical index with the context. By 
 this means any one can find at once the word of which 
 he is in search, which a separate index would render 
 impossible. 
 
 These arrangements, combined with an almost studied 
 precision of expression, have enabled me to reduce the 
 six volumes of my larger work on Synonymes (which 
 fills, including the Supplement, more than one hundred 
 
XVI 
 
 THE AUTHOR’S PREFACE. 
 
 and forty-three sheets) to this Abridgment, of about 
 fifteen. The etymological part of my researches I 
 reserve for a separate volume, of about the same size as 
 the present, which will make its appearance as an 
 Etymological Hand-book of the Latin language. 
 
 May the present publication, and that which I an¬ 
 nounce, meet with the same favorable and indulgent 
 reception that has fallen to the share of my larger work 
 with all its defects. 
 
 Erlangen , December , 1839. 
 
HANDBOOK 
 
 OF 
 
 LATIN SYN0NY1ES. 
 
 A. 
 
 Abdere, see Celare. 
 
 Abesse ; Deesse ; Deficere. 1. Ab e s s e denotes 
 absence as a local relation, ‘ to be away’ from a place ; 
 but deesse denotes an absence by which a thing is ren¬ 
 dered incomplete, and means 4 to fail,’ 4 to be wanting,’ 
 in opp. to esse and superesse. Cic. Brut. 80. Calidio 
 hoc unum, si nihil utilitatis habebat, abfuit , si opus 
 erat, defuit. 2. Deesse denotes a completed (i. e. 
 already existing), deficere a commencing state. 
 Cic. Verr. i. 11. Yererer ne oratio deesset , ne vox 
 viresque dejicerent. (v. 389.)- 
 
 Abnuere, see Negare. 
 
 Abolere ( diro\eaai ) means 4 to annul,’ to 4 annihi¬ 
 late,’ and, as far as possible, to remove from the uni¬ 
 verse and cast into oblivion ; but d e 1 e r e ( SioXecraL , 
 *or hrfkelv) 4 to destroy,’ to bring a thing to nought, 
 and make it useless. 
 
 Abominari ; Exsecrari ; Detestari. Ab o mi n a r i 
 means to recoil from, as of evil omen; and to avert 
 a threatening evil by a ceremony, in opp. to omen 
 accipere ; exsecrari means to curse , when one 
 
 A 1 
 
2 
 
 ABSCONDERE-ACCIDERE. 
 
 would exclude a guilty person from human society as 
 devoted to the infernal gods, in opp. to blessing ; 
 lastly, detestari )eaaaa^ai ) means to curse, 
 when one wishes to deprecate evil by an appeal to 
 the gods against a dreaded person or thing, in opp. to 
 praying in behalf of. 
 
 • Abscondere,' see Celare. 
 
 Absolvere, see Finire. 
 
 Abstinentia, see Modus. 
 
 Abundare ; Redundare. Abundare denotes 
 plenteousness in a good sense, as the symbol of full 
 measure and affluence, like nrepcelvcu ; redundare 
 is used in a bad sense, as a symbol of over-abundance 
 and luxury, like TrepLaaeveuv : of that which is abun- 
 dans there is an ample supply at hand; that which is 
 redundans is superfluous and might be dispensed with. 
 
 Abunde, see Satis. 
 
 Ac, see Ft. 
 
 Accendere ; Incendere ; Inflammare ; Combu- 
 rere ; Cremare. Accendere, incendere, and 
 inflammare, mean 4 to set on fire: ’ accen¬ 
 dere, from without, and at a single point, like avair- 
 t6.lv [hence to light a torch, etc.] ; incendere, 
 from within, like evSaletv [hence to set fire to houses , 
 villages ] ; inflammare, ‘to set on fire,’ either 
 from without or from within, but with bright flames, 
 like dvacfrXoyl^eLv ; comburere and cremare 
 mean 4 to burn up, or consume by fire comburere, 
 with a glowing heat, as the causative of ardere , like 
 KaraKaleiv ; cremare, with bright flames, as the 
 causative of flagrare like 7TLp,Trpdvcu. Hence, mortui 
 cremantur on a bright blazing funeral pile ; vivi com- 
 buruntur , Cic. Fam. x. 32. Verr. i. 33 and 38, in* 
 order to make the torture of that mode of dying felt the 
 more. (iv. 250.) 
 
 Acceptus, see Grains. 
 
 Accidere ; Evenire ; Contingere ; Obvenire ; 
 Obtingere. Accidere and evenire denote both 
 
ACCIPERE-ACERYUS. 
 
 o 
 
 O 
 
 favorable and unfavorable occurrences; but the acci¬ 
 dentia, unexpected ones, overtaking us by surprise ; the 
 evenientia were expected, foreseen; contingere, 
 obveaire, ob tinge re, arc generally confined to 
 fortunate occurrences. The accidentia are fortuitous, 
 the evenientia result from foregoing acts or circum¬ 
 stances ; the contingentia are the favors of Fortune ; 
 the obtingentia and obvenientia are the things that fall 
 to one’s lot. Cic. Fam. vi. 21. Timebam, ne evenirent , 
 quae acciderunt: the word evenirent has a subjective 
 reference to his foresight, the word acciderunt is entirely 
 objective ; the point of view taken by it being that of 
 those who now manifest surprise. See also Tac. H. iv. 
 19, and Sen. Ep. 119. Scies plura mala contingere 
 nobis quam accidere. (v. 339.) 
 
 Accipere, see Sum ere. 
 
 Accire, see Arcessere. 
 
 Accusare, see Arguere. 
 
 Acer ; Vehemens. Acer (co/cu?) denotes eagerness 
 in a good sense, as fire and energy, in opp. to frigidus, 
 like ofu?: but vehemens (e^o/xepo?) in a bad sense, 
 as heat and passion, in opp. to lenis ; Cic. Or. ii. 49, 
 53, like crcpoSpos. (iv. 450.) 
 
 Acerbus ; Amarus. Acerbus (from fcdpcpco') 
 means a biting bitterness, in opp. to mitis, like offi?; 
 amarus, a nauseous bitterness, in opp. to dulcis , like 
 t Ti/cpos. Quintil. xi. 3. 169. Cic. Hep. iii. 8. Plin. 
 H. N. xxvii. 9. Sen. Ir. i. 4. (vi. 4.) 
 
 Acervus ; Congeries ; Strues ; Cumulus. 1 
 Acervus and congeries mean 6 heaps ’ of homo¬ 
 geneous things collected and piled up in layers ; acer¬ 
 vus [from dye/po)], like o-copos, with arrangement, and 
 mostly in a conical shape, but congeries, negligently, 
 and altogether without regard to shape; strues de¬ 
 notes that something new is produced, and a determi¬ 
 nate form given, serving a particular purpose; like 
 'Srjgbov. Curt. viii. 7. 11. Passim acervos sfrwesque 
 accendebant; meaning by acervos ‘heaps' or ‘ piles j 
 
4 
 
 ACHIYI-ACTA. 
 
 by strues ’ stacks* of wood. 2. Cumulus (from 
 cucfLrf) means strictly, not the heap itself, but s the top, 
 by which the heap is completed as a whole, like the 
 key-stone, by which any thing first reaches its proper 
 and complete height, almost like rcopvfftrj ; and it has 
 this meaning particularly in cumulare, which is like 
 Kopv<povv. Compare Liv. xxii. 59. Superstates cu- 
 mulis ceesorum corporum, with Cannenses campos acervi 
 Romanorum corporum tegunt: and xxiii. 5, Molibus 
 ex humanorum corporum strue faciendis. (ii. 118.) 
 
 Achivi ; Acilei ; Achaius ; Aciiaicus ; Troius ; 
 Troicus. 1. Achivi are the Homeric Greeks, or 
 ’Amatol; Achrni are either the inhabitants of Achaia, 
 or, in the poets, the Greeks at large, as contemporaries 
 of the Romans. Cic. Divin. i. 16. Cum Achivi 
 coepissent inter se strepere. Compare this with Caecil. 
 20. Quod cum sibi Achcei patronum adoptarant. 2. 
 Achaius is the adj. of Achivus. Hor. Od. i. 15. 37. 
 Virg. iEn. ii. 462; but Achaicus is the adj. of 
 Achseus. Cic. Att. i. 13. 3. Troius is the more 
 
 select term, as adj. of the old heroic and Homeric Troja ; 
 Troicus, the usual adj. of the country Troas, without 
 reference to the Trojan war. (v. 306.) 
 
 Acies ; Acumen; Cacumen; Mucro; Cuspis, 1. 
 A c i e s is the sharpness of a line adapted for cuiting ; 
 acumen, of a tip or point adapted for sticking. Fig¬ 
 uratively, the acies mentis is shown in the keen sifting 
 of w r hat is confused, in clear perception ; the acumen 
 mentis is the fathoming of that which is deeply hidden, 
 in subtle discovery. -2. Acumen and cacumen 
 mean a natural head or top ; a c u m e n, of a cone, beak, 
 and so forth; cacumen, particularly that of a moun¬ 
 tain : mucro and cuspis mean an artificial head, 
 for the purpose of piercing and wounding; mucro, 
 that of a sword, dagger, and so forth ; cuspis, that of 
 a spear, arrow, etc., like aiyjLrj. (vi. 5.) 
 
 Acies, see Pugna. 
 
 Acta, see Pipa. 
 
ACTOR-ADVENTOR. 
 
 r' 
 
 o 
 
 Actor ; Comcedus ; Ludio ; Histrio. The generic 
 term actor, and the specific terms c o m oe d u s and 
 tragoedus, denote the player, as a respectable artist; 
 but ludio, 1 u d i u s, the comedian , the player, who 
 makes acting his trade , with the accessory notion of 
 commonness; lastly, histrio, sometimes the actor, 
 sometimes the comedian , but mostly with the accessory 
 notion of buffoonery and boasting. Cic. Sext. 54. Ipse 
 ille maxime ludius , non solum spectator, sed actor et 
 acroama. Rose. Com: 10. Nemo ex pessimo Jiistrione 
 bonum comoedum fieri posse existimaret. Ep. ad Qu. 
 Fr. i. a. E. Hortor ut tan qua m poetae boni et adores 
 industrii solent, in extrema parte diligentissimus sis. 
 Suet. Aug. 74, (v. 334.) 
 
 Acumen, see Acies. 
 
 Ad am are, see Arnare. 
 
 Adesse ; Interesse ; Prjesentem esse. 1. A d e s s e 
 means to be near a person or thing ; but interesse, 
 to assist in a transaction, to take a part in it. Cic. 
 Verr. i. 40. Crimina ea, quae notiora sunt his qui 
 adsunt , quam nobis .... De illo nihil dixit, in quo 
 interfait. 2. Adesse denotes generally the presence 
 in a circle to which we belong ; praesentem esse, 
 absolute, audible and visible presence. When an ex 
 pected guest is within our walls, adest ; he who is in the 
 same room with us, prceseyis est. (v. 337.) 
 
 Adhuc ; Hactenus ; Hucusque. A d h u c refers 
 to time, up to this moment; hactenus and h u- 
 c u s q u e have a local reference, up to this place, or 
 this point. 
 
 Adigere, see Cogere. Adimere, see Demere. 
 
 Adipisci, see Invenire. Admirari, see Vereri. 
 
 Admodum, see Perquam. Adolere, see Accendere. 
 
 Adolescens, see Paer. Adorare, see Vereri. 
 
 Adscendere, see Scandere. Adsolere, see Solere. 
 
 Adspectus, Adspicere, see Videre. 
 
 Adulari, see Assentiri. Aduncus, see Curvus. 
 
 Ad vena, see Externus. Adventor, see Hospes. 
 
6 
 
 ADVERSARIES-^EDTFICIUM. 
 
 Adversarius ; Hostis ; Inimicus. 1. Adver 
 s a r i u s is the generic term for every opposer, in the 
 field, in ^politics, in a court of judicature, like avTiaTarr]^. 
 Hostis (from is 4 the enemy ’ in the field, and 
 
 war, opp. to pa cat us. Cic. Rep. ii. 3. Sen. Q. N. vi. 7. 
 like 7 To\e/uo <;; i n i m i c u s, 4 an enemy ’ in heart, opp. 
 to amicus, like iyfitpos. Cic. Man. 10. Pompeius saepius 
 cum hoste conflixit, quam quisquam cum inimico concer- 
 tavit. Phil. xi. 1. Verr. i. 15. Curt. vii. 10. Liv. 
 xxii. 39. Nescio an infestior hie adversarius , quam 
 ille hostis maneat. 2. II o s t i 1 i s and inimicus 
 denote states of hatred become habitual qualities ; i li¬ 
 fe s t u s and infens'us only as temporary states; 
 infestus ( dvaairaaro ? ?) applies to a quiescent 
 state of aversion, like disaffected, unkind, and thus it is 
 applied to inanimate things that threaten hostility ; i n- 
 f e n s u s (from irev^of) denotes a passionate state of 
 mind, like enraged, and is therefore applicable to per¬ 
 sons only. Tac. Ann. xv. 28. Non infen sum, nedum 
 hostili odio Corbulonis nomen habebatur. Cic. Verr. iii. 
 24. Sail. Cat. 19. Sen. N. Q. iii. pr. Animus luxuriae 
 non adversus tantum, sed et infestus. Liv. ii. 20. 
 Tarquinium infesto spiculo petit; Tarquinius infenso 
 cessit hosti. (iv. 393.) 
 
 Advocatus ; Causidicus. Advocatus means 
 in the writers of the silver age 4 a counsel 9 in relation 
 to his services and to his client, as his friend and assis¬ 
 tant ; c a u s i d i c u s, in relation to his station and pro¬ 
 fession, often with the contemptuous accessory notion 
 of his being a hireling, (vi. 8.) 
 
 AEdes, see Templum. 
 
 JEdificium ; Domus; AEdes ; Familia. 1. AEdi- 
 ficium is the generic term for buildings of all sorts, 
 like ol/coSo/j/ij/ua ; domus, and ae d e s, ae d i u m, 
 mean 4 a dwelling-house d o m u s, as the residence 
 and home of a family; ae d e s (oAW, afaovaa'), as 
 composed of several apartments, like 86/ioc, Sch/jiara. 
 Virg. G. ii. 461. Ingentem foribus domus alta super- 
 
.EGER — JEQUUS. 
 
 7 
 
 bis mane salutantum totis vomit cedibus undam. (vi. 8.) 
 2. D o m u s denotes 4 a family ’ in the patriarchal 
 sense, as a separate society, of which the individuals are 
 mutually connected ; f a m i 1 i a, in a political sense, as 
 part of a gens, civitas, or populus. (v. 301.) 
 
 TEger; TEgrotus; Morbidus ; Morbus; Vale- 
 tudo ; Invaletudo. 1. ^Iger is the generic term 
 for every sort of illness and uneasiness, whether mental 
 or physical; segrotus and morbidus indicate 
 bodily illness : oe g r o t u s is applied particularly to 
 men ; m o r b i d u s, to brutes : the ceger feels himself 
 ill; the cegrotus and morbidus actually are so. 2. M o r- 
 b u s and valet u do denote an actual illness ; mor¬ 
 bus, objectively, that which attacks men ; v a 1 e t u d o, 
 subjectively, the state of the sick, though this distinction 
 was introduced by writers of the silver age ; invale¬ 
 tudo means only an indisposition, (iv. 172.) 
 iEGRE, see Vix. xEgritudo, see Cura. 
 
 2Egrotus, see JEger. .ZEmulatio, see Imitatio. 
 aEqualis, see JEquus. TEquor, see Mare. 
 aEquus ; Par ; TEqualis ; Parilis ; Compar ; Im- 
 PAR ; Dr spar. 1. iE q u u m (from ei'/ceXo?) is that 
 of which its own component parts are alike, in opp. to 
 varius , Cic. Yerr. v. 49; par (from rrrelpco') is that 
 which is like to some other person or thing, and stands 
 in the same rank (on the same level ) with it or him, in 
 opp. to superior and inferior. Cic. Brut. 59, 215. 
 Orat. ii. 52, 209. 39, 168. In cequo mairte the battle 
 between two parties is considered as a whole ; in pari 
 marie the fortune of one party is set against that of the 
 other, and declared to be equal to it. 2. Par denotes 
 similarity with respect to greatness, power, and value, 
 or equality and proportion with regard to number, like 
 fcro? ; se q u a 1 i s refers to interior qualities, like o/xoxo?. 
 The par is considered as in a state of activity, or, at 
 least, as determined and prepared to measure himself 
 with his match in contest; the cequalis , in a state of 
 rest, and claiming merely comparison and equality as to 
 
8 
 
 iEQUUS-iERARIUM. 
 
 rank. The paria are placed in opposition to each, as 
 nvals in the contest for pre-eminence ; the oequalia are 
 considered in a friendly relation to each other, in con¬ 
 sequence of their common qualities and sympathies. 
 Hence p a r i t e r means, in the same degree, la a ; 
 
 q u a 1 i t e r, in the same manner, o/ro/cu?, 6/jlco$. 
 Yell. Pat. ii. 124. 3. P a r denotes quite like, par- 
 
 i 1 i s, nearly like, as a middle step between par and 
 similis. 4. Par expresses equal to another , and hence 
 may relate to only one side ; com p a r, mutually equal, 
 like finitimi and confines , iyyv? and avveyyvs. 5. I m- 
 p a r denotes inequality as to quantity , either arithmeti¬ 
 cal inequality with regard to number [= odd], or a 
 relative inferiority as to strength; d i s p a r refers to 
 quality , without distinguishing on which side of the 
 comparison the advantage lies. (iv. TT.) 
 
 iEQUus; Planus ; Campus. 1. d^lquum (from 
 ei'/ceAo?) denotes that which is flat, an horizontal flatness, 
 in opposition to that which rises or sinks,'to superior , 
 inferior , and acclivis. Cic. Fam. iii. 8. Orat. iii. 6 . 
 Tac. Agr. 35. Hist. iv. 23 ; planu m (from nrXaf) 
 denotes 4 evenness,’ in opp. to unevenness, to montosus , 
 saxosus. Cic. Part. 10. Quintil. v. 10, 37. 21. Hence, 
 figuratively, sequum denotes 4 justice,’ as injustice may 
 be considered as beginning when one part is raised 
 above another; in the same way planum denotes 
 clearness and distinctness, where nothing rises to inter¬ 
 rupt the view. 2. iE q u o r and p 1 a n i t i e s denote 
 a flat surface with regard to its form; campus, with 
 regard to its position, as low-lands in opp. to high-land3. 
 (iv. 71.) 
 
 aEquus animus, see Satis habere. 
 
 Aer, see Anima. 
 
 aSrarium ; Fiscus. iErarium is 4 the public 
 treasury fiscus (from ir'Sios, irSscucvr])^ 4 the im¬ 
 perial treasury.’ Tac. Ann. vi. 2. Pona Sejani ablata, 
 (erario , ut in fiscum cogerentur; tanquam referret! 
 (vi. 10.) 
 
AERUMNA — AGGER. 
 
 9 
 
 TErumna, see Labor. 2Esttmare, see Censere. 
 
 iEsTUARE, see Calere. aEternus, see Continuus. 
 
 Affari, see Alloqui. Affatim, see Satis. 
 
 Affinis, see Necessarius. Affirmare, see Dicere. 
 
 Ager, see Rus and Villa. 
 
 Agere ; Facere ; Gerere ; Opus ; Factum ; Age ; 
 I nunc ; Degere. 1. Agere Qdyeiv ') has an effect 
 that exists in time only, like to do; facere, an effect 
 that exists in space also, as to make. The acta are 
 past as soon as the agens ceases, and remain invisible in 
 the memory; the facta cannot properly be said to exist 
 till the faciens ceases. Quintil. ii. 18. The agens is 
 supposed to be in a state of activity of some kind ; the 
 faciens in a state of productive activity. 2. Agere 
 means £ to do’ something for one’s own interest; gerere 
 (dyelpeivf for the interest of another, to execute a com¬ 
 mission. Cic. Verr. i. 38. Quoe etiamsi voluntate Do- 
 labellse fiebant, per istum tamen omnia gerebantur. 3. 
 Opus is the result of facere, as the work, epyov ; fac¬ 
 tum is the result of agere, as the transaction; res 
 g e s t m are deeds [e. g. in war], i rpdfet? ; acta are 
 only political enactments. Cic. Att. xiv. 17. Multa de 
 facto ac de re gesta; the former by the exertions of 
 Amatius, the latter by his own wise and spirited ani¬ 
 madversions through Dolabella. 4. Age, agedum, 
 is an earnest exhortation, as 4 On, on !’ I nun c is an 
 ironical exhortation, as ‘ Go to!’ 5. Agere means to 
 
 be active, and in the midst of business ; d e g e r e, to 
 live somewhere in a state of rest, in voluntary or in¬ 
 voluntary inactivity. Tac. Ann. xv. 74. Deum honor 
 principi non ante habetur, quam agere inter homines 
 desierit, compared with iv. 54. Certus procul urbe 
 degere. (v. 327.) 
 
 Agere ferre, see Vastare. 
 
 Agger; Vallum. Agger (from iaayslpco') is a 
 single line, like a dam; vallum or mound (akicrj) is 
 aline which helps to enclose a space. Agger may 
 serve in a warfare as the outwork of a redoubt [which 
 
10 
 
 AGMEN-ALBUS. 
 
 is protected by a single line in front] ; vallum [ram- 
 part ] always belongs to a fortress, camp, or entrenched 
 place. 
 
 Agmen, see Caterva. 
 
 Agrestis, see JRas. 
 
 Aio, see Dicere. 
 
 Ala; Penna ; Pluma ; Pinna. 1. Ala (from 
 vehere) denotes 4 the wing,’ as a joint, like irrepv £; 
 penna ( 7 reread cll), with reference to its feathers, like 
 *Trrepov . Plaut. Poen. iv. 2. 48. Meoe alee pennas non 
 habent. 2. Penna denotes the larger and harder 
 feathers; pluma, the smaller and softer feathers, 
 which serve as a clothing to the body of the bird, like 
 . 7 ttiXov. Sen. Ep. 42. Meministi, cum quendam affir- 
 mares esse in tua potestate, dixisse me volaticum esse 
 ac levem, et te non pedem ejus tenere, sed pennam. 
 Mentitus sum ; pluma tenebatur, quam remisit et fugit. 
 Cic. 1ST. D. ii. 47. 121. 3. Penna denotes the whole, 
 
 consisting of quill and feathers ; pinna, the feather 
 only, in opposition to the quill, (v. 204.) 
 
 Alacer, see G-audere. 
 
 Alapa ; Colaphus. A 1 a p a (Goth, lofa , 4 the flat 
 hand,’) denotes a blow with the flat hand on the face, 
 as a gentle punishment, like a slap on the cheek, or box 
 on the ear; colaphus (/coXa^o?), a blow on the 
 head with the clenched fist, betokening anger and rage, 
 like a cuff, a thump, (vi. 14.) 
 
 Albus ; Candidus ; Albidus. 1. A 1 b u s (dX0o?) 
 denotes 4 white,’ as far as it is in general a negation of 
 all color, as that which is colorless ; candidus (from 
 fcwAo?), as being itself a positive color, and, as such, 
 the purest and brightest, near which all other colors 
 have a shade of darkness and duskiness, as a fine bril¬ 
 liant white. A 1 b u m, opposed to ater , approaches, 
 like \evfcov , to yellowish ; c a n d i d u m, opposed to 
 niger , approaches, like dpyov, to bluish. Alba cutis 
 is the skin of the sick and dropsical; Candida, that 
 of the fair girl. Figuratively, a 1 b 0 r is the symbol of 
 
ALERE-ALITES. 
 
 11 
 
 good fortune and joy ; c a n d o r, of purity of mind and 
 innocence. 2. A 1 b u s denotes 4 white a 1 b i d u s, 
 only 4 whitish.’, (iii. 198.) 
 
 Alere ; Nutrire ; Nutricare. A 1 e r e (from 
 aX^co') denotes nourishment, as conducive to develop¬ 
 ment and growth ; nutrire and nutricare, only 
 as it prolongs and secures existence. Or, a 1 i m e n t a 
 adjuvant, nutrimenta sustentant. Gic. N. D. ii. 63. 
 Neque ali neque sustentari. Nutrire involves a 
 general notion ; nutricare is usually applied more 
 particularly to brutes, (ii. 99.) 
 
 Algere, Algidus, see Frigere. 
 
 Alienigena, see Fxternus. 
 
 Alimenta ; Penus ; Cibus ; Esca ; Edulia ; Ci- 
 bare ; Pascere. 1. Alimenta and penus are 
 victuals in general, meat and drink; alimenta, 
 mostly with reference to the w r ants of an individual; 
 penus, to the wants of a whole family. Cibus and 
 esca denote 4 food,’ in opposition to drink. Cic. Fin. i. 
 11, and ii. 28. Cibus (from yeixo , to chew), natural 
 food, as a means of nourishment; e s c a (from e'8co), 
 4 the food ’ that is artificially prepared as a dish. Hence 
 cibus denotes the food of brutes also ; but esca, only 
 a bait, prepared as it w 7 ere like a dish, and set before 
 them. Cic. N. I), ii. 47. Animalia cibum partim denti- 
 bus capessunt: compare this with ii. 23. Dii nec escis 
 nec potionibus vescuntur. 2. C i b a r i a are the most 
 general and usual sorts of food ; edulia are savory 
 and select sorts of food. Suet. Tib. 46. Comites nun- 
 quam salario, cibariis tantum sustentavit; compare with 
 Cal. 40. Pro edidiis certum statumque exigebatur. 
 3. C i b a r e means to feed with one’s hand, as nurses, 
 etc.; pascere (from 'Trdaacr^saL), only to give out 
 food, as a feeder or master. Suet. Tib. 72. Draconem 
 manu sua cibaturas ; compare with Vesp. 18. Sineret 
 se plebeculam pascere. (v. 192.) 
 
 Aliquando, see Nonnunquam. 
 
 Alites, see Volucres. 
 
12 
 
 ALLOQUI-ALTUS. 
 
 Alloqui ; Appellare ; Affari. A 11 o q u i de¬ 
 notes accosting, as addressing the first word, a saluta¬ 
 tion, and so forth, to a person with whom one is not 
 unacquainted ; appellare (from an old Gothic sub¬ 
 stantive, spellan), when one wishes to draw a person 
 into conversation, and direct to him serious, or, at any 
 rate, not insignificant words; affari denotes address¬ 
 ing from the impulse of a feeling; through peculiar 
 friendliness or with solemnity. Cic. Cluent. 61. Quum 
 nemo recipere tecto, nemo audire, nemo alloqui , nemo 
 respicere vellet: compare with Phil. xiii. 2. Salutabunt 
 benignc, comiter appellabunt unumquemque nostrum ; 
 and Brut. 3. Salutatio lib v ri, quo me hie affatus quasi 
 jacentem excitavit. (v. 107.) 
 
 Alsus, see Frigere. 
 
 Altercatio, see Disceptatio. 
 
 Altus ; Editus ; Procerus ; Arduus ; Celsus ; 
 Excelsus ; Sublimis. 1. Altus denotes, as a gen¬ 
 eral expression, height or depth, as mathematical di¬ 
 mensions, in opp. to length and breadth, and, conse¬ 
 quently, height, in opp. to humilis , Cic. Tusc. v. 13. 24. 
 Orat 57. N. D. ii. 47, like v^rrfKo^ ; editus denotes 
 height, in opp. to planus , Tac. Ann. xv. 38 : lastly, 
 procerus denotes height or length in reference to 
 growth. The altitudo has no measure and no limits ; 
 the editum has the bulk of a hill ; the proceritas has 
 the bulk of a tree, the full stature of the human figure, 
 and so forth. 2. Altus, editus, and procerus, 
 denote height merely in relation to space ; arduus 
 means height, which is at the same time steep and inac¬ 
 cessible ; thence, figuratively, 4 difficult, impossible 
 celsus, height, that thrusts itself out, and stretches 
 upwards ; thence, figuratively, 4 proud excelsus 
 and praecelsus, what overtops something that is 
 itself high, hence 4 pre-eminent; ’ sublimis, what is 
 on high without touching the ground, soaring in the air, 
 like gerecopos ; thence, figuratively, 4 grand,’ of an ele¬ 
 vated nature, (ii. 99.) 
 
AMANS — AMENS. 
 
 13 
 
 Amans, Amator, see Amicus. 
 
 Amare, see D'digere. 
 
 Ambiguus, see Dubius. 
 
 Ambire ; Circumire. C i r c u m i r e denotes motion 
 m any circular form, but on the boundaries of a space, 
 so as to go round it; ambire denotes going hither and 
 thither in zigzag, or going about. Plin. Ep. ii. 9. Am- 
 bio domos, stationesque circumeo : and Cic. Att. xiv. 21. 
 Antonium circumire veteranos, ut acta Coesaris sanci- 
 rent; that is, He made in his canvassing the round, from 
 first to last;—stronger than ambire , which would only 
 express his canvassing, and addressing the veterans in 
 general. 
 
 Ambo, see Uterque. 
 
 Ambulare ; Spatiari ; Eeambulare ; Xnambulare ; 
 Obambulare. 1. Ambulare (from ambire') de¬ 
 notes taking a w 7 alk as a leisurely motion, like going up 
 and down, in opp. both to stare and cuhare , and also to 
 currere and satire; Plaut. Bacch. iv. 8. 56. Plin. Ep. 
 ix. 36. Cic. Fat. 5. Fin. v. 17. Sen. Ep. 113. Gell. 
 ii. 9. Sen. Ir. ii. 35. Plin. H. N. x. 38: spatiari 
 denotes motion in open space, as to walk out, in opp. to 
 the confinement which a room imposes. 2. D e a m b u- 
 1 a r e denotes going up and down till one is tired ; i n- 
 ambulare, within a bounded space ; obambulare, 
 with reference to a fixed object, along which one walks, 
 or to a person walking with us. (iii. 48.) 
 
 Amens; Demens; Insanus ; Vesanus; Excors ; 
 Aecors ; Furor; Delirium; Rabies; Cerritus ; 
 Lymphatus. 1. Amentia shows itself negatively 
 and passively ; dementia, positively and energetic¬ 
 ally. The amens is without reason, and either acts not 
 at all, or acts without reason, like the idiot, atypcov ; 
 the demens , w T hile he fancies that he is doing right, acts 
 in direct opposition to reason, like the madman, irapd- 
 <f>pcov. Ilence, amens inetu, terrore ; demens scelere, 
 discordia, etc. 2. Insanus has a privative; v e- 
 s a n u s, a depravative meaning. The insanus in his 
 
 B 
 
14 
 
 AMICTUS-AMITTERE. 
 
 passion oversteps the measure and bounds of right, and 
 gives one the impression of a guilty person ; the vesanus , 
 in his delusion, wanders from the right path, follows a 
 false object, and gives one the impression of an unfortu¬ 
 nate person. 3. E x c o r s means of weak understand¬ 
 ing in general, without the ability of reflecting and 
 examining, in opp. to cordatus ; v e c o r s means, of a 
 perverted understanding, without the ability of reflect¬ 
 ing calmly, from the mind being taken up with one fixed 
 idea. 4. Furor (fervere) denotes mental irritation, 
 ecstasy, as raging, iaclvlkos ; delirium (X^peA), a 
 physical and childish remission of the mental, faculties; 
 rabies ( pafidcrcreiv , apafios'), a half-moral condition 
 of a passionate insanity, as frantic, Xvacra. The furi- 
 bimdus forgets the bounds of sense, the delirus babbles 
 nonsense, the rabidus will bite and injure when he can. 
 5. C e r r i t u s and lymphatus betoken frenzy, as 
 a demoniacal state, as possessed, cerritus orceri- 
 t u s, by Ceres, 1 y m p h a t u s, by the nymphs ; they 
 may also be considered as derived from /copv^a, mucus 
 narium, and from Xe/^ 09 , mucus, as symbols of stupidity, 
 (v. 80.) 
 
 Amictus, Amiculum, see Vestis. 
 
 Amicus ; Amans ; Amator. Amicus involves 
 the notion of reciprocity, but means only a sincere and 
 calm affection, like <£/Xo? ; amans and amator de¬ 
 note a more glowing affection, but do not imply recipro¬ 
 city ; amans denotes this affection as a temporary 
 state ; amator as an habitual feeling, like' epaarr 
 Cic. Yerr. v. 63. Alba tunc antiquissimus non solum 
 ainicus , verum etiam amator. Tusc. iv. 12. Inter 
 ebriositatem et ebrietatem interest, aliudque est ama- 
 torern esse, aliud amantem. (iv. 102.) 
 
 Amicus, see Socius. 
 
 Amittere: Perdere; Jactura. 1. A mitt ere 
 means to lose something, so that it ceases to be in 
 our possession, like dirofiaXelv , opp. to retinere , Cic. 
 Rep. v. i. Sext. 47. Suet. Tib. 15. Ter. Phorm. iii. 2, 
 
AMITTERE-ANGUSTUS. 
 
 15 
 
 22 ; perderc means, to lose something, so that it is 
 destroyed, and rendered useless, like ScoXecrcu, opp. to 
 servare. Plaut. Rud. iv. 4, 120. Ter. Ad. ii. 2, 32. 
 Sen. Contr. iii. 21.—Tac. Ann. ii. 25. Perdita classe, 
 amis sis armis. 2 . A m i s s i o is an involuntary, j a c- 
 tura, a voluntary, loss, which a person undergoes, a 
 sacrifice that is made to avoid a greater loss, as in the 
 case of the master of a ship, who throws the freight 
 overboard, to save his ship and his life. Plin. Ep. i. 12. 
 Jacturam gravissimam feci, sijactara dicenda est tanti 
 viri amissio. (iii. 289.) 
 
 Amittere, see Mittere. 
 
 Amis’ is, see Flavius. 
 
 Aa ior, see Diligere. 
 
 Amplecti ; Complecti. A m p 1 e c t i denotes em¬ 
 bracing, often with one arm only, as a sign of calm affec¬ 
 tion and protection; complecti, clasping and sur¬ 
 rounding with both arms, as a sign of passionate love, or 
 familiar confidence. Amplecti means, figuratively, 
 to lay hold of something, in opp. to slighting and dis¬ 
 daining ; complecti, to take fully in one’s grasp, in 
 opp. to a half and superficial possession, (v. 281.) 
 
 Amplus, see Magnus. Ancilla, see Servus. 
 
 Anceps, see Dubius. Anguis, see Repere. 
 
 Angor, see Cura. 
 
 Angustus; Arctus ; Densus ; Spissus. 1. An¬ 
 gus t u s and arctus relate to space itself, and to 
 the proximity of its enclosing limits ; d e n s u s and 
 s p i s s u s, to things existing in space, and to their 
 proximity to one another. The angustum ( iyyvcrTo 9 ) 
 is bounded only by lines, and forms mostly an oblong, 
 narrow , opp. to latus, Cic. Att. iv. 29, like errevo ^; the 
 arctum (from arcere , eip^/cd) is fenced in by lists, walls, 
 or mounds, and forms mostly a square or circle, and so 
 forth, close, in opp. to laxus , Cic. Orat. 25, like arevw - 
 7 To?. The clavus angustus can therefore never be arc¬ 
 tus. Mel. iii. 2, 8. Ehenus ad dextram primo angustus , 
 nt sui similis, post ingens lacus Elevo dicitur . . . 
 
36 
 
 ANIMA — ANIMA. 
 
 fitqne iterum arctior , iterumque fluvius emittitur; in 
 which passage the banks of the Rhine are considered 
 only as lines, or as walls. 8. Densus (from ddivo? ? 
 or S tagd ?) denotes objects only as pressed near to one 
 another, and without any observable gaps, in opp. to 
 rarus, like Sacru? and ^ageic 9 : s p i s s u s, as pressed 
 close into one another, and without anv intervals be- 
 
 ' ts 
 
 tween, in opp. to solidus, loose, like 7 rvtcvos and av)(y6<z. 
 In d e n s u s the principal notion is, the rich abundance 
 of objects, which have no need to keep far apart, if they 
 are to fill a wide space ; in s p i s s u s, the want of 
 empty space, from all the spaces between objects being 
 filled up, owing to their being crowded together, (iv. 
 431.) 
 
 Anima ; Aer ; Aura ; Spiritus ; Sublime. A n i- 
 m a and aer denote ‘ air ’ as an element, like dgp, 
 and ani ma Qavegof), in opp. to terra , mare , ignis ; 
 but aer, a learned term (agp, from aelpco ?) in opp. to 
 cether ; aura and spiritus denote ‘ air ’ when put in 
 motion ; aura Qavpa, from aeacu , or from aeipai ), the 
 gently waving and fanning air ; spiritus, the stream¬ 
 ing and breath-like air, like 7 rvevga ; lastly, sublime 
 (from sublevare ?), the air that hovers over us, simply 
 in a local relation, in opp. to humus , like gerdpaiov , 
 pierecopov. (v. 92.) 
 
 Anima; Animus; Mens. 1. Anima denotes 
 ‘ the soul,’ physiologically, as the principle of animal 
 life, in men and brutes, that ceases with the breath, like 
 : animus (avegof) , psychologically and ethic¬ 
 ally, as the principle of moral personality, that ceases 
 with the will, like Su/xo?. The souls of the departed 
 also are called, in a mythological point of view, a n i m oe, 
 as shades ; but, in a metaphysical point of view, a n i m i, 
 as spirits. A n i m a is a part of bodily existence ; a n i- 
 mus, in direct opposition to the body. Sen. Ep. 4. Dif¬ 
 ficile est animum perducere ad contemtionem animce : 
 and 58. Juv # en. xv. 148. Principle indulsit communis 
 conditor illis tantum animas , nobis animum quoque. 2. 
 
ANIMAD V ERTERE ANIMAL. 17 
 
 Animus denotes also the human soul, as including all 
 its faculties, and is distinguished from mens (fievos, 
 fiav^dvco'), the thinking faculty, as a whole from one of 
 its parts. Oic. Rep. ii. 40. Ea qum latet in animis 
 hominum, queeque pars animi mens vocatur. Lucr. iii. 
 615. iv. T58. Catull. 65, 8. Plant. Cist. iii. 1, 6. As 
 in practical life the energy of the soul is displayed in 
 the faculty of volition, so animus itself stands for a 
 part of the soul, namely, feeling and energy of will in 
 co-ordinate relation to men s, the intellect or under¬ 
 standing. Tac. H. i. 84. Quem nobis animum , quas 
 mentes imprecentur. Ter. Andr. i. 1. 137. Mala mens , 
 malus animus. And, lastly, so far as thought precedes 
 the will, and the will itself, or determination, stands as 
 mediator between thought and action, in the same way 
 as the body is the servant of the will, so mens is re¬ 
 lated to animus, as a whole to its part. Cic. Tusc. 
 iii. 5. Mens , cui regnum totius animi a natura tributum 
 est. Liv. xxxvii. 45. (v. 94.) 
 
 Animadvertere ; Notare. Animadvert ere 
 means, to observe mentally, and take notice of; but 
 notare, to make distinguishable by a mark. (vi. 20.) 
 
 Animal ; Animans ; Bellua ; Bestia ; Pecus ; 
 Fera. 1. Animal and animans are the animal as 
 a living being, including man ; animal, with reference 
 to his nature, according to which he belongs to the class 
 of living animals, in opp. to inanimus , like £ojov ; ani¬ 
 mans, with reference to his state, as still living and 
 breathing, 1 in opp. to exanimus; bellua, bestia, 
 and pecus, as irrational beings, in opp. to man, and 
 bellua and pecus, with intellectual reference, as de¬ 
 void of reason, in peculiar opp. to homo , Cic. N. D. ii. 
 11; bestia and fera, with moral reference, as wild, 
 and hostile to man. 2. Bellua (from /3\df) denotes, 
 particularly, a great unwieldy animal, as the elephant, 
 whale, principally sea-monsters ; p e c u s, a domestic 
 
 1 Hence anmalium cadaver a, not animantium. 
 
 n* 2 
 
18 
 
 ANNALES-ANTIQUUS. 
 
 animal, particularly of the more stupid kinds, as a*bu*- 
 lock, sheep, in opp. to the wild ; b e s t i a, a destructive 
 animal, particularly those that are ravenous, as the 
 tiger, wolf, etc., in opp. to birds, Justin, ii. 14, like 
 ^rjplov; f e r a (0>}pe?), a wild animal of the wood, as 
 the stag, wolf, tiger, in opp. to domestic animals. Curt, 
 ix. 10. Indi maritimi ferarum pellibus tecti piscibus 
 sole duratis, et majorum quoque belluarum , quos fluc- 
 tus ejecit, carne vescuntur. And Tac. G. IT. (iv. 291.) 
 
 Annales ; Historic. A n n a 1 e s mean a compre¬ 
 hensive historical work, principally and especially a his¬ 
 tory of former ages, composed from documents, like 
 Livy and Tacitus ; historic, particularly a work on 
 the history of the times in which the author himself has 
 lived, as Sallust and Tacitus. 
 
 Antiquus ; Priscus : Vetus ; Vetustus ; Yeter- 
 nus ; Pristinus. 1. Antiquum and priscum 
 denote the age that formerly existed, and is now no 
 more, in opp. to novum , like nrcCkaios ; vetus and 
 vetustum (from ero?), what has existed for a long 
 time, and has no longer any share in the disadvantages 
 or advantages of youth, in opp. to recens , like yepcov, 
 yepcuos, yepovGios. Hence antiquus homo is a 
 man who existed in ancient times; v e t u s, an old 
 man. Antiqui scriptores means the classics, 
 inasmuch as the age in which they flourished has long 
 been past; v e t e r e s, inasmuch as they have lived 
 and influenced manhood for 2000 years. Cic. Verr. 
 i. 21. Yereor ne haec nimis antiqua et jam obsoleta 
 videantur : compare with Orat. i. 37. Ut illi vetus at- 
 que usitata exceptio daretur. 2. Y e t u s refers only 
 to length of time, and denotes age, sometimes as a sub¬ 
 ject of praise, sometimes as a reproach; vetustus 
 refers to the superiority of age, inasmuch as that which 
 is of long standing is at the same time stronger, more 
 Avorthy of honor, more approved of, than that which 
 is new, in opp. to novicius; lastly, veternus refers 
 to -the disadvantages of age, inasmuch as, after many 
 
19 
 
 ANTRUM-APERIRE. 
 
 years’ use, a thing beconles worn out, or, through long 
 existence, weak and spiritless. Moreover, veternus, 
 in the writers of the golden age, is only admitted as a 
 substantive, veternum, as lethargy ; v e t u s regu¬ 
 larly supplies its place, and denotes more frequently the 
 weakness than the strength of age. Tac. Ann. xi. 14 
 and 15. Veterrimis Graecorum, and vetustissima Italiae 
 disciplina. 3. Antiquus denotes age only in rela¬ 
 tion to time, as a former age in opp. to the present; 
 priscus (from 7rapo?), as a solemn word, with the 
 qualifying accessory notion of a former age worthy of 
 honor, and a sacred primitive age, like in opp. 
 
 to the fashion of the day. 4. Antiquus and pris¬ 
 cus denote a time long past; pristinus, generally, 
 denotes only a time that is past, like irporepos. (iv. 83.) 
 
 Antrum, see Specus. 
 
 Anus ; Vetula. Anus (as the fern, to senex ) de¬ 
 notes an old lady, with respect, and also as a term of 
 reproach ; an old woman, with reference to her weak¬ 
 ness, credulity, loquacity, and so forth : v e t u 1 a, an 
 old woman, with reference to her ugliness and disagree¬ 
 ableness. (iv. 92.) 
 
 Aperire ; Patefacere ; Aperte ; Palam ; Mani¬ 
 festo ; Propalam. 1. Aperire (from ireirapelv') 
 means 4 to open’ a space that is covered at top, and 
 therefore in a horizontal direction, as, for instance, pits 
 and springs, and thereby to make them visible; pate¬ 
 facere, 4 to open ’ a space whose sides are closed ; 
 hence, to open in a perpendicular direction, as, for in¬ 
 stance, gates, roads, and fields, and thereby to make 
 them accessible. 2. Returare (from arecjxo , Ger¬ 
 man stopfen) means, to make accessible an opening 
 that has been stopped up; recludere, an opening 
 that has been shut up ; reserare, an opening that 
 has been barred up. 3. Aperte means 4 openly,’ 
 and without concealment, so that everybody can per¬ 
 ceive and know, in opp. to occulte , like cpavepws ; p a- 
 lam (from planus), 4 openly,’ and without hiding any- 
 
20 
 
 APPARET — AQUA. 
 
 thing, so that everybody can See and hear, in opp. to 
 < lam , like dvacpav&ov ; manifesto, palpably, so 
 that one is spared all inquiry, all conjecture, all exer¬ 
 tion of the senses and of the mind, like Srj\ov. 4. P a- 
 1 a m denotes that openness which does not shun obser¬ 
 vation ; p r o p a 1 a m, that which courts observation. 
 Cic. Orat. i. 35. Neque proposito argento neque 
 tabulis et signis propalam collocatis; that is, to every¬ 
 body’s admiration : compare with Pis. 36. Mensis pa- 
 lam propositis; that is, without fear and constraint, 
 (v. 291.) 
 
 Apparet ; Eminet. A p p a r e t means what is 
 visible to him who observes; eminet, what forces 
 itself upon observation, and attracts the eye. Sen. Ir. 
 i. 1. Apparent alii alfectus, liic (scil. irae) eminet. 
 (vi. 23.) 
 
 Apparet, see Constat. 
 
 Appellare, see AUoqui and Nominare. 
 
 Aptus, see Idoneus. 
 
 Aqua; Unda ; Fluctus ; Fluentum. 1. Aqua 
 (from onceavoC) denotes water materially as an element, 
 in opp. to terra ; u n d a (from ve8y, wet), as a flowing, 
 continually moving element, in opp., as it were, to solum; 
 1 y m p h a (Xe^o?) is merely a poetical synonyme of 
 aqua , with the accessory notion of clearness and bright¬ 
 ness, to which the similar sound of the adjective lim- 
 pidus , though not derived from it, gave occasion. 2. 
 U n d a stands in the middle, between aqua and fluctus, 
 as aura does between aer and ventus. For u n d a de¬ 
 notes, like wave, that which apparently moves itself , 
 whereas fluctus and f 1 u e n t a, like billows, the water 
 moved by something external, as storms and so forth; 
 fluctus, the billows more in connection with the 
 whole, the billowy sea, whereas fluentum denotes a 
 single billow. It is only the stormy sea, the boisterous 
 stream, that urges on its billows, but every piece of 
 w T ater, that is not entirely stagnant, has its waves. 
 Hence there is a great distinction between these two 
 
AQUOSUS-ARCESSERE. 
 
 21 
 
 images in Cicero, Mil. 2, 5. Tempestates et procellas 
 in illis duntaxat fluctibus concionum semper putavi 
 Miloni esse subeundas ; that is, in the tumultuously agi¬ 
 tated assemblies: and Plane. 6, 15. Si campus atque 
 illae undee comitiorum, ut mare profundum et immensum, 
 sic effervescunt quodam quasi aestu; that is, the lightly 
 moving assemblies. Sen. N. Q. iii. 10. Quid si ullam 
 undam superesse mheris, qum superveniat tot fluctibus 
 fractis. And iv. 2. Nee mergit cadens unda , sed planis 
 aquis tradit. (ii. 10.) 
 
 Aquosus, .see Udus. 
 
 Arbitrari, see Censere. f 
 
 Arcana ; Secret a ; Mysteria. Arcana denotes 
 secrets, in a good sense, such as are so of themselves, 
 and from their own nature, and should be spoken of 
 with awe ; thus arcana, as a popular term, denotes 
 secrets of all sorts ; on the other hand, mysteria, as 
 a learned term, denotes religious secrets, like the Eleu- 
 sinian mysteries ; lastly, s e c r e t a denotes secrets, in 
 the most ordinary sense, such as are made so by men, 
 and which seek concealment from some particular fear. 
 Tac. Ann. i. 6. Sallustius Crispus particeps secretormn 
 . . . monuit Liviam, ne arcana domus vulgarentur. 
 (iv. 429.) 
 
 Arc ere ; Prohibere. Arcere ( dp/ceiv , from 
 epviceiv) means to keep off and bar the entry, in opp. to 
 admittere , PI in. II. N. xii. 1 ; on the other hand, pro¬ 
 hibere means to keep at a distance, and prevent the 
 approach, in opp. to adhibere. The arcens makes de¬ 
 fensive opposition, like the resistens , and protects the 
 threatened ; but the prohibens acts on the offensive, like 
 the propulsans , and retaliates hostility on the assailant, 
 (iv 430.) 
 
 Arcessere; Accire ; Evocare ; Accersere. 1. 
 Arcessere and accersere denote, in the most 
 general sense, merely, to send for; accire supposes a 
 co-ordinate relation in those that are sent for, as, to 
 invite; evocare, a subordinate relation, as, to sum- 
 
22 
 
 ARCTUS-ARGUERE. 
 
 mon. The arcessem asks, the acciens entreats, the 
 evocans commands, a person to make his appearance. 
 Cic. Att. v. 1. Tu in vita mulieres, ego accivero pueros : 
 compare with I)ejot. 5. Yenit vel rogatus ut amicus, 
 vel arcessitus ut socius, vel evocatus ut qui senatui pa- 
 rere didicisset. Or, Liv. x. 19. Collegae auxilium, quod 
 acciendum ultro fuerit, with xliv. 31. JEvocat.i literis 
 imperatoris. And xxix. 11. iEbutia accita ad Sulpi- 
 ciam venit; and 12. Ut Hispalam libertinam arcesseret 
 ad sese. 2. Arcessere (from cedere) means, orig¬ 
 inally, to order tojipproach ; on the other hand, a c c e r- 
 sere (from a/calpcD ), to come quickly, or, to make 
 haste; but both words have been confounded with each 
 other, from similarity of sound, (iii. 283.) 
 
 Arctus, see Augustus. 
 
 Ardere ; Flagrare. A r d e r e (from epeifeecv) 
 means to be in a visible glowing heat, like ao^eiv ; on 
 the other hand, flagrare, to be in bright flames, like 
 < pXeyea^rcu . Hence, metaphorically, ardere is applied 
 to a secret passion; flagrare, to a passion that 
 bursts forth. Cic. Or. iii. 2, 8. Non vidit Cr&ssus fla¬ 
 grant em bello Italiam, non ardentem invidia senatum. 
 (iv. 21.) 
 
 Arduus ; Difficilis. Arduus (from opAo?) 
 means difficult to ascend, in opp. to pronus; on the 
 other hand, difficilis means difficult to execute, in 
 opp. to facilis. Arduus involves a stronger notion 
 of difficulty, and denotes the difficult when it borders on 
 the impossible. Plin. Ep. iv. 17. Est enim res difficilis 
 ardua. Tae. Hist. ii. 76. iEstimare debent, an quod 
 inchoatur, reipublicse utile, ipsis gloriosum, aut promptum 
 effectu, aut certe non arduum sit. Cic. Verr. i. 51. 
 Cum sibi omnes ad ilium allegationes difficiles , omnes 
 aditos arduos , ac paene interclusos, viderent. (ii. 105.) 
 
 Arduus, see Altus. 
 
 Arena, see JSabulum. 
 
 Arguere ; Incusare ; Culpare ; Criminari ; Insi- 
 mulare ; Deferre ; Accusare. Arguere (from 
 
ARID US ARTIFEX. 
 
 23 
 
 dpyo?) is the most general expression for any imputa¬ 
 tion of supposed or actual guilt, whether in a court of 
 justice or not, as to tax or charge with ; i n c u s a r e, 
 •and the less frequent term c u 1 p a r e, denote only a 
 complaint made out of a court of justice ; c r i m i n a r i, 
 an accusation with hostile or evil intention, in a calum¬ 
 nious spirit; insimulare, in an undeserved or slan¬ 
 derous manner, through suspicion ; d e f e r r e, to im¬ 
 peach before a judge; accusare, to impeach in a 
 criminal court. Cic. Lig. 4, 10. Arguis fatentem. 
 Non est satis. Accusas eum. (ii. 163.) 
 
 Aridus ; Torridus ; Siccus. A r i d u s and t o r r i- 
 d u s denote an internal want of moisture ; but things 
 that are arida (from areo) have lost their moisture from 
 a heat acting within, like auo?, in opp. to Jiumidus. 
 Plin. Pan. 30, 4 ; on the other hand, torrida (from 
 Tepaoi) y from a heat penetrating from without, in opp. to 
 uvidus , like ovcX/T/po? ; — siccus denotes dryness that 
 is only external, confined to the surface, in opp. to ma- 
 didus , like D;po?. Plin. IP. N. xii. 12. Ne sint fragilia 
 et arida potius quam sicca folia. And xv. 29. Cato 
 docuit vinum fieri ex nigra myrta siccata usque in ari- 
 ditatem in umbra. Colum. vii. 4. (vi. 244.) 
 
 Arista, see Oulmus. 
 
 Armentum, see Pecus. 
 
 Arm us ; Humerus ; Ala ; Axilla. A r m u s (ra¬ 
 mus ?) is the highest part of the upper arm in men ; 
 the fore-leg in beasts; the shoulder-blade, as part of 
 the whole body, distinguished from scapula , as part of 
 the skeletoil, like w/xo?; humerus, the fiat surface, 
 which in the human body is over the upper arm, the 
 shoulder, like eVcop,/?; ala and axilla, the cavity 
 which is under the upper arm, the arm-pit, like gao"%dAr). 
 Ovid, Met. xii. 396. Ex Immeris medios coma depende- 
 bat in armos. And x. 599. xiv. 304. Plin. IP. N. xi. 
 43. (iv. 27.) 
 
 Arrogantia, see Superbia. Artes, see Literce. 
 
 Artifex, see Faber. Artus, see Membrum. 
 
24 
 
 Alt UNDO —ASTTJTUS. 
 
 Arundo, see Culmus. Arvum, sec Villa. 
 
 Ascia ; Securis. A s c i a is the carpenter’s axe, 
 to split wood; securis, the butcher’s cleaver, to cut 
 meat. 
 
 Asper, see Horridus. 
 
 Aspernari, see .Sterner e. 
 
 Assentiri ; Assentari ; Blandiri ; Adulari* 1. 
 Assentiri means to assent from conviction, in opp. to 
 dissentire ; but a s s e n t a r i, to express assent, whether 
 from conviction or from hypocrisy, in opp. to adversari. 
 Yell. P. ii. 48. Cic. Rose. Am. 16, 99. Plaut. Most. i. 
 3, 100. Amph. ii. 2, 70. 2. Assentari denotes 
 
 the flattery which shuns contradicting a person, like 
 ^coTreveiv ; blandiri (/^eASetp) , that which says what 
 is agreeable to another, like dpecr/ceveLv ; a d u 1 a r i 
 (from SofAo?), that which would please at the expense 
 of self-degradation, like /co\arceveu>. The assentans , as 
 a flatterer, would, by surrendering his right to an inde¬ 
 pendent opinion; the blandiens , by complaisance and 
 visible signs of affection ; the adalans , by self-degrada¬ 
 tion, and signs of an unworthy subserviency, gain the 
 favor of another. A s s e n t a t i o, or the art of the as- 
 senter, has its origin in cowardice or weakness ; b 1 a n- 
 ditise, or fair-speaking, in the endeavor to be amiable, 
 and, at worst, in self-interest; a d u 1 a t i o, or flattery, 
 and servility, KoXaicela , in a degrading, slavish, spaniel¬ 
 like spirit. Sen. Ir. iii. 8. Magis adhuc proderunt sub- 
 missi et humani et dulces, non tamen usque in adula- 
 tionem; nam iracundos nimia assentatio offendit. Erit 
 certe amicus . . . . cui non magis tutum erat blandiri 
 quam maledicere. And ii. 28. Saepe adulatio , dum 
 blanditur , offendit. (ii. 174.) 
 
 Asseverare, see Dicere. 
 
 Assiduitas, see Opera. 
 
 Astrum, see Sidas. 
 
 Astutus; Callidus; Vafer; Yersutus. As tutus 
 or in old Latin astus (from d/aj, acuere), and cal- 
 1 i d u s, denote cunning, more in an intellectual sense, 
 
ATER-ATROX. 
 
 25 
 
 as a mark of cleverness; astutus, indeed, acuteness 
 in the invention and execution of a secret project, 
 synonymous with solers ; but c a 11 i d u s (from /caAAo?), 
 sharp-sightedness in judging of a complicated question 
 of conduct, or worldly wisdom, as the consequence of a 
 knowledge of mankind, and of intercourse with the 
 world, synonymous with rerum peritus , as judicious, 
 and, in its degenerate signification, crafty, like rcepSa- 
 Xeo?; on the other hand, vafer and versutus de¬ 
 note cunning in a moral sense, as a mark of dishonesty, 
 and, indeed, vafer (u<^), adroitness in introducing 
 tricks, particularly in judicial affairs, as the tricks of a 
 lawyer, like Travovpyos ; versutus (dprnro?), ver¬ 
 satility in dissimulation, and in the art of getting out of 
 a scrape by some means or other ; in opp. to simplex , 
 Cic. Fin. iv. 25, like arpofyaios. Piin. Ep. vii. 6. Juvenis 
 ingeniosus, sed parum callidus. Cic. Brut. 48. Calli- 
 dus, et in capiendo adversario versutus. (iii. 220.) 
 
 Ater ; Niger; Pullus. 1. A t e. r (at^-o?) de¬ 
 notes black, as a negation of color, in opp. to albus; 
 whereas n i g e r (prvi<y6eL^) denotes black, as being 
 itself a color, and indeed the darkest, in opp. to can - 
 didus. The atrum makes only a dismal and dark im¬ 
 pression ; but the nigrum , a positive, and imposing and 
 beautful impression, as Hor. Carm. i. 82, 11. Lycum 
 nigris oculis, nigroque crine decorum. Tac. G. 43. 
 Nigra scuta, tincta corpora; atras ad proelia noctes 
 legunt. (iii. 194.) 2. Ater and n i g e r denote a 
 
 deep dark black; whereas pullus only swarthy, 
 with reference to the affinity of the dark color to dirt. 
 
 (iii. 20T.) 
 
 Atque, see Et. 
 
 Atrox ; Trux ; Truculentus ; Dirus ; Sjevus ; \ 
 Torvus. 1. Atrox, trux, and truculentus, 
 (from Tprj'xp ?, rapafeu), denote that which has an ex¬ 
 terior exciting fear; that which makes an impression of 
 terror on the fancy, and eye, and ear; atrox, indeed, 
 as a property of things, but trux and truculentus 
 c 
 
26 
 
 ATTONITUS — AUDIRE. 
 
 as properties of persons ; whereas d i r u s and s?evug 
 mean that which is really an object of fear, and threatens 
 * danger; dir us, indeed (from Seo?), according to its 
 own nature, as a property of things, means dreadful, 
 Beivos ; but sajvus (from al, heu!) according to the 
 character of the person, as a property of living beings, 
 means blood-thirsty, cruel, alvos. Plin. Pan. 53. Atro - 
 cissima effigies scevissimi domini. Mela-ii. 7. Ionium 
 pelagus . . . atrox , scevum ; that is, looking dangerous, 
 and often enough also bringing misfortune. 2. Trux 
 denotes dreadfulness of look, of the voice, and so forth, 
 in the tragic or heroic sense, as a mark of a wild dispo¬ 
 sition or of a cruel purpose ; but truculentus, in 
 the ordinary and comic sense, as a mark of ill-humor or 
 trivial passion; the slave in Plautus is truculentus ; the 
 wrathful Achilles is trux. Sometimes, however, trucu- 
 Icntior and truculentissimus serve as the comparative 
 and superlative of trux. 3. Trux and truculentus 
 v u 11 u s is a terrific, angry look, like Tpayvs ; t o r- 
 v u s, merely a stern, sharp, and wild look, as ropov , 
 or ravprjBov (3\enreiv. Plin. H. N. xi. 54. Contuitu 
 quoque multiformes ; truces , torvi , flagrantes. Quintil. 
 vi. 1. 43. (i. 40.) 
 
 Attonitus ; Stupens. Attonitus, thunder¬ 
 struck, denotes a momentary, stupens (jafyeiv) a 
 petrified, a lasting condition. Curt. viii. 2, 3. Attoniti , 
 et stupentibus similes. Flor. ii. 12. (vi. 31.) 
 
 Audere ; Conari ; Moliri. A u d e r e denotes an 
 enterprise with reference to its danger, and'the courage 
 of him wffio undertakes it, whereas conari (from in¬ 
 cohare), with reference to the importance of the enter¬ 
 prise, and the energy of him who undertakes it; lastly, 
 moliri, with reference to the difficulty of the enter¬ 
 prise, and the exertion required of him who undertakes 
 it. (iii. 295.) 
 
 Audentia, Audacia, see Fides. 
 
 Audire ; Auscultare. A u d i r e (from ausis , 
 auris , o£a?) means to hear, dnoveiv , as a mere passive 
 
AUFERRE-AUSTERUS. 
 
 27 
 
 sensation, like olfacere; on the other hand, a u s c u 1- 
 tare (from auricula), to hearken, a/cpoda^ac, that is, 
 to wish to hear, and to hear attentively, whether secretly 
 or openly, by an act of the will, like odorari. Ter. 
 And. iv; 5, 45. iEsch. Pater, obsecro, ausculta. Mic. 
 iEschine, atcdivi omnia. Cato ap. Gell. i. 15. Pacuv. 
 ap. Cic. Div. i. 57. (iii. 293.) 
 
 Auferre, see Demere. 
 
 Auguria ; Auspicia ; Prodigia ; Ostenta ; Por- 
 tenta ; Monstra ; Omina. Auguria and a u s- 
 p i c i a are appearances in the ordinary course of na¬ 
 ture, which for the most part possess a meaning for 
 those only who are skilful in the interpretation of signs; 
 auguria (from augur, avyd^eiv') for the members of 
 the college of augurs, who are skilled in such things ; 
 a u s p i c i a, for the magistrates, who have the right to 
 take auspices: whereas prodigia, ostenta, por¬ 
 tent a, monstra, are appearances out of the ordi¬ 
 nary course of nature, which strike the common people, 
 and only receive a more exact interpretation from the 
 soothsayer : lastly, omina ( o^/iara, ocrcrac) are signs 
 which any person, to whom they occur, can interpret 
 for himself, without assistance. The primary notion in 
 p r o d i g i u m is, that the appearance is replete with 
 meaning, and pregnant with consequences ; in 0 s t e n- 
 tum, that it excites wonder, and is great in its nature ; 
 inportentum, that it excites terror, and threatens 
 danger ; in monstrum, that it is unnatural and ugly, 
 (v. 173.) 
 
 Aura, see Anima. 
 
 Auscultare, see Audire . 
 
 Auspicia, see Auguria. 
 
 Austerus ; Severus ; Difficilis ; Morosus ; Te- 
 TRICUS. 1. Austerus (aucT^pb?, from avco') de¬ 
 notes gravity as an intellectual, severus (avrjpoA) as 
 a moral quality. The austerus in opp. to jueundus , 
 Plin. H. N. xxxiv. 8. xxxv. 11, is an enemy to jocu¬ 
 larity and frivolity, and seeks in science, learning, and 
 
28 
 
 AUTUMARE-AUXILITTM. 
 
 social intercourse, always that which is serious and real, 
 at the risk of passing for dull; the severus , in opp. to 
 luxuriosus , Quintil. xi. 3, 74, is rigid, hates all disso¬ 
 luteness and laxity of principle, and exacts from himself 
 and others self-control and energy of character, at the 
 risk of passing for harsh. The stoic, as a philosopher, is 
 austerus , as a man, severus. 2. Aust’erus and s e- 
 v e r u s involve no blame ; whereas d i f f i c i 1 i s, m o- 
 r o s u s, and t e t r i c u s, denote an excess or degene¬ 
 racy of rigor. The difficilis understands not the art of 
 easy and agreeable converse, from hypochondria and 
 temperament; the morosus (from mos) is scrupulous, 
 and wishes everything to be done according to rule, 
 from scrupulosity and want of tolerance; the tetricus 
 (redupl. of trux, rpa'xps) is stiff and constrained, from 
 pedantry and w^ant of temper, (iii. 232.) 
 
 Autumare, see Censere. 
 
 Auxilium ; Opem ferre ; Opitulari ; Juvare ; 
 Adjuyare. 1. Auxilium, opem ferre, and 
 opitulari, suppose a person in a strait, whom one 
 would rescue from necessity and danger, in opp. to de - 
 severe , destituere , and so forth; the auxilium fevens is 
 to be considered as an ally, who makes himself subser¬ 
 vient to the personal safety, or to the interest of him 
 who is in a strait; the opem f evens, as a benefactor, 
 who employs his power and strength for the benefit of 
 the weak; whereas juvare and ad juvare (taoWat) 
 suppose only a person striving to do something, which 
 he may be enabled to do better and quicker by help, in 
 opp. to impedire , Cic. Yerr. i. 6. Ter. Heaut. v. 2, 39. 
 Matres solent esse filiis in peccato adjutrices , auxilio in 
 paterna injuria. When in Liv. ii. 6, Tarquin entreats 
 the Veientes , fervent opem , adjuvarent , he is first con¬ 
 sidered as exulans, then as regnum repetiturus. 2. 
 Opem and auxiliumferre derive their emphasis 
 frrni the noun, to bring help, and nothing else ; whereas 
 opitulari, and the poetical word, a u x i 1 i a r i, 
 derive their emphasis from their verbal form, and mean 
 to bring help, and not to refuse, (v. 70.) 
 
AYE-BONI CONSULERE. 
 
 29 
 
 Ave ; Salve ; Yale. A v e (from ev) is a saluta¬ 
 tion used at meeting and at parting, like %<xtpe; whereas 
 s a 1 v e is used at meeting only, vale at parting, like 
 eppcocro. Suet. Galb. 4. Ut liberti mane salvere , vespere 
 valere sibi singuli cdcerent. (i. 28.) 
 
 Ayes, see Volucres. 
 
 A vidus, see Velle. 
 
 Axes ; Plancle; Tabula. Axes or asses, 
 and p 1 a n c ae, are unwrought boards, as they come 
 from the saw, and asses as a usual term, p 1 a n c ae 
 as a technical term ; whereas t a b u 1 ae are boards that 
 have been made smooth by the plane, to serve the pur¬ 
 poses of luxury, (vi. 34.) 
 
 Axilla, see Armus. 
 
 B. 
 
 Balbus ; BLiESUS. B a 1 b u s (from balare) de¬ 
 notes stammering as an habitual quality, whereas 
 B 1 ae s u s, as a temporary condition, (iii. 7*9.) 
 
 Baculus, see Fustis. Bajulare, see Ferre. 
 
 Bardus, see Stupidus. Basium, see Osculum. 
 
 Baubari, see Latrare. Beatus, see Felix. 
 
 Bellua, see Animal. Bene moratus, see Bonus. 
 
 Benevolentia, see Stadium. 
 
 Benignus, see Largus. 
 
 Bestia, see Animal. 
 
 Bibere ; Potare. B i b e r e (reduplic. of bua) 
 means to drink like a human being, nrlveiv ; whereas 
 potare (from n toto?) to drink like a beast, and, me¬ 
 taphorically, to tipple, airav. Sen. Ep. 122. Inter 
 nudos bibunt , imo pot ant. Plaut. Cure. i. 1, 88. 
 Agite, bibite, festivae fores, potato, fite mihi volentes 
 propitiae. (1. 149.) 
 
 Bifariam, see Duplex. Bilis, see Fel. 
 
 BLiESUS, see Balbus. Blandiri, see Assentiri. 
 
 Blatire, Blaterare, see G-arrire. 
 
 Boni consulere, see Satis habere. 
 c* 
 
30 
 
 BONUS-BRUTUS. 
 
 Bonus ; Bene moratus ; Probus ; Frugi ; Hones- 
 tus; Sanctus. 1. Bonus, bene moratus, pro- 
 bus, and frugi, denote a low degree of morality, in 
 which a man keeps himself free froin^blame and punish¬ 
 ment, hatred and contempt:—b onus (anciently duo- 
 nus, hvvagai), in the popular sense, in which benevo¬ 
 lence and goodness of heart constitute the principal part 
 of morality, in opp. to mains, like ayaSros ; bene mo- 
 rat u s, in a more philosophical sense, as an acquired 
 character, in which, before all things, self-control, con¬ 
 scientiousness, and freedom from common selfishness are 
 cultivated, like evTpoiros', probus ( 7 rpav?), so far as 
 a man injures no one, or does what is unjust, as a wor¬ 
 thy, upright, just man; f r u g i, so far as a man, by 
 discretion, conscientiousness, and diligence, qualifies 
 himself to be useful in practical life, in opp. to nequam , 
 like xpTjcrTos. Quin til. vi. 4,11. Non est altercandi ars 
 . . . res animi jacentis et mollis supra modum frontis, 
 fallitque plerumque quod probitas vocatur, quae est im- 
 becillitas. Die. Dejot. 10. Frugi hominem dici non 
 multum laudis habet in rege. Quintil. i. 6, 29. 2. 
 
 Whereas honestus and sanctus denote a higher 
 degree of morality, which, from higher motives, rises 
 above the standard of ordinary men, and what is called 
 social morality ; h 0 n e s t u s, as an honorable and chi¬ 
 valrous spirit and demeanor, derived from a principle of 
 honor and distinction, in opp. to turpis ; s a n c t u s, as 
 a saintly and holy spirit, derived from a principle of 
 piety, (v. 347.) 
 
 Brachium, see Ulna. 
 
 Brevis ; Curtus. Brevis (/3pa^u?) means short 
 by nature; whereas curtus (/eapro?, from /celpco ), 
 means shortened. 
 
 Brutus, see Stupidus . 
 
CABALLUS-CALICO. 
 
 31 
 
 C. 
 
 Caballus, see Rquus. 
 
 Cachinnari, see Ridere. 
 
 Cacumen, see Acies. 
 
 Cadaver ; Corpus. Cadaver denotes the dead 
 body as a mere material substance, like carcass; but 
 corpus as the remains of personality, like corpse , and 
 is always used when the dead body is spoken of with 
 feeling, (vi. 45.) 
 
 Cadere, see Labi. Cjedere, see Verberare . 
 
 Cabrimonia, see Consuetudo. Caesar, see Primus. 
 
 Canaries, see Crinis. 
 
 CiETERi ; Reliqui. C ae t e r i (comparat. from e/cet) 
 denotes others, as in direct opposition to those first men¬ 
 tioned, like ol aXkoi ; whereas reliqui, the rest, as 
 merely the remainder that complete the whole, like ol 
 'Kol'jtol. Cic. Brut. 2, 6. Si viveret Hortensius, ccetera 
 fortasse desideraret una cum reliquis bonis civibus; 
 hunc aut praetor cceteros , aut cum paucis sustineret do- 
 lorem. (i. 183.) 
 
 Calamitas, see Infortunium. 
 
 Calamus, see Culmus. 
 
 Calculus, see Saxum. 
 
 Calere ; Fervere ; ^Estuare ; Calefacere ; Fo- 
 vere. 1. Calere and fervere denote, objectively, 
 warmth by itself, and, indeed, cal id us (icrfkew iruplf 
 in opp. to frigidus, a moderate degree of warmth, but 
 f e r v i d u s, in opp. to gelidus , a degree of warmth on 
 the point of boiling, heat ; whereas ae s t u a r e (from 
 a'i^soi) , subjectively, the feeling of heat, in opp. to al- 
 gerc. (iii. 89.) 2. Calefacefe means to make 
 
 warm, in a purely physical sense, without any accessory 
 notion; whereas fovere (from cMpavco'), with refer¬ 
 ence to the genial sensation, or salutary effect of the 
 warmth, (vi. 48.) 
 
 Caligo, see Obscurum. 
 
32 
 
 CALIX-CANERE. 
 
 Calix, see Pocnlum. 
 
 Callidus, see Astutus and Sapiens. 
 
 Callis, see Iter. 
 
 Campus, see JEquum and Villa. 
 
 Candela ; Lucerna. Candela is a candle, 
 which can be carried about like a, torch, as X<zyR7ra?, 
 whereas lucerna can only be considered as a burning 
 light on a table, like Xv^vos. (vi. 50.) 
 
 Candidus, see Albus. 
 
 Canere ; Cantare ; Psallere ; Canticum ; Can¬ 
 tilena ; Carmen ; Poema ; Poeta ; Yates. 1. C a- 
 m e r e (from rcava^elv) means, in the most general 
 sense, to make music, voce, tibiis, fidibus, like peXireiv; 
 cantare, with vocal music, like delSeiv ; psallere, 
 with instrumental music, and indeed with string-instru¬ 
 ments, like yjsdXXeiv. 2. C a n t i c a and c a n t i 1 e nae 
 are only songs adapted for singing, in which, as in popu¬ 
 lar ballads, the words and melodies are inseparable, and 
 serve to excite mirth and pleasure, in opp. to speech, 
 and that which is spoken; and, indeed, canticum 
 means a favorite piece, still in vogue ; cantilena, a 
 piece which, being generally known, has lost the charm 
 of novelty, and is classed with old songs ; whereas c a r- 
 m i n a and p o e m a t a are poems which may be sung, 
 but the words of which claim value as a work of art, 
 and serve religion or music as an art, in opp. to prose 
 and real truth ; c a r m i n a, indeed, were originally 
 religious hymns, iirwhal, and, in a wider sense, poems 
 of another sort, mostly, however, minor poems, and of a 
 lyrical sort, like phcu ; but p o e m a t a are the products 
 of cultivated art, and extensive poems, mostly of the 
 epic or tragic sort, like Troc/jpara. The carmen (/capm, 
 Kpd^co') is the fruit of natural, but the poema of calm 
 and self-conscious inspiration. 3. P o e t a is a techni¬ 
 cal expression, and denotes a poet only as an artist; 
 v a t e s (^%€T77?) is an old Latin and religious expres¬ 
 sion, and denotes a poet as a sacred person. Tac. Dial. 
 9. (v. 99.) 
 
CANNA-CARO. 
 
 33 
 
 Canna, see Oulmus. Cantare, see Canere. 
 
 Canterius, see JEquus. 
 
 Canticum, Cantilena, see Canere. 
 
 Caper ; Hircus ; Hcedus. Caper (/ca7rpo?) is 
 the general name for a he-goat, and that which is used 
 in natural history, rpayo?; hircus (from is an 
 
 old full-grown he-goat, ^[gapo^ ? whereas h se d u s, 
 h oe d u s (^otpo?), a kid, epi<j)os. (v. 336.) 
 
 Capere, see Sumere. 
 
 Capillus, see Crinis. 
 
 Carcer, see Custodia. 
 
 Carere; Egere ; Indigere. 1. Car ere (from 
 /ceipetv') relates to a desirable possession, in opp. to 
 habere , Cic. Tusc. i. 36 ; whereas egere and indi- 
 g e r e, to a necessary and indispensable possession, in 
 opp. to abundare, Lucil. Fr. Sat. viii. Senec. Vit. 
 B. 7. Voluptate virtus soepe caret , nunquam indiget. 
 Epist. 9. Sapiens eget nulla re ; egere enim necessitatis 
 est. Cic. Ep. ad. Qu. Fr. i. 3, 2. Nunc commisi, ut 
 me vivo careres , vivo me aliis indigeres. 2. Egere 
 (from yaiv(£> dyr)v) denotes, objectively, the state 
 of need, in opp. to uti, Cato ap. Gell. xiii. 23 ; indi¬ 
 gere, subjectively, the galling sense of need, an$ 
 eager longing to satisfy it. (iii. 113.) 
 
 Caritas, see Diligere. 
 
 Carmen, see Canere. 
 
 Caro; Pulpa; Viscera; Exta ; Intestina; Ilia. 
 1. Caro means flesh in its general sense, as a material 
 substance, in opp. to fat, nerves, muscles, and so forth ; 
 pulpa, especially, eatable and savory flesh, in opp. 
 to bones; viscera, all flesh, and every fleshy sub¬ 
 stance between the skin and the bones. 2. Viscera, 
 in a narrower sense, means generally, the inner parts 
 of the body; whereas exta means the inner parts of 
 the upper part of the body, as the heart, lungs, and so 
 forth ; intestina, inter a ne a, and ilia, the inner 
 parts of the lower part of the body, namely, the en¬ 
 trails ; and indeed intestina, and, in the age after 
 
 3 
 
34 
 
 CASSIS — CASU. 
 
 Augustus, i n t e r a n e a, meant the guts as digestive 
 organs ; ilia, all that is contained in the lower part of 
 the body, and particularly those parts that are service¬ 
 able. (v. 145.) 
 
 Cassis ; Galea ; Cudo. Cassis, cassida 
 (from kottcl ), is a helmet of metal; galea ( 70 X 0 * 7 ), 
 a helmet of skin, and properly of the skin of a weasel; 
 cudo (jcexhwv) , a helmet of an indefinite shape. Tac. 
 G. 6 . Paucis loricae; vix uni alterive cassis aut galea. 
 
 Cassis, see Rete. 
 
 Castigatio, see Vindicta. 
 
 Castus ; Pudicus ; Pudens ; Pudibundus. 1. C a s- 
 t u s (from /ca&apos') denotes chastity as a natural qual¬ 
 ity of the soul, as pure and innocent; whereas pudi- 
 c u s, as a moral sentiment, as bashful and modest. 2 . 
 Pudicus, pudicitia, denote natural shame, aver¬ 
 sion to be exposed to the gaze of others, and its fruit, 
 chaste sentiment, merely in its sexual relation, like 
 bashfulness ; whereas pudens, pudor, denote shame 
 in a general sense, or an aversion to be exposed to the 
 observation of others, and to their contempt, as a sense 
 of honor. Cic. Catil. ii. 11, 25. Ex hac parte pudor 
 pugnat, illinc petulantia ; hinc pudicitia , illinc stuprum. 
 3. Pudicus and pudens denote shame as an ha¬ 
 bitual feeling ; pudibundus as a temporary state 
 of the sense of shame, when excited, (iii. 199.) 
 
 Casu ; Forte ; Fortuito ; Fortasse ; Forsitan ; 
 Haud scio an. Casu, forte, and fortuito, de¬ 
 note a casualty, and indeed, c a s u, in opp. to consulto, 
 o-vg/3e/3r,x6ra )?: forte, without particular stress on 
 the casualty, rvyov ; fortuito, for tuitu, emphat¬ 
 ically, by mere chance, in opp. to causa , a7ro 
 whereas fortasse, forsitan, and haud scio an, 
 denote possibility, and indeed fortasse, fortassis, 
 with an emphatic perception and affirmation of the pos¬ 
 sibility, as approaching to probability, and are in con¬ 
 struction with the indicative, lctcos ; forsitan, for- 
 s a n, with merely an occasional perception of the possi- 
 
CASUS — CATERVA. 
 
 35 
 
 bility, and are in construction with a conjunctive, rd% 
 av; h a u d s c i o an, with a modest denial of one’s 
 own certainty; consequently, haud s c i o an is an 
 euphemistic limitation of the assertion. Fortasso 
 verum e s t, and for si tan verum sit, mean, 
 perhaps it is true, perhaps not; but haud scio an 
 v e r u in s i t means, I think it true, but I will not affirm 
 it as certain, (v. 294.) 
 
 Casus; Fors; Fortuna; Fors Fortuna; Fatum. 
 1. Casus denotes chance as an inanimate natural 
 agent, which is not the consequence of human calcula¬ 
 tion, or of known causes, like crvfKpopd ; whereas fors 
 denotes the same chance as a sort of mythological being, 
 which, without aim or butt, to sport as it were with mor¬ 
 tals, and baffle their calculations, influences human af¬ 
 fairs, like rv)(7J- 2. For s, as a mythological being, is 
 
 this chance considered as blind fortune ; whereas For¬ 
 tuna is fortune, not considered as blind, and without 
 aim, but as taking a part in the course of human affairs 
 from personal favor or disaffection; lastly, fors for¬ 
 tuna means a lucky chance, aya^i] 3. All 
 
 these beings form an opposition against the D i i and 
 F a t u m, which do not bring about or prevent events 
 from caprice or arbitrary will, but according to higher 
 laws; and the gods, indeed, according to the intelligible 
 laws of morality, according to merit and worth, right 
 and equity ; fatum, according to the mysterious laws 
 by which the universe is eternally governed, like elpuap- 
 /i.ei/ 77 , pLolpa. Tac. Hist. iv. 26. Quod in pace fors seu 
 natura, tunc fatum et ira deorum vocabatur. (295.) 
 
 Catenas, see Vincula. 
 
 Caterva ; Cohors ; Agmen ; Grex ; Globus , 
 Turba. Caterva, cohors, and agmen, denote 
 an assembled multitude in regular order, and caterva, 
 as a limited whole, according to a sort of military ar¬ 
 rangement ; c 0 h 0 r s, as respecting and observing the 
 leadership of a commanding officer; agmen, as a 
 solemn procession ; whereas turba, grex, and g 1 0 - 
 
36 
 
 CATUS-CELARE. 
 
 bus, denote a multitude assembled in no regular order, 
 g r e x, without form or order; t u r b a, with positive 
 disorder and confusion ; g 1 o b u s, a thronging mass of 
 people, which, from each person pressing towards the 
 centre, assumes a circular form. (v. 361.) 
 
 Catus, s qq. Sapiens. 
 
 Caupona, see Deversorium. 
 
 Causidicus, see Advocatus. 
 
 Cautes, see Saxum. 
 
 Caverna, see Specus. Cavillator, see Lepidus. 
 
 Celare ; Occulere ; Occultare ; Clam ; Abdere ; 
 Condere ; Abscondere ; Recondere. 1. Celare 
 has an abstract or intellectual reference to its object, 
 like /ceifeeiv, in opp. to fateri , and so forth; synony¬ 
 mously with r e t i c e r e, Liv. xxiv. 5. Curt. vi. 9 ; 
 whereas occulere, occultare, have a concrete 
 and material reference to their object, like KpinrreLv , in opp. 
 to aperire , synonymously with obtegere; Cic. Acad, 
 iv. 19. N. D. ii. 20. Fin. i. 9, 30. Att. v. 15: the 
 celanda remain secret, unless they happen to be disco¬ 
 vered ; but the occultanda would be exposed to sight, 
 unless particular circumspection and precaution were 
 used. 2. In the same manner clam and c 1 a n c u- 
 1 u m denote secretly, in opp. to palam, Cic. Rose. Am. 8 ; 
 whereas o c c u 1 1 e, in opp. to aperte , Cic. Rull. i. 1. 
 3. Occulere denotes any concealment; occult¬ 
 are, a careful or very anxious concealment, and on this 
 account finds no place in negative propositions, or as 
 seldom, for example, as redolere. 4. Occultare 
 means to prevent anything being seen, by keeping it 
 covered; whereas abdere, condere, and abscon¬ 
 der e, by removing the thing itself; abdere (a7ro- 
 ^ elvai ) by laying it aside, and putting it away, like 
 dirotcpvTTTeiv ; condere (^KaTcfeeivai) , by depositing 
 it in a proper place of safety, like KaranpyirTeuv ; r e- 
 condere, by hiding it carefully and thoroughly; 
 abscondere, by putting it away, and preserving it. 
 (iv. 45.) 
 
37 
 
 CELEBER-CENSERE. 
 
 Celeber; Inclytus ; Clarus ; Illustris; Nobilis. 
 0 e 1 e b e r (from /cAeo?) and inclytus (from kXvto?') 
 denote celebrity^, as general expressions, chiefly as be¬ 
 longing to things, and seldom as belonging to persons, 
 except in poetry; clarus, illustris, and n o b i 1 i s, 
 with an especial political reference; clarus QydXgpo^') 
 means renowned for eminent services to one’s country ; 
 illustris (from dvaXevcraco') renowned for rank and 
 virtue ; n o b i 1 i s (from novisse) belonging to a family 
 whose members have already been invested with the 
 honors of the state. 
 
 Celebrare, see Scepe. Celer, see Citus. 
 
 Celer, see Navigium. Celsus, see Altm. 
 Censere ; Judicare ; Arbitrari ; 2Estimare ; 
 Opinari ; Putare ; Reri ; Autumare ; Existimare ; 
 Credere. 1. Censere, judicare, arbitrari, 
 sestimare, denote passing judgment with competent 
 authority, derived from a call to the office of judge; 
 censere, as possessing the authority of a censor, or 
 of a senator giving his vote ; j u d i c a r e, as possessing 
 that of a judge passing sentence ; arbitrari, as pos¬ 
 sessing that of an arbitrator ; sestimare Qala^eahai ), 
 as that of a taxer, making a valuation ; whereas, opi¬ 
 nari, putare, reri, and re s t i m a r e, denote pass 
 ing judgment under the form of a private opinion, with 
 a purely subjective signification ; opinari ( 073 -/ 9 ) as a 
 mere sentiment and conjecture, in opp. to a clear con¬ 
 viction and knowledge. Cic. Orat. i. 23. Mur. 30. Tusc. 
 iv. 7. Rose. Am. 10; putare, as one who casts up an 
 account; reri as a poetical, and autumare as an 
 antiquated term. 2. iEstimare denotes passing 
 judgment under the form of the political function of an 
 actual taxer, to estimate anything exactly, or according 
 to its reafr value, or price in money ; but existimare, 
 as a moral function, to estimate anything according to 
 its worth or truth; hence Cicero contrasts existimatio , 
 not cestimatio , as a private opinion, with competent 
 judgment, judicio ; Cluent. 29. Verr. v. 68. 3. Cen- 
 
 D 
 
38 
 
 CERNERE-CITUS. 
 
 sere denotes judgment and belief, as grounded upon 
 one’s own reflection and conviction ; c r e d e r e, as 
 grounded on the credit w T hich is given to the testimony 
 of others. 4. 0 p i n o r, parenthetically, implies mod¬ 
 esty, like olficu ; whereas credo implies irony, like 
 d)? eoucev , sometimes in propositions that are self-evi¬ 
 dent, whereby the irony reaches the ears of those to 
 whom the truth could not be plainly spoken or repeated, 
 or who might be inclined to doubt it; sometimes, in ab¬ 
 surd propositions which a man thinks fit to put in the 
 mouth of another ; sometimes, in propositions so evident 
 as scarcely to admit of controversy, (v. 300.) 
 
 Cernere, see Videre. Cerritus, see Amens. 
 
 Certare, see Imitatio. 
 
 Cessare, see Vacare and Ounctari. 
 
 Chorda ; Fides. Chorda (g(pphrj) is a single 
 string; fides (crcpiSg') in the sing, and plur. means a 
 complete collection of strings, or a string-instrument. 
 
 Cibare, Cibus, see Alimenta . 
 
 Cicatrix, see Vulnus. 
 
 Cicur ; Mansuetus. C i c u r (redupl. of Kopi^ogat) 
 denotes tameness, merely in a physical sense, and as a 
 term in natural history, in opp. to ferus ; whereas man¬ 
 suetus, in a moral sense also, as implying a mild dis¬ 
 position, in opp. to scevus. (iv. 257.) 
 
 Cincinnus, see Crinus. Circulus, see Orbis. 
 
 Circumire, see Ambire. Circumvenire, see Fallere 
 
 Cirrus, see Crinis. 
 
 Citus: Celer; Yelox; Pernix ; Properus;Fes 
 tinus. 1 . Citus and celer denote swiftness 
 merely as quick motion, in opp. to tardus , Cic. Or. iii 
 57. Sail. Cat. 15. Cic. Fin. v. 11. N. D. ii. 20. Rose. 
 Com. 11. Top. 44 ; v e 1 o x and pernix, nimbleness, 
 as bodily strength and activity, in opp. to lentus ; p ro¬ 
 pe r u s and festinus, haste, as the will to reach a 
 certain point in the shortest time, in opp. to segnis 
 Gell. x. 11. 2. Citus denotes a swift and lively mo¬ 
 
 tion, approaching to vegetus; celer, an eager and 
 
CIYILITAS — COGERE. 
 
 89 
 
 impetuous motion, approaching to rapidus. 3. Per¬ 
 nio i t a s is, in general, dexterity and activity in all 
 bodily movements, in hopping, climbing, and vaulting; 
 but v e 1 o c i t a s, especially in running, flying, and 
 swimming, and so forth. Plaut. Mil. iii. 1, 86. Clare 
 oculis video, pernix sum manibus, pedibus mobilis. Virg. 
 iEn. iv. 180. Curt. vii. T, 53. Equorum velocitati par 
 esthominum pernicitas. 4. Properus, properare, 
 denote the haste which, from energy, sets out rapidly to 
 reach a certain point, in opp. to cessare ; whereas fes- 
 t i n u s, festinare, denote the haste which springs 
 from impatience, and borders upon precipitation, (ii. 
 144.) 
 
 Civilitas, see Humanitas. Civitas, see Gens. 
 
 Clam, see Celare. Claritas, see Gloria. 
 
 Clarus, see Celeber. Claustrum, see Cera. 
 
 Clementia, see Mansuetudo. 
 
 Clivus, see Collis. Clypeus, see Scutum. 
 
 Codicilli, see Literac. 
 
 Clangere ; Clamare ; Vociferari. C 1 a n g e r e 
 is the cry of animals and the clang of instruments, like 
 /cXdyyeiv ; clamare and vociferari, the cry of 
 men ; c 1 a m a r e, an utterance of the will, but voci¬ 
 ferari, of passion, in anger, pain, in intoxication. 
 Rhet. ad. Her. iii. 12. Acuta exclamatio habet quid- 
 dam illiberale et ad muliebrem potius vociferationem , 
 quam ad virilem dignitatem in dicendo accommodatum. 
 Benec. Ep. 15. Virg. iEn. ii. 310. Exoritur clamorque 
 virum clangorque tubarum. (v 103.) 
 
 Ccenum, see Lutum. 
 
 Ccepisse, see Incipere. 
 
 Coercere ; Compescere. Coercere denotes re¬ 
 striction, as an act of power and superior strength ; 
 whereas compescere (from pedica, rrehav) as an 
 act of sovereign authority and wisdom, (iv. 427.) 
 
 Ccetus, see Concilium. 
 
 Cogere ; Adigere. C o g e r e (from co-igere) 
 means by force and power to compel to something ; a d- 
 
40 
 
 COGITARE-COGNITIO. 
 
 i g e r e, by reflection and the suggestion of motives to 
 persuade to something. Tac. Ann. vi. 27. Sc ea ne¬ 
 cessitate ad preces cogi , per quas consularium aliqui 
 capessere provincias adigerentur. (vi. 70.) 
 
 Cogitare; Meditari; Commextari. 1. C o g i- 
 t a r e (from the Goth, hugjan) denotes the usual ac¬ 
 tivity of the mind, which cannot exist without thinking, 
 or employing itself about something ; meditari (from 
 (ie&ea^>cLL) , the continued and intense activity of the 
 mind, Which aims at a definite result. Ter. Heaut. iii. 
 3,46. Quid nunc facere cogitas ? Compare this with 
 Adelph. v. 6, 8. Meditor esse aflabilis. Cic. Cat. i. 9, 
 22. In Tusc. iii. 6, cogitatio means little more than 
 consciousness ; whereas in e d i t a t i o means specula¬ 
 tive reflection. 2. Meditari has an intensive mean¬ 
 ing, with earnestness, exertion, and vivacity: c o m- 
 m e n t a r i (only in Cicero) means to reflect leisurely, 
 quietly, and profoundly, (v. 198.) 
 
 Cogxatus, see Necessarius. 
 
 Cognitio ; Notitia ; Sciextia ; Ignarus ; Inscius; 
 Nescius. 1. C o g n i t i o is an act of the mind by 
 which knowledge is acquired, whereas notitia and 
 scientia denote a state of the mind ; n o t i t i a, to¬ 
 gether with n o s s e, denotes a state of the merely re¬ 
 ceptive faculties of the mind, which brings an external 
 appearance to consciousness, and retains it there; 
 whereas scientia, together with scire, involves 
 spontaneous activity, and a perception of truth ; noti- 
 t i a may be the result of casual perception ; scientia 
 implies a thorough knowledge of its object, the result of 
 mental activity. Cic. Sen. 4, 12. Quanta notitia anti- 
 quitatis ! quanta scientia juris Romani! 2. The igna- 
 
 rus is without notitia , the inscius without scientia. Tac. 
 H. i. 11. iEgyptum provinciam insciam legum, igna- 
 ram magistratuum; for legislation is a science, and 
 must be studied ; government an art, and may be learnt 
 by practice. 3. Inscius denotes a person who has 
 not learnt something, with blame ; n e s c i u s, who has 
 
COGNOSCERE-COMERE. 
 
 41 
 
 accidentally not heard of, or experienced something, in¬ 
 differently. Cic. Brut. 83. Inscium omnium rerum et 
 rudem. Compare this with Plin. Ep. viii. 23, Absens 
 et impendentis mali nescius. (v. 266.) 
 
 Cognoscere, see Intelligere. Cohors, see Caterva. 
 
 Colaphus, see Alapa . Colere, see Vereri. 
 
 Collis ; Clivus ; Tumulus ; Grumus ; C o 11 i s and 
 clivus denote a greater hill or little mountain ; collis 
 (from celsus') like tcoXcovos, as an eminence, in opp. to 
 the plain beneath, and therefore somewhat steep; cli¬ 
 vus, like /cXtru?, as a sloping plain, in opp. to an hori¬ 
 zontal plain, and therefore only gradually ascending; 
 whereas tumulus and grumus mean only a hillock, 
 * or great mound ; tumulus, like means either 
 
 a natural or artificial elevation; grumus, only an ar¬ 
 tificial elevation, like Colum. Arbor, a. f. Col- 
 
 lem autem et clivum , modum jugeri continentem repas- 
 tinabis operis sexaginta. Liv. xxi. 32. Erigentibus in 
 primos agmen clivos , apparuerunt imminentes tumulos 
 insidentes montani. Hirt. B. Hisp. 24. Ex grumo ex- 
 celsum tumulum capiebat. (ii. 121.) 
 
 Colloquium, see Sermo. Colonus, see Incolere . 
 
 Coluber, see Anguis. Coma, see Crinis. 
 
 Comburere, see Aceendere. 
 
 Comere; Decorare; Ornare. 1. Comer e and 
 decorare denote ornament, merely as an object of 
 sense, as pleasing the eye ; o r n a r e, in a practical 
 sense, as at the same time combining utility. 2. C o- 
 mere ( Koo-gelv ) denotes ornament as something little 
 and effeminate, often with blame, like nitere , in opp. to 
 nature, noble simplicity, or graceful negligence, like 
 KofjLjjLovV) whereas decorare and ornare, always 
 with praise, like splendere , as denoting affluence and 
 riches; decorare (from hUrf) in opp. to that which 
 is ordinary and unseemly, like tcoagelv ; ornare (from 
 oplvG) ?) in opp. to that which is paltry and incomplete, 
 like datcelv. 3. Comere implies only a change in 
 form, which by arranging and polishing gives to the 
 
42 
 
 COMMISSATIO-CONCEDERE. 
 
 whole a smart appearance, as in combing and braiding 
 the hair ; but decorare and o r n a r e effect a mate¬ 
 rial change, inasmuch as by external addition new 
 beauty is conferred, as by a diadem, and so forth. 
 Quintil. xii. 10, 47. Comere caput in gradus et annu- 
 los ; compare with Tibull. iii. 2, 6. Sertis decorare co¬ 
 mas ; and Yirg. Eel. vi. 69. Apio crines ornatus amaro. 
 (iii. 261.) 
 
 Commissatio, see Fpulce. 
 
 Comitari ; Deducere ; Prosequi. C o m i t a r i 
 means to accompany for one’s own interest, d/co\ov§elv ; 
 deducere, from friendship, with officiousness ; pro¬ 
 se q u i, from esteem, with respect, irpoiregireiv. (vi. 
 73.) 
 
 Comitas, see Humanitas. Comitia, see Concilium. 
 
 Commentary see Cogitare. Committere, see Fidere. 
 
 Commodore ; Mutuum Dare. Commodare 
 means to lend without formality and stipulation, on the 
 supposition of receiving the thing lent again when it is 
 done with. Mutuum d a r e is to grant a loan on the 
 supposition of receiving an equivalent when the time of 
 the loan expires. Commodatio is an act of kind¬ 
 ness ; mutuum datioisa matter of business, (iv. 
 137.) 
 
 Communicare, see Imp entire. 
 
 Comcedus, see Actor. Compar, see JEqgus. 
 
 Compedes, see Vincula. Compendium, see Lucrum. 
 
 CoMPESCERE,see Coercere. Complecti, see Amplecti. 
 
 Complementum ; Supplementum. Complemen- 
 t u m serves, like a keystone, to make anything complete, 
 to crown the whole, whereas supplementum serves 
 to fill up chasms, to supply omissions. 
 
 Conari, see Audere. 
 
 Concedere ; Permittere ; Connivere. C o n c e- 
 d e r e and permittere mean, to grant something 
 which a man has full right to dispose of; concedere, 
 in consequence of a request or demand, in opp. to re¬ 
 fusing, like crvyxcDprjo-aL ; permittere, from confi- 
 
CONCESSUM EST — CONCLAVE. 
 
 43 
 
 dence in a person, and liberality, in opp. to forbidding, 
 like ecpeivcu ; whereas indulgere and connivere 
 mean to grant something, which may properly be for¬ 
 bidden ; indulgere ?), from evident for¬ 
 
 bearance ; connivere (/caTaveveiv '), from seeming 
 oversight. 
 
 Concessum est; Licet: Fas est. Concessum 
 e s t means, what is generally allowed, like efecrrt, and 
 has a kindred signification with licet, licitum est, 
 which mean what is allowed by human laws, whether 
 positive, or sanctioned by custom and usage, like ^e/us 
 earl ; fas est means what is allowed by divine laws, 
 whether the precepts of religion, or the clear dictates of 
 the moral sense, like oaiov £gtl. (v. 16T.) 
 
 Concilium ; Concio ; Comitia ; Ccetus ; Conven- 
 tus. 1. Concilium, concio, and comitia are 
 meetings summoned for fixed purposes; c 6 n c i 1 i u m 
 (fixy /caXeiv'), an assembly of noblemen and persons of 
 distinction, of a committee, of the senate, the individual 
 members of which are summoned to deliberate, like 
 cTvvehpiov ; whereas concio and comitia mean 
 a meeting of the community, appointed by public 
 proclamation, for passing resolutions or hearing them 
 proposed ; concio (ciere, klcov) means any orderly 
 meeting of the community, whether of the people or of 
 the soldiery, in any state or camp, like cruAXoyo?; 
 comitia (from coire) is an historical term, confined 
 to a Roman meeting of the people, as eicKXijGLa to an 
 Athenian, and d\'a to a Spartan. 2. C oe t u s and 
 convent us are voluntary assemblies ; c oe t u s (from 
 coire) for any purpose, for merely social purposes, for a 
 conspiracy, and so forth, like avvoSos ; whereas con¬ 
 vent u s, for a serious purpose, such as the celebration 
 of a festival, the hearing of a discourse, and so forth, 
 like OyLM/ytyw, r rravy)’yvpt^. (v. 108.) 
 
 Conclave, Cubiculum. Conclave is the most 
 general term for any closed room, arid especially a room 
 of state ; cubiculum is a particular expression for a 
 dwelling-room. (vi. 75.) 
 
44 
 
 CONCORDIA — CONSIDERARE. 
 
 Concordia, see Otium. Concubina, see Pellex . 
 
 Condere, see Celare and Sepelire. 
 
 Conditio ; Status. Conditio (fw&cw, crvv^e- 
 Gid) is a state regulated by the will; status is a 
 state arising from connection. Cic. Fam. xii. 23. Om- 
 nem conditionem imperii tui, statumcpie provinciae de- 
 monstravit mihi Tratorius. (vi. T6.) 
 
 Confestim, see Repente. Confidentia, see Rides. 
 
 Confidere, see Fidere. Confinis, see Vicinus. 
 
 Confisus ; Fretus. C o n f i s u s means, subjectively, 
 like securus , depending on something, and making one’s 
 self easy, 7re7rof^a>9; whereas fretus (^pa/cro?, ferox) 
 means, objectively, like tutus , protected by something, 
 ippco/jLevos. (i. 20.) 
 
 Confiteri, see Fateri. Confligere, see Pugnare. 
 
 Confutare, see Refutare. 
 
 Congeries, see Acervus. Conjux, see Femina. 
 
 Connivere, see Concedere. 
 
 Consanguineus, see Necessarius. 
 
 Conscfndere, see Scandere. 
 
 Consecrare, see Sacrare. Consequi, see Invenire. 
 
 Conjugium ; Matrimonium ; Contubernium ; Nup¬ 
 tial C o n j u g i u m and matrimonium denote 
 the lasting connection between man and wife, for the 
 purpose of living together and bringing up their off¬ 
 spring; conjugium is a very general term for a 
 mere natural regulation, which also takes place among 
 animals ; contubernium means the marriage con¬ 
 nection between slaves; matrimonium, the legal 
 marriage between freemen and citizens, as a respectable 
 and a political regulation ; whereas n u p t i ae means 
 only the commencement of matrimonium , the wedding, 
 or marriage-festival. 
 
 Considerare ; Contemplari. Considerare 
 (from KCLTeiheLv ) denotes consideration as an act of the 
 understanding, endeavoring to form a judgment ; c on- 
 temp 1 a r i (from tearcfeagfteiv) an act of feeling, 
 which is absorbed in its object, and surrenders itself 
 
CONSORS — CONTAMINARE. 
 
 45 
 
 entirely to the pleasant or unpleasant feeling which its 
 object excites, (v. 130.) 
 
 Consors, see Sochis. 
 
 Conspectus, Conspicere, see Videre. 
 
 Constat ; Apparet ; Elucet ; Liquet. Constat 
 means a truth made out and fixed, in opp. to a waver¬ 
 ing and unsteady fancy or rumor; whereas apparet 
 elucet, and liquet denote what is clear and evident; 
 apparet, under the image of something stepping out 
 of the back-ground into sight; elucet, under the im¬ 
 age of a light shining out of darkness ; liquet, under 
 the image of frozen water melted, (vi. 78.) 
 
 Constituere, see Destinare. 
 
 Consuetudo ; Mos ; Ritus ; C^erimonia. C on- 
 suet u d o denotes the uniform observance of anything 
 as a custom, arising from itself, and having its founda¬ 
 tion in the inclination or convenience of an individual or 
 people, eAo?; whereas mos (modus) is the habitual 
 observance of anything, as a product of reason, and of 
 the self-conscious will, and has its foundation in moral 
 views, or the clear dictates of right, virtue, and deco¬ 
 rum, 97 ^ 0 ?; lastly, ritus denotes the hallowed obser¬ 
 vance of anything, either implanted by nature as an in¬ 
 stinct, or introduced by the gods as a ceremony, or 
 which, at any rate, cannot be traced to any human ori¬ 
 gin. Con suetudines are merely factitious, and 
 have no moral worth ; mores are morally sanctioned 
 by silent consent, as jura and leges by formal de¬ 
 cree ; ritus (from dptA/xo?, p{£y/xo?), are natural, and 
 are hallowed by their primaeval origin, and are peculiar to 
 the animal, (v. 75.) 2. Ritus is a hallowed obser¬ 
 
 vance, as directed and taught by the gods or by nature ; 
 whereas c ae r i m 0 n i a (/^Se/xopux) is that which is 
 employed in the worship of the gods. 
 
 Consueyisse, see flolere. Consummare, see Finite. 
 
 Contagium, see-Lues. 
 
 Contaminare ; Inquinare ; Polluere. Contain- 
 inare^from contingo, contagio) means defilement in 
 
46 
 
 CONTEMNERE-CONTINUUS. 
 
 its pernicious effect, as the corruption of what is sound 
 and useful; i n q u i n a r e (from cunire, or from irivo 9 ), 
 in its loathsome effect, as marring what is beautiful, like 
 pbopvacreiv ; polluere (from puhus, 7reAA.os'), in its 
 moral effect, as the desecration of what is holy and pure, 
 like fualvecv. Cic. Caecil. 21, 70. Judiciis corruptis et 
 contaminatis; compare with Coel. 6. Libidinibus in - 
 quinari; and Rose. Am. 26, 71. Noluerunt in mare 
 deferri, ne ipsum pollaeret , quo caetera quae violata sunt, 
 expiari putantur. (ii. 56.) 
 
 Contemnere, see Spernere. 
 
 Contemplari, see Considerare. 
 
 Contendere, see Didere. 
 
 Contentio, see Disceptatio . 
 
 Contentum esse, see Satis habere. 
 
 Continentia, see 3Iodus. Contingere, see Accidere . 
 
 Continuo, see Repente. 
 
 Continuus ; Perpetuus ; Sempiternus ; 2Eternus. 
 
 1. Continuum means that which hangs together 
 without break or chasm; perpetuum, that which 
 arrives at an end, without breaking off before. Suet. 
 Caes. 76. Continuos consulatus, perpetuam dictaturam. 
 
 2. Perpetuus, sempiternus, and se t e r n u s, 
 denote continued duration ; but perpetuus, rela¬ 
 tively, with reference to a definite end, that of life for 
 example ; sempiternus and seternus, abso¬ 
 lutely, with reference to the end of time in general; 
 sempiternus means, like di'fiio?, the everlasting, 
 what lasts as long as time itself, and keeps pace with 
 time; sternum (from aetas) like alcovtov, the eter¬ 
 nal, that which outlasts all time, and will be measured 
 by ages, for Tempus est pars quaedam ceternitatis. The 
 sublime thought of that which is without beginning and 
 end, lies only in seternus, not in sempiternus, 
 for the latter word rather suggests the long duration 
 between beginning and end, without noting that eternity 
 has neither beginning nor end. Sempiternus in¬ 
 volves the mathematical, ae t e r n u s the metaphysical 
 
CONTRARIUS-CORRIGERE. 
 
 47 
 
 notion of eternity. Cic. Orat. ii. 40,169. Barbarorum 
 est in diem vivere; nostra consilia sempiternu.m tempus 
 spectare debent; compare with Fin. i. 6, 17. Motum 
 atomorum nullo a principio, sed ceterno tempore intelligi 
 convenire. (i. 1.) 
 
 Contrarius, see Varius. 
 
 Controversy, see Disceptatio. 
 
 Contubernium, see Conjugium. 
 
 Contumacy, see Pervicacia. 
 
 Contumely ; Injury ; Offensio. I. C o n tu¬ 
 rn e 1 i a (from contemnere) denotes a wrong done to the 
 honor of another; injuria, a violation of another’s * 
 right. A blow is an injuria , so far as it is the infliction 
 of bodily harm; and a contu??ielia y so far as it brings on 
 the person who receives it, the imputation of a cowardly 
 or servile spirit. Senec. Clem. i. 10. Contumelias , 
 quoe acerbiores principibus solent esse quam injurice. 
 Pacuv. Non. Patior facile injuriam , si vacua est contu- 
 melia. Phgedr. Fab. v. 3, 5. Cic. Quint. 30, 96. Verr. 
 iii. 44. 2. Contumelia and i n j u r i a are actions, 
 whereas offensio denotes a state, namely, the mor¬ 
 tified feeling of the offended person, resentment, in opp. 
 to gratia. Plin. H. N. xix. 1. Quintil. iv. 2. Plin« 
 Pan. 18. (iv. 194.) 
 
 Conventus, see Concilium. 
 
 Convertere, see Vertere. 
 
 Convivium, see Ppidce. 
 
 Convicium, see Maledictum. 
 
 Copy, see Occaaio. Co'pije, see .Exercitus. 
 
 Copiosus, see Divitice. Cordatus, see Sapiens. 
 
 Corpulentus, see Pinguis. 
 
 Corpus, see Cadaver. 
 
 Corrigere ; Emendare. Corrigere means to 
 amend, after the manner of a rigid schoolmaster or dis¬ 
 ciplinarian, who would make the crooked straight, and 
 set the wrong right; whereas emendare, after the 
 manner of an experienced teacher, and sympathizing 
 friend, who would make what is defective complete. 
 
48 
 
 COIIRUMPERE-CRINIS. 
 
 Plin. Pan. 6, 2. Corrupta est disciplina castromm, ut 
 tu corrector emendatorvpiQ coiitingeres; the former by 
 strictness, the latter by wisdom. Cic. Mur. 29. Veris- 
 sime dixerim, nulla in re te (Catonem) esse hujusmodi 
 ut corrigendum potius quam leviter inflectendus viderere; 
 comp, with Plin. Ep. i. 10. Non castigat errantes, sed 
 emendat. (v. 319.) 
 
 •Corrumpere, see Depravare. 
 
 Coruscare, see Lucere. 
 
 Coxa ; Latus ; Femur. Coxa and c o x e n d i x 
 (/co^aw??) mean the hip; latus, the part between the 
 hip and shoulder ; femur and f e m e n, the part under 
 the hip, the thigh, (vi. 84.) 
 
 Crapula, see Ebrietas. Crater, see Poculum. 
 
 Creare ; Gignere; Parere ; Generare. 1. Cre- 
 a r e (from Kvpco') means, by one’s own will and creative 
 power to call something out of nothing; gignere 
 (ryliyvea^cu, <yevea^fat) by procreation or parturition; 
 gignere is allied to generare only by procrea¬ 
 tion, and to par ere (jreirapeiv, 7 relpeiv)^ only by 
 parturition. 2. Gignere is a usual expression, 
 which represents procreation as a physical and purely 
 animal act, and supposes copulation, conception, and 
 parturition ; whereas generare is a select expres¬ 
 sion, which represents procreation as a sublime godlike 
 act, and supposes only creative power; hence, for the 
 most part, homines et belluge gignunt , natura et dii 
 generant. And, Corpora gignuntur , poemata generan- 
 tur. Cic. N. D. iii. 16. Herculem Jupiter genidt , is a 
 mythological notice; but Legg. i. 9. Deus hominem 
 generavit , is a metaphysical axiom, (v. 201.) 
 
 Crebro, see Scepe. 
 
 Credere, see Censere and Fidere. 
 
 Cremare, see Accendere. Crepitus, see Fragor. 
 
 Crepusculum, see Mane. Criminari, see Arguere. 
 
 Crinis ; Capillus ; Coma ; Caesaries ; Pilus ; 
 Cirrus ; Cincinnus. 1. Crinis and capillus de¬ 
 note the natural hair merely in a physical sense, like 
 
CRUCIATUS-CUBARE. 
 
 49 
 
 Syu'f; crinis (from /caprjvov ), any growth of hair, in 
 opposition to the parts on which hair does not grow T ; 
 c a p i 11 u s (from caput), only the hair of the head, in 
 opp. to the beard, etc. Liv. vi. 16. Suet. Aug. 23. 
 Cels. vi. 2. Cic. Tusc. v. 20. Rull. ii. 5; whereas in 
 coma and c ae s a r i e s the accessory notion of beauty, 
 as an object of sense, is involved, inasmuch as hair is a 
 natural ornament of the body, or itself the object of or¬ 
 nament ; c o m a (/cogg') is especially applicable to the 
 hair of females ; c ae s a r i e s, to that of males, like 
 e^eipa. Hence c r i n i t u.s means nothing more than 
 covered with hair; capillatus is used in opp. to 
 bald-headed, Petron. 26, and the Galli are styled co~ 
 mail , as wearing long hair, like Kapeicogoodvre^. 2. 
 Crinis, capillus, c o m a, c ae s a r i e s, denote the 
 hair in a collective sense, the w r hole growth of 
 hair; whereas p i 1 u s means a single hair, and especi¬ 
 ally the short and bristly hair of animals. Hence 
 p i 1 o s u s is in opp. to the beautiful smoothness of the 
 skin, as Cic. Pis. 1; •whereas crinitus and capil¬ 
 latus are in opp. to ugly nakedness and baldness, 
 (iii. 14.) 3. Cirrus and c i n c i n n u s denote curled 
 hair; cirrus ( Kopprj ) is a natural, cincinnus 
 (/clkivvo 9 ) an artificial curl. (iii. 28.) 
 
 Cruciatus ; Tormentum. Cruciatus, cruci- 
 m e n t a (/cpo/at, rcpe/cco ), denote in general any pangs, 
 natural and artificial; tormenta (from torquere), 
 especially pangs caused by an instrument of torture, 
 like the rack.. Cic. Phil. xi. 4. Nec vero graviora sunt 
 carnificum tormenta quam interdum cruciamenta mor- 
 borum. (vi. 87.) 
 
 Crudelitas, see Scevitia. 
 
 Cruentus, Cruor, see Sanguis. 
 
 Cubare ; Jacere ; Situm esse. C u b a r e (from 
 Kfc/o)) denotes the lying down of living beings ; situm 
 esse (erozq elaaii) of lifeless things; jacere, of 
 both. Cubare and jacere are neuter; situm 
 esse, always passive. Further, cubare gives the 
 e 4 
 
50 
 
 CUBICULUM-CULMUS. 
 
 linage of one who is tired, who wishes to recruit his 
 strength, in opp. to standing, as requiring exertion, 
 whereas j a c e r e gives the image of one who is weak, 
 without any accessory notion, in opp. to standing, as a 
 sign of strength, (i. 138.) 
 
 Cubiculum, see Conclave 4 
 
 Cubile ; Lectus. C u b i 1 e is a natural couch for 
 men and animals, a place of rest, like koItt], evvrj ; 1 e c- 
 t u s, an artificial couch, merely for men, a bed, like 
 \eKTpov. (v. 279.) 
 
 Cubitus, see Ulna . * _ Cudere, see Verberare. 
 
 Cudo, see Cassis. 
 
 Culcita ; Pulvinus ; Pulyinar. C u 1 c i t a (from 
 calcare ?) is a hard-stuffed pillow; p u 1 v i n u s and 
 p u 1 v i n a r, a soft elastic pillow ; p u 1 v i n u s, such 
 as is used on ordinary civil occasions ; p u 1 v i n a r, 
 such as is used on solemn religious occasions, (vi. 89.) 
 
 Culmen; Fastigium. Culmen means the top, 
 the uppermost line of the roof; fastigium, the 
 summit, the highest point of this top, where the spars 
 of the roof by sloping and meeting form an angle; 
 therefore fastigium is a part of culmen. Yirg. 
 iEn. ii. 458. Evado ad summi fastigia culminis. Liv. 
 xl. 2. Yitruv. iv. 2. Arnob. ii. 12. And figuratively 
 culmen denotes the top only, with a local reference, 
 as the uppermost and highest point, something like 
 Ko\ocj)(ov ; but fastigium with reference to rank, as 
 the principal and most imposing point of position, some¬ 
 thing like Kopv<p7 ]; therefore culmen tectiis only 
 that which closes the building, but fastigium that 
 which crowns it; and fastigium also denotes a 
 throne, whence culmina montium is a much more usual 
 term than fastigia. (ii. 111.) 
 
 Culmus ; Calamus ; Stipula ; Spica ; Arista ; A$- 
 undo ; Canna. 1. Culmus means the stalk, with refer¬ 
 ence to its slender height, especially of corn ; calamus 
 (/caXa/xo?) with reference to its hollowness, especially of 
 reeds. 2. Culmus means the stalk of corn, as bearing 
 
CULMUS — CULPA. 
 
 51 
 
 the ear, as the body the head, as an integral part of the 
 whole; s t i p u 1 a, as being compared with the ear, a 
 worthless and useless part of the whole, as stubble. 3. 
 S p i c a is the full ear, the fruit of the corn-stalk, with¬ 
 out respect to its shape, arista, the prickly ear, the 
 tip or uppermost part of the stalk, without respect to its 
 substance, sometimes merely the prickles. Quintil. i. 
 8 , 5. Imitatm sjjicas herbulee inanibus aristis ante mes- 
 sem flavescunt. 4. Calamus, as a reed, is the gen¬ 
 eral term; arundo (from poSavos') is a longer and 
 stronger reed; canna (from kclvcov ?) a smaller and 
 thinner reed. Colum. iv. 32. Ea est arundineti senec- 
 tus, cum ita densatutn est, ut gracilis et cannce similis 
 arundo prodeat. (v. 219.) 
 
 Culpa; Noxia; Noxius; Nocens; Sons. 1. 
 Culpa ( K Ko\d / ^rai ) denotes guilt as the state of one 
 who has to answer for an injury, peccatum, delictum, 
 maleficium, scelus, flagitium, or nefas; hence a respon¬ 
 sibility, and, consequently, a rational being is supposed, 
 in opp. to casus , Cic. Att. xi. 9. Yell. P. ii. 118, or to 
 necessitas , Suet. Cl. 15 ; whereas n o x i a, as the state 
 of one who has caused an injury, and can therefore be 
 applied to any that is capable of producing an effect, in 
 opp. to mnocentia. Liv. iii. 42, 2. Ilia modo in ducibus 
 culpa , quod ut odio essent civibus fecerant; alia omnis. 
 penes milites noxia erat. Cic. Marc. 13. Etsi aliqua 
 culpa tenemur erroris humani, a scelere certe liberati 
 sumus; and Ovid, Trist. iv, 1, 23. Et culpam in facto, 
 non scelus esse meo, coll. 4, 8T ; hence c u 1 p a is used 
 as a general expression for every kind of fault, and es¬ 
 pecially for a fault of the lighter sort, as delictum. 2. 
 Culpa and noxia suppose an injurious action; but 
 v i t i u m (from avarip drij') merely an action or qual¬ 
 ity deserving censure, and also an undeserved natural 
 defect. 3. Nocens, innocens, denote guilt, or 
 absence of guilt, in a specified case, with regard to a 
 single action; but no'xius, i n n o x i u s, together 
 with the poetical words nocuus, innocuus, relate 
 
52 
 
 CULPARE-CUPIDO. 
 
 » 
 
 to the nature and character in general. Plant. Capt. 
 iii. 5, 7. Decet innocentem servurn atque innoxium 
 confidentem esse ; that is, a servant who knows himself 
 guiltless of some particular action, and who, in general, 
 does nothing wrong. 4. Noxius denotes a guilty 
 person only physically, as the author and cause of an 
 injury, like ftXafiepo? ; hut sons (oporoy) morally and 
 juridically, as one condemned, or worthy of condemna¬ 
 tion, like ^wo?. (ii. 152.) 
 
 Culpare, see Arguere. Cultus, see Vestis. 
 
 Cumulus, see Acervus. 
 
 Cum ; Cunabula. C u n se ( /colrcu ) is the cradle 
 itself; incunabula, the bed, etc., that are in the 
 cradle. Plaut. True. v. 13. Fasciis opus est, pulvinis, 
 cunis , incunabula, (vi. 69.) 
 
 Cunctari ; ILesitare ; Cessare. Cunctari 
 (from f vverceiv , or Karkyeiv ), means to delay from con¬ 
 sideration, like y ueXkeiv ; h ae s i t a r e, from want of 
 resolution; cessare (*;aS7£etp ?) from want of 
 strength and energy, like o/cveiv. The cunctans delays 
 to begin an action; the cessans , to go on with an 
 action already begun, (iii. 300.) 
 
 Cuncti, see Quisque. Cupere, see Velle. 
 
 Cupido; Cupiditas; Libido; Yoluptas. 1. Cu¬ 
 pid o is the desire after something, considered actively, 
 and as in action, in opp. to aversion ; whereas c u p i d i- 
 t a s is the passion of desire, considered neutrally, as a 
 state of mind, in opp. to tranquillity of mind. Cupido 
 must necessarily, cupiditas may be, in construction 
 with a genitive, expressed or understood; in this case, 
 cupido relates especially to possession and money, 
 cupiditas, to goods of every kind. Yell. P. ii. 33. 
 Pecuniae cupidme: and further on, Interminatam im¬ 
 perii cupiditatem. 2. Cupido and cupiditas 
 stand in opp. to temperate wishes ; libido (from \iy\r) 
 the intemperate desire and capricious longing after 
 something, in opp. to rational will, ratio , Suet. Aug. 69, 
 or voluntas , Cic. Fam. ix. 16. L i b i d i n e s are lusts, 
 
 I 
 
* 
 
 CUR-CDRVUS. 
 
 53 
 
 with reference to the want of self-government; volup- 
 t a t e s, pleasures, in opp. to serious employments, or to 
 pains. Tac. H. ii. 31. Minus Yitellii ignavae voluptates 
 quam Othonis flagrantissimm libidines timebantur. (v. 
 60 .) 
 
 Cur ; Quare. Cur (from quare ? or /ca>?;) serves 
 both for actual questions, and for interrogative forms of 
 speech; whereas quare serves for those questions 
 only, to which we expect an answer, (vi. 93.) 
 
 Cura ; Sollicitudo ; Angor ; Dolor ; JSgritudo. 
 Cura, sollicitudo, and angor, mean the disturb¬ 
 ance of the mind with reference to a future evil and 
 danger; cura (from the antiquated word coera , from 
 KOLpavos) as thoughtfulness, uneasiness, apprehension, 
 in opp. to incuria , like (fipovrcs ; sollicitudo, as 
 sensitiveness, discomposure, anxiety, in opp. to Securi¬ 
 tas, Tac. H. iv. 58, like gepc/uva; angor (from cly^co') 
 as a passion, anguish, fear, in opp. to solutus animus; 
 ■whereas dolor and ae g r i t u d o relate to a present 
 evil ; dolor (from S \av ?) as a hardship or pain, in 
 opp. to gaudium , d\yos ; as g r i t u d o, as a sickness 
 of the soul, like avia, in opp. to alacritas. Cic. Tusc. v. 
 16. Cic. Fin. i. 22. Nec praeterea res ulla est, quas 
 sua natura aut sollicitare possit aut angere. Accius * 
 apud Non. Ubi cura est, ibi anxitudo. Plin. Ep. ii. 11. 
 Caesar mihi tantum studium, tantam etiam curam — 
 nimium est enim dicere sollicitudmem — praestitit, ut, 
 etc. Quintil. viii. pr. 20. Curam ego verborum, rerum 
 volo esse sollicitudincm. (iv. 419.) 
 
 Curvus ; Uncus ; Pandus ; Incurvus ; Recurvus ; 
 Reduncus ; Repandus ; Aduncus. 1. Curvus, or 
 in prose mostly curvatus, denotes, as a general ex¬ 
 pression, all crookedness, from a slight degree of crook¬ 
 edness to a complete circle ; uncus supposes a great 
 degree of crookedness, approaching to a semi-circle, like 
 the form of a hook; pandus, a slight crookedness, 
 deviating but a little from a straight line, like that which 
 slopes. 2. The c u r v a form a continued crooked 
 
54 
 
 CUSPIS-DEFENDERE. 
 
 line; the incurva suppose a straight line ending in 
 a curve, like hr waging, the augur’s staff, for example, 
 or the form of a man who stoops, etc. 3. Recurvus, 
 reduncus, and repandus, denote that which is 
 bent outwards ; a d u n c u s, that w'hich is bent inwards. 
 Plin. Ii. N. xi. 37. Cornua aliis adunca , aliis redmica. 
 (v. 184.) 
 
 Cuspis, see Acies. 
 
 Custodia ; Carcer ; Ergastulum. C u s t o d i a 
 (from fcev^co^) is the place where prisoners are confined, 
 or the prison ; carcer (/ cap/capov , redupl. of /cap/?, 
 circus), that'part of the prison that is meant for citi¬ 
 zens ; ergastulum (from ipyd&gai, or eipyco ), 
 the house of correction for slaves. 
 
 Cutis, see Tergus. Cyathus, see Poculum. 
 
 Cymba, see Navigium. 
 
 D. 
 
 Damnum ; Detrimentum ; Jactura. Damnum 
 (Sairavrj) is a loss incurred by one’s self, in opp. to lu¬ 
 crum. Plaut. Cist. i. 1, 52. Capt. ii. 2, 77. Ter. Heaut. 
 iv. 4, 25. Cic. Fin. v. 30. Sen. Ben. iv. 1. Tranq. 15; 
 whereas detrimentum (from detrivisse) means a 
 loss endured, in opp. to emolumentum. Cic. Fin. i. 16. 
 iii. 29 ; lastly, jactura is a voluntary loss, by means 
 of which one hopes to escape a greater loss or evil, a 
 sacrifice. Hence damnum is used for a fine; and 
 in the form, Yideant Coss., ne quid resp. detrimenti ca¬ 
 piat, the word damnum could never be substituted for 
 detrimentum. (v. 251.) 
 
 Dapes, see Ppulce. Deamare, see Diligere. 
 
 Deambulare, see Ambulare. 
 
 Debere, see JVecesse est. Decernere, see Pestinare. 
 
 Decipere, see Fallere. Declarare, see Ostendere. 
 
 Decorare, sec Comere. Dedecus, see Ignominia. 
 
 Dedicare, see Sacrare. Deducere, see Comitari. 
 
 Deesse, see Abesse. Defendere, see Tueri. 
 
DEFICERE-DELICTUM. 
 
 55 
 
 Deficere, see Abesse and Turboe.' 
 
 Deflere, see Lacrimare. Deformis, see Teeter. 
 
 Degere, see Agere. De integro, see Iterum. 
 
 Delectatio, see Oblectatio. 
 
 Delere, see Abolere. 
 
 Delibutus ; Unctus ; Oblitus. D e 1 i b u t u s 
 (from \elj3etv , \i/3d£eLv'), besmeared with something 
 greasy, is the general expression; unctus (from 
 vypo<; ? or vpyeiv ?) means anointed with a pleasant 
 ointment; and oblitus from oblino), besmeared with 
 something impure, (vi. 98.) 
 
 Delictum ; Peccatum ; Malefactum ; Maleficium ; 
 Facinus ; Flagitium ; Scelus ; Nefas ; Impietas. 1. 
 Delictum and peccatum denote the lighter sort 
 of offences; delictum, more the transgression of 
 positive laws, from levity ; peccatum (from 7ra^u?), 
 rather of the laws of nature and reason, from indiscre¬ 
 tion. 2. A synonyme and as it were a circumlocution 
 of the above words is malefactum; whereas male¬ 
 ficium and facinus involve a direct moral refer¬ 
 ence ; maleficiumis any misdeed which, as spring¬ 
 ing from evil intention, deserves punishment; but f a c i- 
 n u s, a crime which, in addition to the evil intention, 
 excites astonishment and alarm from the extraordinary 
 degree of daring requisite thereto. 3. There are as 
 many sorts of evil deeds, as there are of duties, against 
 oneself, against others, against the gods; flagitium 
 (from (Skar/is) is an offence against oneself, against 
 one’s own honor, by gluttony, licentiousness, cowardice ; 
 in short, by actions which are not the consequence of 
 unbridled strength, but of moral weakness, as evincing 
 ignavia , and incurring shame; whereas scelus 
 (cnckgpov) is an offence against others, against the right 
 of individuals, or the peace of society, by robbery, mur¬ 
 der, and particularly by sedition, by the display, in 
 short, of malice ; n e f a s (a^arop) is an offence against 
 the gods, or against nature, by blasphemy, sacrilege, 
 murder of kindred, betrayal of one’s country; in short, 
 
I 
 
 56 DELIGERE-DEPLORARE. 
 
 by the display of impietas , an impious outrage. Tac. G. 
 12. (ii. 189.) 
 
 Deligere ; Eligere. Deligere means to choose, 
 in the sense of not remaining undecided in one’s choice ; 
 eligere, to choose, in the sense of not taking the first 
 thing that comes, (v. 98.) 
 
 Delirium, see Amens. Delubrum, see Templum. 
 
 Demens, see Amens. 
 
 / 
 
 Demere ; Adimere ; Eximere ; Auferre ; Eri- 
 pere ; Surripere ; Furari. 1. Demere, adimere, 
 and eximere, denote a taking away without force or 
 fraud; demere (from de-imere) means to take away 
 a part from a whole, which thereby becomes less, in opp. 
 to addere , or adjicere. Cic. Orat. ii. 25. Fam. i. 7. 
 Acad. iv. 16< Cels. i. 8. Liv. ii. 60 ; adimere, to 
 take away a possession from its possessor, who thereby 
 becomes poorer , in opp. to dare and reddere. Cic. Yerr. 
 i. 52. Fam. viii. 10. Phil. xi. 8. Suet. Aug. 48. Tac. 
 Ann. xiii. 56; eximere, to remove an evil from a 
 person oppressed by it, whereby he feels himself light¬ 
 ened. 2. Auferre, eripere, surripere, and 
 furari, involve the notion of an illegal and unjust tak¬ 
 ing away ; a u f e r r e, as a general expression for taking 
 away anything; eripere, by force to snatch away; 
 surripere and furari, secretly and by cunning; but 
 surripere may be used for taking away privily, even 
 when just and prudent self-defence may be pleaded as 
 the motive ; whereas furari (( ficopciv , (f>epai) is only 
 applicable to the mean handicraft of the thief. Sen. 
 Prov. 5. Quid opus fuit auferre f accipere potuistis ; 
 sed ne nunc quidem aaferetis , quia nihil eripitu nisi re- 
 tinenti. Cic. Yerr. i. 4, 60. Si quis clam surripiat aut 
 eripiat pal am atque auferat: and ii. 1, 8. Non farem 
 sed ereptorem. (iv. 123.) 
 
 Demoliri, see Destruere. Demori, see Mors. 
 
 Denegare, see Negare. Densus, see Augustus. 
 
 Dknuo, see Iterum. 
 
 Deplorare, see Lacrimare . 
 
DEPRAVARE-DESTRUERE. 
 
 57 
 
 Depravare ; Corrumpere. Depravare denotes 
 to make anything relatively worse, provided it is still 
 susceptible of amendment, as being merely perverted 
 from its proper use; whereas c o r r u m pere denotes 
 to make anything absolutely bad and useless, so that it 
 is not susceptible of amendment, as being completely 
 spoilt, (v. 321.) 
 
 Deridere, see Ridere. Desciscere, see Turbec. 
 
 Deserere, see Relinquere. Desertum, see Solitudo. 
 
 Desiderare, see Requirere. Desidia, see Ignavia. 
 
 Desinere ; Desistere. Desinere denotes only 
 a condition in reference to persons, things, and actions, 
 as, to cense; whereas desistere, an act of the will, 
 of which persons only are capable, as to desist, (iii. 
 101 .) 
 
 Desolatus, see Relinquere. 
 
 Desperans, see JExspes. Despicere, see Spernere . 
 
 Destinare ; Obstinare ; Decernere ; Statuere ; 
 Constituere. 1. Destinare and obstinare 
 denote forming a resolution as a psychological, whereas 
 decernere and statuere as a political, act. 2. 
 Destinare means to form a decided resolution, by 
 which a thing is set at rest; obstinare, to form an 
 unalterable resolution, whereby a man perseveres with 
 obstinacy and doggedness. 3. Decernere denotes 
 the final result of a formal consultation, or, at least, of a 
 deliberation approaching the nature and seriousness of 
 a collegial discussion; statuere, to settle the termi¬ 
 nation of an uncertain state, and constituere is the 
 word employed, if the subject or object of the transac¬ 
 tion is a multitude. Cic. Fr. Tull. Hoc judicium sic 
 expectatur, ut non unae rei statui , sed omnibus constitui 
 putetur. (iv. 178.) 
 
 Destinatio, see Pervieaeia. 
 
 Destituere, see Relinquere . 
 
 Destruere ; Demoliri. Destruere means to 
 pull down an artificially constructed, demoliri, a 
 solid, building, (vi. 2.) 
 
58 
 
 DETERIOR-DICERE. 
 
 Deterior ; Pejor. D e t e r i o r (a double compa¬ 
 rative from de) means, like yeipwv, that which has de¬ 
 generated from a good state, that which has become less 
 worthy; whereas pejor (from 7re£o?), like kclklcdv , 
 that which has fallen from bad to worse, that which is 
 more evil than it was. Hence Sallust. Or. Phil. 3. 
 JEmilius omnium flagitiorum postremus, qui pejor an ig- 
 navior sit deliberari non potest:—in this passage deterior 
 would form no antithesis to ignavior. The deterrimi 
 are the objects of contempt, the pessimi of abhorrence; 
 Catullus employs the expression pessimas puellas , 4 the 
 worst of girls,’ in a* jocular sense, in a passage where 
 this expression has a peculiar force ; whereas deterrimus 
 could, under no circumstances, be employed as a jocular 
 expression, any more than the words wretched , depraved. 
 (i. 53.) 
 
 Detestari, see Abominari. Detinere, see Manefe. 
 
 Detrectatio, see Invidia. 
 
 Detrimentum, see Damnum. Deus, see Numen. 
 
 Deversorium ; Hospitium ; Caupona ; Taberna ; 
 Popina ; Ganeum. Deversorium is any house 
 of reception on a journey, whether one’s own property, 
 or that of one’s friends, or of inn-keepers ; hospitium, 
 an inn for the reception of strangers; caupona (from 
 KapTTovcfecu ?) a tavern kept by a publican. These 
 establishments afford lodging as well as food ; whereas 
 t a b e r n ae, poping, g a n e a, only food, like 
 restaurateurs; tabernse (from trabes?), for the 
 common people, as eating-houses ; p o p i n oe (from 
 popa, Trejrai'), for gentlefolks and gourmands, like ordi¬ 
 naries ; g a n e a (from Ivqavos ?), for voluptuaries, 
 (vi. 101.) 
 
 Devincire, see Ligare. Dicare, see Sacrare. 
 
 Dicere ; Aio ; Inquam ; Asseverare ; Affirmare ; 
 Contendere ; Fari ; Fabulari. 1. Dicere denotes 
 to say, as conveying information, in reference to the 
 hearer, in opp. to tacere , like the neutral word loqui. 
 Cic. Hull. ii. 1. Ver. ii. 1, 71, 86. Plin. Ep. iv. 20. 
 
DICERE. 59 
 
 vii. 6, like \eyeuv ; but a i o expresses an affirmation, 
 with reference to the speaker, in opp. to nego. Cic. 
 Off. iii. 23. Plaut. Rud. ii. 4, 14. Terent Eun. ii. 2, 
 21, like <j>dvai . 2. A i t is in construction with an indi¬ 
 
 rect form of speech, and therefore generally governs an 
 infinitive ; whereas i n q u i t is in construction with a 
 direct form of speech, and therefore admits an indica¬ 
 tive, imperative, or conjunctive. 3. A i o denotes the 
 simple affirmation of a proposition by merely expressing 
 it, whereas asseverare, affirmare, conten¬ 
 dere, denote an emphatic affirmation ; asseverare 
 is to affirm in earnest, in opp. to a jocular, or even light 
 affirmation, jocari. Cic. Brut. 85; affirmare, to 
 affirm as certain, in opp. to doubts and rumors, dubitare , 
 Divin. ii. 3, 8; contendere, to affirm against con¬ 
 tradiction, and to maintain one’s opinion, in opp. to 
 yielding it up, or renouncing it. 4. Die ere ( Sel^cu ) 
 denotes to say, without any accessory notion, whereas 
 loqui (\afcelv ), as a transitive verb, with the con¬ 
 temptuous accessory notion that that which is said is 
 mere idle talk. Cic. Att. xiv. 4. Horribile est quae 
 loquantur , quae minitentur. 5. Loqui denotes speak¬ 
 ing in general; fabulari, a good-humored, or, at 
 least, pleasant mode of speaking, to pass away the time, 
 in which no heed is taken of the substance and import 
 of what is said, like \aXelv; lastly, die ere, as a 
 neuter verb, denotes a speech prepared according to the 
 rules of art, a studied speech, particularly from the 
 rostrum, like \eyecu. Liv. xlv. 39. Tu, centurio, miles, 
 quid de imperatore Paulo senatus decreverit potius 
 quam quid Sergio Galba fabuletur audi, et hoc 
 dicere me potius quam ilium audi; ille nihil prae- 
 terquam loqui , et id ipsum maledice et maligne didicit. 
 Cic. Brut. 58. Scipio sane mihi bene et loqui videtur et 
 ■dicere. Orat. iii. 10. Neque enim conamur docere eum 
 dicere qui loqui nesciat. Orat. 32. Muren. 34, 71. 
 Suet. Cl. 4. Qui tarn loquatur , qui possit quum 
 
 declamat o-cMpibs dicere quae dicenda sunt non video. 
 
DICTERIUM-DIFFERRE. 
 
 60 
 
 6. F a r i ( <f>avcu ) denotes speaking, as the mechanical 
 use of the organs of speech to articulate sounds and 
 words, nearly in opp. to infantem esse ; whereas 1 o q u i 
 ( Xa/ceiv ), as the means of giving utterance to one’s 
 thoughts, in opp. to tacere. And as f a r i may be 
 sometimes limited to the utterance of single words, it 
 easily combines with the image of an unusual, imposing, 
 oracular brevity, as in the decrees of fat e,fati ; whereas 
 1 o q u i, as a usual mode of speaking, is applicable to 
 excess in speaking, loquacitas. (iv. 1.) 
 
 Dicterium, see Verbum. 
 
 Dicto audientem esse, see Parere. 
 
 Dies ; Tempus ; Tempestas ; Die ; Interdiu. 1. 
 Dies (from eVSto?) denotes time in its pure abstract 
 nature, as mere extension and progression; whereas 
 tempus and tempestas, with a qualifying and 
 physical reference, as the weather and different states 
 of time; tempus denotes rather a mere point of 
 time, an instant, an epoch ; tempestas, an entire 
 space of time, a period. Hence dies docebit re¬ 
 fers to a long space of time, after the lapse of which in¬ 
 formation will come, like ; whereas tempus 
 
 docebit refers to a particular point of time which 
 shall bring information, like iccupos. (iv. 267.) 2. Dio 
 means by the day, in opp. to by the hour or the year; 
 whereas interdiu and d i u, by day, in opp to noctu ; 
 but interdiu stands in any connection ; d i u only in 
 direct connection with noctu. (iv. 288.) 
 
 Dies festi, see Solemnia. 
 
 Differre ; Proferre ; Procrastinare ; Proro- 
 gare. 1. Differre denotes delay in a negative 
 sense, whereby a thing is not done at present, but laid 
 aside; whereas proferre and procrastinare, 
 delay in a positive sense, as that which is to take place 
 at a future time; proferre refers to some other 
 time in general; procrastinare, to the very next 
 opportunity. 2. D i f f e r e denotes an action, the be¬ 
 ginning of which is put off; prorogare, a condition 
 
DIFFICILIS-DILIGERE. 
 
 61 
 
 or state, the ending of which is put off, as to protract, 
 
 (vi. 102.) 
 
 Difficilis, see Arduus and Austerus. 
 
 Digladiari, see Pugnare. 
 
 Dignum esse, see Merere. Diligentia, see Opera. 
 
 Diligere ; Am are ; Deamare ; Aeamare ; Cari- 
 tas ; Amor ; Pietas. 1. D i 1 i g e r. e (from dXeyew ') 
 is love arising from esteem, and, as such, a result of re¬ 
 flection on the worth of the beloved object, like < pc\eiv ; 
 whereas amare is love arising from inclination, which 
 has its ground in feeling, and is involuntary, or quite 
 irresistible, like epav, epaa^iai; diligere denotes a 
 purer love, winch, free from sensuality and selfishness, 
 is also more calm; amare, a warmer love, which, 
 whether sensual or platonic, is allied to passion. Cic. 
 Att. xiv. 17. Tantum accessit ut mihi nunc denique 
 amare videar, ante dilexisse. Fam. xiii. 47. Brut. i. 1. 
 Plin. Ep. iii. 9. 2. A mare means to iove in general; 
 
 deamare, as an intensive, to love desperately, like 
 amore deperire; and adamare, as an inchoative, to 
 fall in love. 3. Caritas, in an objective sense, 
 means to be dear to some one ; a m o r, to hold some one 
 dear: hence the phrases, Caritas apud aliquem ; amor 
 erga aliquem. 4. Caritas, in a subjective sense, de¬ 
 notes any tender affection, especially that of parents to¬ 
 wards their children, without any mixture of sensuality, 
 and refers merely to persons, like d’yairg or crropp /]; 
 wFereas amor denotes ardent passionate love to per¬ 
 sons or things, like epco? ; lastly, pietas (from 
 -v/a^?), the instinctive love to persons and things, which 
 we are bound to love by the holy ties of nature, the 
 gods, those related to us by blood, one’s native country, 
 and benefactors. Caritas rejoices in the beloved 
 object and its possession, and shows itself in friendship 
 and voluntary sacrifices; amor wishes evermore to get 
 the beloved object in its power, and loves with a restless 
 unsatisfied feeling; pietas follows a natural impulse 
 and religious feeling, (iv. 97.) 
 
 F 
 
62 
 
 DILUCULUM-DISCERNERE. 
 
 Diluculum, see Mane. 
 
 Dimetari, Dimetiri, see Metiri. 
 
 Dimicare, see Pugnare. Dimittere, see Mittere . 
 
 Dirimere, see Dividere. Diripere, see Vastare. 
 
 Dirus, see Atrox. 
 
 Disceptatio ; Litigatio ; Controversy ; Con- 
 tentio ; Altercatio ; Jurgium ; Rixa. 1. D i s- 
 cept a tio, litigatio, and controversia, are dis¬ 
 sensions, the settling of which is attempted quietly, and 
 in an orderly way; contentio, altercatio, and 
 jurgium, such as are conducted with passion and 
 vehemence,but which are still confined to words; rixrn 
 (opeVn? 9 ), such as, like frays and broils come to blows, 
 or at least threaten to come to blows, and are mid-w T ay 
 between jurgium and pugna. Liv. xxxv. 17. Ex 
 disceptatione altercationem fecerunt. Tac. Hist. i. 64. 
 Jurgia primum, mox rixa inter Batavos et legionarios. 
 Dial. 26. Cassius Severus non pugnat, sed rixatur. 
 2. Controversia takes place between two parties 
 the moment they place themselves in array on opposite 
 sides; disceptatio, when they commence disputing 
 with each other, in order to arrive at the path of truth, 
 or to discover what is right, but without a hostile 'feel¬ 
 ing ; litigatio, when a hostile feeling and a personal 
 interest are at the bottom of the dispute. 3. Con¬ 
 tentio would maintain the right against all opponents, 
 and effect its purpose, whatever it may be, by the 
 strenuous exertion of all its faculties ; altercatio 
 would not be in debt to its opponent a single word, but 
 have the last w T ord itself; jurgium (from opyg') will, 
 without hearkening to another, give vent to its ill-humor 
 by harsh words. Contentio presents the serious 
 image of strenuous exertion ; altercatio, the comic 
 image of excessive heat, as in women’s quarrels; jur¬ 
 gium, the hateful image of rude anger, (v. 274.) 
 
 Discernere ; Distinguere. Discernere (&a- 
 Kpiveiv) means to distinguish by discrimination and 
 judgment; distinguere ( SiaarL^ac , or Siarey yeti/), 
 by signs and marks, (vi. 103.) 
 
DISCIPLINE 
 
 DISSERERE. 
 
 63 
 
 « 
 
 Discipline, see Literce. Discrimen, see Tentare. 
 
 Disertus ; Facundus ; Eloquens. D i s e r t u s 
 and facundus denote a natural gift or talent for 
 speaking, whereas eloquens, an acquired and culti¬ 
 vated art. Disertus is he who speaks with clear¬ 
 ness and precision ; facundus, he who speaks with 
 elegance and beauty; eloquens, he who combines 
 clearness and precision with elegance and beauty. The 
 disertus makes a good teacher, who may nevertheless be 
 confined to a one-sided formation of intellect ; the 
 facundus is a good companion, whose excellence may 
 nevertheless be confined to a superficial adroitness in 
 speaking, without acuteness or depth, whereas the elo- 
 quens , whether he speaks as a statesman or as an author, 
 must, by talent and discipline in all that relates to his 
 art, possess a complete mastery over language, and the 
 resources of eloquence, j Cic. Orat. 5, 19. Antonius 
 . . . . disertos ait se vidisse multos, eloquentem omnino 
 neminem. Quintil. viii. pr. 13. Diserto satis dicere 
 quse oporteat; ornate autem dicere proprium est elo- 
 quentissimi. Suet. Cat. 53. Eloquentioe quam pluri- 
 mum adtendit, quantumvis facundus et promptus. (iv. 
 
 14 -> 
 
 Dispar, see JEquus. Dispertire, see Dividere. 
 
 Disputare, see Disserere . 
 
 Disserere ; Disputare. Disserere (fiepeiv) 
 means to express an opinion in a didactic form, and at 
 the same time to explain the grounds of that opinion ; 
 but disputare (fiaTrv^ea^saL) in a polemical form, 
 and to take into consideration the arguments against it, 
 and with one’s opponent, whether an imaginary person 
 or actually present, to weigh argument against argu¬ 
 ment, and ascertain on which side the balance truth lies. 
 The disserens takes only a subjective view of the ques¬ 
 tion ; but the disqmtans would come at a result of ob¬ 
 jective validity. Disserere, moreover, denotes a 
 freer, disputare a more methodical discussion of the 
 subject. Cic. Rep. iii. 16. i. 24. Fin. i. 9, 31. Orat. 
 ii. 3, 13. (iv. 19.) 
 
64 
 
 DISTINGUErTe-DIVINARE. 
 
 Di sting uere, see Discernere. 
 
 Distribuere, see Dividere. 
 
 Diu, Diutius, Diutinus, see Pridem. 
 
 Divellere, see Frangere. Diversus, see Varius. 
 
 Dividere ; Partiri ; Dirimere ; Dispertire ; 
 Distribuere. 1. Dividere and dirimere mean 
 to divide something, merely in order to break the unity 
 of the whole, and separate it into parts, whereas par¬ 
 tiri means to divide, in order to get the parts of 
 the whole, and to be able to dispose of them. Hence 
 the phrases divide et impera , and dividere sen- 
 tentias , but partiri prcedam. 2. D i v i s i o denotes, 
 theoretically, the separation of a genus into its species, 
 whereas p a r t i t i o, the separation of the whole into its 
 parts. Quintil. v. 10, 63. Cic. Top. 5. 3. Dividere 
 refers to a whole, of which the parts are merely locally 
 and mechanically joined, and therefore severs only an 
 exterior connection ; but dirimere refers to a whole, 
 of which the parts organically cohere, and destroys an 
 interior connection. Liv. xxii. 15. Casilinum urbs . . . 
 Yolturno flumine dirempta Falernum ac Campanum 
 agrum dividit: for the separation of a city into two 
 halves by a river, is an interior separation, whereas the 
 separation of two neighboring districts by a city, is an 
 exterior separation. 4. Dividere means also to 
 separate into parts, without any accessory notion, where¬ 
 as dispertire, with reference to future possessors, 
 and distribuere, with reference to the right owners, 
 or to proper and suitable places, (iv. 156.) 
 
 Divinare ; Prosagire ; Prosentire ; Provi¬ 
 ders ; Vaticinari ; Prodicere. 1. Divinare 
 denotes foreseeing by divine inspiration and supernatural 
 aid, like pavrevea^aai ; praesagire (prm and gy elcr- 
 Sat), in a natural way, by means of a peculiar organi¬ 
 zation of mind bordering on the supernatural ; prae- 
 sentire and praevidere, by an unusual measure 
 of natural talent; praesentire, by immediate pre¬ 
 sentiment; praevidere, by foresight, by an acute 
 
DIVITIiE-DOCTRINA. 
 
 G5 
 
 and happy combination. 2. Divinare, etc., are 
 merely acts of perception, whereas vaticinatio and 
 p r ge d i c t i o, the open expression of what is foreseen ; 
 vaticinatio, that of the divinans and prcesagiens , 
 like 7 Tpotyr/Teia, prophecy ; but p r se d i c t i o, that of 
 the prcesentiens and prcevidens , prediction, (vi. 105.) 
 
 Divitle ; Opes ; G-az^e ; Locuples ; Opulentus ; 
 Copiosus. 1. Divitiae and gazae denote riches 
 quite generally, as professions and the means of satisfy¬ 
 ing one’s wishes of any sort, whereas opes, as the 
 means of attaining higher ends, of aggrandizing one’s 
 self, and of acquiring and maintaining influence. D i- 
 v i t i ae (from heveuv ) denotes the riches of a private per¬ 
 son, like 7 tXouto? ; opes (opulentus, TroAaV), the 
 instrument of the statesman, or of the ambitious in 
 political life ; g a z ae, the treasure of a king or prince, 
 like ^TjcravpoL. 2. Dives means rich in opp. to 
 poor, Quintil. v. 10, 26, like 7rXoucrto? ; locuples 
 (loculos 7rX?^&)p), well-off, in opp. to egens , egenus , Cic. 
 Plane. 35. Dos. Com. 8, like d^veto? ; opulentus 
 and copiosus, opulent, in opp. to inops , Cic. Parad. 
 6. Tac. H. iii. 6, like evrropos. (v. 81.) 
 
 Divortium, see Repudium. Divus, see Numen. 
 
 Doctor, Preceptor; Magister. Doctor means 
 the teacher, # as far as he imparts theory, with reference 
 to the student, in opp. to the mere hearer ; p r ae c e p- 
 t o r, as far as he leads to practice, in reference to the 
 pupil,in opp. to the mere scholar ; magister, in a 
 general sense, with reference tojiis superiority and 
 ascendency in knowledge, in opp. to the laity. Cic. 
 Orat. iii. 15. Yetus ilia doctrina eadem videtur et 
 recte faciendi et bene dicendi magistra, neque disjuncti 
 doctores , sed iidem erant vivendi prceceptores atque di¬ 
 cendi. And. Mur. 31. (vi. 105). 
 
 Doctrina ; Eruditio. Doctrina denotes learn¬ 
 ing as a particular species of intellectual cultivation, 
 whereas eruditio the learned result, as the crown of 
 intellectual cultivation. Doctrina evinces a su- 
 F* 5 ' 
 
66 
 
 DOCTEINA-DOLOR. 
 
 periority in particular branches of knowledge, and 
 stands as a co-ordinate notion with exercitatio, 
 which is distinguished from it by involving a superiority 
 in the ready use of learning, and can therefore, even as 
 a mere theory, be of more evident service in practice 
 than that which is indirectly important; e r u d i t i o 
 stands in still closer relation to practice, and involves 
 the co-operation of the different branches of knowledge 
 and different studies to the ennobling of the human race; 
 it denotes genuine zeal for the welfare of mankind in an 
 intellectual, as humanitas does in a moral, point of view, 
 (v. 268.) 
 
 Doctrina, see Literce. 
 
 Dolor; Tristitia; Mcestitia; Luctus. 1. Do¬ 
 lor (from ?)' denotes an inward feeling 
 
 of grief, opp. to gaudium , Cic. Phil. xiii. 20. Suet. 
 Cses. 22, like aXyo? ; whereas tristitia, moeror, 
 luctus, denote an utterance or external manifestation 
 of this inward feeling. Tristitia and m oe s t i t i a 
 are the natural and involuntary manifestation of it in 
 the gestures of the body and in the countenance ; luc¬ 
 tus (JAu/cro?), its artificial manifestation, designedly, 
 and through the conventional signs of mourning, as 
 cutting off the hair, mourning clothes, etc., at an ap¬ 
 pointed time, like 7rez^o?. M oe r o r also serves for 
 a heightened expression of dolor , and luctus of 
 moeror and tristitia,’ as far as the manifestation is 
 added to distinguish ’ the feeling from it. Cic. Att. 
 xii. 28. Mcerorem jpinui ; dolorem nec potui, nec si 
 possem vellem. Phil. xi. 1. Magno in dolore sum, 
 vel in moerore potius, quern ex miserabili morte C. Tre- 
 bonii accepimus. Plin. Ep. v. 9. Illud non triste so¬ 
 lum, verum etiam luctuosum , quod Julius avitus deces- 
 sit. Tac. Agr. 43. Finis vitae ejus nobis luctuosus , 
 amicis tristis ; for relations only put on mourning. Tac. 
 Ann. ii. 82. . Quanquam nec insignibus lugentium ab- 
 stinebant, altius animis moerebant. Cic. Sext. 29, 39. 
 Luctum nos hausimus majorem dolorem ille animi non 
 
DOLOR — DORSUM. 
 
 67 
 
 minorem. 2. Tristitia (from rapa/cros ?) denotes the 
 expression of grief in a bad sense, as gloom, fretfulness, 
 and ill-humor, opp. to hilaratus , Cic. Att. xii. 40. Fin. 
 v. 30. Coecil. ap. Gell. xv. 9. Quintil. xi. 3, 67, 72, 
 79,151; whereas moestitia (from p,vpco) denotes grief, 
 as deserving of commiseration, as affliction, when a most 
 just grief gives a tone of sadness, in opp. to Icetus , Sail. 
 Cat. f. Tac. Ann. i. 28. Tristitia is more an affair of 
 reflection ; m oe s t i t i a, of feeling. The tristis , like the 
 truculentus , is known by his forbidding look, his wrinkled 
 forehead, the contraction of his eyebrows; the mcestus , 
 like the afflictus , by his lack-lustre eyes and dejected 
 look. Tac. Hist. i. 82. Rarus per vias populus mces- 
 ta plebs ; dejecti in terram militum vultus, ac plus tris- 
 titce quam poenitentim. Cic. Mur. 24, 49. Tristem 
 ipsum, mcestos amicos*: and Orat. 22, 74. (iii. 234.) 
 
 Dolor, see Cara. 
 
 • Donum ; Munus ; Largitio ; Donarium ; Donati- 
 yum ; Liberalitas. 1 . Donum (hwrivrf) means a 
 present, as a gratuitous gift, by which the giver wishes 
 to confer pleasure, like hcopov ; whereas m u n u s, as a 
 reward for services, whereby the giver shows his love or 
 favor, like 7 epas ; lastly, 1 a r g i t i 0 , as a gift from self 
 interested motives, which under the show of beneficence 
 would win over and bribe, generally for political ends. 
 Suet. Cses. 28. Aliis captivorum miilia done afferens; 
 that is, not merely as a loan: compare with Ner. 46. 
 Auspicanti Sporus annulum muneri obtulit ; that is, as 
 a handsome return. Tac. II. ii. 30. Id comitatem 
 bonitatemque faventes vocabant, quod sine modo (Vi- 
 tellius) donaret sua largiretur aliena. 2 . Donarium 
 denotes particularly a gift to a temple ; donativum, 
 a military gift, or earnest-money, which the new em¬ 
 peror at his accession to the throne distributes among 
 the soldiers; liberalitas, a gift which the emperor 
 bestowed, generally on a poor nobleman, for his support, 
 (iv. 142.) 
 
 Dorsum ; Tergum. Dorsum (from Sepa?) denotes 
 
G8 
 
 DUBIUS-DUPLEX. 
 
 the back, in an horizontal'direction, consequently the 
 back of an animal, in opp. to the belly, like vwtov ; 
 tergum (from rpa^Xo?), the back, in a perpendicu¬ 
 lar direction, consequently the part between the should- 
 ders in a man, in opp. to the breast, like yeratypevov. 
 Hence dorsum montis denotes the uppermost 
 surface ; tergum montis, the hinder part of a 
 mountain, (v. 15.) 
 
 Dubius ; Ambiguus ; Anceps. D u b i u s (Soto?) and 
 ambigiius denote doubt, with refer¬ 
 
 ence to success or failure, fortune or misfortune : a n- 
 c e p s, with reference to existence itself, to the being or 
 not being. Yell. Pat. ii. T9. Ea patrando bello mora 
 fuit, quod postea dubia et interdum ancipiti fortuna ges- 
 tum est. Tac. Ann. iv. T3. (v. 282.) 
 
 Eudum, see Pridem. Dulck, see Suavis. 
 
 Dumi; Sentes; Vepres. Dumi denotes bushes grow¬ 
 ing thickly together, which present the appearance of a 
 wilderness ; sentes, prickly and wounding bushes, 
 thorn-bushes ; vepres combines both meanings ; tliOrn- 
 bushes w ich make the ground a wilderness, (vi. 108.) 
 
 Duplex ; Duplum ; Geminus ; Dupliciter ; Bifa- 
 RIAM. 1. Duplex (StvrAaf) denotes double, as dis¬ 
 tinct magnitudes to be counted : duplum (SlttXovv') 
 as continuous magnitudes to be weighed or measured. 
 Duplex is used as an adjective, duplum as a sub¬ 
 stantive. Quintil. viii. 6, 42. In quo et numerus est 
 duplex et duplum virium. 2. In d u p 1 e x (as in 
 StTrXof)?), doubleness is the primary , similarity and 
 equality the secondary notion ; in geminus (as 
 in S/Suyuo?), the notion of similarity and equality is the 
 primary , that of doubleness the secondary one. In'Cic. 
 Part. 6. Verba geminata et duplicata vel etiam smpius 
 iterata; the word geminata refers to the repetition of 
 the same notion by synonymes ; duplicata to the repeti¬ 
 tion of the same word. 3. Dupliciter is always 
 modal; in two different manners, with double purpose ; 
 bi far iam is local, in two places, or two parts. Cic. 
 
EBRIUS — ELOQUI. 
 
 69 
 
 _ » 
 
 Fam. ix. 20. Dupliciter delectatus sum literis tuis ; 
 compare with Tusc. iii. 11. Bifariam quatuor pertur- 
 oationes mqualiter distributee sunt. (v. 281.) 
 
 E. 
 
 Ebrius ; Yinolentus ; Tremulentus ; Crapula ; 
 Ebriosus. 1. Ebrietas places the consequences 
 of the immoderate use of ,wine in its most favorable 
 point of view, as the exaltation and elevation of the 
 animal spirits, and in its connection with inspiration, like 
 pe^T) ; whereas v i n o 1 e n t i a, and the old word 
 t e m u 1 e n t i a, in its disgusting point of view, as 
 brutal excess, and in its connection with the loss of 
 recollection, like otveoens ; lastly, crapula, the ob¬ 
 jective cause of this condition, like icpcuTrdXr). 2. 
 Ebrius, and the word of rare occurrence, madusa, 
 denote a person who is drunk, with reference to the 
 condition; ebriosus, a drunkard, with reference to 
 the habit, (v. 880.) / t 
 
 Ecce, see JEn. Editus, see Altus. 
 
 Edulia, see Alimenta. Egere, see Carere. 
 
 Egestas, see Paupertas. Ejulare, see Lacrimare. 
 
 Elaborare, see Labor. Eligere, see Biligere. 
 
 E longinquo, see Procul. Eloquens, see Disertus. 
 
 Eloqui ; Enunciare ; Proloqui ; Pronunciare ; 
 Recitare. 1. Elo qu i and enunciare denote an act 
 of the intellect, in conformity to which one utters a thought 
 that was resting in the mind; but the eloquens regards 
 therein both substance and form, and would express his 
 thought in the most perfect language ; whereas the 
 enuncians regards merely the substance, and would 
 only make his thought publici juris , or communicate it; 
 hence e 1 o c u t i o belongs to rhetoric, enuntiatio to 
 logic. 2. On the other hand, p r o 1 o q u i denotes a moral 
 act, in conformity to which one resolves to give utter¬ 
 ance to a secret thought, in opp. to reticere , like projiteri; 
 lastly, pronuntiare, a physical act, by which one 
 
70 
 
 ELTJCET-EMINENS. 
 
 utters any thing, whether thought of, or written mechan¬ 
 ically by the organs of speech, and makes it heard, like# 
 recitare. Pronuntiare, however, is a simple act 
 of the organs of speech, and aims merely at being fully 
 heard ; recitare is an act of refined art, and aims 
 by just modulation, according to the laws of declama¬ 
 tion, to make a pleasing impression. Pronuntiatio 
 relates only to single letters, syllables, and words, as 
 the elements and body of speech, whereas recitatio 
 relates both to the words and to their import, as the 
 spirit of speech, (iv. 4.) 
 
 Elucet, see Constat. Emendare, see Corrigere. 
 
 Emere ; Mercari ; Pedimere. 1. E m e r e means 
 to buy, where furnishing one’s self with the article is 
 the main point, the price the next point, like 'rrpiaa^ai; 
 whereas 'mercari (from dgepyecv') means to buy, as 
 a more formal transaction, generally as the mercantile 
 conclusion of a bargain, like eparoXav. 2. Emere 
 refers to the proper objects of trade ; redimere to 
 things which, according to the laws of justice and mor¬ 
 ality, do not constitute articles of trade, and which the 
 buyer might either claim as his due, or ought to receive 
 freely and gratuitously, such as peace, justice, love, and 
 so forth. Cic. Sext. 30, 36. Quis autem rex qui illo 
 anno non aut emendum sibi quod non habebat, aut red- 
 imendum quod habebat, arbitrabatur ? (iv. 116.) 
 
 Eminens ; Excellens ; Pr^eclarus ; Pr^estans ; 
 Xnsignis ; Singularis ; XJnicus. 1. Eminens, 
 excellens, prseclarus, and p r se s t a n s, in¬ 
 volve a quiet acknowledgment of superiority ; whereas 
 egregius, with an expression of enthusiasm, like 
 glorious ; e x i m i u s, with an expression of admiration, 
 like excellent. 2. E x i m i u s, &c. relate altogether to 
 good qualities, like superior, and can be connected with 
 vices and faults only in irony ; whereas i n s i g n i s, 
 singularis, and u n i c u s, are indifferent, and serve 
 as well to heighten blame as praise, like distinguished, 
 matchless, (vi. 111.) 
 
EMINET-ERRARE. 
 
 71 
 
 Eminet, see Apparet. Emines, see Procul. 
 
 Emissaries, see Explorator. 
 
 Emolumentum, see Lucrum. Emori, see Mors. 
 
 En ; Ecce. E n ( rjvi ) means, see here what was 
 before hidden from thee ! like rjv , 7)vt, i]viSe ; whereas 
 ecce (e^e ? or the reduplication of the imperative of 
 Eco, to see, oculus ?) means, see there what thou hast 
 not before observed ! like. ISov. (vi. 112.) 
 
 Ensis, see G-ladius. Enenciare, see Eloqui. 
 
 Epistola, see Literce. 
 
 Epula3 ; Conviyium ; Dapes ; Epelem ; Commiss- 
 atio. E pul 88 is the general expression, the meal, 
 whether frugal or sumptuous, whether en famille or with 
 guests, at home or in public ; conviviumisa social 
 meal, a convivial meal; dapes (from Sdyjrat, Senrvov'), 
 a religious meal, a meal of offerings ; epulum, a 
 solemn meal, mostly political, a meal in honor of some¬ 
 thing, a festival; comissatio (from Kopid^etv) , a 
 gormandizing meal, a feast, (v. 195.) 
 
 Equus ; Caballes ; Mannes ; Canteries. Equus 
 (from the antiquated word, ehu) denotes a horse, as a 
 general expression, a term in natural history ; c a b a 11 u s 
 (from Ka(f)dt l co '), a horse for ordinary services; mannus, 
 a smaller kind of horse, like palfrey, for luxury ; can* 
 teri.us, a castrated horse, a gelding. Sen. Ep. 85. 
 Cato censorius canterio vehebatur et hippoperis quidem 
 impositis. Oh quantum decus saaeuli ! Catonem uno 
 caballo esse contentum, et ne toto quidem ! Ita non 
 omnibus obesis mannis et asturconibus et tolutariis 
 prseferres ununWllum equum ab ipso Catone defrictum. 
 (iv. 287.) 
 
 Ergastelem, see Custodia. Eripere, see JDemere. 
 
 Errare ; Vagari ; Palari. Errare (eppetv) is 
 to go astray, TrXavdcftscu, an involuntary wandering 
 about, when one knows not the right way ; vagari 
 and palari, on ‘ the other hand, mean a voluntary 
 wandering ; vagari, like dXdcr'Scu, when one disdains 
 a settled residence, or straight path, and wanders about 
 
72 
 
 ERUDIRE-EXEMPLUM. 
 
 unsteadily ; p a 1 a r i (from pandere ?) when one sepa¬ 
 rates from one’s company, and wanders about alone. 
 Erramus ignari , vagamur soluti , palamur dis- 
 persi. Tac. H. i. 68. Undique populatio et coedes; ipsi 
 in medio vagi; abjectis armis magna pars, saucii aut 
 valantes in montem Vocetiam perfugiunt. (i. 89.) 
 
 Erudire ; Form are ; Instituere. E r u d i r e and 
 f o r m a r e denote education as an ideal good, and as 
 a part of human improvement; erudire, generally, 
 and as far as it frees from ignorance ; formare, 
 specially, and as far as it prepares one in a particular . 
 sphere, and for a particular purpose, and gives the mind 
 a bent thereto ; whereas instituere denotes educa¬ 
 tion as a real good, in order to qualify for a particular 
 employment, (vi. 113.) 
 
 Eruditio, see Literce. Esca, see Alimenta. 
 
 Escendere, see Scandere. Esuries, see Fames. 
 
 Et ; Que ; Ac ; Atque. E t (eVi) is the most gen¬ 
 eral corpulative particle ; que and e t—e t connect 
 opposites; que (/ca/), simply because they are oppo¬ 
 sites, as terra marique ; but e t—e t, in order to point 
 them out emphatically as opposites [and closely con¬ 
 nected notions of the same kind ], as et terra et mari ; 
 whereas a c and atque connect synonymes, atque be¬ 
 fore vowels and gutturals ; a c before the other conso¬ 
 nants ; as, for example, vir fortis ac strenuus. (vi. 114.) 
 
 Evenire % Accidere. Evertere, see Perdere. 
 
 Evestigio, see Repente. Evocare, see Arcessere. 
 
 Excellens, see Fminens. Excelsus, see Altus. 
 
 Excipere, see Sumere. ExcorS, see Amens . 
 
 Excuse® ; Stationes ; Vigill®. E x c u b i se are 
 the sentinels before the palace, as guards of honor and 
 safeguards ; stationes, guards stationed at the gate 
 as an outpost; v i g i 1 i se, guards in the streets during 
 the night as a patrol. 
 
 Excusatio, see Purgatio. 
 
 Exemplum ; Exemplar. Exemplum means an 
 example out of many, chosen on account of its relative 
 
EXERCITUS EXPLORATOR. 
 
 73 
 
 aptness for a certain end ; whereas exemplar means 
 an example before others, chosen on account of its ab¬ 
 solute aptness to represent the idea of a whole species, 
 a model. Cic. Mur. 31. Yell. P. ii. 100. Antonins 
 singulare exemplum clementine Cnesaris ; compare with 
 Tac. Ann. xii. 37. Si incolumem servaveris, neterrium 
 exemplar dementias ero ; not merely tuae clementice , but 
 of clemenc} 7 in general, (v. 359.) 
 
 Exercitus ; Copije. Exercitus is an army 
 that consists of several legions ; but c o p i ae mean 
 troops, which consist of several cohorts. 
 
 Exiiibere, see Prcebere. Exigere, see Petere. 
 
 Exiguus, see Parvus. 
 
 Exilis ; Macer ; Gracilis; Tenuis. Exilis 
 and macer denote leanness, with reference to the in¬ 
 terior substance and with absolute blame, as a conse¬ 
 quence of want of sap, and of shrivelling; exilis (from 
 egere, exiguus,) generally as applicable to any material 
 body, and as poverty and weakness, in opp. to uber , 
 Cic. Or. i. 12 ; macer (/xa/cpo?, meagre,) especially 
 to animal bodies, as dryness, in opp. to pinguis J Yirg. 
 Eel. iii. 100 ; whereas gracilis and tenuis, with 
 reference to the exterior form, indifferently or with 
 praise ; tenuis (Taw?, thin) , as approaching to the 
 notion of delicate , and as a general term, applicable to 
 all bodies, in opp. to crassus , Cic. Fat. 4. Yitruv. iv. 
 4 ; but gracilis as approaching to the notion of tall , 
 procerus , and especially as applicable to animal bodies, 
 like slender, in opp. to opimus , Cic. Brut. 91; obesus , 
 Cels. i. 3, 30. ii. 1. Suet. Dom. 18. (v. 25.) 
 
 Eximere, see Pemere. Existimare, see Censere. 
 
 Exitium, Exitus, see Lues. ' 
 
 Experiri, see Tentare. Expetere, see Velle. 
 
 Expilare, see Vastare. 
 
 Explorator ; Speculator ; Emissarius. Explo- 
 r a t o r e s are scouts, publicly ordered to explore the 
 state of the country or the enemy ; specula tores, 
 6pies, secretly sent out to observe the condition and 
 
 G 
 
74 
 
 EXPROBRARE-EXTERUS. 
 
 plans of the enemy ; e m i s s a r i i, secret agents, com 
 missioned with reference to eventual measures and ne¬ 
 gotiations. (vi. 117.) 
 
 Exprobrare, see Objicere. 
 
 Exsecrari, see Abominare. 
 
 Exsequle, see Funus. Exsomnis, see Vigil. 
 
 Exspectare, see Manor e. 
 
 Exspes ; Desperans. E x s p e s denotes hopeless¬ 
 ness, as a state ; but desperans, despondency, as 
 the painful feeling of hopelessness. 
 
 Exstructus, see Prceditus. Exsul, see Ferfuga. 
 
 Exsultare, see G-audere. Exta, see Caro. 
 
 Extemplo, see Repente. 
 
 Exterus ; Externus ; Peregrinus ; Alienigena. 
 Extrarius ; Extraneus; Advexa ; Hospes. 1. Ex¬ 
 tern s and externus denote a foreigner, as one 
 dwelling in a foreign country ; whereas peregrinus, 
 alienigena, ad vena; and hospes, as one who 
 sojourns for a time in a country not his own. 2. E x- 
 t e r n u s denotes a merely local relation, and is appli¬ 
 cable to things as well as to .persons ; but exterus, 
 an intrinsic relation, and is an epithet for persons only. 
 Fxternoe nationes is a merely geographical expression 
 for nations that are situated without; exterce nationes , a 
 political expression for foreign nations. 8. Extraneus 
 means, that which is without us, in opp. to relatives, 
 family, native country ; whereas extrarius, in opp. 
 to one’s self. Cic. ap. Colum. xii. Comparata est opera 
 mulieris ad domesticam diligentiam ; viri autem ad ex- 
 ercitationem forensem et extraneam: comp, with Juv. 
 ii. 56. Utilitas aut in corpore posita est aut in extrariis 
 rebus : or Quintil. vii. 2, 9, with vii. 4, 9. 4. Pere¬ 
 
 grinus is one who does not possess the right of citi¬ 
 zenship, in opp. to civis , Sen. Helv.*6*; alienigena, 
 one born in another country, in opp. to patrius and in- 
 digena ; adven a, the emigrant, in opp. to indigena , 
 Liv. xxi. 80 ; hospes, the foreigner, in opp. to pop- 
 ularis. 5. Peregrinus is the political name of a 
 
EXTORRIS-FABULARI. 
 
 75 
 
 foreigner, as far as he is without the rights of a citizen 
 and native inhabitant, with disrespect; h o s p e s, the 
 name given to him from a feeling of kindness, as pos¬ 
 sessing the rights of hospitality. Cic. Rull. ii. 34. Nos 
 autem.hinc Romge, qui veneramus, jam non hospites sed 
 peregrini atque advence nominabamur. (iv. 386.) 
 
 Extorris, see Perfuga. 
 
 Extraneus, Extrarius, see Exterus. 
 
 Extremus ; Ultimus ; Postremus ; Novissimus. 
 Extremus and ultimus denote the last in a cdn- 
 tinuous magnitude, in a space ; extremus, the out¬ 
 ermost part of a space, or of a surface, in opp. to inti- 
 mu* and, medius , Cic. N. D. ii. 27, 54. Cluent. 65, 
 like eayaTos ; ultimus (superl. from ollus), the 
 outermost point of a line, in opp. to citimus and proxi- 
 mus. Cic. Somn. 3. Prov. cons. 18. Liv. v. 38, 41, 
 like Xoio^os. Whereas postremus and novissi¬ 
 mus denote the las#in a discrete quantity, or magni¬ 
 tude consisting of separate parts, in a row of progress¬ 
 ive numbers ; postremus, the last in a row that is 
 completed, in which it occupies the last place, in opp. to 
 those that precede it, primus , princeps , tertius , like 
 vcttclto^ ; whereas novissimus denotes the last in a 
 row that is not complete, in which, as the last comer, it 
 occupies the last place, in opp. to that which has none 
 to follow it, but is last of all, like veaxo^. 
 
 Exuviae, see Prceda . 
 
 E. 
 
 Faber ; Opifex ; Artifex. F a b r i (from favcre, 
 fovere,) arc such workmen as labor with exertion of bod¬ 
 ily strength, carpenters and smiths, yeipodvaKxes ; opi- 
 fices such as need mechanical skill and industry, 
 QdvavGoi ; artifices such as employ mind and in¬ 
 vention in their mechanical functions, xeyyixai. (v. 
 329.) 
 
 Fabulari, see Loqui and Garrire. 
 
76 
 
 FACERE-FAMES. 
 
 Facere, see Agere. Facets, see Lepidus. 
 
 Facies ; Os ; Vultus ; Oculi. Facies (from 
 species) and oculi (from 0/C/C09) denote the face and 
 eyes only in a physical point of view, as the natural 
 physiognomy and the organs of sight; but o s and 
 vultus with a moral reference, as making known the 
 temporary, and even the habitual state of the mind by 
 the looks and eyes ; os (from o'&o/jlcll), by the glance 
 of the eye, and the corresponding expression of the- 
 mouth ; vultus (from eXt/cro?), by the motion of the 
 eye, and the simultaneous expression of the parts nearest 
 to it, the serene and the darkened brow. Tac. Agr. 
 44. Nihil metus in vultu y gratia oris supererat. (iv. 
 818 .) 
 
 Facilitas, see Humanita$. Facinus, see Delictum. 
 
 Facultas, see Occasio. ' Factum, see Agere. 
 
 Facundus, see Disertus. Factio, see Partes. 
 
 Fallaciter, see Perperam. t 
 
 Fallere ; Frustrari ; Decipere ; Circumvenire ; 
 Fraud are ; Imponere. Fallere, frustrari, and 
 i m p o n e r e, mean to deceive, and effect an exchange 
 of truth for falsehood, a^aXXeiv ; the fallens (atyaXkwv) 
 deceives by erroneous views ; the frustrans (from 
 ^1^09), by false hopes ; the imponens , by practising on 
 the credulity of another. Decipere and c i r- 
 cumvenire mean to outwit, and obtain an unfair 
 advantage, airardv ; the decipiens , by a suddenly exe¬ 
 cuted ; the circumveniens , by an artfully laid plot. 
 Praudare means to cheat, or injure and rob 
 
 anybody by an abuse of his confidence, (v. 357.) 
 
 False, Falso, see Perperam. Fama, see Humor. 
 
 Fames ; Esuries ; Inedia. Fames is hunger 
 from want of food, like Xtyink, in opp. to satietas ; whereas 
 esuries is hunger from an empty and craving 
 stomach, in opp. to sit is ; lastly, inedia is not eating, 
 in a general sense, without reference to the cause, 
 though for the most part from a voluntary resolution, 
 like daLTia. Hence fame and esurie perire mean to 
 
FAMILIA-FAUX. 
 
 77 
 
 die of hunger, whereas inedia perire means to starve 
 
 Familia, see FEdificium. Familiaris, see Socius. 
 
 Famulus, see Servus. Fanum, see Templum . 
 
 Fas est, see Concession est. 
 
 Fastidium, see Spernere. Fastigium, see Culmen. 
 
 Fastus, see ' Superbia . 
 
 Fateri ; Profiteri ; Confiteri. F a t e r i means 
 to disclose, without any accessory notion, in opp. to 
 celare , Liv. xxiv. 5. Curt. vi. 9; profiteri means to 
 avow, freely and openly, without fear and reserve, 
 whether questioned or not; confiteri, to confess in 
 consequence of questions, menaces, compulsion. The 
 professio has its origin in a noble consciousness, when a 
 man disdains concealment, and is not ashamed of that 
 which he has kept secret; the confessio , in an ignoble 
 consciousness, when a man gives up his secret out of 
 weakness, and is ashamed of that which he confesses. 
 Cic. Cnee. 9, 24. Ita libenter confitetur , ut non solum 
 fateri , sed etiam profiteri videatur. Plane. 25, 62. 
 Rabir. perd. 5. (iv. 80.) 
 
 Fatigatus ; Fessus; Lassus. Fatigatus and 
 f e s s u s express the condition in which a man after ex¬ 
 ertion longs for rest, from subjective weariness ; whereas 
 • 1 a s s u s and lassatus,' the condition in which a 
 man after active employment has need of rest, from ob¬ 
 jective weakness. Cels. i. 2, 15. Exercitationis finis 
 eS£e debet sudor aut certe lassitudo , quae citra fatiga - 
 tionem sit. Sail. Jug. 57. Opere castrorum et proeli- 
 orum fessi lassique erant. (i. 105.) 
 
 Fatum, see Casus. Fatuus, see Stupidus. 
 
 Faustus, see Felix. 
 
 Faux ; Glutus ; Ingluvies ; Guttur ; Gurgulio ; 
 Gula. Faux, glutus, and ingluvies, denote 
 the space within the throat; glutus ( 7 \cott<z), in men; 
 ingluvies, in animals ; faux the upper 
 
 part, the entrance into the throat; whereas guttur, 
 gurgulia, and gula, denote that part of the body 
 
78 
 
 FAX-FEMINA. 
 
 which encloses the space within the throat ) g u r g u 1 i o 
 (redupl. of gula), in animals; g u 1 a, in men ; g u 11 u r, 
 in either, (v.149.) 
 
 Fax; Tasda ; Fun ale. Fax is the general ex¬ 
 pression for any sort of torch ; t ?e d a is a natural pine 
 torch ; fun ale, an artificial wax-torch. 
 
 Fel ; Bilis. F e 1 (from </)\ey co, cfAeypLa,') is the 
 gall of animals, and, figuratively, the symbol of bitter¬ 
 ness to the taste ; whereas bilis is the gall of human 
 beings, and, figuratively, the symbol of exasperation of 
 mind. (v. 120.) 
 
 Felix ; Prosper ; Faustus ; Fortunatus ; Beatus. 
 Felix, f oe 1 i x, (</>fi\op is the most general ex- _ 
 
 pression for happiness, and has a transitive and intran¬ 
 sitive meaning, making happy and being happy ; pros¬ 
 per and faustus have only a transitive sense, mak¬ 
 ing happy, or announcing happiness ; prosperum 
 (jrpocrfyopos) as far as men’s hopes and wishes are ful¬ 
 filled; faus turn (from afyava .>, fyavarrjpios,') as an 
 effect of divine favor, conferring blessings; whereas 
 fortunatus and beatus have only an intransitive 
 or passive meaning, being happy ; fortunatus, as a 
 favorite of fortune, like ; beatus as 
 
 conscious of happiness, and contented, resembling the 
 ^feol peia fyicovres, like pbcucdpios. (vi. 125.) 
 
 Femina; Mulier; Uxor; Conjux ; Marita. 1. 
 Femina (cfrvopLevT]') denotes woman with regard to her 
 physical nature and sex, as bringing forth, in opp. to 
 mas; whereas mu 1 ier (from mollis), woman, in a 
 physical point of view, as the weaker and more tender 
 sex, in opp. to vir ; whence femina only can be used 
 for the female of an animal. 2. Mulier denotes also 
 the married woman, in opp. to virgo , Cic. Yerr. ii. 1 ; • 
 wdiereas uxor and conjux, the wife, in opp. to the 
 husband ; uxor, merely in relation to the man who has 
 married her, in opp. to martins, Tac. G. 18 ; c onjux 
 (from conjungere), in mutual relation to the husband, 
 as half of a pair, and in opp. to liberty Cic. # Att. viii. 2. 
 
FEMUR-FERRE. 
 
 79 
 
 Catil. iii. 1. Liv. v. 39, 40. Tac. Ann. iv. 62. H. 
 iii. 18, 67. Suet. Cal. 17. Accordingly, uxo.r be¬ 
 longs to the man ; c o n j u x is on a par with the man ; 
 uxor refers to an every-day marriage, like wife ; con- 
 j u x, to a marriage between people of rank, like con¬ 
 sort. Yell. Pat. ii. 100. Claudius, Gracchus, Scipio, 
 quasi cujuslibet uxore violata poenas perpendere, quum 
 Caesaris filiam et Nerones violassent conjugem. 3. 
 Uxor is the ordinary, m a r i t a a poetical, expression 
 for a wife. (iv. 327.) 
 
 Femur, see Coxa. 
 Ferax, see Foecundus. 
 Ferle, see Solemnia. 
 Ferire, see Verier are. 
 
 Fera, see Animal. 
 Fere, see Paene. 
 Feriari, see Vacare. 
 Ferme, see Pcene. 
 
 Ferocia ; Ferocitas ; Virtus ; Fortitudo. Fer- 
 ocia and ferocitas (from (f>pd^ai ) denote natural 
 and wild courage, of which even the barbarian and wild 
 beast are capable ; ferocia, as a feeling, feroci¬ 
 tas, as it shows itself in action ; whereas virtus 
 ' and fortitudo denote a moral courage, of whi^h 
 men only of a higher mould are capable ; virtus, that 
 which shows itself in energetic action, and acts on the 
 offensive; fortit-udo (from the old word forctitudo, 
 from farcire,) that which shows itself in energetic re¬ 
 sistance, and acts on the defensive, like constantia. 
 Pacuv. Nisi insita ferocitate atque ferocia. Tac. Ann. 
 xi. 19. Nos virtutem auximus, barbari ferociam infre- 
 gere : .and ii. 25. (i. 44.) 
 
 Ferre ; Portare ; Bajulare ; Gerere. 1. Ferre 
 means, like (pepecv, to carry any thing portable from one 
 place to another; portare and bajulare, like 
 /3aard^eov, to carry a load ; portare (from iropi^ecv), 
 for one’s self, or for others ; bajulare, as a porter. 
 In Cses. B. G. i. 16. iEdui frumentum .... conferri, 
 comportari , adesse dicere ; c 0 n f e r e refers to the de¬ 
 livery and the contribution from several subjects to the 
 authorities of the place ; comportare, the delivery 
 of these contributions by the authorities of the place to 
 
30 
 
 FERRE. 
 
 Cmsar. 2. Ferre, portare, and bajulare, ex¬ 
 press 'only an exterior relation, that of the carrier to his 
 load, whereas g e r e r e (^cvyeipeiv) g e s t a r e, like 
 (j)6peiv, an interior relation, that of the possessor to his 
 property. As, then, helium ferre means only 
 either inferre bellam or tolerare , so helium gerere 
 has a synonymous meaning with liabere , and is applica¬ 
 ble only to the whole people, or to their sovereign, who 
 resolved upon the war, and is in a state of war ; but 
 not to the army fighting, nor to the commander who is 
 commissioned to - conduct the war. Bellum geret populus 
 Romanus, administrat consul, capessit miles, (i. 150.) 
 
 Ferre ; Tolerare ; Perferre ; Perpeti ; Susti- 
 nere ; Sin ere ; Sustentare. 1. Ferre ((/> epetv ) 
 represents the bearing, only with reference to the bur¬ 
 den which is bofrie, altogether objectively, like cfiepeiv ; 
 whereas tolerare, perferre, and p a t i, per¬ 
 peti, with subjective reference to the state of mind of 
 the person bearing the tolerans and perfevens bear 
 their burden without sinking under it, with strength and 
 self-control, synonymously with sustinens , sustaining, 
 like roXpicbv ; the patiens and perpetuus (7 rcfaelv) with¬ 
 out striving to get rid of it, with willingness or resigna¬ 
 tion, enduring it, synonymously with sinens. Ferre 
 and tolerare have only a noun for their object, but 
 p a t i also an infinitive. 2. Perferre is of higher 
 import than tolerare , as perpeti is of higher import 
 than pati , to endure heroically and patiently. Poet. ap. 
 Cic. Tusc. iv. 29. Nec est malum, quod non natura 
 humana patiendo feral: compare with Tac. Ann. i. 74. 
 Sen. Thyest. 307. Leve est miserias ferre; perferre 
 est grave. Plin. H. N. xxvi. 21. Qui perpeti medici- 
 nam non toleraverant. Tac. Ann. iii. 3. Magnitudinem 
 mali perferre visu non toleravit. 3. -Tolerare (from 
 TXgvai) means to keep up under a burden, and not sink 
 down ; but sustinere means to keep up the bur¬ 
 den, and not let it sink. 4. Pati denotes an intel¬ 
 lectual permission, no opposition being made, like to let 
 
FERTILIS- FIDES. 
 
 81 
 
 happen ; whereas s i n e r e ( dyeivav ) denotes a mate¬ 
 rial permission, not to hold any thing fast nor otherwise 
 hinder, to leave free. P a t i has, in construction, 
 the action itself for its object, and governs an infinitive ; 
 s i n e r e, the person acting, and is in construction with 
 ut. (iv. 259.) 5. Su stine re means to hold up, in 
 
 a general sense, wliereas sustentare, to hold up 
 with trouble and difficulty. Curt. viii. 4, 15. Forte 
 Macedo gregarius miles seque et arma sustentans tandem 
 in castra venit; compare with v. 1, 11. Tandem La- 
 conum acies languescere, lubrica arma sudore vix sus- 
 tinens. Also, Liv. xxiii. 45. Senec. Prov. 4. a. f. (iii. 
 293.) 
 
 Fertilis, see Foecundus. Ferula, see Fustis. 
 
 Fervere, see Calere. Fessus, see Fatigatus. 
 
 Festa, see Solemnia. Festinus, see Citus. 
 
 Festivus-, see Lepidus. Fidelis, see Fidus. 
 
 Fidelitas, see Fides. 
 
 Fid ere ; Confidere ; Fidem habere ; Credere ; 
 Committere ; Permittere. 1. Fidere ( 7 refoeiv') 
 means to trust; confidere, to trust firmly, both 
 with reference to strength and assistance ; whereas 
 fidem h a b e r e, to give credit, and credere, to 
 place belief, namely, with reference to the good inten¬ 
 tions of another. Liv. ii. 45. Consules magis non 
 confidere quam non credere suis militibus ; the former 
 with reference to their valor, the latter with reference 
 to their fidelity. 2. F i d e r e, etc., denote trust as a 
 feeling ; committere, permittere, as an ac¬ 
 tion ; the committens acts in good trust in the power 
 and will of another, whereby he imposes upon him a 
 moral responsibility ; to intrust; the permittens acts to 
 get rid of' the business himself, whereby he imposes 
 at most only a political or legal responsibility, as to 
 leave (or, give up) to. Cic. Font. 14. Ita ut com - 
 missus sit fidei, permissus potestati. Verr. i. 32. v. 
 14. (v. 259.) 
 
 Fides ; Fidelitas ; Fiducia ; Confidentia ; Au- 
 
 6 
 
82 
 
 FIDES-FIDUS. 
 
 dacia ; Audentia. 1. F i d e s and f i d e 1 i t a s 
 mean the fidelity which a man himself observes towards 
 others; fides, in a more general sense, like 7rwm9, 
 the keeping of one’s word and assurance from con¬ 
 scientiousness, together with the reliance of others upon 
 us as springing from this quality, the credit we possess ; 
 fi delitas denotes, in a more special sense, like 
 'jnaTOTTj^, the faithful adherence to persons to whom we 
 have once devoted ourselves ; whereas f i d u c i a and 
 confidentia denote the trust we place in others ; 
 f i d u c i a, the laudable trust in tilings, in which we act¬ 
 ually can trust, which is allied to the courage of trusting 
 in ourselves, in opp. to timor; Cic. Div. ii. 81. Plin. 
 Ep. v. 17, like ^apaos ; but confidentia denotes a 
 blamable-blind trust, particularly in one’s own strength, 
 in opp. to foresight and discretion, and which converts 
 spirit into presumption, like ^pdaos. 5. Fiducia 
 and confidentia have their foundation in trusting 
 to the prosperous issue of anything ; a u d a c i a and 
 audentia, in the contempt of danger ; a u d a c i a some¬ 
 times means a laudable boldness, as a word of higher 
 import than fiducia; sometimes a blamable boldness, 
 as a civil term for temeritas , like roXfia ; but auden¬ 
 tia is’always a laudable spirit of enterprise. Juven. 
 xiii. 108. Quum magna malae superest audacia causae, 
 creditur a multis fiducia. Sen. Ep. 87. Quae bona 
 sunt, fiduciam faciunt, divitiae audaciam. (v. 256.) 
 
 Fides, see Religio. Fides, see Chorda. 
 
 Fiducia, see Fides. 
 
 Fidus ; Fidelis ; Infidus ; Infidelis ; Perfidus ; 
 Perfidiosus. 1. Fidus denotes a natural quality, 
 like trustworthy, with relative praise ; wliereas fidelis 
 denotes a moral characteristic, as faithful, with absolute 
 praise. Liv. xxii. 22. Eo vinculo Hispaniam vir unus 
 solerti magis quam fideli consilio exsolvit. Abellex 
 erat Sagunti, nobilis Hispanus, fidus ante Poenis. 2. 
 Infidus means unworthy of trust ; i n f i d e 1 i s, 
 unfaithful; p er fi d us, treacherous, in particular ac- 
 
FIGURA-FINIRE. 
 
 83 
 
 tions ; perfidiosus, full of treachery, with refer¬ 
 ence to the whole character, (y. 255.) 
 
 Figura ; Forma ; Species. F i g u r a (from fin- 
 gere, (peyyetv,') denotes shape altogether indifferently, 
 in its mathematical relation, as far as it possesses a defi¬ 
 nite outline, like cr^rjpia ; whereas forma (cpopciios, 
 (fropiyjLCL ,) denotes it in an cesthetical relation, as far as 
 it is a visible stamp and copy of an interior substance, 
 to which it corresponds, like pbopj>ri ; lastly, species, 
 in its physical relation, as far as it stands opposed to the 
 inner invisible substance, which it covers as a mere out¬ 
 side, like eZSo?. Hence figurare means to shape, 
 that is, to give a definite outline to a formless mass ; 
 whereas f o r m a r e means to form, that is, to give the 
 right shape to an unwrought mass ; and lastly, spe- 
 ciem addere means to bedeck any thing, in the old 
 sense of the word, that is, fo give to a mass already 
 formed an exterior that shall attract the eye. Accord¬ 
 ing to this explanation figura refers exclusively to 
 the outline or lineaments, whilst forma, or at least 
 species, involves color, size, and the like. (iii. 25.) 
 
 Fimus, see Latum. 
 
 FindEre ; Scindere. F i n d e r e means to sepa¬ 
 rate a body according to its natural joints, consequently 
 to divide it, as' it were, into its component parts, to 
 cleave ; but scindere (aicehacraL) to divide it by 
 force, without regard to its joints, and so separate it into 
 fragments, to chop or tear to pieces. Hence f i n d e r e 
 lignum means to cleave a log of wood, with the as¬ 
 sistance of nature herself, lengthways ; s c i n d e r e, to 
 chop it by mere force breadthways. The findens cequor 
 nave considers the sea as a conflux of its component 
 waters ; the scindens , merely as a whole, (iv. 154.) 
 
 Finire ; Terminare ; Consummare ; Absolvere 
 Perficere. ^Finire and terminare denote the 
 mere ending of anything, without regard to how far thf 
 object of the undertaking is advanced; finire 
 {(ffeiveiv ?) to end, in opp. to incippre , Cic. Orat. iii 
 
 ( 
 
 9 
 
84 
 
 FINIS-FLUERE. 
 
 59; but terminare, to make an end, in opp. to 
 continuare; whereas consummare, absolvere, 
 and perficere denote the completion of a work; 
 consummare, as the most general term in opp. to 
 doing a thing by halves ; absolvere refers to a duty 
 fulfilled, and a difficult work which is now done, and 
 •leaves the workman free, in opp. to inchoare ; perfi¬ 
 cere refers to an end attained, and a self-chosen task, 
 which is now done, and may be called complete, in opp. 
 to conari. Cic. Orat. 29, 80. Yerr. i. 27. Abso¬ 
 lut u s also has an extensive signification, and refers to 
 the completeness of the work, like eVreX^?; p er- 
 f e c t u s, an intensive signification, and refers to the 
 excellence of the work, like reXeio?. (iv. 366.) 
 
 Finis ; Terminus ; Limes. Finis (from Rivas ') 
 denotes a boundary, as a. mathematical line, like t eXo? ; 
 terminus and limes, a mark, as the material 
 sign of a boundary ; terminus (reipopbevos, rep/aa^) 
 a stone set Aip, as the‘sign of a bounding point, like 
 Teppia- limes, a ridge, as the sign of a bounding 
 line, like opo?. Cic. Loel. 16. Constituendi sunt qui 
 sint in amicitia fines et quasi termini diligendi. Hor. 
 Carm. ii. 18, 24. Revellis agri terminos et ultra limites 
 clientium salis avarus. (iv. 359.) 
 
 Finitimus, see Vicinus. Firmus, see Validus. 
 
 Fiscus, see JErarium. Flagitare, see Petere . 
 
 Flagitium, see Delictum. Flagrare, see Ardere. 
 
 Flayus, see Luteuss Flere, see Lacrimare. 
 
 Fluctus, see Aqua. 
 
 Fluere ; Manare ; Liquere. F1 u e r e ( (jxKvco ) 
 denotes flowing, with reference to the motion of the 
 fluid; manare (from p^avos, or madere,' ) with refer¬ 
 ence to the imparting of the fluid ; and liquere, 
 with reference to the nature of the fluid. The cause 
 of the fluendi is, that the fluid has no dam* and accord¬ 
 ing to the law of gravity flows on ; whereas the cause 
 of the manandi is the over-fulness of the spring; lastly, 
 liquere, to be fluid, is the negative state of fluere and 
 
FLUVIUS-FGECUNDUS. 
 
 85 
 
 manare. Hence f 1 u e r e, with its synonyme 1 a b i, is 
 more opposed to Jicerere and stare ; and moreover 1 a b- 
 ari, with its synonyme effundi, more opposed to 
 contineri , claudi; lastly, 1 i q u e r e, with its synonyme 
 dissolvi, more opposed to concrevisse , rig ere. Gell. 
 xvii. 11. Plato potum dixit defluere ad pulmonem, 
 eoque satis humectato, demanare per eum, quia sit rim- 
 osior, et confluere inde in vesicam. (ii. 1.) 
 
 Fluvius ; Flumen ; Amnis. Fluvius,flumen, 
 (from yen') denote, like poo?, peOpta, an ordinary 
 stream, in opp. to a pond and lake ; whereas amnis 
 (apieW?, manare ,) like 'iroragos, a great and mighty 
 river, in opp. to the sea. Oic. Piv. i. 50. and I)ivin. i. 
 85, 78. Ut fhimina in contrarias partes fluxerint, atque 
 in amnes mare influxerit. Tac. Ann. xv. 58. Senec. 
 N. Q. iii. 19. Ilabet ergo non tantum venas aquarum 
 terra, ex quibus corrivatis flumina effici possunt, sed et 
 amnes magnitudinis vastse. Then : Ilanc magnis amni- 
 bus aeternam esse materiam, cujus non tangantur ex¬ 
 trema sicut fluminum et fontium. Tac. Hist. v. 23. 
 Quo Mosae fluminis os amnem Rhcnum oceano affundit. 
 Curt. ix. 4, 5. (ii. 7.) 
 
 F(ecu^dus ;-Fertilis ; Ferax ; Ucer ; Frugifer ; 
 Fructuosus. 1. Foecundus (from cjivco, foetus,) 
 denotes the fruitfulness of a living and breeding being, 
 in opp. to effcetus , like eiiro/co? ; whereas fertilis 
 and ferax (from </>ep<y) the fruitfulness of inanimate 
 and productive nature, and of the elements, opposed to 
 sterilis , like evcpopos. Tac. Ann. xii. 63. Byzantium 
 fertili solo faseundoque mari, quia vis piscium hos ad 
 portus adfertur. Germ. 5. Terra satis ferax, frugif- 
 erarum arborum impatiens, pecorum foecunda , sed ple- 
 rumque improcera. Mela. i. 9, 1. Terra mire fertilis 
 et ^mimalium perfoecunda genetrix. And ii. 7. 2. 
 
 Fertilis denotes the actual fruitfulness which has 
 been produced by cultivation; ferax, the mere capa¬ 
 bility which arises from the nature of the soil. Cicero 
 uses fertilis in a proper, ferax , in a figurative sense. 
 
 H 
 
86 
 
 FCEDUS-FORMOSUS. 
 
 8. F e r t i 1 i s and f e r a x denote fruitfulness under 
 the image of creative and productive power, as of the 
 father and mother ; u b e r, under the image of foster¬ 
 ing and sustaining, as of the nurse, like eiforjvrjs ; 
 f r u g i f e r, under the image of a corn-field ; fruc- 
 t u o s u s, under that of a tree rich in fruit, like ey/cap - 
 7 ro?. (iv. 831.) 
 
 Fcedus ; Societas. F oe d u s (7re7ro^-6?) is an en¬ 
 gagement for mutual security, on the ground of a sacred 
 contract; wdiereas societas, an engagement to some 
 undertaking in common on the ground of a mere agree¬ 
 ment. Liv. xxiv. 6. Hieronymus legatos Carthaginem 
 mittit ad fcedus ex societate faciendum. Sail. Jug. 14. 
 Cic. Phil. ii. 35. Neque ullam societatem . . . .foedere 
 ullo confirmari posse credidi. (vi. 132.) 
 
 Fgedus, see Teeter . Fcemina, see Femina. 
 
 Fgenus ; Usura. Foenus (from (pvco , foetus,) de¬ 
 notes interest as the produce of capital, like to/co? ; 
 usura denotes what is paid by the debtor for the use 
 of capital, like Sdvos. (vi. 133.) 
 
 Fcetus ; Fcedus, see Prcegnans . 
 
 Fores, see Ostium. Forma, see Figura. 
 
 Formare, see Frudire. Formido, see Vereri. 
 
 Formosus; Pulcher; Venustus. 1. Formosus 
 means beauty, as far as it excites pleasure and delight- 
 by fineness of form ; p u 1 c h r u m, as far as it ex¬ 
 cites admiration, is imposing, and satisfies the taste 
 by its perfectness ; venustum, as far as by its 
 charms it excites desire, and captivates. Formos- 
 i t a s works on the natural sense of beauty ; p u 1 c li r i- 
 tiido, on the cultivated taste ; venustas, on the 
 more refined sensuality. Suet. Her. 51. Fuit vultu 
 pulchro magis quam venusto; that is, it had perfect 
 and regular beauty rather than pleasing features, and 
 possessed a cold, heartless sort of beauty, by whiclf no 
 one felt attracted. Comp. Catull. lxxxvi. Hor. A. P. 
 99. Cic. Off. i. 86. 2. Venustas, loveliness, ia 
 
FORS-FRENUM. 
 
 87 
 
 ot higher import than gratia , grace ; the former tran¬ 
 sports, the latter only attracts, (iii. 29.) 
 
 Fors, see Casus. 
 
 Forte, Fortuito, see Casu. 
 
 Fortitudo, see Ferocia. Fortuna, see Casus. 
 Fortunatus, see Felix. Fovea, see Specus. 
 Fovere, see Calere. 
 
 Fragor ; Strepitus ; Crepitus ; Sonitus. F r a- 
 g o r (affrdpayo';') is a hollow, discordant sound, as 
 crashing, like 8 cu7to? ; strepitus (^peco, ^opvfirj ?) 
 a loud noisy sound, as roaring, bawling, shrieking, like 
 ktvttos ; crepitus (from KpepfiaXov ?) a single 
 sound, or the frequent repeating of the same sound, 
 as clapping, like Kpovcns, /cpoTos ; sonitus (eVocrt? 
 ’JSfuco,) a sound consisting of the vibrations of elas¬ 
 tic bodies, as ringing, clinking, like rj^rj. Cic. Top. 12. 
 Quaeruntur pedum crepitus , strepitus hominum. (v. 
 117.) 
 
 Fragrare, see Olere. 
 
 Frangere ; Kumpere ; Divellere. 1. F r an¬ 
 ger e ( pg^ac ? or acpapd^ac) denotes to break to 
 pieces what is hard ; rumpere (from peVco, poiraXov ,) 
 to rend to pieces what is flexible. Cato ap. Prise. Si 
 quis membrum rupit, aut os fregit: for by breaking a 
 limb, not the invisible bones, but the visible flesh, is rent 
 asunder. When, however, rumpere is applied to 
 any thing hard, it involves the notion of exertion em¬ 
 ployed, and of danger; the frangens breaks to pieces 
 what is entire ; the rumpens rends to pieces what is ob¬ 
 structive. 2. Disrumpere and diffringere 
 mean to rend to pieces, and break to pieces, what was 
 originally entire; whereas divellere (SteX/cetp) to 
 tear asunder what was at first joined together, (v. 
 321.) 
 
 FRAUDARE,.see Fallere. 
 
 Frenum; Haeena ; Ore^e. 1. Frenum (from 
 c ppd^ai ?) is the bridle with which the rider breaks the 
 wild horse, like ; whereas h a b e n a (from 
 
88 
 
 FREQUENTER-FRUSTRA. 
 
 hebcs, ^a/3o?, /cdgyjrac ,) the rein with which he turns 
 the obedient horse, like rjvlov. Hor. Ep. i. 15, 13. 
 Laeva stomachosus Jiabena clicet eque^; sed equi frenato 
 est auris in ore ; that is, he minds not the reins, and* 
 must feel the bit. Cic. Orat. i. 53. Senatum servire 
 populo, cui populus ipse moderandi et regendi sui po- 
 testatem quasi quasdam habenas tradidisset : comp, 
 with Tac. Dial. 38. Pompeius adstrinxit, imposuitque 
 quasi frenos eloquentise. 2. 0 r e se, a u r e ae, now 
 only to be found in a u r i g a, were, perhaps, the gen¬ 
 eric term of frenum and liabena , like harness, (v. 137.) 
 
 Frequenter, see Scepe. Fretus, see Confisus. 
 
 Fricare, see Lae,vis. 
 
 Frigere ; Algere ; Algidus ; Alsus ; Gelidus ; 
 Frigus ; Gelu ; Glacies. Frigere QfrpifcaC) means 
 to be cold, in opp. to calere , Cic. Fara. viii. 8. Auct. 
 Her. iv. 15. Sen. Ir. ii. 18; whereas algere 
 (dAyetz/) means to feel cold, in opp. to cestuare. Cic. 
 Tusc. ii. 14, 34. Sen. Ir. iii. 12. Plin. H. N. xvii. 
 26. 2. Algidus denotes cold, as an unpleasant 
 
 chill; a 1 s u s, as a refreshing coolness. 3. F r ig i d u s 
 denotes a moderate degree of coldness, in opp. to call - 
 dus ; whereas gelidus means on the point of freez¬ 
 ing, in opp. to fervidus. 4. Frigus denotes, object¬ 
 ively, cold in itself, which attacks a man, and leaves 
 him ; whereas f r i g e d o denotes cold, subjectively, as 
 the state of a man attacked by cold, which begins and 
 ends ; it is an antiquated word which has become obso¬ 
 lete by the general use of frigus. 5. G e 1 u, g e 1 u s, 
 g e 1 u m, (y \ola) denote, like /cpuo?, cold that produces 
 ice ; gelicidium, like /cpvfios, a single attack of 
 frost, a frosty night; and g 1 a c*i e s, like KpvaraX\o<;, 
 its effect, ice. (iii. 89.) 
 
 Fructuosus, see Foecundus. Frugi, see Bonus. 
 
 Frugifer, see Foecundus. 
 
 Frui, Frunisci, see Uti. • * 
 
 Frustra; Nequidquam; Incassum ; Irritus. 1. 
 F r u s t r a (from means in vain, with reference 
 
FRUSTEARI — FUNUS. 
 
 89 
 
 to the subject, whose expectation and calculations have 
 been disappointed ; whereas nequidquam (that is, 
 in nequidquam, in nihil), to no purpose, refers to the 
 nullity in which the thing has ended. 2. Hence frus- 
 t r a, used adjectively, refers to the person ; whereas 
 irritus, the actual adjective, refers to the thing. 8. 
 F r u s t r a and nequidquam denote merely a 
 failure, without imputing a fault, like gdrirjv ; whereas 
 incassum involves the accessory notion of a want 
 of consideration, by which the failure might have beeh 
 calculated upon, and foreseen, as in attempting any 
 thing manifestly or proverbially impossible, eh n,evov. 
 (iii. 100.) 
 
 Frustrate, see Fallere. Fruticetum, see Rami . 
 
 Fugitivus, see Perfuga. 
 
 Fulciri ; Niti. Fulciri, fultus (f>vXd%ai) 
 means to prop one’s self up in order to be secure against 
 falling, generally by leaning against a pillar, etc. ; 
 whereas n i t i, n i x u s, in order to climb a height, or 
 to get forward, generally by standing on a basis, (ii. 
 127.) 
 
 Fulgur ; Fulguratio ; Fulmen. F u 1 g u r, f u 1- 
 getrum, and fulguratio, denote the shining of 
 the lightning in the horizon, like darpairg ; fulgur, 
 as momentary and single flashes ; fulguratio, as 
 continued and repeated ; whereas f u 1 m e n means the 
 lightning that strikes the earth, like Kepavvos. Liv. xl. 
 59. Fulguribus prsestringentibus aciem oculorum, sed 
 fulmina etiam sic undique micabant, ut petit viderentur 
 corpora. Curt. viii. 4, 8. Ovid, Met. iii. 800. Cic. 
 Divin. ii. 19. Plin. H. N. ii. 43. Si in nube erumpat 
 ardens, fulmina ; si longiore tractu mtatur fulgetra ; 
 his findi nubem, illis perrumpi. Sen. Q. N. i. 1. (iii. 
 318.) 
 
 F unale, see Fax. 
 
 Fundamentum, Fundus, see Solum. 
 
 Fundus, see Villa. Funis, see Laqueus. 
 
 Funus ; Exsequre ; Pompa. Funus (from 
 
90 
 
 FURAEI-GARRIRE. 
 
 t jr 
 
 < poivo< 7 retyve'iv,') denotes the mere carrying out of the 
 corpse, like ex-fopd ; whereas e x s e q u i ae and p o m p a 
 (Vo/z7Tr ]) denote the solemn procession ; e x s e q u i ae, 
 of the living, as relations and friends ; p o m p a, of the 
 inanimate, as the images of ancestors, and other page¬ 
 ants. Cic. Quint. 15. Farms, quo amici conveniunt 
 ad exsequias cohonestandas. And Plin. H. N. x. 43. 
 Flor. iii. 20. Nep. Att. 22. Elatus est in lecticula, 
 sine ulla funeris pompa , comitantibus omnibus bonis, 
 maxima vulgi frequentia. And Cic. Mil. 13. Tac. 
 Ann. iii. 5. (iv. 408.) 
 
 Furari, see Femere. Furor, see Amens. 
 
 Fustis ; Ferula ; Sudes ; Trudes ; Rudis ; Scipio ; 
 Baculus. 1. Fustis and ferula denote sticks for 
 striking ; sudes, trudes, and rudis, for thrust¬ 
 ing ; scipio and baculus, for walking. 2. Fus- 
 t u s ( 7 rropAo? ?) is a cudgel or club, large enough to 
 strike a man dead ; but ferula, a little stick, or rod 
 for the chastisement of school-boys; sudes (ofo?) 
 and trudes (crropA?;, the root of Triissel, a weapon 
 called the Morning-star) [a sort of truncheon with a 
 spiked head], are used in battle; rudis ( 0 / 30 - 09 ) 
 only as a foil in the fencing-school; scipio (ovct/tt- 
 Icov, afcrj^ai), serves especially for ornament and 
 state, as a symbol of superior power, or of the honor 
 due to age; baculus, bacillum (fidtcTpov\, 
 serve more for use and convenience to lean upon, and 
 at®the same time, when necessary, as a weapon, (iii. 
 265.) 
 
 G. 
 
 Galea, see Cassis. Ganeum, see Feversorium. 
 
 Gannire, see Latrare. 
 
 Garrire ; Fabulari ; Blatire ; Blaterare ; Lo- 
 quax ; Verbosus. 1. Garrire (7 rjpvco ) denotes 
 talking, with reference to excessive fondness for speak¬ 
 ing ; fabulari, to the nullity; blatire, and the 
 
GAUDERE. 91 
 
 intensive blaterare, to the foolishness of what is 
 said. 2. The garrulus is tiresome from the quality, the 
 loquax from the quantity, of what he says. For g a r- 
 r u 1 i t a s expresses childish or idle talkativeness, from 
 the mere pleasure of talking and hearing one’s self talk, 
 without regard to the value and substance of what is 
 said, and has its origin in a degeneracy of youthful vi¬ 
 vacity, and even in the abuse of superior talents, like 
 \a\td ; whereas loquacitas (Xatcd^eiv) expresses 
 a quaint talkativeness, from inability to stop short, which 
 has its origin in the diminished energy of old age, like 
 dhoXea^la. The garrulus , in his efforts to please and 
 entertain by light conversation, is silly and imbecile; 
 the loquax , in his efferts to instruct, and make himself 
 clearly understood, is often tedious. 3. Garrulus 
 and loquax denote qualities of persons, speakers ; 
 verbosus, of things, speeches, and writings, (iii. 
 81 .) 
 
 Gaudere ; LlETAri ; Hilaris ; Alacer ; Gestire ; 
 Exsultare. 1. Gaudere (from <yavpos) denotes 
 joy as an inward state of mind, in opp. to dolor , like 
 rjhecrXai ; whereas 1 se t a r i and hilarem esse, 
 the utterance of joy. Tac. Hist. ii. 29. IJt valens 
 processit, gaudium , miseratio, favor ; versi in Icetitiam 
 . . . . laudantes gratantesque. 2. The Icetus (from 
 XCK-alogoi) shows his joy in a calm cheerfulness, which 
 attests perfect satisfaction with the present/in opp. to 
 moestus , Tac-. Ann. xv. 23 ; the Idlaris (iXapos) - in 
 awakened mirth, disposing to jest and laughter, in opp. 
 to tristis ; the alacer (dX/crf) in energetic vivacity, evinc¬ 
 ing spirit and activity, in opp. to territus. Cic. Coel. 
 28. The gaudens , the Icetus , the hilaris , derive joy 
 from a piece of *good fortune ; the alacer at the same 
 time from employment and action. Cic. Divin. i. 33, 
 73. Equum alacrem Icetus adspexit. L as t i t i a 
 shows itself chiefly in an unwrinkled forehead, and a 
 mouth curled for smiling ; h i 1 a r i t a s, in eyes quickly 
 moving, shining, and radiant with joy; alacritas, 
 
92 
 
 GAZ^E-GENS. 
 
 in eyes that roll, sparkle, and announce spirit. Sen. 
 Ep. 116. Quantam serenitatem Icetitia dat. Tac. 
 Agr. 89. Fronte Icetus , pectore anxius. Cic. Pis. 5. 
 Te hilarioribus oculis quam solitus es intuente. 3. 
 G a u d e r e and 1 sa t a r i denote a moderate ; e x- 
 s u 11 a r e and g e s t i r e, and perhaps the antiquated 
 word v i t u 1 a r i, a passionate, uncontrolled joy, as to 
 exult and triumph ; the gestiens (y rf&eiv) discovers this 
 by an involuntary elevation of the whole being, spark¬ 
 ling eyes, inability to keep quiet, etc. ; the exsultans , by 
 a voluntary, full resignation of himself to joy, .which 
 displays itself, if not by skipping and jumping, at least 
 by an indiscreet outbreak of joy, bordering on extrava¬ 
 gance. 4. Jucundus denotes, like juvat me, a 
 momentary excitement of joy ; 1 ae t u s, a more lasting 
 state of joy; hence Icetus is used as the stronger 
 expression, in Plin. Ep. v. 12. Quam inihi a quocunque 
 excoli jucundum , a te vero Icetissimum est. (iii. 242.) 
 
 Gaza:, see Divitice. 
 
 Gelicidium, Gelidus, Gelu, see Frigere. 
 
 Gemere, see Suspirare. Geminus, see Duplex, 
 
 Gena, see Mala. Generare, see Creare. 
 
 Gens ; Natio ; Populus ; Civitas. 1. Gens and 
 n a t i o denote a people, in a physical sense, in the de¬ 
 scription of nations, as a society originating in common 
 descent and relationship, without any apparent reference 
 to civilization; whereas populus and civitas 
 denote a people in a political sense, as a society farmed 
 by civilization and compact. Sail. Cat. 10, 1. Na - 
 tiones ferae et populi ingentes subacti. Cic. Hep. i. 25. 
 2. Gens (yeverg) includes all people of the same de¬ 
 scent, like (pv\ov ; natio (from yvgcno^) a single col¬ 
 ony of the same, like eAw?. Yell. P. ii. 98. Omnibus 
 ejus gcntis nationibus in arrna accensis. Tac. G. 2, 
 88. But as gens , in this physical sense, as the complex 
 term for.several colonies, has a more comprehensive 
 meaning than natio , so has it, at the same time, in its 
 political accessory meaning, as a clan, yepo?, or as the 
 
GENS-GLORIA. 
 
 93 
 
 complex term for several families, a narrower meaning 
 than populus ; hence sometimes populus forms, as a civ¬ 
 ilized natio, a part of the natural gens. Liv. iv. 49. 
 Bolanis sum gentis populo , and Virg. A. x. 202 ; some¬ 
 times gens, as a political society, forms a part of 
 populus : Justin, vii. 1. Adunatis gentibus variorum 
 populorum. 3. C i v i t a s (from Kelco) denotes the 
 citizens of a town collectively, 7roXt?, merely with re¬ 
 gard to their interior connection, as including the inhab¬ 
 itants who are in the enjoyment of the full rights of cit¬ 
 izenship, and the lawful possessors of the land ; pop¬ 
 ulus (redupl. of n ro/U?) means the people, fii/yuo?, more 
 commonly in reference to their social relations, interior 
 and exterior, and with the included notion of belonging 
 to the state. A people can determine upon war as a 
 civitas ; but can carry it on only as a populus. A civ- 
 itas is necessarily stationary ; but a populus may consist 
 of Nomades , or wanderers from one pasture to another. 
 
 Gens, Genus, see Stirps. 
 
 Gerere, see Ferre and Agere. 
 
 Gestire, see Velle and Gaudere. 
 
 Gignere, see Creare. Gilvus, see Luteus. 
 
 Glaber, see Lcevus. Glacies, see Frigere. 
 
 Gladius ; Ensis ; Pugio ; Sica. 1. G1 a d i u s 
 (from K\dbos) is the usual, ensis (from ansa ?) the 
 select and poetical name for a sword. Quin til. x. 1, 11.* 
 (v. 188.) 2. Pugio (from pungere) is a dagger, as 
 
 a fair and openly used soldier’s weapon, on a level with 
 the sword ; whereas s i c a (from secare) is the unfair 
 and secret weapon of the bandit, on a level with poison, 
 (vi. 291.) 
 
 Globus ; Spiijera. Globus is the popular term 
 for any body that is round like a ball; whereas sphrnra 
 is the scientific term, derived from the Greek for a math¬ 
 ematical globe, (vi. 147.) 
 
 Globus, see Caterva. 
 
 Gloria ; Claritas. Gloria (from yeXw?) de¬ 
 notes renown, under the image of something said, like 
 
94 
 
 GLORIATIO-GRATIAS IIABERE. 
 
 /cAeo? ; claritas (from yaXripos) under that of some¬ 
 thing bright, and that is seen, like 86£a. (v. 235.) 
 
 Gloriatio, see Jactatio. Glutus, see Faux. 
 
 GnaVitas, see Opera. Gracilis, see Fxilis. 
 
 Gradatim, see Paulatim. Gradiri, see Ire. 
 
 Gradus ; Gressus ; Passus. 1. G r e s s u s de¬ 
 notes a step subjectively, whereas gradus objectively. 
 Gressus is a step that is being taken ; gradus 
 that is taken. 2. Gressus is a product of going, 
 but passus, of standing also, if the feet are at the 
 same distance from each other as in walking. Gressus 
 denotes any separation of the feet, whether longer or 
 shorter, quicker or slower, whether deserving the name 
 of step or not; whereas passus means a regular 
 measured step, which at the same time serves as a 
 measure of length. Yirg. iEn. i. 414. Tendere gressus 
 ad moenia : comp, with ii. 723. Intus sequitur patrem 
 non passibus sequis. (iv. 58.) 
 
 Grasci; Graii; Gr^culi; Gr^canicus. 1. Grseci 
 denotes the Greeks merely as a term in the description 
 of different nations, and a historical name, without any 
 accessory moral reference ; whereas Graii, with praise, 
 as the classical name for a nation of heroes in days of 
 yore : G r se c u 1 i, with blame, as the degenerate peo¬ 
 ple, false and unworthy of trust, that existed in the 
 times of the Roman writers. 2i G r se c u m means 
 what is really Grecian, whether in or out of Greece ; 
 but Grmcanicus, what is made after the Grecian 
 manner, what is merely a la Grecque. (v. 304.) 
 
 Grandaevus, see Fetus. Grandis, see Magnus. 
 
 Gratia, see Studium. 
 
 GRATIAS AGERE, HABERE, REFERRE ; GRATES ; GrA- 
 
 tari ; Gratulari. 1. Gratiam or gratias 
 habere means to feel thankful, like x^P iV e '<&£vai ; 
 whereas gratias age re, to return thanks in words, 
 like evxapioTelv ; lastly, gratiam referre, to 
 show one’s self thankful by deeds, like xdpiv (pepeiv, 
 dvTLxapLZeo^ai. Cic. Marc. ii. 33. Maximas tibi 
 
GRATUS — GREMIUM. 
 
 95 
 
 omnes gratias agimus; majores etiam habemus. Off. 
 ii. 20. Inops etiamsi referre gratiam non potest, habere 
 tamen potest. And Fam. v. 11. x. 11. Plane. 28. 
 Balb. 1. Phil. iii. 2. 2. Gratias agere is the 
 
 usual; grates a g e r e, a select and solemn form of 
 speech. Cic. Somn. Grates tibi ago, summe Sol, vo- 
 bisque reliqui coelites. 3. In the same manner g r a t- 
 u 1 a r i denotes an occasional expression of thanks 
 without oblation, and a congratulation without formality, 
 w r hereas g r a t a r i, a solemn thanksgiving, or congrat¬ 
 ulation. Liv. vii. 3. Jovis templum gratantes ovan- 
 tesque adire : comp, with Ter. Ileaut. v. 1, 6. Desine 
 deos gratulando obtundere. (ii. 213.) 
 
 Gratus ; Jucundus ; Acceptus ; Gratiosus. 1. 
 G r a t u m (from /ce^ap^a^at) means that which is ac¬ 
 ceptable only in reference to its value with us, as pre¬ 
 cious, interesting, and v T orthy of thanks ; but j u c u n- 
 d u m (from juvare) in reference to the joy which it 
 brings us, as delightful. Cic. Att. iii. 24. Ista veri- 
 tas etiam si jucunda non est, mihi tamen grata est. 
 Fam. v. 18. Cujus officia jucundiora scilicet srnpe 
 mihi fuerunt, nunquam gratiora. And v. 15. xiii. 18. 
 2. Gratus refers to the feeling, as wished for ; a c- 
 c e p t u s, to its expression, as welcome. 3. The gra¬ 
 tus alieui meets with no antipathy, but is liked ; the 
 gratiosus apud aliquem is the object of distinguished 
 favor, and enthusiastic attachment, as the favorite or 
 darling, (iii. 254.) 
 
 Gravidus, see Prcegnans. 
 
 Gra vitas, see Moles and Severitas. 
 
 Gremium ; Sinus. G r e m i u m is the lap, or sur- 
 face formed by the knees in a sitting posture, and fig 
 uratively the symbol of the fostering care of a mother ; 
 whereas sinus, the bosom, between the two breasts, 
 especially in the female sex, and figuratively the symbol 
 of protection and refuge. Cic. Pis. 3T. JEtolia pro- 
 cul a barbaris disjuncta gentibus in sinu pacis posita 
 medio fere Gnneice gremio continetur. (vi. 150.) 
 
96 
 
 GRESSUS — IIASTA. 
 
 Gressus, see Gradus. 
 
 Grex, see Caterva and Pecus. Grumus, see Collis. 
 
 Gula, see Faux. GuRGES,see Virago. 
 
 Gurgulio, see Faux. 
 
 Gustus, Gustare, see Sapor. 
 
 Gutta ; Stilla ; Stiria. G u 11 a is a natural, 
 still a crraXafat), an artificial measured 
 
 drop. Further, the principal notion in gutta is that 
 of smallness, hence g u 11 a t i m means drop by drop ; 
 whereas in stilla the principal notion is that of hu¬ 
 midity, hence s t i 11 a t i m means trickling or dripping. 
 Stilla means a liquid ; stiria (orepea) a frozen 
 drop. (iii. 4.) 
 
 Guttur, see Faux . Gyrus, see Orbis. 
 
 H. 
 
 r 
 
 Habena, see Frcnum. Habere, see Tenere. 
 
 Habitare, see Incolere. Habitus, see Vestis. 
 
 Hactenus, see Adhuc. Hjedus, see Caper. 
 
 Hjerere ; Pendere. H ae r e r e (pxeLpoco ?) means 
 to stick, and not to be loose, or able to g^st forwards ; 
 pendere ( 7 rerecrAat), to be suspended, and prevented 
 from falling to the ground. Cic. Acad. ii. 39. Ut vid- 
 eamus terra penitusne defixa sit et radicibus suis hcereat , 
 an media pendeat. (vi. 154.) 
 
 Hjssitare, see Cunctari. Harena, see Sabulo. 
 
 Hariolari ; Vaticinari. H a r i 0 1 a r i (from %paF) 
 means to foretell, with the accessory notion of charla¬ 
 tanism, like 'xprjapoXoyeLv ; 'whereas vaticinari 
 (from vates, to foretell, with the accessory 
 
 notion of inspiration, like pavrevea^at. In Cic. Hivin. 
 i. 2, Hariolorum et vatum furibundse praedictiones, it is 
 only the harioli , who from their, position and in public 
 estimation already pass for charlatans ; whereas the 
 vates are charlatans only, as Cicero himself views them 
 from his philosophical elevation, (iii. 76.) 
 
 Hasta, see Missile. Haud scio an, see Forte. 
 
HELLUO — HOMO. 
 
 97 
 
 IIelluo, see Prodigus. Helvus, see Luteus. 
 
 Heros, see JVumen. Hilaris, see Gaudere. 
 
 Hircus, see Caper. 
 
 Hirsutus, Hirtus, Hispidus, see Horridus. 
 
 Historic, see Annales. Histrio, see Actor. 
 
 Hcedus, see Caper. 
 
 Homicida ; Interfector ; Peremtor ; Interem- 
 tor ; Percussor ; Sicarius. Homicida denotes 
 the manslayer in a general sense, as far as manslaughter 
 is a crime, like dv&po<f)6vos ; whereas interfector, 
 pere m t o r, and interemtor, only the slayer of a 
 particular person, whether the deed be a crime or not, 
 like (po-vevs ; percussor and sicarius denote 
 the instruments of another’s will, and mere mechanical 
 executioners of another’s decree ; but the percussor exe^ 
 cutes a public sentence of condemnation, as the heads¬ 
 man, while the sicarius lends and hires out his hand to 
 a secret assassination, like the bandit. Cic. Rose. Am. 
 33, 93. Erat turn multitudo sicariorum . . et homines 
 impune occidebantur ... Si eos putas . . . quos qui 
 leviore nomine appellant, percussores vocant, qurnro in 
 cujus fide sint et tutela. (iii. 191.) 
 
 Homo ; Mas ; Yir ; Homunculus ; Homuncio ; Ho- 
 mullus. 1. Homo (Goth, guma, from humus, 'ffiooVy 
 eW^owo?), means a human being, man or woman, in 
 opp. to deus and bellua , like aifepcoiros ; mas and v i r 
 mean only the man ; mas in a physical sense, in opp. 
 to femina , like apqpv ; v i r (Goth, wair, from Iprjve ?), 
 in a physical sense, in opp. to mulier , like dvtfp. Sen. 
 Polyb. 36. Non sentire mala sua non est hominis , at 
 non ferre non est viri. Ep. 103. Cic. Tusc. ii. 22. 
 Earn. v. 17. Justin, xi. 13. 2. Homunculus 
 
 denotes the weak and powerless being called man, with 
 reference to the whole race, in opp. to the Deity, to na¬ 
 ture in general, to the universe, etc. ; homuncio 
 and h o m u 11 u s denote the weak and insignificant 
 man, as an individual, in opp. to other men; homun- 
 i 7 
 
98 
 
 HONE STAS 
 
 HORTARI. 
 
 c i o, with a feeling of pity ; h-o m u 11 u s, with a feeling 
 of scorn, (v. 188.) 
 
 Honestas, see Virtus. Honestus, see Banus . 
 
 Honorare ; Honestare. Honorare means to 
 honor any body, by paying him singular respect, and 
 yielding him honor ; but honestare means to dig¬ 
 nify, or confer a permanent mark of honor upon any 
 body. 
 
 Hornus ; Hornotinus. H o r n u s (%^e<nm) 
 that which is of this year, as a poetical, hornotinus, 
 as a prosaic word. 
 
 Horridus ; Hirtus ; Hirsutus ; Hispidus ; Asper. 
 Horrid u s (from ^epcro?, ^oprcffo?), is the most gen¬ 
 eral expression for whatever is rough and rugged, from 
 want of formation ; hirtus and hirsutus refer 
 particularly to what is covered with rough hair, in opp. 
 to what is soft and smooth ; hispidus and asper, 
 to rough elevations, in opp. to what is level; hispi¬ 
 dus, to the roughness that offends the eye ; asper, 
 to the roughness that causes pain. Yell. P. ii. 4. de¬ 
 scribes Marius as hirtus et horridus ; hirtus referring to 
 his neglected exterior, horridus , to his rough nature, 
 (vi. 161.) 
 
 Horror, see Vereri. 
 
 Hortari ; Monere. The h o r t a t i o (op^toor?, 
 epe^co), addresses itself immediately to the will and 
 resolution ; whereas the m o n i t i o, almost entirely 
 to the consciousness and judgment^ The h o r t a t i o 
 has always an action for its object; the m o n i t i o f 
 only a representation, and by the medium of that rep¬ 
 resentation, an action for its object. Sail. Jug. 60. 
 Monere alii, alii hortari. Cat. 60. ISTequidquam hor- 
 tere . . . Sed ego vos quo pauca monerem , convocavi. 
 Sen. Ep. 13. Nimium diu te cohortor , cum.tibi admo- 
 nitione magis quam exhortatione opus sit. Cic. Fam. x. 
 40. Si aut aliter sentirem, certe admonitio tua me 
 reprimere, aut si dubitarem, hortatio impellere posset, 
 (i. 164.) 
 
HOSPES-HUMANITUS. 
 
 99 
 
 Hospes ; Adventor. II o s p e s is the guest who 
 visits his friend ; adventor, the person who puts up 
 at his host’s. Sen. Benef. i. 14. Nemo se stabularii 
 aut cauponis hospitem judicat. (iv. 892.) 
 
 Hospes, see Externus. 
 
 Hospitium, see Deversorium. 
 
 Hostis, see Advgrsarius. Hucusque, see Adkuc. 
 
 Humanitas ; Comitas ; Facilitas ; Civilitas. 
 H u m a n i t a s is a virtue of universal extent, which, 
 like the mental cultivation, proceeding from intelligence, 
 ennobles the whole man in mind and heart, and gives to 
 his nature mildness and philanthropy, as a principle ; in 
 opp. to feritas ; comitas (from Koapof) is a moral 
 virtue, which, like affability, without respect to higher 
 rank in society, treats every man as a man ; facili¬ 
 tas, a social virtue, which, like complaisance, by for¬ 
 bearance and meeting the views of others, facilitates 
 mutual intercourse in life, and makes it pleasant; civ¬ 
 il i t a s, a political virtue, which, like the republican 
 feeling of a prince, makes the specific difference between 
 a ruler and his people unfelt, and treats his subjects as 
 fellow-citizens. Nep. Milt. 8. In Miltiade erat quum 
 summa liumanitas , turn mira comitas , ut nemo tsjfn liu- 
 milis esset cui non ad eum aditus pateret. (v. 6.) 
 
 Humanitus ; Humane ; Humaniter. II u m a n i- 
 t u s means in a human manner, in objective reference 
 to the exterior condition of man, namely, that of weak¬ 
 ness and mortality, like dv^pcoTreico^, dv^pcoTTivcos ; 
 whereas humane and humanite r, in subjective 
 reference to man’s capacity for an^ propensity towards 
 cultivation ; humane facere is the result of moral cul 
 tivatijn, like fyikav^ poor cos ; humaniter facere is the 
 vesulffof social cultivation, like ei rtet/cco?. (v. 8.) 
 
 Humare, see Sepelire . Humerus, see Armus. 
 
 Humidus, see Udus. Humus, see Tellus. 
 
100 
 
 JACERE — IGNAYIA. 
 
 I & J. 
 
 Jacere, see Cubare. 
 
 Jactatio ; Gloriatio ; Ostentatio ; Venditatio. 
 
 J a c t a t i o and gloriatio have their foundation 
 in vanity and self-complacency ; jactatio is making 
 much ado of one’s excellencies and merits, and shows 
 itself in words and actions, with the accessory notion 
 of folly ; gloriatio is talking big, proclaiming one’s 
 excellencies and merits, with the accessory notion of in¬ 
 solence ; whereas ostentatio and venditatio 
 have their foundation in a crafty calculation of the effect . 
 to be produced, and a disregard to truth ; o s t e n t a- 
 t i o would conceal real emptiness under a false show ; 
 venditatio would, by exaggerating one’s excellen¬ 
 cies, pass them off for greater than they are. 
 
 Jactura, see Amittere and Damnum.. 
 
 Jaculum, see Missile. Janua, see Ostium. 
 
 Icere, see Verberare. 
 
 Idoneus ; Aptus. I d o n e u s denotes a passive, 
 "apt us an active fitness for anything. F. A. Wolf. 
 Or, the idoneus is fitted by his qualifications, and, 
 through outward circumstances, for any particular des¬ 
 tination, like the ; the aptus (from potis, po- 
 
 tens), by his worth and adequacy, like i/cav6$. The 
 idoneus is in himself inactive, and suffers himself to be 
 employed for a particular purpose, for which he is qual¬ 
 ified ; the aptus himself engages in the business, be¬ 
 cause he is adequate to it. (iii. 276.) 
 
 Ignarus, see Cognitio . 
 
 Ignavia ; Inertia ; Segnitia ; Desidia ; SjocoR- 
 dia ; Pigritia. 1 . Ignavia denotes the lo® of 
 idleness, in an ideal sense, inasmuch as the impulse 
 to action distinguishes the more noble from the ordinary 
 man, and gives him an absolute value ; in opp. to 
 industria , Tac. Ann. xii. 12. xvi. 18 ; whereas i n e r- 
 t i a denotes the love of idleness in a real tangible 
 
IGNAVIA — IGNOMINIA. 
 
 101 
 
 sense, inasmuch as activity makes a man a useful mem¬ 
 ber of society, and gives him a relative value. 
 
 I g n a v i a is inherent in the temperament, and has 
 no inclination for action ; inertia lies in the char¬ 
 acter and habits, and has no desire to work. A lazy 
 slave is called inors ; a person of rank, that passes his 
 time in doing nothing, is ignavus. 2. S e g n i t i a, 
 desidia, socordia, and p i g r i t i a, are the 
 faults of a too easy temperament. S e g n i t i a (from 
 sequi, o/o/o?,) wants rousing, or compulsion, and must 
 be conquered, before it resigns its ease, in opp. to 
 promptus. Tac. Agr. 21. Desidia (from sedere) « 
 lays its hands on its lap, and expects that things will 
 happen of themselves ; socordia is susceptible of no 
 lively interest, and neglects its duties from want of 
 thought, like phlegm ; p i g r i t i a has an antipathy to 
 all motion, and always feels best in a state of absolute 
 bodily rest, like slothfulness. (iv. 212.) 
 
 Ignavia, see Vereri. 
 
 Ignominia ; Infamia ; Dedecus ; Probrum ; Op¬ 
 probrium. 1. Ignominia deprives one of political 
 honor, which is independent of the reports circulated 
 concerning a man, and is the consequence of an official 
 denunciation, the justice of which is supposed ; that of 
 the censor, for example, like angla ; whereas i n f a- 
 m i a deprives one of moral honor, of one’s good name, 
 has a reference to public scorn, and is the consequence 
 of shameless and dishonorable conduct, like 
 5. Ignominia and infamia are abstract, and 
 denote subjective states ; d e d u c u s and p r o b r u m 
 are concrete, and denote, objectively, disgrace itself; 
 dedecus is a deviation from the conduct that be¬ 
 comes a man of honor, from whom noble actions are ex¬ 
 pected ; p r o b r u m is a stain on the morality of a 
 man, from whom, at least, irreproachable conduct is ex¬ 
 pected. Dedecus is incurred generally in our pub¬ 
 lic relations, by abjectness of spirit, etc. ; p r o b r u m, 
 in our private relations, by licentiousness, etc. 3. 
 
102 
 
 IGNOSCERE — IMAGO. 
 
 P r o b r u m (from 7rpo<f>epco') is reproach, as far as it 
 can justly be made ; opprobrium, reproach, as far 
 as it actually is made. In probrum the disgrace itself 
 is more considered ; in opprobrium , the open proclama¬ 
 tion of it. 
 
 Ignoscere ; Veniam dare. Ignoscere (dmy- 
 lyvcoatceiv') is a moral act; as, to forgive from one’s 
 heart; to forgive and forget, in opp. to retaining anger, 
 avyyuyvcbo-Keiv ; whereas veniam dare (aviav or 
 aveaiv hovvcu) is a political act, to allow clemency to 
 take place of justice, in opp. to punishment, like fi&ie- 
 vat. The friend ignoscit a person of his own rank; one 
 who is of higher rank and greater power veniam dat. 
 Cic. Man. 3. Tills imperatoribus laus est tribuenda 
 quod egerunt; venia dan da quod reliquerunt; comp, 
 with Att. xvi. 16. Ignosce mihi quod eadem de re 
 saepius scribam. (v. 170.) 
 
 Ilia, see Caro. Illico, see Hepente. 
 
 Illustris, see Celeber and Luctilentus. 
 
 Imago ; Simulacrum ; Statua ; Signum. 1. Im¬ 
 ago and simulacrum denote, as the most general 
 terms, any representation, whether a work of statuary 
 or of painting ; imago (MX av7 l) to the origi¬ 
 
 nal, as to a pattern, by a striking likeness of form, like 
 eifcoov ; simulacrum is opposed to the original, as a 
 real being, by a deceptive imitation of its form, like 
 ecSwXov ; whereas statua, s i g n u m, and effi¬ 
 gies, are merely plastic works ; tabula and p i c- 
 t u r a, merely pictures. 2. Simulacrum and 
 statua denote the copying of the whole figure, con¬ 
 sequently, in the plastic art, standing figures ; effi¬ 
 gies and imago, principally the copying of the 
 characteristic parts, namely, the features ; effigies, 
 in staturary, as busts ; imago, in painting, as half- 
 length portraits. Tac. Ann. i. 74. Alia in statua am¬ 
 putate capite Augusti effigiem Tiberii inditam. Hist, 
 ii. 3. Simulacrum deae effigie humana. Cic. Tusc. iii. 
 2, 3. Optimus quisque consectatur nullam eminentem 
 
IMBER 
 
 IMITATIO. 
 
 103 
 
 qjfigiem (virtutis) sed adumbratam imaginem gloriae. 
 # S i g n u in (from sequo, to proclaim,) means any plastic 
 jvork, in opp. to tabulae and picturce. Sal. Cat. 11. 
 Cic. Orat. i. 35. Man. 14. Suet. Cses. 47. Quintil. 
 ix. 2. Cic. Verr. iv. 1 ; simulacrum means the 
 sacred statue of a god, like clyaXga; statu a, the 
 profane statue of a man, like avhpias. Cic. Cat. iii. 8. 
 Simulacra deorum immortalium depulsa sunt et statuce 
 veterum hominum dejectse. Tac. Ann. i. 73. Suet. 
 Tib. 26. Cic. Yerr. i. 22. ^egati deorum simulacra 
 venerabantur, itemque cmtera signa et ornamenta lacri- 
 mantes intuebantur. (v. 237.) 
 
 Imber, see Pluvia. 
 
 Imitatio ; JEmulatio ; Certatio ; Rivalitas ; Sim- 
 ulatio. 1 . Imitari, means merely the effort to 
 produce something like some other thing, without any 
 accessory moral notion ; ae m u 1 a r i (from atcregos) 
 means, at the same time, to do something which shall 
 gain equal or superior consideration, honor, and appro¬ 
 bation, when compared with the thing imitated. I m i- 
 t a t i o has in view only the thing itself, and is gener¬ 
 ally moderate and laudable ; ae m u 1 a t i o has in view 
 chiefly the person, who is already in possession of the 
 quality worthy of imitation, and alwaj 7 s seems more or 
 less a passion, which deserves praise or blame, accord¬ 
 ing as it has its foundation in the lover of honor, or in 
 immoderate ambition. Plin. Ep. vii. 30. Demosthenis 
 orationem habui in manibus, non ut cemularer (impro- 
 bum enim ac pmne furiosum) at tamen imitcirer ac se- 
 querer tantum. Comp. i. 2, 2. viii. 5, 13. Quintil. i. 
 2, 26. Cic. Tusc. iv. 8, 17. 2. The ae m u 1 u s is at 
 
 first behind his opponent, and strives for a time only to 
 come up to him, and be like him ; whereas the c e r t a- 
 tor and concertator are already on a par with their 
 opponent, and strive to outdo him, and conquer him. 3. 
 JE m u 1 a t i o contends for superiority in any art; r i- 
 v a lit as, only for preference in estimation. Cic. 
 Tusc. iv. 26, 56. Ilia vitiosa cemulatione , quae rivali - 
 
104 
 
 IMPAR-INAMBULARE. 
 
 tati similis est, quid habet utilitatis ? 4. Imitatio 
 
 is an effort to become something'which a man at present # 
 is not, but fain would be, and really can become ; 
 whereas s i m u 1 a t i o, an effort to pass for something 
 which a man properly and naturally is not, nor ever can 
 be. Imitatio is the means of attaining to an actual 
 or presumptive ideal; whereas s i m u 1 a t i o remains 
 for ever a mere counterfeit, (iii. 64.) 
 
 Impar, see JEquus. Impensje, see Sumptus. 
 
 Imperare, see Jubere. m 
 
 Impertire ; Tribuere ; Participare ; Communi- 
 care. “Impertire and tribuere denote giving 
 a portion, without reference to any share, which the 
 giver is to retain for himself; impertire means 
 giving, as an act of free will and of goodness ; trib- 
 u e r e, as an act of justice, or of judiciousness ; whereas 
 participare and communicare, the giving a 
 share of something of which one also retains a share 
 one’s self; participare has generally the receiver 
 for its object, who is to share a possession ; but com¬ 
 municare, generally the thing shared, in the use of 
 which the receiver is to have a share, (iv. 158.) 
 
 Impietas, see Delictum. Impius, see Scelestus. 
 
 Imponere, see Fallere. 
 
 Imus ; Infimus. I m u m (superl. from in) denotes 
 the lowest part of a whole ; infimum (superl. from 
 inferus) either the lowest part of all the parts, that is, 
 the basis, or the lowest in a discrete magnitude, that is, 
 a magnitude consisting of distinct parts. The imum is 
 the lowest extremity of a part; then the infimum , 
 the lowest part, with reference to the other parts. Cic. 
 Rose. Com. T. Ab imis unguibus usque ad summum 
 verticem : compare with Divin. i. 33. Ut ab infima ara 
 subito anguis emergeret; and with N. D. ii. 20. Luna 
 infima est quinque errantium. Further, imus denotes 
 the lowest in a purely local relation; infimus, with 
 the accessory notion of the lowest rank. (iv. 377.) 
 
 Inambulare, see Ambulare. 
 
INANIS — INCIPERE. 
 
 105 
 
 Inanis ; Vacuus.’ Inanis (from Ivdco) moans the 
 emptiness of that which has been full, but is now with¬ 
 out its contents, in opp. to plenus , Cic. Orat. i. 9, 37. 
 Parad. 6, 1. Brut. 8, 34; whereas vacuus de¬ 
 notes the emptiness of that which may be filled, hut is 
 at present vacant, in opp. to occupatus ,• Tac. Hist. iv. 
 17 ; or to obsessus , Cic. N. T. i. 24. Tac. Ann. vi. 
 34. Jason post avectam Medeam genitosque ex ea lib- 
 eros inanem mox regiam iEetae vacuosque Colchos re- 
 petivit; that is, the palace deserted and desolate, and 
 the people without a governor. Figuratively, inane 
 means a nullity ; v a c u u m, a vacancy, (i. 100.) 
 
 Incassum, see Frustra. Incastus, see Inficetus. 
 
 Incedere, see Ire. lNCENDERE,see Accendere. 
 
 Incestus, see Inficetus. Inchoare, see Incipere. 
 
 Inciens, see Prcegnans. 
 
 Incipere ; Ordiri ; Inchoare ; C(episse. 1. In¬ 
 cipere denotes the beginning, in opp. to the state of * 
 rest, which precedes and follow's, consequently it is in 
 opp. to cessare and desinere , desister e, finire ; whereas 
 ordiri (from epSecv, radix,) in opp. to an advance¬ 
 ment ; consequently in opp. to continuare , and its in¬ 
 transitive per g ere ; lastly, inchoare (from conari) in 
 opp. to ending and accomplishing, consequently in opp. 
 to perficere , consummare , peragere , absolvere , etc. Cic. 
 Off. i. 37. Ut incipiendi ratio fuerit, ita sit desinendi 
 modus. Tusc. i. 49. Sen. Ep. 116. Plin. II. N. xi. 
 61. Plin. Pan. 54, 6. 57, 2. ' Ep. ix. 4. Quintil. xi. 
 3,34. Tac. Agr. 32. Varro B. B. iii. 16. Apes cum 
 evolaturae sunt, aut etiam inciperunt , consonant vehe- 
 menter. Cic. Fin. iv. 6. Hoc inchqati cujusdam officii 
 est, non perf ecti. Brut. 33. Liv. xl. 9. Plin. Ep. iii. 8, 7. 
 Plin. H. N. x. 63. Tac. Dial. 33. Suet. Claud. 3. Cic. 
 Fr. ap. Non. Perge , quseso, nec enim imperite exorsus 
 es. 2. C oe p i has nearly the same words in opp. to it 
 as incipere has ; Sen. Cons. Polyb. 20. Quicquid ccepit , 
 et desinit. Cic. Bab. Post. 2. Ovid, Ep. ix. 23 ; 
 c oe p i refers more to the action which is begun ; i n 
 
106 
 
 INCITARE-INCOLUMIS. 
 
 c e p i, more to the beginning which has been made. 
 C oe p i is a sort of auxiliary verb ; i n c e p i is em¬ 
 phatic ; hence c oe p i has an infinitive, i n c i p e r e a 
 substantive, for its object. Cic. Yerr. v. 10. Quum 
 ver esse coeperat (sed cum rosam viderat, turn ver inci- 
 pere arbitrabatur), dabat se labori. (iii. 15T.) 
 
 Incitare ; Instigare ; Irritare ; Instinctus. 1. 
 Incitare (from ciere) denotes to urge an inactive 
 person by merely bidding, speaking to, and calling upon 
 him, to an action, generally of a laudable kind, synony¬ 
 mously with hortari; instigare (from arl^ai) to 
 spur on a reluctant person by more vehement exhorta¬ 
 tions, promises, threatenings, to an adventurous act, sy¬ 
 nonymously with stimulare ; irritare ( avepe^i^co ) 
 to incite a quiet person by rousing his ‘passions, ambi¬ 
 tion, revenge, to a violent action, synonymously with 
 exarcerbare. Ter. And. iv. 2, 9. Age, si hie non in- 
 sanit satis sua sponte, instiga. Lucr. iv. 10T5. Et 
 stimuli subsunt qui instigant lsedere id upsum. 2. I n- 
 s t i g a t u s means spurred on by an exterior and pro¬ 
 fane power, by words, commands, etc.; instinctus 
 means impelled by an interior and higher power, by in¬ 
 spiration, love, the voice of the gods. (iii. 314.) 
 
 Inclytus, see Celeber. 
 
 Incolere ; Habitare ; Incola ; Inquilinus ; Co- 
 lonus. 1. Incolere is transitive, as to inhabit; 
 habitare, intransitive, as to dwell. At the same 
 time incolere has reference to the country, to which 
 a man, as a citizen or inhabitant, belongs ; whereas 
 habitare has reference to the house, in which a 
 man, as owner or tenant, has his stationary residence. 
 2. I n c o 1 a is the inhabitant, in opp. to the citizen, 
 Cic. Off. i. 34, like geroLtcos ; inquilinus, the. ten¬ 
 ant, in opp. to the owner of the house, dominus , Cic. 
 Phil. ii. 41, like gvvoucos ; colonus, the farmer, in 
 opp. to the landowner, Cic. Caec. 32 ; something like 
 S?/?. 
 
 Incolumis, see Salvas. 
 
 Incuriosits, see Tutus . 
 
INCUR YUS INGLUVIES. 
 
 107 
 
 Incuryus, see Curvus. Incusare, see Arguere . 
 
 Indagare, see Qucerere. Indigere, see Carere. 
 
 Indignari, see iSuccensere. Indoles, see Ingenium. 
 
 Indulgere, see Concedere. Industria, see Opera . 
 
 Inedia, see Fames . Inertia, see Ignavia. 
 
 Infamia, see Ignominia. Infans, see Puer. 
 
 Infensus, Infestus, see Adversarius. 
 
 Inficetus ; Infacetus ; Incestus ; Incastus. 1. 
 Inficetus involves positive blame, a tasteless and 
 heavy fellow ; whereas infacetus only negative, a 
 man not remarkable for wit. 2. In the same manner 
 incestus denotes an incestuous person ; whereas 
 incastus only an unchaste person. Sen. Contr. ii. 
 
 M3, (ii. 83.) 
 
 Infidelis, Infidus, see Fidus . Infimus, see Imus. 
 
 Infitjari, Infitias ire, see Negare. 
 
 Inflammare, see Aecendere. 
 
 Infortunium ; Calamitas ; Infelicitas ; Miseria. 
 Infortunium and calamitas denote a single 
 misfortune ; infortunium, more as a vexatious ac¬ 
 cident, like malheur, for example, the loss of a purse, 
 receiving blows, etc. ; calamitas (from koXovco') a 
 tragic accident, as the loss of a beloved person, of 
 power, etc.; whereas infelicitas and miseria 
 denote an unfortunate state of considerable duration ; 
 infelicitas, merely as the absence of success; 
 m i s e r i p. (from gvaapos ?) as an actual, pressing 
 state of affliction. 
 
 Ingenium ; Natura ; Indoles. Ingenium and 
 n a t u r a denote the disposition, as far as it constitutes 
 the immovable ground of human individuality, and is 
 susceptible of no change ; ingenium, more with 
 reference to the faculties of the mind, natura to the 
 feelings of the heart; whereas indoles denotes the 
 disposition, as far as it constitutes only the beginning of 
 individuality, and is susceptible of improvement, (vi. 
 172.) 
 
 Ingluvies, see Faux. Ingredi, see hire and Ire . 
 
108 
 
 INGRUERE — INITIUM. 
 
 - Ingruere, see Irruere. Inimicitia, see Odium. 
 
 Inimicus, see Adversarius. 
 
 Inire ; Intrare ; Introire ; Ingredi. 1. I n i r e 
 denotes almost always only a figurative entering, as to 
 engage in any thing, for example, inire pugnam , nu- 
 merum , etc. ; whereas intrare, introire, in¬ 
 gredi, a literal entering ; intrare is usually transi¬ 
 tive, as to enter, and has an emphasis on the verbal 
 part of the word ; whereas introire is intransitive, 
 as to step in, and has an emphasis on the adverbial part 
 of the word. In the phrase intrare curiam one thinks 
 more of the mere threshold, which is to be stepped 
 over ; in the phrase introire one thinks more of the four 
 walls by which one is to be enclosed. 2. Intrare 
 and introire suppose a space distinctly limited by 
 walls, boundaries, marks; whereas ingredi sup¬ 
 poses, generally, any limited space, for example, 1 dam, 
 pontem , etc. (iv. 521.) 
 
 Initium ; Principium ; Primordium. 1. I n i t i- 
 u m denotes the beginning in an abstract sense, as the 
 mere point from which a thing begins, in opp. to exitus. 
 Cic. Rose. Com. 13, 39. Tusc. i. 38. Brut. 34. Sen. 
 Ep. 9. N. Q. iii. 29 ; whereas principium denotes 
 the beginning as a concrete notion, as that part of the 
 whole which stands before the other parts in things, and 
 goes before them in actions, in opp. to extremum. Cic. 
 Cleunt. 4. Orat. 61, 204. Caec. 15, 44. In initium 
 the beginning is made only with reference to time ; in 
 principium the foundation also is laid with reference to 
 space. The initium is pushed out of the way by that 
 which follows ; the principium serves as a basis for that 
 which follows. The initia philosophies are the rudiments 
 over which the scholar goes, and which are superseded 
 by further studies ; the principia are the fundamental 
 principles, to which he must always recur. Initio 
 usually means “ at the beginning, but differently (or, 
 not at all) afterwards ; ” whereas p r i n c i p i o means 
 from the very beginning, and so onwards. 2. P r i- 
 
INJURIA-INTELLIGERE. 
 
 109 
 
 mordium is a more solemn and comprehensive term 
 than principium , and supposes a whole of great extent, 
 the beginning of which is so far removed that one can 
 distinguish a merely apparent beginning from the actual 
 and primeval source and origin, (iii. 168.) 
 
 Injuria, see Contumelia. Innocentia, see Virtus. 
 
 Innumerus ; Innumerabilis. Innumerus isa 
 poetical and choice expression, like numberless, dvrj- 
 pfegos ; innumerabilis, a prosaic and usual ex¬ 
 pression, like innumerable, dvapfaggros. (vi. 173.) 
 
 Inopia, see Paupertas. Inquam, see Dicere. 
 
 Inquilinus, see Incolere. 
 
 Inquinare, s. Contaminare. Insanus, see Amens. 
 
 Inscen'dere, see Scandere. Inscius, see Cognitio . 
 
 Insignis, see Eminens. 
 
 Insimulare, see Arguere . 
 
 Insolentia, see Superbia. Insomnis, see Vigil. 
 
 Insomnium, see Somnus. Instigare, see Ineitare. 
 
 Instituere ; Instaurare ; Restituere ; Restau- 
 rare. Instituere means to establish a profane, 
 instaurare, a sacred, or honorable, or generally 
 important institution, such as sacrifices, sacred games, 
 wars and battles. Hence is instituere itself a usual, 
 instaurare , a solemn, select expression. In the same 
 manner restituere is distinguished from restaurare. (iv. 
 300.) 
 
 Instituere, see Erudire. 
 
 Instructus, see Prceditus. 
 
 Insuper, see Proeterea. Integer, see Salvus. 
 
 Integrare, see Iterum. 
 
 Intelligere ; Sentire ; Cognoscere. ’ Intelli¬ 
 gere denotes a rational discernment, by means of re¬ 
 flection and combination ; s e n t i r e, a natural discern¬ 
 ment, by means of the feelings, immediate images, or 
 perceptions, whether of the senses or of the mind ; 
 lastly, cognoscere denotes an historical discernment, 
 by means of the senses and of tradition. Sen. Ir. iii. 13. 
 Quidni gauderet, quod iram suam multi intelligerent , 
 
 j 
 
110 
 
 INTERCAPEDO -INTERFICERE. 
 
 nemo sentiret ? Cic. N. D. iii. 24. Quare autem in 
 bis vis deorum insit, turn intelligam quum cognovero. 
 (vi. 1T5.) 
 
 Intercapedo ; Interrupts ; Interpellate ; In- 
 terlocutio. Intercapedo and interruptic 
 are any interruption of another person’s business ; i n- 
 t e'r c a p e d o, a quiet, often even a benevolent inter¬ 
 ruption ; inter ruptio, a violent and turbulent in¬ 
 terruption ; whereas interpellate and inter- 
 1 o c u t i o are only the interruption of a speech by 
 speaking between ; the interpellator will nearly prevent 
 the speaker from going on; the interlocutor will make 
 himself also heard in the midst of another’s speech, 
 (vi. 176.) 
 
 Interdicere, see Vetare. Interdiu, see Dies . 
 
 Interdum, see Nonnunquam . 
 
 Interea ; Interim. I n t e r e a refers to a business 
 of some duration, which takes place in a space of time, 
 as in the mean time ; i n t e r i m, to a momentary busi¬ 
 ness, as in the midst of this. They have the same rela¬ 
 tion to each other, as a point of time to a space of time. 
 Cic. Quint. 6. Hmc dum Ilomae geruntur . . . Quin- 
 tius interea de agro detruditur ; that is, gradually ; 
 comp, with Fam. x. 12. Interim ad me venit Manutius 
 noster. Tae. Ann. xi. 32. Non rumor interea , sed 
 undique nuntii incedunt . . . Atque interim Ostiensem 
 viam intrat. (iv. 271.) 
 
 Interemtor, see Homicida. Interesse, see Adesse . 
 
 Intereector, see Homicida. 
 
 Xntereicere ; Perimere ; Interimere ; Necare ; 
 Occidere ; Jugulare ; Obtruncare ; Trucidare ; 
 Percutere. Inter ficere and perimere are 
 the most general expressions for putting to death, in 
 whatever manner, and from whatever motive, fame , 
 veneno , suspendio , ferro , suppliciis , dolo, like tcrdveiv ; 
 but interficere as a usual, perimere as an 
 old, forcible, poetical expression. Interimere in¬ 
 volves the accessory notion of privacy, as to remove out 
 
INTERITUS 
 
 INTERMORI. 
 
 Ill 
 
 oT the way ; dvcupeiv; necare, that of injustice, or, 
 at least, cruelty, to murder, cfrovevecv. Cic. Tusc. v. 20. 
 Dionysius alterum jussit interjici , quia viam demonstra- 
 visset interimendi sui. Curt. ix. 7, 8. Boxum pro- 
 tinus placuit interjici; Biconem etiam per cruciatus 
 necari. 2. Occidere, jugulare, trucidare, 
 obtruncare, percutere, denote a sanguinary 
 death-blow; occidere means by cutting down, es¬ 
 pecially the business of the soldier in honorable open 
 battle ; j u g u 1 a r e, by cutting the throat or neck, or 
 rather by a skilfully-directed thrust into the collar-bone, 
 especially the business of the bandit, after the pattern 
 * of the gladiator, like acpd^ai ; obtruncare means 
 to butcher, massacre, and cut to pieces, after the man¬ 
 ner of the awkward murderer; trucidare, to 
 slaughter as one would a steer, after the manner of the 
 blood-thirsty miscreant, who, without meeting with re 
 sistance, plays the hero on the defenceless ; p e r c u 
 t e r e, to execute, as a mere mechanical act, after the 
 manner of the headsman, or other executioner of a sen¬ 
 tence of condemnation, or, at least, of a death-warrant. 
 Senec. Contr. iii. 21. Nee dominum occidit , nec domino 
 venenum dedit. Hor. Ep. i. 2. Ut jugulent hominem, 
 surgunt de nocte latrones. Sallust. Fr. Cseteri vice 
 pecorum obtruncantur ; so that you may see a mangled 
 mass of limbs, as in the heap of slain in a battle. Tac. 
 Hist. . . . Juberet interjici; offerre se copora irae; tru- 
 cidaret. Cic. Cat. iv. 6. and Bose. Am. 84. Cujus 
 consilio occisus sit invenio; cujus manu percussus sit 
 non invenio. (iii. 181.) 
 
 Interitus, see Lues and Mors . 
 
 Interlocutio, see Intercapedo. 
 
 Intermittere ; Omittere. Intermittere means 
 merely to leave off for a time, — in tempus mittere cum 
 spe consilioque resumendi; whereas omittere, to 
 leave out altogether. Yarro Fr. Studia tantum inter - 
 mittantur , ne omittantur . (i. 3.) 
 
 Intermori, see Mors. 
 
112 
 
 INTERPELLATE)-ADIFISCI. 
 
 Interpellate, see Intercapcdo. 
 
 Interrogate, see Rogare. 
 
 Interrupted see Inter capedo. 
 
 Intestina, see Caro. 
 
 Intrare, Introire, see Inire. 
 
 Intueri, see Videre. I nunc, see Agere. 
 
 Invadere, see Irruere. Invaletudo, see JEger. 
 
 Invenire ; Reperire ; Deprehendere ; Nancisci ; 
 Adipisci ; Consequi ; Assequi. Invenire donotes, 
 as a general term, to find ; reperire and d e p r e- 
 h e n d e r e suppose a previous concealment of the thing 
 found, and an intention, and pains employed on the 
 part of the finder; but the reperiens (from 'rreirapelv') 
 merely discovers what was concealed, and now lies be¬ 
 fore his eyes, like dvevpdv ; the deprehendens , what de¬ 
 sired to hide itself, or to escape, and now is in his power. 
 Tac. Atm. i. 74. Perniciem aliis ac postremo sibi in- 
 venere : comp, with xiv. 3. Csedes quonam modo occul- 
 taretur nemo reperit. 2. Invenire, reperire, 
 deprehendere, imply a concealed object, which is 
 discovered; whereas nancisci, adipisci, ass e- 
 q u i, and consequi, only a distant object, which is 
 reached; the nanciscens (from eve^tcea^ai) arrives at 
 his object with or without trouble, sometimes even against 
 his wish, as to light upon ; the adipiscens (from potiri) 
 only by exertion, as to achieve the consequens arrives 
 at the object of his wish with or without assistance ; the 
 assequens, at the object of his endeavors, by means of 
 exertion. Suet. Tib. 10. Titus ad primam statim mansi- 
 onem febrim nactus: comp, with Dom. 15. Nero in 
 adipiscenda morte manu Epaphroditi adjutus est. Cic* 
 Att. x. 12. Nactus Curionem omnia me consecutum pu- 
 tavi. Rose. Com. 4. Utneque nihil neque tantum quan¬ 
 tum postulavimus consequamur. In Cic. Mil. 11. Ni¬ 
 hil dico quid resp. consecuta sit, nihil quod vos, nihil 
 quod omnes boni; namely, by the death of Clodius, to 
 which certainly nobody but Milo had contributed ; asse- 
 cuta sit could not be substituted; and, on the other 
 
INVERTERE —JOCUS. 
 
 113 
 
 hand, in Sen. Brev. IT. Operose assequuntur quse volunt, 
 anxii tenent qum assecuti sunt; the word consequuntur 
 would be too weak. Cic. Fam. i. T, 10. Omnia quse 
 ne per populum quidem sine seditione assequi arbitra- 
 bantur, per senatum consecuti sunt (iii. 142.) 
 
 Invertere, see Vertere. 
 
 Investigare, s. Qucerere . 
 
 Invicem, see Vicissim. 
 
 Inyidia ; Livor ; Invidentia ; Malignitas ; Ob- 
 trectatio ; Detrictatio. I n v i d i a denotes looking 
 askance, as a sign that a man grudges something to an¬ 
 other, from moral or immoral motives, not necessarily , 
 though especially, from self-love, like viro^la ; whereas 
 livor (from %Xeu?7, or ^Xota), denotes the self-tor¬ 
 menting envy, which poisons the whole soul, and deprives 
 the body itself of its fresh healthy color. 2, Invi- 
 d i a is the usual term for envy, whether active, as that 
 which a man harbors, or passive, as a state in which a 
 man stands; whereas invidentia is a new term of 
 Cicero’s for the envy which a man harbors. 3. I n v i- 
 d i a and livor denote envy as a temporary state, 
 whereas m a 1 i g n i t a s as an habitual quality and dis¬ 
 position, in opp. to goodness of heart. The invidus 
 and liyidus grudge particular persons particular advan¬ 
 tages, in particular cases ; but the mail gnus wishes 
 w r ell to nobody but himself. 4. I n v i d i a, livor, 
 malignitas, denote a feeling and state of mind, 
 whereas obtrectatio denotes an action, or manner 
 of acting, proceeding from this feeling, inasmuch as it 
 seeks to injure the envied person by dishonorable means, 
 namely, detraction. Obtrectatio can scarcely be con¬ 
 ceived as existing without invidia , but invidia may 
 without obtrectatio , if the envious person is too cowardly 
 to enter into conflict with the envied. 5. Obtrecta¬ 
 tio supposes a rival, and has its origin in jealousy; 
 whereas detrectatio only an enemy,in general, and 
 proceeds principally from antipathy, (iii. 65.) 
 
 Invidia, see Odium. 
 
 J* 
 
 8 
 
114 
 
 Jocrs 
 
 ITER. 
 
 Jocus, see Ludus. 
 
 Irasci, see Succensere 
 
 Ire ; Meare ; Gradiri ; Ingredi ; Incedere ; Va- 
 dere. 1 . Ire and meare denote to go, in the most 
 general sense, as motion from one place to another; i r e 
 especially applies to persons, in consequence of an act 
 of the will, like levat ; but meare (from d/xena)) es¬ 
 pecially to beasts, ships, rivers, stars, as mere mechan¬ 
 ical motion, in which reason has no share, like (poirav ; 
 whereas gradiri and ingredi# ncedere and 
 v a d e r e, with particular accessory notions in regard 
 to the manner of going ; gradiri and i n g r e d i, in 
 a quiet manner, and with a regular measured step, in 
 opp. to serpere , currere, stare; Cic. N. D. ii. 47. Att. 
 ii. 23, like /3a$L%ecv ; incedere, in a proud manner, 
 and with a graceful measured step, as in a procession 
 and march, in opp. to ambulare; Sen. N. Q. vii. 81, 
 like i/ji/3aiveiv ; and v a d e r e (e’AAetz' ?) with alacrity 
 and a quick step, as in travelling, and in attacking the 
 enemy, in opp. to repere ? like ^copecv; Thuc. v. 70. 
 2. Ingressus means going in general; incessus 
 a manner of going peculiar to the individual, and by 
 which he is known as well as by his physiognomy. I n- 
 g r e s s-u s is purely physical; i n c e s u s is moral and 
 characteristic, (iv. 53.) 
 
 Irridere, see Hidere. 
 
 » * , 
 
 Irritare, see Incitare and Lacessere . 
 
 Irritus, see Frustra. 
 
 Irruere ; Irrumpere ; Ingruere ; Invadere. I r- 
 ruere ( elapevcrai ) means to rush on hastily and in¬ 
 considerately ; irrumpere, to force one’s way with 
 violence : ingruere (ingravare) to press on with 
 threats and importunity; invadere, to fall upon 
 with boldness, and without regard to consequences, (vi., 
 180 .) 
 
 Iter; Via; Trames ; Semita; Callis. 1. Iter 
 and meatus denote the progress which a person 
 makes, the going, the journey, in an abstract sense ; 
 
 4 
 
ITER 
 
 ITERUM. 
 
 115 
 
 iter, that which a rational being makes; meatus, 
 that which a being void of reason and of will makes; 
 v i a, the path on which a person goes, in a concrete 
 sense. Ilor. Od. iii. 2, 22. Virtus negata tentat iter 
 via. Cic. Att. v. 14. Iter conficiebamus sestuosa 
 et pulverulenta via. 2. 11 e r in a concrete sense, de¬ 
 notes a w T ay which leads directly to a particular point, 
 wdiether beaten and trodden, or not, like /ceXeL&o?; 
 whereas via (from the old word veha, way), a way, 
 which, if not beaten, is the ordinary and usual way, 
 like oSo?. Caes. B. G. vi. 2T, means by viarum atque 
 itinerum duces , the guides, who partly point out the fre¬ 
 quented roads and paths, partly give information as 
 to wdiere they lead out. 3. Via and iter may be 
 narrow or wide; whereas, t r a m e s, call i^s, and 
 s e m i t a, denote only a narrow way or path; t r a m e s 
 (rprpia') a by-road in a plain and town, by which one 
 may arrive, partly in a shorter time, partly without be¬ 
 ing so much observed as in the open road, to a given 
 point; semita (from secare, segmen), a foot-path, 
 which often runs by the side of the high-road, like olpios ; 
 c a 11 i s (from /eeXet&o?) a path over a mountain or 
 through a w T ood, which is scarcely passable except for 
 cattle, like arpairo^. Plaut. Cas. iii. 5, 42. Be via 
 in semitam degredi; and Liv. xliv. 43. Cic. Phil. xiii. 
 9, 19. Egressus est non viis, sed tramitibus paludatus ; 
 and Rull. ii. 3£. Virg. iEn. ix. 383. Rara per oc- 
 cultos lucebat semita calles; and Curt. vii. 11, 2. (iv. 
 64.) 
 
 Iter eacere, see JProficisci. 
 
 Iterum ; Rursus ; Denuo ; De jtntegro ; Repe 
 tere ; Integrare. 1. Iterum (erepov) means, like Sev- 
 repov , a second time ; rursum or rursus, (revorsus) 
 like and ttoXiv, again, once more ; denuo (de 
 novo) like veo^ev, anew; de integro, like av^as 
 vTrapxrjs, quite afresh. Justin, xxi. 4, 6. Hoc consilio 
 preeventus iterum servitia concitat, statutaque rursus 
 caedium die, quum denuo se proditum videret. 2. In 
 
116 • 
 
 JUBERE 
 
 JUYENTA. 
 
 the same manner pugnam iterare, Liv. vi. 32, 
 means to join battle a second time ; pngnam repe¬ 
 ter e, x. 36, to repeat the battle; pugnam reno- 
 v a r e, Caes. B. G. iii. 20, to renew the battle ; and 
 pugnam integrare, Liv. vii. 7, to begin the bat¬ 
 tle again quite from the beginning. Aut. Herenn. ii. 
 3, 47. Enumeratio est per quam colligimus et com- 
 monemus quibus de rebus verba fecerimus, breviter, ut 
 renovetur , non r edinte.gr etur oratio. (i. 184.) 
 
 Jubere; Imperare ; Pr^cipere ; Mandare. Ju- 
 bere (from tonj?)’ means to bid, merely in consequence 
 of one’s own wish and will, in opp. to vetare , like tcekeveiv ; 
 imperare, to command, by virtue of a military su¬ 
 preme authority, like dp^eiv ; prsecipereto enjoin, by 
 virtue of an authority as a teacher, etc., something like 
 evreWecfecu ; mandare (from figBogac) to charge, 
 in consequence of thorough confidence in a person, like 
 e^cea&cu. 
 
 Jucundus, see Gf-ratus. Jugulare, see Interficere. 
 
 Jugum, see Mons. Jumentum, see Pecus. 
 
 Jurgium, see Disceptatio. 
 
 Jusjurandum ; Juramentum; Sacramentum. Jus- 
 jura ndum, and the later word juramentum, de¬ 
 note a civil oath, by which a man confirms or promises 
 something; sacramentum denotes a military oath, 
 by which the soldier solemnly pledges and binds himself 
 not to forsake his standard. Liv. xxii. 38. Milites tunc 
 quod nunquam antea factum erat, jurejurando a tribu- 
 nis militum adacti jussu consulum conventuros neque 
 injussu abituros ; nam ad earn diem nihil proeter sacra¬ 
 mentum fuerat. And xxxv. 19. (vi. 183.) 
 
 Juvare, see Auxilium. 
 
 Juvenis, see Puer. 
 
 Juventa; Juventus; Juventas; Juvenalis; Ju¬ 
 venilis. 1. Juventa (from f eco, £ 077 ), is the sea¬ 
 son of youth ; juventus, a collection of young men ; 
 Juventa s, the goddess of youth. 2. Juvenalis 
 denotes youthful, either indifferently, as that which be- 
 
LABARE-LABOR. 
 
 117 
 
 longs to ^oung people, or with praise, in opp. to the 
 weakness of old age ; whereas juvenilis donotes 
 youthful, with the accessory moral notion of what is in 
 conformity with the character of young people, mostly 
 with blame, in opp. to the maturity of age. (v. 46.) 
 
 L. 
 
 Labarb; Titubare ; Vacillare; Nutare. La- 
 bare (the ancient Gothic word, slipan, from Xcocpdv'), 
 denotes tottering, with reference to the whole body, 
 which rests on no firm basis ; titubare (from rcKpelv 
 tu(/>\o?), with reference to the feet, which refuse their 
 service, and stagger; vacillare ( rjfca) with refer¬ 
 ence to the upper part of the body, which wants its up¬ 
 right, steady, secure position ; lastly, n u t a r e (from 
 veveiv) with reference to the head, which seems ready 
 to fall off. The titubans threatens to sink to the ground ; 
 the vacillans , to fall over. Tit-ubatio betrays bod¬ 
 ily weakness ; vacillatio, want of external dig¬ 
 nity, and a steady carriage, (iii. 62.) 
 
 Labes, see Vitium. 
 
 Labi ; Cadere. Labi (from Ae//3a>) means to fall, 
 with reference to the point from which, and to the space 
 through which, any one glides or sinks down, like 
 oKiaXeiv ; whereas cadere means to fall, with refer¬ 
 ence to the point which a man reaches by his fall, as to 
 come to the ground, like 7 reaetv. Yirg. 2En. vi. BIO. 
 Lajisa cadunt folia. Cic. Brut. 49. Quibus vitiis laba.- 
 tur aut cadai orator, (i. 128.) 
 
 Labor; Molestia ; 2Erumna. 1. Labor is the 
 toil which requires strength and causes weariness, like 
 r 7tovo ?; molestia (from yitoTu?, pLaXepGs,) the trouble 
 which, by its greatness or unseasonableness, dispirits, 
 like yaXeTroTT]^ ; ge r u m n a (alpo/xevrj) the hardship 
 that almost exceeds human strength, and bows down 
 even the hero, like TakcuTrwpLa ; an antiquated, half 
 
118 
 
 LABOR — LACRIMARE. 
 
 poetical expression, in Cic. Fin. ii. &5, and Quintil. viii. 
 8, 26. Cic. Fin. v. 82. Ut ubi virtus sit rescue mag- 
 nae et summe laudabiles virtute res gestae, ibi esse mis- 
 eria et cerumna non possit, tamen labor possit, possit mo- 
 lestia. (iv. 422.) 2. Laborare denotes, as an in¬ 
 
 transitive verb, to be in a state of trouble and toil; but 
 elaborare, as a transitive verb, to produce some¬ 
 thing by trouble and toil. (i. 116.) 
 
 Labor, see Opera. 
 
 Lacerare ; Laniare. Lacerare (from Aa/a?) 
 denotes to tear by mere force, which may be done by 
 the hands, claws, teeth; whereas laniare denotes 
 the effect of a cutting instrument, under which teeth and 
 claws may be included. Appul. Met. iv. p. 84. Mor- 
 sibus laceratus , ferroque laniatus. Liv. xxii. 51. (v. 
 176.) 
 
 Lacertus, see Ulna. 
 
 Lacessere; Irritare; SollicitarE. 1. La c es¬ 
 se r e ( XatcL^eLv ) means to excite the reason and will of 
 another to resistance; irritare (dvepe^ilco) to pro¬ 
 voke his feelings or passions to anger. Cic. Mil. 31. 
 Ut vi irritare ferroque lacessere fortissimum virum au- 
 deret. 2. Lacessere means to excite, when a man 
 in a coarse manner disturbs the peace of another ;sol- 
 1 i c i t a r e, when a mah disturbs the quiet of another 
 in a refined manner, (v. 176.) 
 
 Lacrimare ; Plorare ; Flere ; Lamentari ; Eju- 
 lare ; Deflere ; Deplorare. 1. Lacrimare 
 (from hcucpv) denotes the physical consequence of a 
 certain emotion of the mind, whether joyful or sorrowful, 
 like Safcpveiv , to shed tears; whereas plorare (from 
 pluere) denotes a passionate expression of grief, like 
 pgvelv , to wail and cry. Between the two stands flere 
 (c pXeco') in opp. to ridere , partaking of the passionless 
 feeling denoted by lacrimare , and of the feeling of grief 
 denoted by plorare , like /cKaleLv, to weep. Sen. Ep. 
 63. Nee sicci sint oculi amisso amico, nec fluant; lac- 
 rimandum est, non plorandum. 2. Lamentari and 
 
LACUNA-LALDERE. 
 
 119 
 
 ejulare denote a higher degree of ploratus; but: 
 lament a tio (from /c\av/ia ?) is, like kcokv€lv , a 
 longer continued wailing ; ejulare (from eta) a wail¬ 
 ing interrupted by cries and sobs, like oXoXvteiv. 8. 
 P 1 o r a r e and fl e r e are intransitive verbs, as to 
 weep ; deplorare and d e f 1 e r e transitive, as to 
 deplore. 
 
 Lacuna ; Lacus ; Stagnum ; Palus ; Uligo ; La 
 ma ; Lustrum. Lacuna denotes, in poetical lan¬ 
 guage, any standing water, from a sea to a pool; 1 ar 
 c-us and stagnum are collections of standing water 
 kept sound and fresh by their own springs, or by ebb¬ 
 ing and flowing; lacus (liquere) is large enough to 
 bring to mind the image of the open sea, in opp. to the 
 main sea, like XI/jlvtj ; stagnum, like a pond, not so 
 large as to resemble a lake, in opp. to a stream,- like 
 Temyo?; whereas palus and uligo are collections 
 of standing water corrupted and grown foul; palus 
 (ifXvhdv) is, like a marsh, a district covered with a sur¬ 
 face of foul water, like eXo?; uligo (from 0X09) like 
 a moor, a district soaked through with foul water. The 
 palus appears as a mass of water made thick by mud 
 and bog-earth, in which a person may be drowned; u 1- 
 i g 0 only as ground thoroughly soaked with water, in 
 which a man may sink down. Lastly, 1 a m ae and lus¬ 
 tra denote standing waters of small extent; lama, 
 a mere dirty and filthy puddle on a high road; lus¬ 
 tra, an ill-smelling and noisome quagmire in woods, etc. 
 (v. 30.) 
 
 LiEDERE ; Violare ; Offenders. L as d e r e de¬ 
 notes a physical injury, as to hurt; v i 0 1 a r e, an inju¬ 
 ry to a person’s rights, as to offer violence; offen¬ 
 der e (from 7reV^-o9) an injury to a person’s feelings, as 
 to affront. L ae d e r e refers to whatever object is ca¬ 
 pable of receiving injury; violare, to one that has a 
 just claim to protection; offender e, to a rational 
 and feeling being. Cic. Off. i. 28, 99. Justitiae partes 
 sunt non violare homines, verecundiae. non offendere. 
 
120 
 
 LiETAlil-LAQUEUS. 
 
 Fin. iii. 11. Sen. Ir. iii. 18. Pleraque eorum prop¬ 
 ter quae irascimur offendunt nos magis quam Icedunt . 
 Const. 4. Contumelia tantum delicatis gravis est, qua 
 non loeduntur , sed offenduntur. Ovid, Am. iii. 8, 31. 
 Formosa superi metuunt offendere lsesi. (iii. 138.) 
 
 LiETAEl, see Grandere. 
 
 L^vis ; Glaber ; Fricare ; Terere. 1. L m v i s, 
 1 e v i s, (Aeto?) means smooth, in opp. to rough and rug¬ 
 ged, and gives a pleasant impression of elegance; 
 whereas glaber (ffkafyvpoG) in opp. to rough, cov¬ 
 ered with hair, and grown up, and gives an unpleasant 
 impression of deficiency. 2. Fricare means to rub, 
 and thereby make smooth, like ffifyeuv ; whereas t e- 
 tere (relpeiv) means to rub, and thereby make less, 
 like Tplj3eLv. 
 
 LiEYUS, see Sinister. 
 
 Lama, see Lacuna. 
 
 Lambere ; Lingere. L a m b e r e means to lick, 
 inasmuch as one uses the tongue, like the hand, as an 
 instrument to take hold of, or to touch anything, whether 
 eatable, and possessing a taste, or not; 1 i n g e r e 
 ( [’kefyeLv ) when one uses the tongue as the organ of the 
 sense of taste, in order to ascertain the flavor of any 
 thing. Plin. B. N. xxxv. 7* Canem ex sere vulnus 
 suum lambentem; compare with xxxi. 4. Pecoribus sal- 
 datur lingendus. (v. 152.) 
 
 Lamentari, see Lacrima. 
 
 Lancea, see Missile. 
 
 Laniare, see Lacerare. 
 
 Laniena ; Macellum. L a n i e n a is the butcher’s 
 stall, where the lanius sells slaughtered and ready- 
 jointed meat; macellum, the market in which the 
 macellarius sells all sorts of meat, including poultry 
 and fish. 
 
 Lapis, see Saxum. 
 
 Laqueus; Funis; Pestis. 1. L a que u s (from 
 eKi^au) is the noose at the end of a rope ; whereas f u- 
 n i s and r e s t i s mean the rope itself; f u n i s, a thicker 
 
LARG1TK- 
 
 I.ARVA. 
 
 121 
 
 # 
 
 rope, which is meant more for drawing and pulling, and 
 on that account must have a proper length, like a^olvo? ; 
 r e s t i s, a thinner rope, which serves more for fasten¬ 
 ing and hanging up, and therefore may be short, like 
 airdprr]. The trace by which the equus funalis is at¬ 
 tached ; the rope on which the funambulus balances 
 himself; the tow which draws the boat to the ship, ar„ 
 never rendered in prose by restis : whereas the rope 
 with which the self-murderer hangs himself, or the slave 
 is whipped, or the garment girded, is seldom rendered 
 by funis , unless the poet gives the preference to the 
 last word as a more elevated term. (v. 36.) 2. Ru¬ 
 
 de n t e s are the sail ropes ; retinacula, and o r oe, 
 the cables or anchor-ropes,; retinacula, asa more 
 general and popular term ; o r m, o r a s, s o 1 v e r e, as 
 more technical expressions in nautical language. 
 
 Largitio, see Donum. 
 
 Largus ; Benignus ; Liberalis; Munificus. La r- 
 g u s means any one who makes a rich present, to whom¬ 
 ever he makes it, and from whatever motive, in opp. to 
 parcus. Ter. Heaut. iii. 1, 31 ; whereas b e n i g n u s, 
 liberalis, and munificus, denote virtuous quali¬ 
 ties in the giver. The benignus follows a pure impulse 
 of humanity, love towards his fellow men ; the liberalis , 
 a noble pride, or feeling of self-respect; the munificus, 
 a princely feeling, or, at any rate, a feeling of laudable 
 ambition. Benignitas gives richly, because it has no 
 wish to possess and enjoy alone, like goodness ; liberali- 
 tas gives as much as, and not less than, a man of no¬ 
 ble sentiment believes suitable to his own rank and to 
 another’s merits, without scrupulous mercantile calcula¬ 
 tion, like a gentlemanly spirit; munificentia gives rather 
 too much than too little, from the pleasure of making 
 people happy, and causing an agreeable surprise, like 
 generosity, (iv. 146.) 
 
 Larva ; Persona. Larva (from lar ?) is a cari¬ 
 catured, frightful mask ; persona ( irapLadov ) an in¬ 
 geniously formed, characteristic mask. 
 
 K 
 
 # 
 
122 
 
 LACIVUS-LEPIDUS. 
 
 Lasciyus, see Petiilans. 
 
 Lassus; see Fatigatus. - 
 
 Latebra ; Latibulum. Latebra is a retired or 
 obscure place, where a man can conveniently remain 
 concealed; latibulum, a lurking-hole, into which a 
 man must creep like a beast, (vi. 189.) 
 
 Latrare ; Gannire ; Baubari. L a t r a r e means 
 the hostile bark of a great dog, and, figuratively, to 
 wrangle, like vKcucrelv ; whereas g a n n i r e, the harm¬ 
 less bark of a little dog, and, figuratively, to chatter, 
 like Kvv^aa^ai ; lastly, baubari, the w T hining and 
 howling of a dog, like fiave^etv. Lucret. v. 1064— 
 1070. 
 
 Latro, see Prceda. Latus, see Coxa. 
 
 Lectus, see Cubile. Legare, see Mittere. 
 
 Lembus, see Navigium. Lemures, see Spectrum. 
 
 Lexis, see Mitis. Lentus, see Tardus. 
 
 Lepidus ; Facetus ; Festivus ; Salsus ; Dicax ; 
 CAViLLApoR. Lepos facetiae, and festivitas, 
 denote the harmless wit, which, like humor, is only op¬ 
 posed to seriousness, and is the attribute of a benevo¬ 
 lent mind; lepos (from Xeirw, \e 7 rT 09 ,) the lightest 
 wit, in opp. to dull gravity; festivitas (from cr7ra- 
 ^sav) the more cheerful sort of wit, in opp. to gloomy 
 seriousness ; f a c e t i ae, the jocund wit, in opp. to so¬ 
 ber seriousness; whereas sales, dicacitas, and 
 c a v i 11 a t i 0 , denote the more pungent wit, which is 
 a sign of an acute intellect; sales (aXe*?) the piquant 
 wit, in opp. to what is flat and trivial, which aims at 
 a point, whether others may be pleasantly or painfully 
 affected by it; dicacitas (from Satceiv) the satirical 
 wit, which is exercised at the cost of others, yet so that 
 the jest is still the principal aim,— the pain inflicted, only 
 an accidental adjunct; c a v i 11 a t i 0 , the scoffing wit, 
 in which the mortification of others is the principal aim, 
 the jest only a means and unimportant form. Cic. Orat. 
 80. Demosthenes non tarn dicax fuit, quam facetus. 
 Est autem illud acrioris ingenii, hoc majoris artis. (v. 21). 
 
LETUM — LIGARE. 
 
 123 
 
 Letum, see Mors. Levis, see Lccvis. 
 
 Libare, see Sapor. Libenter, see Sponte. 
 
 Liberalis, see Largus. Liberalitas, see Donum. 
 
 Libertus ; Libertines. Libert us means the 
 freed-man, with reference to his master, in opp. to ser- 
 vus; Cic. Mil. 33. Sext. 35. Tac. G. 25. Suet Caes. 
 75; 1 i b e r t i n u s, with reference to his rank, in opp. 
 to civis and ingenuus. Liv. x. 21. xli. 8. Suet. Cl. 
 54. Senec. Contr. iii. 21. Quaerendus mihi gener erat 
 aliquis Ubertinus ; quid ergo ? alieno pot-ius liberto ? 
 Cic. Yerr. i. 47. Trebonius fecit heredem libertum 
 suum . . . Equiti Romano Ubertinus homo fit heres. 
 Suet. Cl. 25. Tac. II. iii. 58. (vi. 194.) 
 
 Libido, see Cupido. 
 
 Libra; Pondo. Libra pondo is the full ex¬ 
 pression, literally a balance in weight, that is, a scale, 
 filled so as to balance a pound; libra (Xeto?) is a less 
 definite expression, inasmuch as leaving out the pondo , 
 makes it doubtful whether the balance itself be not un¬ 
 derstood ; pondo is an elliptical expression, in which 
 the principal notion, weight, is expressed, and the ac¬ 
 cessory notion left out; the scale that is filled must bal¬ 
 ance the definite weight. In a similar manner operoe 
 pretium est , is distinguished from operce est 7 and from 
 pretium est. (vi. 195.) 
 
 Librare ; Vibrare. Lib rare has tarn (from 
 Xe£o?) means to raise the spear in a horizontal direction, 
 in order to hurl it with greater force, and with a surer 
 aim; vibrare (u</;>r/) to brandish it backwards and 
 forwards, or up and down, that is, either in a horizontal 
 or perpendicular direction, in order to testify an eager 
 desire for the combat, (v. 196.) 
 
 Liburna, see Navigium. Licet, see Concessum est. 
 
 Ligare; Yiere ; Yincire; Nectere ; Obligare ; 
 Obstringere; Devincire. 1. Ligare and vi ere 
 denote to bind, in order to prevent things falling asun¬ 
 der, synonymously with copulare , like heew ; whereas 
 v i n c i r e and n e c t e r e mean to fetter, in order to 
 
124 
 
 LIMA-LITERS. 
 
 hinder free movement, synonymously with coercere , like 
 heaneveiv. 2. L i g a r e is the general, v i e r e (o-^eiv) 
 the technical expression for binding fast, etc. 3. 0 b- 
 I i g a r e means to oblige by acts of kindness ; o b s t r i n- 
 ^ e v e, to oblige by benefits ; d e v i n c i r e, to rivet to 
 one’s self by a lasting intimate connection. The obliga- 
 t.us feels himself bound by the conventional duties of 
 social life ; the obstrictus, by the duties of morality or 
 religion; the devinctus , by the duties of piety, (iv. 
 282 .) 
 
 Lima ; Scobina. L i m a is a tool for filing smooth; 
 scobina, for filing off. (vi. 19T.) 
 
 Limes, see Finis. 
 
 Limus, see Lutum. 
 
 Lingere, -see Lambere. 
 
 Lingua ; Sermo. Lingua denotes the speech of 
 any, even the most uncultivated people, gens or natio, 
 in as far as they possess proper words to express their 
 notions; whereas sermo, only the speech of a culti¬ 
 vated people, populus, in as far as it is adapted for the ex¬ 
 pression of connected thoughts. Lingua is, like the 
 tongue, born with us, and refers more to the mere gift 
 of speech; sermo requires voluntary activity, and in¬ 
 volves the rules of grammar and of style. Cic. Fin. i. 
 3, 10. Saepe disserui Latinam linguam non modo non 
 inopem, sed locupletiorem etiam esse quam Graecam: 
 comp, with Off. i. 31. Sermone debemus uti eo, qui no- 
 tus est nobis, (iv. 22 .) 
 
 Linter, see Navigium. 
 
 Liquere, see Fluere and Constare. 
 
 Lira, see Porca. 
 
 Litera ; Elementum. Li ter a is a letter, as the 
 most indivisible part of writing, like 7 pdgga ; elemen- 
 t u m (akrjfia) as the most indivisible part of language 
 or of knowledge in general, like aroi^eiov. (iii. 210 .) 
 
 Liters; Epistola ; Codicilli. Liter ae is the 
 most general expression for a letter; e p i s t 01 a is one 
 directed to a distant friend, and sent by a messenger; 
 
LITEIIE 
 
 LUCERE. 
 
 125 
 
 codicilli, an address to one witflln the same walls, as 
 a note. Sen. Ep. 55. Adeo tecum sum ut dubitem an 
 incipiam non epistolas sed codicillos tibi scribere. Cic. 
 Earn. vi. 18. Simul accepi a Seleuco tuo liter as ; statim 
 qumsivi e Balbo per codicillos quid esset in lege. (vi. 
 198.) 
 
 Liters ; Artes ; Doctrine ; Discipline. L i t- 
 e r ae and artes denote the sciences as the general ob¬ 
 jects of scientific education; liter as, in a narrower 
 sense, only as literature, or the sciences so far as they 
 are laid down in books, and, together with other branches 
 of knowledge, enrich the mind, and are the means of 
 sharpening the understanding and forming the taste ; 
 artes (dpera/ ?) in the widest sense, so far as the 
 knowledge of them immediately attests intellectual cul¬ 
 tivation, and readiness in the practical application of 
 the sciences ; whereas d o c t r i n se and discipline 
 denote particular parts of the general objects of knowl¬ 
 edge formed into systems ; doctrine, more the spec¬ 
 ulative and abstract parts of philosophical and learned 
 education ; discipline, more the practical parts, 
 that are conducive to the purposes of life. (v. 269.) 
 
 Litigatio, see Disceptatio. Litus, see Rpia. 
 
 Livor, see Invidia. Locuples, see Divitice. 
 
 Locus ; Tractus ; Regio ; Plaga. Locus (Xo^o?) 
 denotes a space, as a single point, like totto? ; tractus 
 (frqm trahere) as a line, with the notion of extension 
 to a distance, as a tract of country, something like icXl^a ; 
 regio (from op^o?,) as a circle, with the in¬ 
 
 cluded notion of the environs, like the surrounding coun¬ 
 try, %wpo?; plaga (ifka%) principally as a surface 
 or plain. 
 
 Longevus, see Vetus. Longe, see Procul. 
 
 Loquax, see Garrire. Loqui, see Pari. 
 
 Lucere ; Fulgere ; Splendere ; Nitere ; Reni- 
 dere ; Coruscare ; Micare ; Radiare. 1. Lucere, 
 fulgere, splendere, nit ere, denotea steady 
 and continued brightness ; fulgere ((bXoyelv) througli 
 
 K* 
 
126 
 
 LUCERNA 
 
 LUCRUM. 
 
 a glaring light, or ii dazzling fiery color, like cjdKeya ); 
 l u c e r e (from Xeu/co?) through a beneficial light, and 
 a soft fiery color, like (fralva), cf>eyyco ; splendere 
 (from <f)d\avAo<;') as the consequence of a clear and 
 pure light, in opp. to sorclere ; Cic. Sext. 28. Sen. Ep. 
 5. Martial, Ep. ii. 86. Tac. A. i. 84. Suet. Aug. 35 ; 
 like \d[i7rw ; n i t e r e (from vl^co') as the consequence 
 of humidity, oiling or washing, to glisten, in opp. to 
 squalere. Cic. Ein. iv. 3. Orat. 32. Sen. Q. N. i. 17. 
 Quintil. ii. 5, 23 ; like (ttl\J3co . 2. Whereas corus- 
 
 care, micare, r a d i a r e, mean an unsteady, trem¬ 
 ulous light; coruscare (from Kopvaa a>) to shine 
 like forked lightning ; m i c a r e, to sparkle, like metal 
 placed in the sun ; r a d i a r e, to beam, like the shoot¬ 
 ing rays of the sun. Cic. Cat. ii. 3. qui mteyit unguen- 
 tis, qui fulgent purpura. Auct. ad Herenn. iv. 33. 
 Tantus erat in armis splendor , ut solis fulgor obscurior 
 videretur. Plin. H. N. xxxvii. 2. Splendor murrhinis 
 sine viribus: mYorque verius quam splendor ; for splen¬ 
 dor denotes brightness, with regard to its intensity ; ni- 
 tor , with regard to its beauty. Auct. ad Herenn. iv. 50. 
 Gemmae nitore et auri splendore: hence, figuratively, 
 splendor denotes pomp; nitor, only neatness, (ii. 76.) 
 
 Lucerna, see Candela. 
 
 Lucrum ; Emoltjmentum ; Qu^stus ; Compendium. 
 Lucrum and emolumentum denote gain, in any 
 condition of life ; lucrum (from lucar, locare,) gain 
 deserved and earned by one’s self, in opp. to damnum ; 
 Cic. Ein. v. 30, etc.; like rcephos ; emolumentum 
 (from molere) gain falling to one’s share without any 
 exertion of one’s own, in opp. to detrimentum ; Cic. Fin. i. 
 16, lik’e dfyeXrgxa ; whereas quasstus and compen¬ 
 dium denote gain in the course of trade ; q u ae s t u s, 
 rather the steadily continued gains of a regular occupa¬ 
 tion, earnings , in opp. to sumptus; Cic. Parad. vi. 3. 
 Hor. Sat. i. 2. 19, like ^prigaTiago^ ; compendi- 
 u m, more a single gain of considerable amount, in opp. 
 to dispendium. (v. 257.) 
 
LUCTUS 
 
 LUDUS. 
 
 127 
 
 Luctus, see Dolor. 
 
 Luculentus ; Illustris. Luc u lent us means, 
 what may be seen, and need not shun the light, synony¬ 
 mously with probabilis ; whereas' i 11 u s t r i s (from \eva- 
 aco) what makes itself seen, attracts the eye, and spreads 
 its rays, synonymously with excellent. Idence liiculen- 
 tus never implies emphatic praise. Cic. Off. iii. 14, 60. 
 Hoc quidem satis luculente , that is, it is probable enough. 
 And Fin. ii. 5, 15. Cum Grsece ut videor luculenter 
 sciam, without presumption : just like, sic satis, (ii. 84.) 
 
 Lucus, see Silva. 
 
 Ludio, see Actor. 
 
 Ludus ; Schola. L u d u s is a lower school for 
 boys, who are compelled to learn ; s c h o 1 a, a higher 
 school for youths and men, who wish to learn. Ludus 
 supposes discipulos , ludi-magistrum , and school-disci¬ 
 pline ; schola supposes auditores , doctorem , and aca¬ 
 demical regulations, (vi. 208.) 
 
 Ludus; Lusits ; Ludicrum; Jocus. 1. Ludus 
 (from \ol8opos') denotes play in an objective sense, in¬ 
 asmuch as it is at hand for a man’s entertainment; 
 whereas 1 u s u s, in a subjective sense, inasmuch as a man 
 carries it on and produces it himself; further, ludus de¬ 
 notes play, as a means of recreation, in opp. to exertion ; 
 1 u s u s, as a childish, useless pastime, in opp. to real 
 business. Plin. Ep. ix. 33. 3. Pueri quos otium lu- 
 dusque sollici£at: comp, with ix. 25. Lusus et ineptias 
 nostras legis. Or, Cic. Flacc. 5, 12. Graeci quibus jus- 
 jurandumyocMS est, testimonium ludus ; that is, to whom 
 it is a mere trifle to bear false witness; compare with 
 Sen. Contr. i. 2. Piratas . . . quibus omne fas nefasque 
 lusus est; that is, to whom the distinction between right 
 and wrong is a mere sporting with words. 2. The plur. 
 
 1 u d i assumes the special meaning of public spectacles, 
 and in this sense has a singular peculiar to itself in the 
 word ludicrum. 3. Ludus and 1 u su s have more a 
 negative character, as mere pastimes and amusements, 
 as a guard against ennui; whereas jocus more a posi- 
 
128 
 
 LUES - LUMEN. 
 
 tive character, as an utterance of humor and wit. The 
 hi dens wishes merely to be free from exertion, to do 
 nothing serious, and to amuse himself; the jocans will 
 be as active at the command of mirth, as others at the 
 command of seriousness, (ii. 83.) 
 
 Lues ; Contagium ; Pestilentia ; Pestis ; Perni- 
 cies ; Exitium ; Interitus ; Exitus. 1. Lues (from 
 \ol/jl6$') denotes epidemic disease, as proceeding from 
 an impure morbid matter ; c o n t a g i um (from contin- 
 gere ? or Karaxgiceiv ?) as contagious ; pestilentia, 
 as a disease reigning in the land, and especially as a 
 pestilence. Sail. Cat. 10. Post ubi contagia quasi pes¬ 
 tilentia invasit. Plin. H. N. xxiii. 28. Laurus folia pes- 
 tilentice contagia prohibent. Lucan, vi. 86. Fluidae con¬ 
 tagia pestis. 2. Pestis is used for pestilence itself 
 only by the poets ; otherwise it denotes, like exitium and 
 pernicies (from necare), that which destroys in general, 
 without reference to disease ; but p e s t i s is, according 
 to rule, used as a concrete, exitium and pernicies 
 as abstract terms. Sen. N. Q. iii. pr. Philippi aut Al- 
 exandri .... qui exitio gentium clari non minores fuere 
 pestes mortalium quam inundatio. 3. Pernicies has 
 an active meaning, and denotes the destruction of a liv¬ 
 ing being by murder ; whereas exitium has a passive 
 meaning, and denotes the destruction even of lifeless ob¬ 
 jects by annihilation ; lastly, interitus has, like exitus , 
 a neutral meaning, the destruction of living or lifeless ob¬ 
 jects by decay. Tac. Ann. xiv. 65. Poppaea non nisi 
 in perniciem uxoris nupta ; postremo crimen omni exitio 
 gravius : and ii. 68. Cic. Cat. iv. 3. Cum de pernicie 
 populi Romani, exitio hujus urbis cogitarit. Rull. ii. 4, 
 10. Extremi exitiorum exitus. 4. Exitium is a vio¬ 
 lent, exitus a natural end. Cic. Rull. ii. 4, it). Qui 
 civitatum afflictarum perditis jam rebus extremi exitio 
 rum solent esse exitus , is, as it were, the last breath ol 
 a state that is being destroyed; like Yerr. v. 6,12 
 Exitus exitiales. (ii. 62. iii. 176.) 
 
 Lumen ; Lux. Lumen ( \evaa6pevov ) is a lumi- 
 
LURIDI7S 
 
 LUTUM. 
 
 129 
 
 nous body, like $87709 ; 1 u x (\evraj) a streaming mass 
 of light, like </>do 9 . Cic. Fin. iii. 14, 45. Ut obscura- 
 tur et offunditur luce solis lumen lucernse. Curt. viii. 
 2, 21. Sed aditus specus accipit lucent; interiora nisi 
 allato lumine obscura sunt. Cic. Acad. iv. 8, 28. Si. ista 
 vera sunt, ratio omnis tollitur quasi q used am lux himenquc 
 vitae; that is, reason alone is in itself bright and light, 
 and at the same time spreads brightness and light over 
 life. Also, in a figurative sense, lumen denotes dis¬ 
 tinction, lux only clearness. Cicero (Man. 5.) calls 
 Corinth, Graeciae totius lumen , but Rome (Catil. iv. 6.) 
 Lucem orbis terrarum ; Corinth is compared to a glim¬ 
 mering point of light; Rom^ is distinguished as that city 
 in comparison with which all other cities lie in darkness, 
 (ii. 66.) 9 
 
 Luridus, see Luteus. 
 
 Lustrum, see Lacuna. 
 
 Lusus, see Ludus. 
 
 Luteus ; Gilvus ; Helvus ; Flavus ; Luridus. 
 Luteus (from Xcoro?) denotes a decided yellow, as 
 the yolk of an egg; gilvus, ((FyXao?) and helvus, 
 a fainter reddish yellow, like that of honey; flavus 
 and luridus, a lighter whitish yellow ; flavus (from 
 c fi\evco ) a glossy beautiful yellow, like that of light au¬ 
 burn hair; luridus (from ^Xwpo?) a wan unpleas¬ 
 ant yellowishness, like that of pale death. 
 
 Lutum ; Limus ; Ccenum ; Sordes ; Squalor ; Paedor ; 
 Situs; Stercus ; Fimus ; Oletum ; Merda. 1. Lu 
 turn, limus, c oe n u m, all denote impurity, as a sub¬ 
 stance, and as of a wet sort; lutum (from XuApou) 
 is the dirt of the streets or roads, like 77 - 77 X 09 ; limus 
 ( \ei(36fjLevo <>) the mud of a river, like l\v 9 ; c oe n u m 
 (from cunire) the mire of a moor or morass, like (3op - 
 ySopo 9 . Tac. Ann. i. 63. Caetera limosa , tenacia gravi 
 coeno aut rivisincerta erant; whereas sordes, squalor, 
 p oe d 0 r, situs, denote impurities as a form, and of a 
 dry sort; s 0 d e s (from dpha) in opp. to splendor, 
 through indigence, or niggardliness and vulgarity, for 
 
 9 
 
130 
 
 LUX -MACERIA. 
 
 example, clothes dirty from long wear, like pviros ; 
 squalor (from cnceKkco) in opp. to nitor , through want 
 of civilized habits, and of delicacy in the senses, for ex¬ 
 ample uncombed hair, like anyyio? ; p ae d o r (from 
 in opp. to munditice , through neglect of the 
 person, for example, through pcedieulos , vermin, itch, 
 etc., like ttivos ; situs (acrt?) in opp. to usus , in con¬ 
 sequence of long disuse, for example, through mould, 
 rust, etc., like afy. Hence the different forms of the 
 adjectives lutosus, limosus, coenosus, that is, full of lu- 
 tum, etc.; and of sordidus, squalidus, paedidus,’ that is, 
 resembling sordes, etc., and in circumlocution, oblitus 
 luto , limo , coeno , but obsitus sordibus, squalore , pcedore. 
 2. S t e r c u s (from rdpyavov') denotes in dung its dis¬ 
 gusting* sense, as fil^h, like uoirpos ; whereas fimus 
 (opimus ?)in its useful sense, as manure. 3. For offen¬ 
 sive excrements c oe n u m is the most general; o 1 e- 
 tum denotes human ; m e r d a (/uFAo?) animal excre¬ 
 ments. 
 
 Lux, see Lumpen. 
 
 Luxus ; Luxuria. L u x u s denotes luxury as an 
 act or as a condition, and sometimes even objectively, as 
 an object of luxury,; whereas luxuria, always sub¬ 
 jectively, as a propensity and disposition, as the desidera- 
 tive of luxus. Sen. Ir. i. 11. Animis delicias, luxus , 
 opes ignorantibus : and further on ; Opinionem luxu¬ 
 ries segnitiaeque. Sail. Cat. 13. Romani famem aut si 
 tim .... luxu antecapere; that is, by the arts of lux 
 ury: compare with Jug. 90. Luxuria atque ignavia 
 pessimae artes : that is, as proceeding from voluptuous¬ 
 ness. (ii. 23.) 
 
 Lympiiatus, see Amens. 
 
 M. 
 
 Macellum, see Laniena. Macer, see LJxilis. 
 Maceria, see 3Iurus. Macula, Mg Vitium. 
 
MADID US — MALEDICTUM. 
 
 13 ) 
 
 Madidus, see Udus. Magister, see Doctor. 
 
 Magnopere, see Perquam. 
 
 Magnus ; Grandis ; Amplus ; Ingens ; Immanis ; 
 Vastus. 1. Magnus, grandis, and amplus, 
 denote a becoming greatness; in gens, immanis, 
 and vastus, an overwhelming greatness. Sen. Ir. i. 
 16. Nee enim magnitude* ista est, sed immanitas. Cic. 
 Lml. 26. 2. Magnus (from geya, mactus,) denotes 
 greatness without any accessory notion, in opp. to parvus , 
 *ke geyas ; w T hereas grandis, with the accessory no¬ 
 tion of intrinsic strength and grandeur, in opp. to exilis, 
 Sen. Ep. 100; subtilis, Quintil. xii. 10, 58 ; tumidus, 
 in the same book, § 80 ; minutus, Cels. ii. 18 ; exiguus, 
 Quintil. xi. 3, 15; lastly, amplus (adj. from ambi) 
 with the .accessory notion of comeliness, and of an im- 
 posingimpression. 3. I g e n s (ayopo?) denotes excess¬ 
 ive greatness merely as extraordinary, like dirKeros ; i m- 
 m a n i s (dgifyavos) as exciting fear, like 7reXcopm?; vas¬ 
 tus (from vagus?) as wanting regularity of form like 
 d'yavr]^. (iii. 228.) 
 
 Mala ; Maxilla ; Gena. 1. Mala (from gega^a, 
 or from Mandere). denotes the upper, maxilla, the 
 under jaw. Cels. Med. viii. 1. 2. M a 1 a denotes the 
 
 cheek as a usual expression, and in a merely physiolog¬ 
 ical sense ; g e n a (from yews) as a more ancient and 
 select expression, and with an cesthetic reference, (vi. 
 208.) 
 
 Maledictum ; Probrum ; Convicium. M a 1 e d i c- 
 t u m is any utterance of what is injurious to another, 
 whether to bring him ill-luck by cursing, or disgrace by 
 verbal injuries, like uaupyopla ; probrum (from 
 7 rpofpepco) an invective, like oveiSos, consisting of at¬ 
 tacks and assertions wounding the honor of another ; 
 convicium (jccltclucul) the abusive word, like \oi- 
 Sopia, consisting of single words and appellations wound¬ 
 ing the honor of another. For example,/wr/ is a con¬ 
 vicium, fur es, sl probrum; each of them a maledictum. 
 (iv. 198.) • 
 
132 
 
 MALEFACTUM 
 
 MAMMa. 
 
 Malefactum, Maleficium, see Delictum. 
 
 Malitia ; Malignitas ; Malevolentia ; Malus ; 
 Nequam ; Prayus. 1. Malitia denotes the base¬ 
 ness which shows itself in the love of lying and deceiv¬ 
 ing, from want of conscience ; malignitas, the ill- 
 will which grudges good to another, and wishes it only to 
 itself, from pure selfishness ; malevolentia, the 
 ill-will which wishes evil to another rather than good, 
 from personal aversion. M a 1 i t i a is a way of think- 
 ' ing and acting deserving of punishment as endangering 
 the security of society ; malignitas is a despicable 
 disposition, which implies the want of philanthropy ; 
 lastly, malevolentia, a detestable quality, as con¬ 
 nected with deriving pleasure from the misfortunes of 
 others. 2. Malus homo is a morally bad man, but 
 nequam a good-for-nothing man, whose faultiness 
 shows itself in aversion to useful labor, and a propensity 
 to roguish tricks, in opp. to fyugi. Plaut. Pseud, i. 5. 
 53. Cic. Font. 13. Or. ii. 61. Fin. ii. 8. Sen. Contr. 
 lii. 21 ; p r a v u s (7 repaios) a man whose character 
 has taken a vicious direction, in a physical, or intellect¬ 
 ual, or moral point of view in opp. to rectus. Plaut. 
 Bacch. iii. 3, 8. Cic. Fin. ii. 8. Acad. i. 10. Quintil. 
 viii. 3, 48. Nec parricidam nequam clixeris hominem, 
 nec meretrici forte deditum nefarium ; quod alterum 
 parum, alterum nimium est. Afric. ap. Gell. vii. 11. (i. 
 62.) 
 
 Malignitas, see Invidia. 
 
 Mamma; Mamilla ; Uber ; Papilla. 1. Mam¬ 
 in a and uber denote the breast in the female body ; 
 m a m m a (/udii/ir]) denotes the visible breast as a fleshy 
 part of the body, particularly of a female body ; where¬ 
 as u b e r (ovapov) the nourishing breast as filled with 
 milk, which is only found in the female body, like ov- 
 ^ ap . 2. Papilla and mamilla denote the nipples 
 of the breast, common to the male and female ; p a p i I- 
 1 a (redupl. of 'irdWa) with reference to their spherical 
 shape, without distinction of the sexes, like ; m a- 
 
MANARE-MANERE. 
 
 133 
 
 in i 11 a (redupl. from a/iek'-yco) with reference to their 
 adaptation for suckling, and therefore belonging only to 
 the female sex, like and teats, (iv. 138.) 
 
 Manare, see Fluere. Mancipare, see Vendere. 
 
 Mancipium, see Servus . M and are, see Jubere . 
 
 Mane ; Crepusculo ; Diluculo. Mane (from 
 ^ r ] vu 6 iv ) denotes in the morning, in the early course of 
 the bright day, in opp. to the night, and the forenoon 
 hours, like op^pco ; crepusculo (from creperus, Kpv- 
 ^ rat ,) in the twilight, in opp. to the bright day ; d i 1 u- 
 c u 1 o, in the twilight, in opp. to the dark night, like 
 
 \ vKO ( j ) C 0 $. 
 
 Manere ; Morari ; Tardare ; Detinere. 1. M a- 
 n e r e (from jikveiv) denotes remaining, in opp. to going 
 away ; whereas morari (from fipahvs) denotes tarry¬ 
 ing, as an interruption of motion, in opp. to going for¬ 
 wards. Cic. Sen. 23. Oommorandi natura deversori- 
 um nobis, non hahilandi dedit. Hence in Tac. H. ii. 
 
 48. Irent propere neu remcmendo iram victoris asper- 
 * arent,— the reading remorando deserves the preference. 
 
 2. Morari aliquem means, to prevail upon any one to 
 stay of his own free will by proposing conditions, like 
 SiaTplflew ; t a r d a r e, to prevent a person’s hastening 
 on his way by opposing difficulties, like ftpaSvvetv ; d e- 
 t i n e r e, to hinder him from going forwards by force, 
 like Karkyeiv. Tardare has generally an action for 
 its object 1 ; detinere, a person; morari, either. < 
 (iii. 298.) 
 
 Manere ; Exspectare ; Prjestolari ; Opperiri. 
 
 1. Manere (from p ^ kveiv ) denotes a mere physical act 
 to remain in a place”, till something has happened; where¬ 
 as exspectare, prsestolari, and opperiri, 
 denote a mental act, to wait for, to wait in conscious ex¬ 
 pectation of some event, or of some person. 2. E x- 
 s n e c t a r e denotes waiting for, almost as a mere men¬ 
 tal act, as a feeling, without practical reference or ac- 
 
 1 [But: nos Etesias valde tardarunt.~\ 
 
 L 
 
 I 
 
134 
 
 MANES-MARE. 
 
 cessory meaning; whereas prsestolari and o p p e- 
 r i r i, with the accessory notion that the person waiting 
 intends, after the arrival of the object waited for, to do 
 something. 3. The praestolans (from 7 rapaareX- 
 Xea^ai) waits for a person in order to perform services 
 for him; the 0 p p e r i e n s, for an occurrence, in order 
 not to be taken by surprise. The praestolans 
 stands in subordinate relation to the person waited for; 
 the opperiens, in co-ordinate, whether as friend or 
 foe. Lastly, pracstolariisa prose expression ; 0 p- 
 p e r i r i, a poetical, or at least, a select expression. 
 For the German distinction between warten and barren, 
 the former denoting calm, passionless waiting for, the 
 latter, eager, impatient longing for, the Latins have no 
 correspondent synonymes. (iii. 57.) 
 
 Manes, see Spectrum. Manicje, see Vincula. 
 
 Manifesto, see Aperire. Mannus, see JSquus. 
 
 Mansuetudo ; Clementia. Mansuetudo (from 
 manui suetus) is the mildness and magnanimity of a^ 
 private individual, who does not take vengeance for a* 
 mortification suffered, in opp. to iracundia; whereas 
 clementia (from d/caXo?, K7j\etv, and mens,) the 
 mercifulness and humanity of the ruler, or the judge, 
 who does not inflict upon the malefactor the punishment 
 which he deserves, in opp. to crudelitas. Sen. Clem. 
 2. Cic. Lig. 3. Att. viii. 9. Plin. Pan. 3. (v. 11.) 
 
 Mansuetus, see Oicur. 
 
 Manubi^e, see Prceda. 
 
 Mare; iEquoR; Pontus ; Pelagus. 1. Mare 
 (from pvpco') denotes the sea, as a mass of water, in 
 opp. to terra and aer , like <2X9, &aXaaaa ; ae q u 0 r, 
 pelagus, and pontus, with reference to its dimen¬ 
 sions ; ae q u 0 r and pelagus, with reference to its 
 horizontal dimension, the surface of the sea, like 7 reXa- 
 709, whence 7re\ayL^€tv, to float on the sea; pontus 
 (from ireaelv , 7 rirveLv,') with reference to its perpencuc- 
 ular dimension, the depth of the sea, like 7 nWo 9 , whence 
 nrovTilpiv, to sink into the sea. Colum. viii. 17. Ut 
 
MARGO-MEDERI. 
 
 135 
 
 m solo piscinas posita libella septem pedibus sublimius 
 esset maris cequor. Ovid, Met. ii. 872. Mediique per 
 cequora ponti fert praedam. 2. 2E q u o r (from sequus) 
 denotes the surface of the sea in a merely physical 
 sense ; whereas p e 1 a g u s (from 7r\af ) with the ac¬ 
 cessory notion of its great extent and immensity, (iv. 
 72.) 
 
 Margo; Ora. Margo (a/iepytov) denotes the 
 brink, the natural boundary of a surface, considered al¬ 
 most as a mere mathematical line, and only improperly 
 as including an exterior portion of the surface : whereas 
 ora (oia, oupo?, opo?) denotes the brim, or border, the 
 artificial edging of a surface, generally for the sake of 
 ornament, and therefore necessarily including a certain 
 portion of the surface. Hence we say, ora togce , but 
 not margo ; and, on the other hand, mar go flummis and 
 ripee, if the mere line of shore is meant, without any 
 portion of the bank. (iii. 212.) 
 
 Marita, see Femina. Mas, see Homo. 
 
 Matrimonium, see Conjugium. 
 
 Maxilla, s.ee Mala. Meare, see Ire. 
 
 Mederi ; Medicari ; Sanare ; Medicamex ; Medi- 
 cixa ; Remedium. 1. Mederi and the poetical word 
 medicari (geheiv) denote healing, as the act of the 
 physician, who heals with humane sympathy, judgment, 
 and art, synonymously with curare , like Ido^ai ; s a- 
 n a r e, as the effect of the physic, which in a mechani¬ 
 cal way makes the sick well again, synonymously with 
 restituere , like atcelo^cu. 2. Medicament u m means 
 a remedy, with reference to its material substance, as it 
 is prepared by the apothecary, like fydpgaicov ; m e d i- 
 c i n a, with reference to its healing virtues, as ordered 
 by the physician; each with reference to an illness; 
 whereas remedium denotes a remedy for any of the 
 evils to which we are subject, like a/cos. Cic. N. D. 
 ii. 53. Medlcamentorum salutarium plenissimge terroe : 
 comp, with Divin. ii. 51. Quam a medico petere med- 
 icinam. (v. 198.) 
 
136 
 
 MED IT ARI — MEMINISSE. 
 
 Meditari, see Cogitare. 
 
 Medius ; Modicus ; Mediocris. M e d i u s (pia- 09 ) 
 is purely local, in the middle, in opp. to the extremes ; 
 modicus denotes quantity, with reference to number 
 and magnitude, as moderate, in opp, to over-measure; 
 mediocris denotes quality, with reference to worth, 
 as middling, in opp. to distinction ; hence modicce facili¬ 
 tates and mediocre ingenium are identical. Cic. Rep. 
 , ii. 31. Haud mediocris vir fuit, qui modica libertate 
 populo data facilius tenuit auctoritatem principum. (v. 
 202 .) 
 
 Medius dies, see Meridies. 
 
 Membrum ; Artus. M e m b r u m (redupl. of gepos) 
 denotes a limb of the body itself, like /xeAo? and /ccokov; 
 whereas artus (p£lo?, ap^pov,') properly only a joint 
 of a limb, like ap^spov and <r^o?. Senec. Contr. ii. 
 13. Differebatur distortis articulis ; nondum in sua mem¬ 
 bra artus redierant. Yirg. iEn. v. 422. Magnos artus 
 membrorum . Quintil. Decl. ult. Ut per singulos artus 
 membra laxaret. Further, membra denotes the limbs 
 collectively, including the head and trunk, as parts of 
 the body ; whereas artus only the extremities, which 
 per commissuras with the body, properly so. called, 
 namely, the head and trunk, hang together. Gell. N. 
 A. i. 14. (iv. 150.) 
 
 Meminisse ; Reminisci ; Recordari. Memi¬ 
 ni s s e denotes remembrance as a state of mind, like 
 pepufjcfeai, in as far as one has retained something in 
 memory, without ever having forgotten it, like memorem 
 esse; whereas reminisci and recordari denote 
 remembrance as an act of the mind, in as far as one 
 again brings to one’s mind what had already been driven 
 out of one’s thoughts, like dvapugvy)(JKea^sat. But 
 reminisci denotes this act of the mind as momenta¬ 
 ry, like in memoriam revocare ; whereas recordari 
 denotes it as of some duration, like revocata in memori¬ 
 am contemplari. Cic. Lig. 12, 35. Equidem, cum 
 tuis omnibus negotiis interessem, memoria teneo , qualis 
 
MENDA-MERERE. 
 
 137 
 
 T. Ligarius, quaestor urbanuss fuerit erga te et dignita¬ 
 tem tuam; sed parum est, me hoc meminisse; spero 
 etiam te, qui oblivisci nihil soles, nisi injurias, quoniam 
 hoc est animi, quoniam etiam ingenii tui, te aliquid de 
 hujus illo quoestorio officio cogitantem, etiam de aliis 
 quibusdam quaestoribus reminiscentem recordari. This 
 passage shows, that memoria tenerf is only a circumlo¬ 
 cution for meminisse: there is another passage wffiere 
 recordari is employed as the consequence of reminisci , 
 but there is no instance of the converse; for reminisci 
 and recordari have the same relation to each other as 
 intueri and conspicere . Cic. Sen. 21. Pueri . . . . ita 
 celeriter res innumerabiles arripiunt, ut eas non turn 
 primum accipere videantur, sed reminisci et recordari: 
 he might have added, Quae non satis meminerint , sed in 
 aliquantum temporis obliti sint. Tusc. i. 24, 58. An¬ 
 imus, quum se collegit atque recreavit, turn agnoscit ilia 
 reminiscendo ; ita nihil aliud est discere, quam rccorda- 
 ri. Senec. Ep. 100. Magis reminiscor quam teneo. 
 (i. 166.) 
 
 Menda, Mendum, see Vitium. 
 
 Mendicitas, see Paupertas. Mens, see Anima. 
 
 Meracus, see Purus. Mercabj, see Emere. 
 
 Mercenarii ; Operarii ; Oper^e. Mercenarii 
 mean laborers as far as they wrnrk, not for their own in¬ 
 terest, but for pay, in opp. to the proprietor, who hires 
 their services; whereas operarii and o p e r ae, as 
 far as they undertake to perform for others, a mere me¬ 
 chanical work, in opp. to the principal or director, who 
 gives out the plan. Mercenarii refer to the mo¬ 
 tive ; operarii, to the art employed being of an in¬ 
 ferior sort. (vi. 217.) 
 
 Merces, see Prcemium. Mercimonium, see Merx. 
 
 Merda, see Lutum. 
 
 Merere; Dignumesse; Mereri. 1. Merer e 
 and Mereri ^/ueipea^ai') suppose an activity, as to 
 deserve ; whereas dignum esse (from decet , $//c? 7 ,) 
 only a quality, as to be worthy. 2. Merere is usu- 
 
 L* 
 
138 
 
 MERETRIX 
 
 METIRI. 
 
 ally a transitive verb, as to deserve, and is in construc¬ 
 tion with an accusative, or with a sentence, as its com¬ 
 plement ; whereas m e r e r i, an intransitive verb, as 
 to be deserving, and is in construction with an adverb. 
 Cic. Rose. Com. 15. Fructum, quern meruerunt , retrib- 
 uam : comp, with Catil. ii. 2, 4. Si ilium, ut erat mer- 
 itus , morte mulctassem. Cms. B. G. vi. 5, with B. 
 Civ. iii. 53. Suet. Cal. 40, with Aug. 56. 3. Merere 
 
 as an intransitive, or without an object, denotes to serve 
 as a warrior, by the ellipsis of stipendia ; wliereas m e- 
 r e r i as a transitive, or with an object, means to earn 
 something for one’s self, without any stress being laid 
 upon the worthiness, (v. 213.). 
 
 Meretrix, see Pellex. 
 
 Meridies ; Medius dies. M e r i d i e s denotes 
 noon, as a point of time, which separates the forenoon 
 from the afternoon ; medius dies, the middle of the 
 day, as a space of time which lies between the morning 
 and the evening. 
 
 Merus, see Purus . 
 
 Merx ; Mercimonium. Merx means wares, in as 
 far as they are already wrought up, as an article of 
 trade ; mercimonium, in as far as they can be¬ 
 come so, like the materials of wares. Tac. A. xi. 5. 
 Nec quidquam publicae mercis tarn venale fuit: comp, 
 with xv. 38. Mercimonium quo flamma alitur. 
 
 Metiri ; Metari ; Dimetiri; Dimetari. 1. Me- 
 t i r i means to measure a space in order to know its 
 magnitude ; whereas metari, to mark the boundaries 
 of the space that has been measured,' that they may be 
 known to others. 2. By dimetiri and dime¬ 
 tari, the measuring and marking out of sub-divisions is 
 especially meant; wherefore metari castra refers merely 
 to the whole circumference of the entrenchments ; when, 
 therefore, Liv. viii. 38. uses the phrase locum castris 
 dimetari , it is evident of itself that he expressly means, 
 to mark the boundaries of the principia and of th epree- 
 torium , etc., that are within the camp. (ii. 169.) 
 
METUERE-METIS. 
 
 139 
 
 Metuere, see Vereri. Micare, see Lucere. 
 
 Minime, see JSTmtiquam. Minister, see Servus. 
 
 Minutus, see Parvus. 
 
 \Mirari is indifferent : admirari usually involves 
 praise, demirari blame.] 
 
 Misereri ; Miserari ; Miseret me. Misereri 
 means to feel pity in the heart, to compassionate, like 
 e\eelv ; whereas m i s e r a r i, to express pity in words, to 
 commiserat#, like ohcreipeiv. For the German word erbar- 
 men , to show pity by actions, the Latins have no sepa¬ 
 rate word. 2. Bymisereor t u i, pity is represented 
 as an act of the free-will, and thereby the noble nature 
 of the compassionate is depicted ; whereas by m i s e r e t 
 me tui, pity is represented as a suffering, which can¬ 
 not be resisted, whereby all moral merit is taken away, 
 and the greatness of another’s misfortune more strongly 
 expressed. Miserere is a causative, like oluriCpiv. 
 (ii. 171.) 
 
 Miseria, see Infortunium. 
 
 Missile; Hasta ; Lancea; Jaculum ; Verutum; 
 Tragulum ; Pilum. Missile is the most general 
 name for a weapon used in fighting at a distance, from 
 the spear to the arrow ; hasta and lancea serve both 
 for thrusting and hurling; hasta (from a^aaTrjpiov, 
 <T%d£a),) as a genuine Roman weapon, Sopv; 1 a n c e a, as 
 a foreign weapon, supposed to have come originally from 
 the Suevi, ; pilum, jaculum, verutum, 
 
 , are more for hurling ; jaculum, as the most general 
 expression, including the hunting spear, /3e\o?; v, e r u- 
 t u m (from opv^fj') and tragulum ( rpbbyXrj ) military 
 weapons for hurling, a/ccov ; pilum (from 7 rrj\ai) in the 
 singular, as the peculiar weapon for hurling used by the 
 Roman legion. Liv. ix. 19. Romano pilum haud paulo 
 quam hasta vehementius ictu missuque telum. 
 
 Mitis ; Lenis ; Placidus. M i t i s means mild, 
 in opp. to acerbus , like ; lenis (from lana ? 
 
 or from the Goth, latjan, lassus ?) gentle, in opp. to ve- 
 
140 
 
 MITTERE-MODUS. 
 
 hemens , like 7 rpcios ; p 1 a c i cl u s, composed, in opp. to 
 turbidus , like r/7rco9. 
 
 Mittere ; Legare ; Amittere ; Dimittere ; Om- 
 ittere. 1. Mittere (/-te^r eivai) is the general ex¬ 
 pression, to send; legare (from \eyco') has a special 
 political meaning, to delegate. The missus makes his 
 appearance as a servant or messenger; the legatus , as 
 a representative. 2. Amittere and dimittere 
 mean to let go any thing already in one’s ^possession; 
 amittere, against one’s will, as to lose; dimit¬ 
 tere, after having used it, as to dismiss ; whereas om¬ 
 it t e r e means to let anything pass by, without taking 
 possession of it; to speak with precision, Amittimus in- 
 viti et casu , omittimus volentes et sponte. Hence amit¬ 
 tere occasionem means, to let slip an opportunity, so as 
 not to be able to take advantage of it, from negligence ; 
 whereas omittere occasionem means, to renounce an op¬ 
 portunity, so as not to wish to take advantage of it, from 
 attaching little value to it. Vitam amittere means, to 
 lose one’s life ; vitam omittere , to sacrifice it. (iii. 285.) 
 
 Moderatus, Modestia, see Modus. 
 
 Modicus, see Medius. 
 
 Modo-modo ; Nunc-nunc. Mo do-modois prop¬ 
 erly applicable only to transactions of the past and of 
 the future ; nunc-nunc only to those of the present. 
 This distinction is neglected, yet nunc-nunc gives a « 
 livelier color to description, and belongs to poetry, or to 
 the more elevated style of prose; modo-modo, like 
 ‘just now,’ is the proper prose expression, which Cicero 
 always uses. (iv^276.) 
 
 Modo, see Nuper. 
 
 Modus ; Modestia ; Moderatio ; Temperatio ; 
 Continentia ; Abstinentia. 1. Modus, in a moral 
 sense, denotes the fierptov, or the included notion of 
 the /.trjhev ayav in objective relation ; modestia and 
 m o d e r a t i o, in subjective relation ; M o d e s t i a is 
 the feeling of preference for this modus /moderatio, 
 the habit of acting in conformity to this feeling. 2. 
 
MCE XIA-MOLES. 
 
 141 
 
 M o d e r a t i o is moderation, as springing from the un¬ 
 derstanding, from calculation and reflection, akin to pru- 
 dentia; temperatio and tempera ntia are 
 qualities pervading the whole man, and ennobling his 
 whole being, akin to sapientia. M o d e r a ti o sup¬ 
 poses, like self-government, a conflict between the pas¬ 
 sions and reason, in which reason comes off conqueror; 
 in temperatio, as in tranquillity of mind, the reason 
 is already in possession of superiority *■whether through 
 nature or moral worth. 3. Temperatus, tem¬ 
 per a t i o, denote merely a laudable property, which 
 may belong even to things; whereas temperans, 
 temperantia, a virtue of which reasonable beings 
 alone are capable. 4. Moderatio denotes moder¬ 
 ation in action , in opp. to cupiditas ; whereas c on- 
 tin e n t i a, moderation in enjoyment, in opp. to libido ; 
 Cic. Cat. ii. 11, 25. Verr. iv. 52. 5. C on tine n- 
 t i a denotes command over sensual desires, continence; 
 abstinentia, over the desire for that which belongs 
 to another, firm integrity; the translation of abstinen¬ 
 tia by ‘ disinterestedness,’ is not precise enough, for this 
 virtue is required by morality only, abstinentia , by law 
 also. Quintil. v. 10, 89. Cic. Sext. 16. 6. Modes- 
 t i a shuns overstepping the right measure, out of regard 
 to the morals which the modus prescribes ; whereas 
 verecundia and reverentia out of regard to 
 persons, whom the verecundus is afraid of displeasing, 
 and whom the reverens thinks worthy of respect; lastly, 
 p u d o r, out of self-respect, that one may not bring 
 one’s self into contempt. Yarro, ap. Non. Non te tui 
 saltern pudet, si nihil mei revereare. Terent. Phorm. i. 5, 
 3. or ii. 1, 3. Non simultatem meam revereri ? Sal¬ 
 tern pudere ? (ii. 203.) 
 
 Mam a, see Mums. 
 
 Mcestitia, see Dolor. 
 
 ^Ioles ; Onus ; Pondus ; Gravitas. Moles and 
 onus denote the heaviness of an object in its disadvan¬ 
 tageous sense ; moles (from yuwAo? or /xo^Ao?) abso- 
 
142 
 
 MOLESTIA — MORS. 
 
 lutely, as unwieldiness, so far as through its greatness 
 it is inconvenient to move, like d'y/co? ; onus, relatively 
 to its pressure, so far as it is irksome to the person car¬ 
 rying it, as a burden, </>dpro? ; whereas p o n d u s (from 
 pendere) in an advantageous sense, as force and strength, 
 like weight, ; lastly, g r a v i t a s (from yepao?) 
 
 unites both senses, and sometimes denotes the irksome 
 heaviness, sometimes the effective weightiness, like (3d- 
 po$. (iv. 223.) 
 
 Molestia, see Labor. Moliri, see Auderff. 
 
 Monere, see Hortari. Moneta, see Pecunia. 
 
 Mons ; Jugum. Mons (from minari, eminere,) 
 denotes the mountain with reference to its dimension of 
 height; whereas j u g u m, with reference to its breadth 
 and length, sometimes as the uppermost ridge, which, 
 according as it is flat or pointed, is with yet greater pre¬ 
 cision called either dorsum or cacumen , in opp. to rad¬ 
 ices montis; sometimes as a range of mountains, par¬ 
 ticularly in an ascending direction, by which several 
 mountains become joined, so as to form a chain, or pife 
 of mountains, in opp. to the mountain itself. Liv. xxii. 
 18. Sub jugo montis proelium fait: comp, with xli. 
 18. Petilius adversus Balistae et ~Let\ jugum, quod eos 
 monies perpetuo dor so conjungit, castra habuit. Or, 
 Tac. G. 10, with 43, and Agr. 10. Or, Yirg. Eel. v. 
 76, with Ovid, Met. iv. 657. (v. 225.) 
 
 Monstra, see Auguria. Monstrare, see Ostendere. 
 
 Morari, see Tardare. 
 
 Morbidus, Morbus, see Mger. 
 
 Morigerari, see Parere. Morosus, see Austerus. 
 
 Mors ; Letum ; Nex ; Obitus ; Interitus ; Pe- 
 rire ; Oppetere ; Demori ; Intermori ; Emori. 1. 
 Mors and 1 e t u m denote a natural death ; mors 
 (/xdpo<?) the usual expression in a merely physical sense, 
 as the way to corruption, like Aamro? ; letum (from 
 \a%eLv, Xd^ecns,) the select and solemn expression, 1 ^ 
 the lot of death, like oZto? ; whereas nex (from veKpos:) 
 a violent death, as the passive of coedes. 2. M o r s, 
 
MOS 
 
 MULCERE. 
 
 143 
 
 1 e t u m, n e x, are proper, whereas o b i t u s and i n- 
 t e r i t u s only softer, expressions. 0 b i ,t u s, decease, 
 denotes, like exitus , a natural death ; whereas inter- 
 i t u s, together with p e r i r e, usually denotes, like ex - 
 itium , a violent death. Plin. Ep. iii. T. Silius ultimus 
 ex Neronianis consularibus obiit , quo consule Neroy?e- 
 riit . Plaut. Epid. iii. 4, 56. Malo cruciatu pereas , 
 atque obeas cito. 3. P e r i r e represents death as de¬ 
 struction and corruption ; interireas a vanishing, 
 so that the former applies more to the body, the latter 
 to the soul. Plaut. Capt. iii. 5, 32. Qui per virtutem 
 per iit , at non intent; that is, he who dies a noble 
 death, though his body perishes, still lives in name and 
 posthumous renown. Further, p e r i r e denotes a sud¬ 
 den and violent death, particularly by self-murder ; i n- 
 t e r i r e, a gradual and painful, but, it may be, also a 
 peaceful, death. Tac. Ann. xv. 44. Et pereuntibus 
 Christianis addita ludibria, ut ferarum tergis ' contecti 
 laniatu canum interirent. Serv. ap. Cic. Earn. iv. 5. Si 
 quis nostrum interiit , aut occisus est. 4. 0 b i r e 
 mortem denotes to die, as a physical event, by which 
 one ends all suffering ; whereas oppetere mortem 
 denotes to die, as a moral act, in as far as a man, if he 
 does not seek death, at any rate awaits it with firmness 
 and contempt of it. 5. Demori denotes to die off, 
 as one belonging to a society, and thereby to occasion a 
 vacancy ; i n t e r m o r i, to be apparently dying, to be 
 sick of a lingering disease, like etc^aveiv; e m o r i, to 
 die entirely, in opp. to a mere semblance of life in mis¬ 
 fortune, slavery, and disgrace, like iravhUws A avelv . 
 Cic. Pis. 7. Ut emori potius quam servire prmstaret. (iii. 
 182.) 
 
 Mos, see Consuetudo. Mostellum, see Spectrum. 
 
 Mucro, see Acies. Mulcajie, see Verberare. 
 
 Mulcere; Palpare. Mulcere (fivWecv, fiaXa/cos) 
 means to stroke any thing in itself rough, as the hair, 
 for instance, in order to make it smooth; thence, figur¬ 
 atively, to pacify an enraged person, like /cara'^rriv; 
 
144 MULCTA-MUTILARE. 
 
 whereas p a 1 p a r e (gjrrjXac^dv, ciiraXbs,') to stroke any 
 thing already smooth, in order to excite a pleasant sen¬ 
 sation ; thence, figuratively, to caress and coax, like 
 ^ r7)\a(f)dv . (v. 109.) 
 
 Mulcta, see Vindicta. 
 
 Mulier, see Femina. 
 
 Mundus, see Purus. 
 
 Munifictjs, see Largus. 
 
 Mtjnimenta, see Mums. 
 
 Munus, see Donum and Officium. 
 
 Murtjs ; Paries ; Mcenia ; Maceria ; Parietim ; 
 Munimenta. 1. M u r u s (/toipa, fieipco,') denotes any 
 sort of wall, merely with reference to its form, without 
 reference to its use, like ; paries (7 reipco) es¬ 
 
 pecially a wall,*as the side of a building, or as a parti¬ 
 tion to separate the rooms, like rot^o?; m oe n i a \dgv- 
 vco) the walls of a city, as a defence against the enemy, 
 like 7rep//3oA,o9 ? maceria, the* wall of an enclosure, 
 to mark the boundaries and to exclude thieves, the gar¬ 
 den or vineyard wall, like S-pty/co?. Virg. iEn. vi. 
 549. Mcenia lata videt triplici eircumdata muro. And 
 Flor. i. 4. Vitruv. viii. 4. Tac. Ann. xv. 43. Nero 
 instituit, ut urbis domus non communione parietum , sed 
 propriis quseque muris ambirentur. 2. M uri, moe- 
 n i a, etc., are walls in a good condition ; p a r i e t i n se, 
 walls that are falling into ruins. 3. M oe n i a denote 
 walls as a defence of a city against a first assault; m u- 
 nimenta, the proper fortifications of fortresses and 
 camps, which are of themselves a bulwark against being 
 taken by storm, (v. 350.) 
 
 Mutilare ; Truncare. M u t i 1 a r e denotes smaller 
 mutilations, such as the breaking off of horns, the cut¬ 
 ting off of a finger, the nose, etc.; truncare donotes 
 greater mutilations, such as the chopping off of arms, 
 feet, hands. The mutilata membra may be compared 
 to twfigs and shoots broken off; the truncata membra , to 
 principal branches chopped off. (iv. 325.) 
 
 Mutuo, see Vicissim. 
 
MUTUUM 
 
 NECUSSARIUS. 
 
 145 
 
 Mutuum dare, see Commodare. 
 Hysteria, see Arcana. 
 
 N. 
 
 Nancisci, see Invenire. 
 
 Nares, see Nasus. 
 
 Nasus; Nares. Nasus is the exterior of the 
 nose, as a prominent part of the face, like plv; nares 
 (mpo?) the interior of the nose, as the organ of smell, 
 like /jLVfcrripes. (vi. 231.). 
 
 Natio, see G-ens. 
 
 Navigium ; Navis ; Celox ; Lembus ; Liburna ; 
 Scapiia ; Cymba ; Linter. Navigium is the most 
 general expression, like vessel; n a v i s (mu?) an ordinary 
 ship for distant voyages ; celox, lembus, and 1 i b u r- 
 n a, are boats which may be manned and armed for ser¬ 
 vice in war ; s c a p h a, c y m b a, and linter, are only 
 skiffs and wherries, intended merely for short distances 
 and for crossing over ; s c a p h a and cymba, of the 
 broader sort, in the form of small barges; linter, 
 long and narrow, like a canoe, (vi. 232.) 
 
 Necessarius ; Propinquus ; Cognatus ; Consan- 
 guineus ; Affinis. 1. Necessarius means any 
 one to whom one is bound by a permanent connection, 
 whether of an official kind, as collega , patronus , cliem , 
 or of a private nature, as familiaris, amicus , like irpo- 
 arf/covres ; propinquus, any one to whom one is 
 bound by a family connection, a relation, like a^iarei^ 
 and erac, as a species of cognatus and consan i guineas , 
 « related by blood ; a f f i n i s, a relation by marriage, or 
 in law, like KgBearg<;. 2. Cognatio is the relation¬ 
 ship by blood existing among members of the same fam¬ 
 ily, like avvaigo ? ; consanguinitas, the relation¬ 
 ship of nations by derivation from a common origin, like 
 avyy€vr)<;. Caes. B. G. vii. 32. Hominem summse poten- 
 tiae et magnae cognationis : comp, with i. 11. Ambarri 
 m 10 
 
146 
 
 NECESSE-NEGARE. 
 
 necessarii et consanguinei iEquorum. Liv. vii. 9. Suet. 
 CL 25. Justin, xviii. 5. (v. 179.) 
 
 Necesse est ; Oportet ; Opus est ; Debere. 1. 
 Necesse est (amy/ca£a)) denotes an obligation of 
 nature and necessity, like dvdyta] eariv ; oportet, an 
 obligation of morality and of honor, like ; o p u s 
 est ( 7 ro^o?, optare ?) an obligation of prudence, like 
 Bel. Cic. Orat. ii. 25. Jure omnia defenduntur quae 
 sunt ejus generis, ut aut oportuerit aut licuerit aut ne- 
 cesse fuerit. Att. iv. 6. Si loquor de republica quod 
 oportet , insanus ; si, quod opus est , servus existimor. 
 And xiii. 25. Cat. ap. Sen. Ep. 94. Emo non quod 
 opus est , sed quod necesse est; quod non opus est , asse 
 carum est. And Cic. Or. ii. 43. 2. Oportet de¬ 
 notes objectly, the moral claim which is made upon any 
 man ; debere ( Sevea^ai, Seiv ? or, dehibere ?) sub- 
 jectly, the moral obligation which any man is under, 
 like o(f>ei\€Lv. Tac. Hist. iv. 7. Accusatores etimasi 
 puniri non oporteat , ostentari non debere. (v. 323.) 
 
 Nectere, see Ligare. 
 
 Nefandus, Nefarius, see Scelestus. 
 
 Nefastus, see Delictum . 
 
 Negare ; Infitiari; Infitias ire ; Denegare ; 
 Pernegare ; Recusare ; Abnuere ; Renuere ; Rep- 
 udiare. z' 1. Negare means to deny, from objective 
 motives, when a man has, or professes to have, the truth 
 in view, like dirofyavai, ov (jxivat ; whereas i n f i t e r i, 
 infitiari, and infitias ire, mean to disown from 
 subjective motives, when personal interest is in some 
 way implicated, like dpvela^scu. 2. I n f i t e r i is an 
 obsolete expression; infitiari (ava-<f>arit,eLv i ') the 
 usual and general expression ; infitias (apL<f>aaiasd} 
 i r e is only connected with a negation, and answers to 
 the phrase, not to assent to. 3. N e g a t i 0 is a de¬ 
 nial, merely conveying information to the hearer ; per- 
 negatio, ornegitatio, to convince him, when he 
 is incredulous ; denegatio, to get rid of his impor¬ 
 tunity, when his request is useless. Martial, Ep. iv 
 
NEGLIGERE 
 
 NIHIL. 
 
 147 
 
 82. JVegare jussi, pernegare non jussi. Cic. Phil. xi. 
 8,19. In quo maximum nobis onus imposuit, asscnsero ; 
 ambitionem induxero in curiam ; negaro ; videbor suf- 
 fragio meo tanquam comitiis honorem amicissimo dene- 
 gasse. 4. N e g a r e supposes a question only, whether 
 actual or possible, which is denied ; whereas r e c u- 
 sare, a request which is refused ; hence n e g a r e is 
 a more general and mild expression than recusare; for 
 the vegans merely denies the possibility of granting what 
 he is asked or requested ; whereas the recusans also calls 
 in question the justice of the request, which he protests 
 against as a threat, or as an encroachment. Hence n e- 
 gare, denegare, are more used in private transac¬ 
 tions; recusare, in public affairs. 5. Nega- 
 r e and recusare take place by means of words 
 and speeches ; a b n u e r e and r e n u e r e, mostly by 
 signs and gestures ; a b n u e r e, by waving a person 
 from one with the hand, like dirovevw ; r e n u e r e, by 
 drawing back the head, like dvavevw. 6. Abnuere 
 is a more friendly, renuere a haughtier manner of 
 denying. 7. Recusare refers to an object which 
 is considered as a burden, and claims resignation, in 
 opp. to suscipere , Suet. Ner. 3 ; whereas repudiare 
 (from repedare ?) refers to an object which is consid¬ 
 ered as a good, and promises profit or pleasure, in opp. 
 to assumere. Cic. Orat. 62. Cic. Fin. i. 10, 33. 
 Saepe eveniet ut et voluptates repudiandce sint, et mo- 
 lestia non recusanda. (iv. 40.) 
 
 Negligere. see Spernere , Nemus, see Silva. 
 
 Nepos, see Prodigus. Nequaquam, s. Neutiquam. 
 
 Nequidquam, see Frustra. Nequitia, see Malitia . 
 
 Nescius, see Cognitio. 
 
 Neutiquam ; Nequaquam, ; Minime. Neutiquam 
 means, in no case, in opp. to utique ; nequaquam, 
 by no means ; minime, not in the least. 
 
 Nex, see Mors. 
 
 Niger, see Teter . 
 
 Nihil agere, see Vacare. 
 
148 
 
 NIHIL — N0VT7S. 
 
 Niiiil est ; Nihili est : Nullus est. Nihil e s t 
 denotes the entire want of virtue and efficacy; as, he 
 is good for nothing; whereas nihili est, the entire 
 want of value and usefulness, as he is of no use ; lastly, 
 nullus est, the negation of existence in general, as 
 it is all over with him. (i. 56.) 
 
 Nitere, see Lucere. Niti, see Fulciri. 
 
 Nobilis, see Celeber. Nocens, see Culpa. 
 
 Nominare ; Nuncupare ; Vocare ; Appellare. 
 Nominare and nuncupare mean, to call any¬ 
 body by his name; nominare, to call him by the 
 name which he already possesses ; nuncupare, to 
 give a name to an object that has hitherto been without 
 a name ; whereas appellare and vocare mean to 
 designate a person by any name, title, or appellation 
 belonging to him. (v. 105.) 
 
 • Nonnunquam ; Interdum ; Aliquando. Nonnun- 
 q u a m, sometimes in opp. to nunquam and semper , ap¬ 
 proximates to the meaning of scBpius , like ecfe' ore ; 
 interdum, at times, is in opp. to crebro , and approx¬ 
 imates to the meaning of rarius , like ivlore ; lastly, a 1- 
 iquando, now and then, is in opp. to semel , and approx¬ 
 imates to the meaning of prope nunquam , like ttotL 
 The interdum facta denotes actions repeated at consid¬ 
 erable intervals of time ; the nonnunquam facta , ac¬ 
 tions repeated at shorter intervals ; the aliquando facta , 
 actions repeated at very distant intervals of time. Cic. 
 Sext. 54. Comitiorum et concionum significationes in¬ 
 ter dum verae sunt, nonnunquam vitiatoe et corruptae. 
 And Acad. i. 7. Off. ii. 18. Brut. 67. Mur. 80. (iv. 
 273.) 
 
 Notare, see Animadvertere. 
 
 Notitia, see Cognitio. 
 
 Novissimus, see Fxtremus. 
 
 Novus ; Recens ; Novicius. 1. N o v u s means 
 new, as that which did not exist in former times, in opp. 
 to antiquus , like veos ; whereas r e c e n s (from can- 
 dere) new, as one that has not long been in existence, 
 
NOXIA — OBJICERE. 
 
 149 
 
 in opp. to veins. Cic. Yerr. ii. 2. Mur. T. 16. Tusc. 
 iv. IT. Tac. Ann. ii. 88. iv. 12. Colum. vi. 12; like 
 kcuvos. 2. Novus denotes new, indifferently; nov- 
 i c i u s (from vea%) with the accessory notion of being 
 a novice, who must accustom himself, or be instructed 
 by others, before he is qualified for something, in opp. 
 to vetustus ? (iv. 95.) 
 
 Noxia, Noxius, see Culpa. 
 
 Nullus sum, see Nihil sum. 
 
 Numen ; Deus ; Divus ; Semo ; Heros. N u- 
 m e n ( 7 rvevga) in a wider sense is any divine being, like 
 Balficov ; in a narrower sense it is used as a species of 
 Deus , or ancient Divus , Aeo?; and for semideus , a 
 half-god ; or semo , a half-man; for which last, besides 
 the foreign word heros, numen also is used. Plin. Pan. 
 2,8. Nusquam ut deo , nusquam ut numini blandimur. 
 (vi. 239.) 
 
 Nummus, see Pecunia. 
 
 Nunc-nunc, see Modo-modo. 
 
 Nuncupare, see Nominare. 
 
 Nuper; Modo. Nuper ( veov , 7 rept) means sev¬ 
 eral days, months, also, years since, lately, like vewarl ; 
 whereas m 0 d 0, a few moments since, just now, like 
 apTL. Cic. Verr. iv. 8, 6. Nuper homines nobiles 
 ejusmodi; sed quid dico nuper? imo vero modo ac plane 
 paulo ante vidimus. Tusc. i. 24. Quanta memoria fuit 
 nuper Charmadas! quanta qui modo fuit Scepsius Met- 
 rodorus! 
 
 Nuptre, see Conjugium. 
 
 Nutare, see Labare. 
 
 Nutrire, see Alere. 
 
 0 . 
 
 Obambulare, see Amhulare. Obedire, see Parere. 
 
 Obesus, see Pinguis. Obex, see Sera. 
 
 Objicere ; Exprobrare. 0 b j i c e r e means to 
 
150 
 
 OBITUS — OBSCURUM. 
 
 charge a person with something, from which he must 
 vindicate himself as against an accusation ; whereas 
 exprobrare means to upbraid a person with some¬ 
 thing, which he must let remain as it is. The objici - 
 ens will call a person to account; the exprobrans only 
 put him to the blush, (iv. 198.) 
 
 Obitus, see Mors . 
 
 Oblectatio ; Delectatio. Oblectatio (from 
 akeyeiv ?) is a pleasant occupation, conversation, amuse¬ 
 ment, which disperses ennui, and confers a relative 
 pleasure; whereas delectatio is a real delight, 
 which procures positive enjoyment, and confers absolute 
 pleasure. Cic. Orat. i. 26. In iis artibus, in quibus 
 non utilitas quaeritur necessaria, sed animi libera quae- 
 dam oblectatio. And Ep. Q. Fr. ii. 14. Satis commode 
 me oblectabam: comp, with Earn. ix. 24. Magna te 
 delectatione et voluptate privavisti. Or, Suet. Dom. 
 21. with Aug. 29. Plin. Ep. iv. 14. with iv. 8. (v. 
 10 .) 
 
 Obligare, see Ligare. 
 
 Obliquus, see Transversus. 
 
 Oblitus, see Delibatus. 
 
 Obscurum ; Tenebrag ; Caligo ; Tenebricosus : 
 Opacus ; Umbrosus. 1. Obscurum ( cr/corepov ) 
 denotes darkness as an obstruction of light, like cr/coro?. 
 in opp. to illustre. Auct. ad Her. iii. 1-9, 32. Plin. 
 Pan. 69; whereas tenebrae ( hvotyepcd ) as the ab¬ 
 sence of light,) like £o<£o?, /cvecpas,') in opp. to lux. 
 Cic. Ep. ad Q. Er. i. 2 ; lastly, caligo (from celare) 
 as the positive opposite to light and brightness, like 
 Caligo denotes a greater degree of dark¬ 
 ness than tenebrce; tenebrae than obscuritas; ob- 
 scuritas than opacum and umbrosum. Cic. Acad 
 iv. 23, 72. Sensus quidem non obscuros facit sed ten- 
 ebricosos. Plin. Ep. vii. 21. Cubicula obductis velis 
 opaca , nec tamen obscura facio. Tac. H. ii. 32. Sen- 
 atum et populum nunquam obscurari nomina, etsi ali 
 quando obumbrentur. Hence, figuratively, obscurus 
 
OBSECRARE- ODIUM. 
 
 151 
 
 
 denotes only an insignificant person, of whom nobody 
 takes notice ; whereas tenebricosus something pos¬ 
 itively bad, which seeks darkness that it may remain un¬ 
 observed. 2. 0 p a c u s denotes shady, with reference 
 to a pleasant and beneficial coolness, in o.pp. to apertus 
 and apricus , like evaraos ; whereas umbrosus (um¬ 
 bra, dgavpo^j) implies a depth of shade approaching to 
 darkness, like ovaoet?. (iii. 168.) 
 
 Obsecrare, see Rogare. 
 
 Obsecundare and Obsequi, see Parere. 
 
 Observare, see Vereri. Obstinare, s. JDestinare. 
 
 Obstinatio, s. Pervicacia. Obstringere, s. Ligare. 
 
 Obtemperare, see Parere. Obtestari, see Rogare. 
 
 Obtingere, see Accidere. Obtrectatio, s .Invidia. 
 
 Obtruncare, s. Interjicere. Obtutus, see Invidia. 
 
 Obvenire, see Accidere. 
 
 Occasio ; Opportunitas ; Potestas ; Copia ; Fa- 
 cultas. Occasio and opportunitas are the op¬ 
 portunities which fortune and chance offer; occasio, 
 the opportunity to undertake something in a general 
 sense, like Kcupos ; opportunitas, the opportunity 
 to undertake something with facility and Che probability 
 of success, like eufcatpia ; whereas potestas and c o- 
 p i a are opportunities offered by men, and through 
 their complaisance; potestas denotes the possibility 
 of doing something with legal authority; copia the 
 possibility of doing something with convenience ; lastly, 
 f a c u 11 a s, as the most general expression, the possi¬ 
 bility to do something in a general sense. 
 
 Occidere, see Interjicere. 
 
 Occulere, see Celare. 
 
 Oculi, see Facies. 
 
 Odium ; Invidia ; Inimicitia ; Simultas. 1. 0 d i- 
 u m and invidia denote the feeling of aversion ; i n- 
 i m i c i t i a and simultas, the exterior state arising 
 from this feeling. 2. Invidia has a negative char¬ 
 acter, like disaffection, like Svavoia , and is a temporary 
 feeling, in opp. to gratia or favor; whereas odium 
 
ODORARI-OLERE. 
 
 lf>2 
 
 « 
 
 (from ohvcracfXai) has a character thoroughly positive, 
 like hatred, /ucro?, and is a deep-rooted feeling, in opp. 
 to amor. Plin. Pan. 68, 7. Hence, in v i d i a is the 
 beginning of odium. I n v i d i a has merely persons ; 
 odium, persons and things for its objects. Tac. Ann. 
 ii. 56. Armenii . . . saepius discordes sunt, adversus 
 Romanos odio, et in Parthum invidia. xiii. 15. Nero 
 intellecta invidia odium intendit. Plin. Pan. 84, 2. 
 Exardescit invidia, cujus finis est odium. 3. Inimi- 
 c i t i a denotes any enmity which has its foundation in 
 antipathy or disagreement, like Svcr/aeveia, e^pa ; 
 whereas s i m u 11 a s (o/xaXor^?) denotes a political en¬ 
 mity, which has its foundation in rivalship, like tyikovei - 
 Kia. Suet. Yesp. 6. Simultas quam ex aemulatione 
 non obscurae gerebant. (iii. 73.) 
 
 Odorari, Odorus, see Olere. 
 
 Offendere, see Lcedere. 
 
 Offensio, see Contwndia. 
 
 Officium ; Munus. 0 f f i c i u m means an employ¬ 
 ment, as imposing a moral obligation, undertaken from 
 conscientious-feelings ; m u n u s, as imposing a political 
 obligation, undertaken merely as a charge or office. 
 Cic. Mur. 35. Haec sunt officia necessariorum, commoda 
 tenuiorum, mania candidatorum. (v. 352.) 
 
 Olere ; Olfacere ; Fragrare ; Odorari ; Olidus ; 
 Odorus ; Redolere ; Perolere. 1. Odor and 
 olere ( oScoSa ) denote, objectively, the smell which a 
 thing has in itself, in opp. to sapor , etc., like 007 x 77 ; 
 whereas o 1 f a c t u s and olfacere denote, subject¬ 
 ively, the sensation caused by this smell, or the sense 
 of smell, in opp. to gustus , etc., like oa^>p7]aL<;. 2 . 
 
 Olere means to smell, in opp. to being without smell, 
 and especially denotes a rank and bad ^mell; whereas 
 fragrare (from ^pe^etv) denotes a good smell. 
 Redolere and perolere are used as frequenta 
 tives; redolere denotes a strong smell in an indiffer 
 *.nt sense ; perolere, a penetrating smell, in a bad 
 sence. 3. Olfactusisa smell, as far as it is an in- 
 
* OLETUM-OPERA. 153 
 
 voluntary effect of the sense of smell; odoratu s, as 
 far as it is an intentional exertion of that sense. 4. 
 0 1 f a c e r e, to smell, is of a passive nature, like au- 
 dire, the smell mounting up to the nose of itself; odo- 
 r a r i, to smell at, to sniff, pcvgXarelv , is of an active 
 nature, like auseultare, the man drawing up the smell 
 into his nose of himself. Olfaciens sentit odorem, odo- 
 rans captat. 5. 0 1 i d u s denotes smelling, and partic 
 ularly with a bad smell; o d o r u s, with a good smell. 
 Hence, bene olidus denotes merely the negative of 
 a stench ; o d o r u s, a positive good smell ; and the an 
 tiquated word o 1 o r denoted a stench, like oletum ; but 
 odor denotes only a smell, (iii. 131.) 
 
 Oletum, see Lutum. 
 
 Oleacere, Olidus, see Olere. 
 
 Omina, see Auguria. 
 
 Omittere, see Intermittere , Mittere, and Relinquere. 
 
 Omnes, see Quisque. Omnino, see Plane. 
 
 Onus, see Moles. Opacus, see Obscurum. 
 
 Opem ferre, see Aaxiliurn. 
 
 Opera ; Labor ; Industria ; Gnavitas ; Assidu- 
 ITAS ; Diligentia. 1. Opera (from 7 repay, irpda- 
 aeiv,') denotes activity without intense exertion, as 
 merely doing, or turning one’s hand to, something, in 
 opp. to momentary inactivity ; and also in opp. to think¬ 
 ing, speaking, advising, like epyacrla ; whereas labor 
 denotes strenuous exertion, which is followed by fatigue, 
 labor, in opp.' to pleasure, like ttovos. Plaut. Aul. iii. 
 3. 7. Opera hue est conducta vestra, non oratio : comp, 
 with Bacch. iii. 6, 11. Cic. Rep. i. 9. Otiosiorem ope¬ 
 ra quam animo. Liv. xxii. 22. Ut opera quoque im- 
 pensa consilium adjuvem meum. And Liv. v. 4. La¬ 
 bor voluptasque dissimillima natura, societate quadam 
 naturali inter se sunt conjuncta : comp, with Cic. Mur. 
 35. Plin. Ep. ix. 10. Senec. Tranq. 2. 2. I d u s t r i a, 
 g n a v i t a s, and s e d u 1 i t a s, denote activity as an 
 habitual quality, in opp. to the love of idleness ; i n- 
 d u s t r i a, of an elevated sort, the impulse to activity 
 
154 
 
 OPERAS 
 
 ORBIS. 
 
 that animates the hero or the statesman, in opp. to iy- 
 navia , gnavitas ('yevvcuorrjs') of a useful sort, the dili¬ 
 gence of ordinary men, and of the industrious citizen; 
 s e d u 1 i t a s (sine dolore) an activity that shows itself 
 in small matters, often even of a comic sort, the inde¬ 
 fatigable bustling of the busy housewife, of the good- 
 natured nurse, of any one who pays officious court to 
 another. Colum. xii. praef. 8 . Ut cum forensibus nego- 
 tiis matronalis sedulitas industrice rationem parem face- 
 ret. 8 . Assiduitas and diligentia denote in¬ 
 dustry ; assiduitas (from sedere) like crvvkyeia , 
 more in an extensive sense with continued and uninter¬ 
 rupted efforts; diligentia, (aK&yeiv) more in an in¬ 
 tensive sense, with careful and close application, in or¬ 
 der to attain the end of one’s industry. 4. S t u d iu m 
 denotes inclination and love towards the object of one’s 
 industry, and an inward impulse, (i. 111 .) 
 
 OpERiE, see Mercenarii. Opes, see Divitice. 
 
 Opimus, see Pinguis. 
 Opinio, see Sententia. 
 Oportet, see Necesse est. 
 Oppetere, see Mors. 
 Opprimere, s. Vincere. 
 
 Opieex, see Faber. 
 
 Opinari, see Censere. 
 
 Opitulari, see Auxilium. 
 
 Opperiri, see Manere. 
 
 Opportunitas,s. Occasio. 
 
 Opprobrium, s. Ignominia. Optare, see Velle. 
 
 Optimates, see Primores. Opulentia, see Pivitice. 
 
 Opus est, see Necesse est. Opus, see Agere. 
 
 Ora, see Margo and Ripa. Orare, see Rogare. 
 
 Oratio, see Sermo. 
 
 Orbis ; Circulus ; Gyrus. 0 r b i s (from pat/3o<;) 
 denotes a circular motion, and the periphery described 
 by it; whereas circulus denotes a circular level; 
 lastly, gyrus (from 7 upo?) a curved, and especially a 
 serpentine line. The phrase in orbem cons is ter e could 
 not be changed into in circulum , and a limited social 
 circle, circulus, could not be expressed by orbis. Tac. 
 G. 6 . Equi nec variare gyros nostrum in modum docen- 
 tur ; in rectum aut uno flexu dextros agunt, ita conjuncto 
 orbe ut nemo posterior sit. (v. 182.) 
 
0RDIRI-PAiNE. 
 
 155 
 
 Ordiri, see Incipere. Ordo, see Series . 
 
 Ore^e, see Frenum. Ornare, see Gornere. 
 
 Ornatus, see Prasditus. Os, see Facies. 
 
 Osculum ; Suavium ; Basium. Osculum is a 
 friendly ; suavium, a tender; basium, an ardent 
 kiss. (vi. 251.) 
 
 OSTENDERE ; MONSTRARE ; DECLARARE. 0 S t e n- 
 d e r e means to show, as far as one makes something 
 observable, lets it be seen, and does not keep it secret, 
 like < prjvcu , eptyavlaaL ; monstrare (intensive from 
 fiatfbaveiv) means to show, as far as one imparts infor¬ 
 mation thereby ; lastly, declarare, to make evident, 
 as far as one makes a thing clear, and dispels doubt, like 
 hrjk&acu. * ' 
 
 Ostenta, see Auguria. Ostentatio, see Jactatio. 
 * Ostium ; Janua ; Fores ; Valv^:. Ostium and 
 j a n u a denote the door, as the opening through which 
 one goes in and out; o s t i u m, as the most general ex¬ 
 pression for any door, like ; j a n u a, as a partic¬ 
 ular expression only for a house-door ; whereas fores 
 and v a 1 v m denote the leaves of a door, which serve 
 to close the opening ; f o r e s, of ordinary doors, like 
 ; v a 1 v ae, of stately buildings and temples, as 
 double or folding doors. Tac. Ann. xiv. 8. Anicetus 
 refracta janua obvios servorum adripit, donee ad fores 
 cubiculi veniret. (v. 214.) 
 
 Otiari, see Vacare. 
 
 Otium ; Pax ; Concordia. 0 t i u m (auerto?, av- 
 t&)?,) denotes quiet times in general, as a species of pax 
 (7rr)%ai), with reference to foreign relations ; concor- 
 d i a, with reference to internal relations, (v. 246.) 
 
 P. 
 
 PiEDOR, see Lutum. 
 
 PiENE : Prope ; Fere ; Ferme. P ae n e and p r o p e 
 serve to soften an expression that is much too strong, 
 
156 
 
 PjESTUS — PA III LIS. 
 
 and as a salvo to an hyperbole; p m n e, in opp. to 
 plane , is translated ‘almost;’ prope, ‘nearly;’ 
 whereas fere and f e r m e serve only as a salvo to the 
 accuracy of an expression, like ‘ about.’ 
 
 PiESTUS, see Strabo. 
 Palari, see Err are. 
 Palus, see Lacuna. 
 Pandus, see Curvus. 
 Paratus, see Instructus. 
 
 Pa lam, see Aperire. 
 Palpari, see Mulcere. 
 Palus, see Stipes. 
 Par, see JEquus. 
 Parere, see Creare. 
 
 Parere ; Obedire ; Dicto audientem esse ; Ob- 
 sequi ; Obsecundare ; Morigerari ; Obtemperare. 
 
 Parere, obedire and dicto audientem 
 esse, denote obedience as an obligation, and a state of 
 duty and subjection; parere, in a lower relation, as 
 that of a servant to his master, a subject to his sover¬ 
 eign, in opp. to imperare , Cic. Fam. ix. 25 ; obedire^ 
 oboedire, in a freer relation, as that of an inferior to 
 his superior, of a citizen to the law and magistrate; 
 dicto audientem esse, in a relation of the great¬ 
 est subordination, as that of a soldier to his general, 
 as to obey orders ; whereas obsequi, obsecun¬ 
 dare, obtempe rare, and morigerari, as an 
 act of free will. The obsequens and obsecundans obey 
 from love and complaisance, showing their readiness to 
 obey ; the morigcrans and obtemperans , from persuasion, 
 esteem, or fear, evincing their conformity to another’s 
 will. Hirt. B. Afr. 51. Jubse barbaro potius obedien - 
 tem fuisse quam nuntio Scipionis obtemperasse. Cic. 
 Cmc. 18. Man. 16. Tac. H. ii. 14. Parata non arma 
 modo sed obsequium et parendi amor ; that is, readiness 
 to obey, from respect and love to the general, and from 
 taking a pleasure in obedience, from a feeling that with¬ 
 out order and subordination their cause could not be 
 upheld. Cic. Orat.„ 71. Dum tibi roganti voluerim ob¬ 
 sequi ; comp, with Fam. ix. 25. Obtemperare cogito 
 prmceptis tuis. (v. 271.) 
 
 Paries, Parietinae, see Murus . 
 
 Parilis, see AEquus. 
 
PARMA — PARVUS. 
 
 157 
 
 Parma, see Scutum. 
 
 Pars ; Portio. Pars (from Trelpco) denotes a part, 
 with reference to a whole ; whereas portio, a part or 
 share with reference to a possessor. Plin. H. N. xi. 15. 
 iEstiva mellatione decimam partem apibus relinqui pla¬ 
 cet, si plenm fuerint alvi; si minus, pro rata portione. 
 (iv. 148.) 
 
 Partes ; Factio. Partes denote the party, which 
 is formed of itself bj^difference of principles and inter¬ 
 ests ; whereas factio (from acprjKoa)') the clique of 
 partisans, formed by narrow differences of the members 
 of a party with each other, and who act together with a 
 blind party-spirit, in order necessarily and by force to 
 give the upper hand to their own cause. Sail. Jug. 31. 
 Inter bonos amicitia, inter malos factio est. 
 
 * Particeps, see Sacius. 
 
 Participare, see Impertire. 
 
 Partiri, see Dividere. 
 
 Parumper ; Paulisper. Parumper means in a 
 short time ; paulisper, during a short time. Hence 
 acts of the mind are particularly in construction with 
 parumper; act3 of the body, with paulisper; for with 
 the former is necessarily connected the glance at the fu¬ 
 ture, which lies in parumper ; in paulisper , duration of 
 time only is considered ; for example, we use the ex¬ 
 pression paulisper morari. but parumper dubitare. (i. 
 145.) 
 
 Parvus ; Minutus ; Exiguus ; Pusillus. Par 
 v u s and minutus denote littleness, quite indifferently, 
 and in a purely mathematical sense, without any acces¬ 
 sory notion ; parvus ( 7 ravpof) a natural and intrinsic 
 littleness, in opp. to magnus , like /u/cpos ; minutus 
 (/mvv^co) an artificial and fabricated littleness ; whereas 
 exiguus and pusillus with a contemptuous acces¬ 
 sory notion ; exiguus from (egere) in a pitiable 
 sense, as paltry and insignificant, in opp. to ampins. 
 Plane, ap. Cic. Fam. x. 24; or in opp. to grandis , 
 Quintil. xi. 15; but pusillus (i/aXo? ?) in a ludi- 
 
 N 
 
158 
 
 PASCERE-PAUPERTAS. 
 
 crous sense, as petty, nearly in opp. to ingens , like 
 (v. 28.) 
 
 Pascere, see Alimenta. 
 
 Passi ; Prolixi ; Sparsi. P a s s i c a p i 11 i de¬ 
 notes loose hair, in opp. to cohibiti nodo ; whereas pro¬ 
 lixi c a p i 11 i denotes hair suffered to hang down, in 
 opp. to religati in verticem ; lastly, sparsi capilli 
 denotes dishevelled hair, in opp. to pexi. (vi. 258.) 
 
 Passus, see Gradus. # 
 
 . Patefacere, see Aperire. 
 
 Paternus ; Patrius. Paternus denotes, like 
 TrarpMos, what belongs to a father, and is derived from 
 him, like paternal; whereas patrius, what belongs to 
 and is derived from one’s ancestors or native country, 
 like irdrpLos. 
 
 Paulatim ; Sensim ; Gradatim ; Pedetentim. 
 P a u 1 a t i m and sensim represent gradual motion 
 under the image of an imperceptible progress ; p au¬ 
 la t i A, by little and little, in opp. to semel , at once, 
 . Sen. Q. N. ii. 8. Coel. Aurel. Acut. ii. 3T ; sensim, 
 ( dveaipm ) imperceptibly in opp. to repente; Cic. Off. 
 i. 33. Suet. Tib. 11; — whereas gradatim and 
 pedetentim, under the image of a self-conscious pro¬ 
 gress ; gradatim, step by step, like {3d$rjv , in opp. 
 to cursim , saltuatim , etc. ; whereas pedetentim 
 denotes at a foot’s pace, in opp. to curru , equo ) volatu , 
 velis. (iii. 97.) 
 
 Paulisper, see Parumper. 
 
 Paupertas ; Inopia ; Egestas ; Mendicitas. Pau¬ 
 per t a s (redupl. of parum) denotes poverty only as 
 narrowness of means, in consequence of which one must 
 economize, in opp. to dives , Cic. Parad. 6. Quintil. v. 
 10, 26, like nrevia ; whereas inopia and egestas 
 denote galling poverty, in consequence of which one suf¬ 
 fers want, and has recourse to shifts; inopia, like 
 diTopia, objectively, as utterly without means, so that 
 one cannot help one’s self, in opp. to copia or opulen- 
 tia; Cic. Parad. 6. Sen. Yit. B. 15. Tac. Hist. iii. 6; 
 
rAVIRE-PECUS. 
 
 159 
 
 e g e s t a s, like evheia, subjectively, as penury, when a 
 man feels want, in opp. to abundantia; lastly, mendi- 
 c i t a s (from gahi^eiv,') as absolute poverty, in conse¬ 
 quence of which one must beg, like iTTwyeia. The pau¬ 
 per possesses little enough ; the inops and egenus , too 
 little ; the mendicus , nothing at all. In the kingdom 
 of Plutus, according to the order of rank, the pauperes 
 would occupy the middle station, who must live the life 
 of citizens, and economize; the inopes and egeni , if 
 not in a state of overwhelming necessity, would occupy 
 the station of the poor, who live from hand to mouth, 
 and must occasionally starve ; the mendici , the station 
 of the beggars, who, without property of any sort, or 
 the means of earning it, live on alms. Cic. Parad. 6. 
 Istam paupertatem vel potius egestatem et mendicita- 
 tem tuam nunquam obscure tulisti. Sen. Ep. IT. 50. 
 Ovid, Rem. 748. Suet. Gr. 11. Yixit in summa pau- 
 perie , et paene inopia. Plin. Ep. iv. 18. Inopia vel 
 potius, ut Lucretius ait, egestas patrii sermonis. Cic. 
 Inv. i. 47. Propter inopiam in eg estate esse. (iii. 
 111 .) 
 
 Pavire, see Verberare. Pax, see Otium. 
 
 Peccatum, see Delictum. Peculari, see Vastare. 
 
 Peculiaris, see Privus, 
 
 Pecunia ; Nummus ; Moneta. P e c u n i a (from 
 7 rayyvw) is money, as a collective expression ; num¬ 
 mus ( vopugos ) a piece of money, in reference to its 
 value and currency ; moneta, a coin in reference to 
 its coinage and appearance, (vi. 240.) 
 
 Pecus ; Jumentum ; Armentum ; Grex. 1. P e- 
 c u s, p e c 0 r i s, is the most general expression for 
 domestic beasts; jumenta and armenta denote the lar¬ 
 ger sort, bullocks, asses, horses ; pecus, pecud is 
 (from the Goth, faihu) the smaller sert, swine, goats, and 
 especially sheep. 2. Jumenta denotes beasts used in 
 drawing carriages, bullocks, asses,Jiorses ; armenta 
 (dpogara') beasts used in ploughing, oxen and horses, 
 with the exclusion of cows, pack-asses, riding-horses, 
 
160 
 
 PECUS-PERDERE. 
 
 etc., which are neither fit for drawing carriages, nor for 
 the plough. 3. As a singular and collective noun, a r- 
 m e n t u m denotes a herd or drove of the larger cat¬ 
 tle, like d<ye\rj ; g r e x (from dyetpco') a herd or flock of 
 the smaller animals, like 7 ro[fivrj t 7 tmv. Plin. Ep. ii. 16. 
 Multi greges ovium, multa ibi equorum boumque armenta 
 (iv. 298.) 
 
 Pecus, see Animal. Pedetentim, see Paulatim. 
 
 Pedica, see Vincula. Pejerare, see Perlucidus. 
 
 Pejor, see Deterior. Pelagus, see Mare. 
 
 Pellegere, Pellicere, see Perlucidus. 
 
 Pellex ; Concubina ; Meretrix ; Scortum. 1. 
 P e 11 e x and the foreign word p a 11 a c a (7 raWa/crj, 
 TrapaXe'yecr^aL,') mean the bed-fellow of a married 
 man with reference to his wife, and in opp. to her, as 
 her rival; whereas concubina means any bed-fel¬ 
 low, without further limitation than that she does not 
 live in a state of lawful wedlock. Suet. Cses. 49. Pel- 
 licem regime Dolabella Caesarem dixit: comp, with Ner. 
 44. Concubinas , quas secum educeret. 2. Pellex 
 and concubina are bound to one man ; meretrix, 
 scortum, lupa, prostibulum, are common pros¬ 
 titutes. 3. The meretrices and sc orta are not 
 so low as lupce, prostibula. They exercise some choice 
 and selection, and support themselves by the work of 
 their own hands, from which meretrices derive their 
 name (from mereri) ; meretrices are considered 
 with ref. to the class they belong to; s c 0 r t a (/ coprj , 
 KopdaLov ), with ref. to their moral character, as entic¬ 
 ing men to sin, like eraipau , filles de joie. The mer¬ 
 etrices are common ; the s c 0 r t a, lascivious and 
 dissolute, (v. 241.) 
 
 Pellis, see Tergus. Pellucidus, see Perlucidus. 
 
 Pendere, see Hcerere. Penitus, see Plane. 
 
 Penna, see Ala. Penus, see Alimenta. 
 
 Percontari, s .Rogare. Percussor, see Homicida. 
 
 Percutere, see Iriterjicere. 
 
 Perdere ; Pessundare ; Pervertere ; Evertere. 
 
PERDERE-PERFUGA. 
 
 161 
 
 P e r d e r e and pessundare denote complete de¬ 
 struction ; p e r d e r e, by breaking to pieces, or by any 
 other mode of destroying; pessundare ( 7 re^ov 
 ^ relvcu ) by sinking, or any other mode of getting rid of; 
 whereas evertere, pervertere, and subver- 
 t e r e merely denote throwing down ; evertere, by 
 digging up and tearing up what is fastened in the 
 ground, in opp. to fundare, Plin. Pan. 34. Cic. Acad. 
 
 iv. 10. Fin. ii. 25. Yerr. iii. 18. Pis. 35; perver¬ 
 tere, by pushing down what stands fast; subver- 
 t e r e, by secretly digging under, and withdrawing the 
 basis. Cic. Pis. 24. Provincia tibi ista manupretium 
 fuerit non eversce per te sed perditce civitatis. Ad. Att. 
 
 v. 16. 
 
 Perdere, see Amittere. Peregrinari, s. Projicisci. 
 
 Peregrines, s. Fxternus , Peremtor, see Homicida. 
 
 Perferre, see Ferre. Perficere, see Finire, 
 
 Perfidiosus, Perfidus, see Fidus. 
 
 Perfuga ; Transfuga ; Profugus ; Fugitives ; 
 Extorris ; Exul ; Perfugium ; Suffugium ; Refu- 
 gium. 1. Perfuga and transfuga denote the 
 deserter who flees from one party to another, like av- 
 ToyaoXo?; but the perfuga goes over as a delinquent, 
 who betrays his party ; the transfuga, as a waverer, 
 who changes and forsakes his party; whereas profu¬ 
 gus and fugitivus denote the fugitive, who forsakes 
 his abode, but profugus is the unfortunate man, who 
 is obliged to forsake his home, and, like a banished man, 
 wanders in the wide world, like (pv<y a?; fugitivus, the 
 guilty person, who flees from his duty, his post, his prison, 
 his master, like hparrerr}^. The perfuga and trans¬ 
 fuga are generally thought of as soldiers; the profugus, 
 as a citizen ; the fugitivus, as a slave. Liv. xxx. 43. 
 De jperfugis gravius quam de fugitivis consultum. 2. 
 P e r f* u g i u m is an open secure place of shelter in se¬ 
 rious dangers ; suffugium, if not a secret, is at 
 least an occasional and temporary place of shelter from 
 inconveniences ; r e f u g i u m is a place of shelter pre- 
 
 N* 11 
 
1G2 
 
 PERICLITARI-PERPERAM. 
 
 pared, or at least thought of beforehand in case of a 
 retreat. 8. Profug as denotes a merely physical 
 state, something like fugitive ; e x t o r r i s, a political 
 state, like homeless, or without a country ; e x u 1, a ju¬ 
 ridical state, like banished. The extorris suffers a mis¬ 
 fortune, as not being able to remain in his native land ; 
 the exul, a punishment, as not being allowed. Appul. 
 Met. y. p. 101. Fxtorres et . .. velut cxulantes. (iv. 
 239.) 
 
 Periclitari, Periculum, see Tentare. 
 
 Perimere, see Interfieere. Perire, see Mors. 
 
 Perlucidus ; Pellucidus ; Perlegere ; Pelle- 
 gere ; Perlicere ; Pellicere ; Perjurare ; Peje- 
 rare. 1. Perlucidus means very bright, whereas 
 pellucidus, transparent. Cic. Civ. i. 57. 2. 
 
 Perlegere means to read through, that is, from be¬ 
 ginning to end ; whereas pellegere, to read over, 
 that is, not to leave unread. Plaut. Pseud, i. 1. 3. 
 Perlicere means completely to inveigle, Liv. iv. 15. 
 Tac. Ann. xiii. 48 ; whereas pellicere, to lead 
 astray. 4. Perjurare means to swear faslely; 
 pejerare, to violate an oath. (ii. 82.) 
 
 Permittere, see Concedere and Fidere. 
 
 Pernegare, see JVegare. 
 
 Pernicies, see Lues. Pernix, see Citus. 
 
 Perperam ; Falso ; False ; Fallaciter. 1. Per- 
 peram (redupl. of nrapd) denotes that which is not 
 true, objectively, with reference to the object, as incor- 
 ♦rect; whereas falso, subjectively, in reference to the 
 person, as mistaken. 2. Falso agere has its foun¬ 
 dation in error and self-deceit; whereas false and 
 fallaciter happens against better knowledge and 
 conscience ; false, through fear and weakness of char¬ 
 acter ; fallaciter, like deceitfully, with the wicked 
 intention of deceiving and betraying. Comp. Tac. Ann. 
 i. 1. Tiberii res . . . ob metum false composite sunt, 
 according to Wolf’s reading; comp, with Germ. 36. 
 Inter impotentes et validos falso tpiiescas. 8. The ad- 
 
PERrETI -PERVICACIA. 
 
 163 
 
 jective f a 1 s u s combines the notions of falso and of 
 the participle falsus, and is distinguished only from fal- 
 lax. Cic. Phil. xii. 2. Spes falsa et fallax. Tac. Ann. 
 xvi. 33. Specie bonarum falsos et amicitiae fallaces. (i. 
 66 .) » 
 
 Perpeti, see Ferre. Perpetuus, see Continuus. 
 
 Perquam ; Valde ; Admodum ; Magnopere. Per- 
 quam means, in an extraordinary degree, with an in¬ 
 dication of astonishment on the part of the speaker; 
 whereas valde, very, a d m o d u m, tolerably, and 
 m u 11 u m, are a simple and quiet enhancing of the at¬ 
 tributive, or of the verb ; magnopere, only of the 
 verb. (v. 262.) 
 
 Perseverantia, see Pervicacia. 
 
 Persona, see Larva. 
 
 Pertinacia, see Pervicacia. 
 
 Pervertere, see Vertere and Perdere. 
 
 Pervicacia ; Perseverantia ; Pertinacia ; Con- 
 tumacia ; Destinatio ; Obstinatio. 1. Pervica- 
 c i a and perseverantia denote adherence to what 
 is once resolved upon as a virtue; pervicacia 
 (from vincere ? vigere ?) has its foundation in natural 
 energy of disposition; perse verantia, in earnestness 
 of character, formed by cultivation; whereas perti¬ 
 nacia and contumacia as a fault; p e r t i n a- 
 c i a has its foundation in a stiff-necked adherence to 
 what is once resolved upon, like obstinacy and stub¬ 
 bornness, in opp. to condescension; contumacia 
 (from temere, contemnere) in a haughty maintenance of 
 one’s free-will, even against proper and legitimate su¬ 
 periority, 1 like insolence and refractoriness, in opp. to 
 complaisance, obsequium. Tac. Ann. iv. 20. Plist. iv. 
 74. Accius apud Non. Tu pertinacem esse, Antiloche, 
 hanc praedicas, ego perviCaciam esse aio et a me uti 
 volo, etc. Cic. inv. ii. 54. Unicuique virtuti finitimum 
 vitium reperietur, ut pertinacia , quae finitima perscver- 
 
 i [But, adliiberc liberam contumaciam. Cic. Tus. 1, 29.] 
 
1 G4 PESSULUS-PETERE. 
 
 antiee est: comp, with Balb. 27. Marc. 10. 2. Per- 
 
 vicacia, etc. denote persisting in a resolution once 
 made ; destinatio and obstinatio are more 
 immediately connected with the making of the resolu¬ 
 tion ; destinatio, the making of an nnaltQirable res¬ 
 olution, decidedness ; obstinatio, adhering to it in 
 spite of insurmountable obstacles and reasonable remon¬ 
 strances, obstinacy, (iv. 176.) 
 
 Pessulus, see Sera. Pessumdare, see Perdere. 
 
 Pestilentia, Pestis, see Lues. 
 
 Petere; Rogare ; Postulare ; Exigere ; Poscere ; 
 Flagitare. 1. Petere and rogare are th'e most 
 general expressions f<5r asking any thing, whether as a 
 request or as a demand, and stand therefore in the mid¬ 
 dle between poscere and o r a r e, yet somewhat 
 nearer to a request; petere (from nufeeiv) gener¬ 
 ally refers to the object which is wished for; whereas 
 rogare to the person who is applied tohence we 
 say, petere aliquid ab aliquo , but rogare aliqucm aliquid. 
 Cic. Yerr. * * 1st e petit a rege, et cum pluribus verbis 
 rogat , uti ad se mittat. Plane. 10, 25. Phil. ii. 30. 
 Fam. ix. 8. and ii. 6. Ne id quod petal, exigere magis 
 quam rogare videatur. Pseudoquintil. Reel. 286. 
 Curt. iv. 1,8. 2. Postulare and exigere de¬ 
 
 note simply a demand, without any enhancing acces¬ 
 sory notion, as a quiet utterance of the will; postu¬ 
 lare (diminutive of 7ro^o?) more as a wish and will; 
 exigere, more as a just claim; wliereas poscere 
 and fl a g i t a r e, as an energetic demand ; poscere 
 (from tto^o?) with decision, with a feeling of right or 
 power; fl a g i t a r e, with importunity, in consequence 
 of a passionate and impatient eagerness. Tac. Hist. ii. 
 39. Othone per literas flagitarite ut maturarent, mili- 
 tibus ut imperator pugnm zdesset poscentibus ; plerique 
 copias trans Padum agentes acciri poshdabaut. Cic. 
 Yerr. iii. 34. Incipiunt postulare, poscere, minari. Plane. 
 19. Poscere atquc etiam flagitare crimen. Legg. i. 5. Pos- 
 tulatur a te jamdiu \e\flagitatur\>Q\\\i§ historia. (v. 230.)* 
 
PETRA PLANCAS. 
 
 165 
 
 Petra, see Saxum. 
 
 Petulans ; Procax ; Protervus ; Lascivus. The 
 p e t u 1 a n s ( crTraraXcov ) sins against modestia through 
 wantonness, raillery, and needless attack ; the procax, 
 through importunity and boisterous forwardness; the 
 protervus (from proterere ? or t apd^cu ?) from 
 impetuosity and haughty recklessness ; the lascivus, 
 through unrestrined frolicksomeness and inclination for 
 play. Hence peutlantia has its foundation in aver¬ 
 sion to rest and quietness, or in the love of mischief; 
 p r o c a c i t a s, in assurance or complete impudence ; 
 protervitas, in a feeling of strength, or in inso¬ 
 lence ; 1 a s c i v i a, in high spirits, or the want of se¬ 
 riousness. (iii. 40.) 
 
 Pietas, see Diligere. 
 
 Piget ; T,edet ; Pcenitet. P i g e t (from ira^y?) 
 means, what one can neither do nor suffer, in general 
 terms ; t m d e t (from tardus ?) what one can no lon¬ 
 ger do or suffer ; p oe n i t e t, what one would fain never 
 have done or suffered, (vi. 269.) 
 
 Pigritia, see Igyiavia. Pilum, see Missile. 
 
 Pilus, see Grinis. 
 
 Pin guts; Opimus ; Obesus ; Corpulentus. 1. 
 P i n g u i s ( 77 rdv'xy,) denotes fat, indifferently, or, 
 on its dark side, as that component part of the body that 
 is most without sensation and strength ; thence, figura¬ 
 tively, sluggish: whereas opimus (from 'jrtiiekrjG) on 
 its bright side, as a sign of plenty and good living; 
 thence, figuratively, opulent. 2. Obesus denotes 
 fatness, on its dark side, with reference to the unwield¬ 
 iness connected with it, in opp. to gracilis , Cels. i. 3. ii. 
 1. Suet. Dom. 18; whereas c 0 r p u 1 e n t u s, on its 
 bright side, with reference to the portliness connected 
 with it. (v. 222.) 
 
 Pinna, see Ala. . Pirata, see Prceda. 
 
 Placidus, see Mitis. 
 
 Plaga, see Locus , Rete , and Vuhius. 
 
 • PLANCiE, see Axis. 
 
1G6 
 
 PLANE-POCULUM. 
 
 Plane ; Omnino ; Prorsus ; Penitus ; Utique. 
 Plane means completely, in opp. to poene, Cic. Brut. 
 9T, 33 ; or vix , Att. xi. 9; omnino, altogether and 
 generally, in opp. to partly, in some instances, with 
 some exceptions ; in opp. also to magna ex parte , Cic. 
 Tusc. i. 1. Fam. ix. 15, or separatim , Plin. Ep. viii. 
 T, oXci)? ; prorsus, exactly, in opp. to in some measure, 
 or almost; penitus, thoroughly, deeply, in opp. to 
 in a certain degree, or superficially, n tcivtcds ; utique 
 [related to utcunque , as quisque to quicunque: opp. 
 neutiquam ], at any rate, in opp. to at all events, or per¬ 
 haps oircoah^irore. (v. 260.) 
 
 Planum, see JEquum. 
 
 Plerique ; Plurimi. P 1 e r i q u e means a great 
 many, in an absolute sense ; plurimi, most, in a su¬ 
 perlative sense. Tac. Ann. xiii. 27. Plurimis equitum, 
 plerisque senatorum non aliunde originem trahi. (vi. 
 273.) 
 
 Plorare, see Lacrimare. Pluma, see Ala. 
 
 Plurimi, see Plerique. 
 
 Pluvia ; Imber ; Nimbus. P1 u v i a (from 7r\ev- 
 aaC) denotes rain as a beneficial natural phenome¬ 
 non, which, as it falls on the land, the thirsty ground 
 absorbs, like uero? ; imber and nimbus involve the 
 notion of an unfriendly phenomenon, which, falling in a 
 particular district, disperses the fine weather; imber 
 (o/x/3po?, from gvpcc>) so far as the rain is attended by 
 cold and stormy weather ; nimbus (from nivere , vlcfra, 
 viTTTCti) so far as it is attended with cloudv weather, (ii. 
 88 .) 
 
 Poculum ; Calix ; Scyphus ; Simpuvium ; Cya- 
 thus ; Crater. 1. Poculum and calix denote, 
 as old Latin words, any sort of drinking vessel, merely 
 with reference to its use ; p o c u 1 u m, a usual cup for 
 meals ; c a 1 i x, a rarer chalice, *or goblet, for feasts ; 
 whereas scyphus, cantharu s, c y m b i u m, cu- 
 1 i g n a, are foreign words, of Greek origin, denoting par¬ 
 ticular sorts of cups, with reference to their form. 2. 
 
POEMA-PORCA. 
 
 1GV 
 
 P o c u 1 u m, etc. all serve as drinking cups ; whereas 
 the old Roman word s i m p u v i u m, and the modern 
 cyathus, are ladles to fill the pocula from the crater , 
 as with the punch-ladle we fill the pufich-glasses from 
 the punch-bowl. (v. 318.) 
 
 Foema, see Canere. Pcena, see Vindicta. 
 
 Pgenitet, see Piget. Poeta, see Canere. 
 
 Pollere, see Posse. 
 
 Polliceri ; Promittere ; Spondere ; Recipere. 
 
 P o 11 i c e r i (from pro and loqui, \atceiv) means to 
 promise, generally from a free impulse, and as an act 
 of obliging courtesy, like eVayyeAXeaAm; promit¬ 
 tere, to promise, generally, at the request of another, 
 as an act of agreement, and in reference to the fulfil¬ 
 ment of the promise, like viTia'xyeLo^cu ; spondere 
 and despondere (^era airoyho^v) to promise in a 
 solemn manner, as the consequence of a stipulation with 
 judicially binding strength, as to pledge one’s self, 
 677 vav ; recipere, to take upon one’s self, and pass 
 one’s word of honor, as an act of generosity, inasmuch 
 as one sets at ease the mind of a person in trouble, like 
 dvahe'yea^at. The pollicens makes agreeable offers, 
 the promittens opens secure prospects; the spondens 
 gives legal security ; the recipiens removes anxiety from 
 another. Cic. Att. xiii. 1. Quoniam de aestate pollice- 
 ris vel potius recipis; for the pollicens only engages 
 his good-will, the recipiens undertakes to answer for con¬ 
 sequences. Sen. Ep. 19; Jam. non promittunt de te, 
 sed spondent. Cic. Fam. vii. 5. Neque minus ei prolixe 
 de tua voluntate promisi , quam eram solitus de mea 
 polliceri; for with regard to Trebatius, Cicero could 
 only express his hope, with regard to himself he could 
 actually promise, (iv. 109.) 
 
 Polluere, s. Contaminare. Pompa, see Funus. 
 
 Pondo, see Libra. . Pondus, see Moles. 
 
 Pontus, see Mare. - Popina, s. Deversorium. 
 
 Populari, see Vastare. Populus, see Gens. 
 
 Porca ; Sulcus ; Lira. P o r c a (from airapd^ai) 
 
168 
 
 rORCUS — POTENTIA. 
 
 is the ridge between two furrows, the soil thrown up; 
 sulcus (oA/ro?) the furrow itself, the trench made by 
 the plough ; 1 i r a (Ae^pro? ? ) sometimes one, sometimes 
 the other, (vi. 277.) 
 
 Porcus, see Sus. Portare, see Ferre. 
 
 Portenta, see Auguria. Portio, see Pars. 
 
 Poscere, see Petere. 
 
 Posse ; Quire ; Valere ; Pollere. 1. Posse 
 and quire were originally transitive ; posse (from 
 7 totvloA) denotes being able, as a consequence of power 
 and strength, like Svvaa^sac ; q u i r e ( tcoelv ) as the 
 consequence of complete qualification, like olov t elvac. 
 Cic. Tusc. ii. 27. Barbari ferro decertare acerrime 
 possunt , quiriliter segrotare non queunt; whereas va¬ 
 le r e and pollere are intransitive. Hence we say, 
 possum or queo vincere , but valeo or polleo ad vincen - 
 dum. 2. Valere (from eA eiv) means to possess the 
 right measure of strength, and thereby to match another, 
 in opp. to insufficient strength, like a^eveiv ; whereas 
 pollere (ttoAAo?) means to have very considerable 
 strength and means, and thereby to distinguish one’s self 
 from others, in opp. to an ordinary degree of strength, 
 like la^vecv. iv. (1G0.) 
 
 Possidere, see Tenere. Posteritas, see Stirps. 
 
 Postremus, see Extremus. Postulare, see Petere. 
 
 Potare, see Bibere. 
 
 Potentia ; Potentatus ; Potestas ; A T is ; Robitr. 
 
 Potentia, potentatus, and p o t e s t a s. (ttot- 
 vlos) denote an exterior power, which acts by means of 
 men, and upon men ; whereas v i s and r o b u r denote 
 an interior power and strength, independent of the co¬ 
 operation and good- will of others. Potentia denotes 
 a merely factitious power, which can be exerted at 
 will, like hvvagus ; potentatus, the exterior rank 
 of the ruler, which is acknowledged by those who are 
 subject to him, like Swaarela ; potestas, a just and 
 lawful power, with which a person is entrusted, like 
 cfo voia. Tac. Ann. xiii. 19. Nihil tarn fluxum est 
 
4 
 
 POTESTAS-PRA2DA. 1G9 
 
 quam fama potentice non sua vi nixm. V i s (7?) is the 
 strength which shows itself in moving and attacking, as 
 an ability to constrain others, like Kpdros ; robur 
 (from eppwa^cu) the strength which shows itself in re¬ 
 maining quiet, as an ability to resist attack, and remain 
 firm, like pco/xp. (v. 83.) 
 
 Potestas, see Occasio. 
 
 Prasbere ; Exhibere ; Pr^estare ; Representare. 
 P r ae b e r e and exhibere denote a voluntary act 
 of the giver, by which a want or wish of the receiver is 
 satisfied ; the proebens (praehibens) is considered in re¬ 
 lation to the receiver, to whom he gives up what he him¬ 
 self before possessed; the exhibens , in relation to the 
 world at large, and generally gives to him who has the 
 best claim, what he himself before possessed; whereas 
 praestare and reprsesentare denote an invol¬ 
 untary act of the giver, who only fulfils a duty, as to 
 perform or discharge; the prcestans releases himself 
 from an obligation by discharging it, in opp. to being 
 longer in a state of liability; the reprcesentans fulfils a 
 promise, in opp. to longer putting off. (iv. 132.) 
 
 Preceptor, see Doctor. 
 
 Pr^cipere, see Jubere. 
 
 Praeclarus, see j Eminem. 
 
 Praeda ; Manubi^e ; Spolia ; Exuviae ; Rapina. 
 1. P r ae d i a and m a n u b i ae denote booty only as 
 a possession and gain that has been made by conquest; 
 whereas spolia and e x u v i ae, at the same time, as 
 signs of victory and of honor. 2. P r ae d a denotes 
 any sort of booty ; whereas m a n u b i ae only the hon¬ 
 orable booty of the soldier, taken in war ; and rapina, 
 the dishonorable booty of the prcedo , who violates the 
 peace of the country, robbery, (iv. 337.) 3. Praedo 
 
 is the robber in general, in as far as he com¬ 
 mits the robbery with his own hands, like 
 as a species of latro (from oKerpp') the highwayman, 
 who lays wait for travellers, like auW, and pirata (iret- 
 paTrj?') the sea-robber; whereas raptor means the 
 o 
 
170 
 
 PKiEDICERE-PRJEONANS. 
 
 robber of some particular person or thing, like dpiran- 
 TVP- 
 
 Praedicere, see Divinare. 
 
 PRiEDiTus; Instructus ; Exstructus ; Ornatus: 
 1. Praeditus (prae-^eTo?) refers to a distinction 
 which sheds lustre ; instructus and exstructus 
 to a qualification which attests usefulness; ornatus 
 refers to both, for ornamentum is not, on the one side, 
 that which is merely of use, like instrumentum , nor, on 
 the other, that which is merely for show, like decus , but 
 that which is of such eminent utility as to be prized 
 even as an ornament. Instructus paints the qual¬ 
 ification, etc., as a perfection which protects and secures ; 
 ornatus, as an accomplishment of an imposing na¬ 
 ture. It is only in a higher point of view, and with ref¬ 
 erence to ideal claims, that ornatus is considered as a 
 want; but, according to ordinary pretensions, it passes 
 for a distinction of life. Cic. Phil. x. 4. Grsecia copiis 
 non instructa solum, sed etiam ornata. Sen. Tranq. 
 9. Sicut plerisque libri non studiorum instrumental sed 
 coenationum ornamenta sunt. 2. Instructus re¬ 
 fers to persons and things, which act either offensively or 
 defensively ; exstructus to things which are for the 
 most part only destined to be acted upon; for example, 
 we say, instructs naves but exstructce mensce. The ex- 
 structa are absolutely ready ; the instructa are only rel¬ 
 atively so, only fully prepared to be employed accord¬ 
 ing to their destination, (iii. 260.) 3. Istructus 
 
 refers to the possession of the means ;paratusto the 
 readiness of the possessor to employ them. (vi. 175.) 
 
 PRiEDiUM, see Villa. 
 
 Pr^egnans ; Gravidus ; Foetus ; Fordus ; Inci- 
 ens. Prsegnans (from ryevecfeac, gnasci) denotes 
 pregnancy quite in a general sense ; gravidus, that 
 of human beings ;.foetus, fordus, inciens, that 
 of animals, as with young ; f oe t u s (from </>uco) that 
 of all animals; fordus or hordus (</>opd?) that of 
 cows; inciens (ey/cuo?) that of small animals, and 
 
PRvE.MI tni 
 
 - PRIDEM. 
 
 171 
 
 particularly of swine. Yarro, R. R. ii. 5. Quse steri- 
 lis est vacca, taura appellatur; Quae prcegnans, horda. 
 Gravida mulier is the physical and medical expression, 
 like ey/cuo?; prccgnans , the more select and decorous 
 expression, something like 4 in a family way.’ (v. 226.) 
 
 Premium ; Pretium ; Merces. Praemium is a 
 prize of honor, that confers distinction on the receiver, 
 as a reward, in opp. to poena; Tac. Ann. i. 26. Cic. 
 Rep. iii. 16. Rabir perd. 11. Liv. xxxvi. 40, like 
 a^\ov, <yepa <;; whereas pretium and merces are 
 only a price, for the discharge of a debt, as a payment; 
 pretium, as a price for an article of merchandise, in 
 opp. to gratia , Cic.' Yerr. ii. 36. Suet. Galb. 15. Ap- 
 pul. Apol. p. 296, like wro?; merces denotes wages 
 for personal services of some duration, or hire for some¬ 
 thing hired, like gicfeos. (iv. 139.) 
 
 Prjes, see Sponsor. Pr^esagire, see Divinare . 
 
 Pr,esentem esse, see Adesse . 
 
 Prjesentire, see Divinare. 
 
 Pr^stans, s. Eminens. Pr^estolari, see Manere. 
 
 Pr^iterea ; Insuper ; Ultro. Praeterea inti¬ 
 mates something that completes what is gone before, as 
 t rpo? Todrot? ; i n s u p e r, something in addition to what 
 is gone before, like irpoaen ; lastly, ultro, something 
 that exceeds what has gone before, so striking as to cast 
 it into the back-ground, (iii. 108.) 
 
 Prjevidere, see Divinare. Pravitas, see Malitia. 
 
 Precari, see Itogare. Prehendere, s. Sumere. 
 
 Pretum, see Proemium. 
 
 Pridem ; Diu ; Dudum ; Diuturnus ; Diutinus. 
 1. Pridem (grplv S/j) denotes a point of time, as 
 long before ; d i u and dudum, a space of time as 
 long since; diu denotes many days, months, years ago ; 
 dudum (hapov‘1') several minutes or hours since. 
 Jam pridem mortuus est means, he died long ago, as 
 an aorist; jam diu mortuus est , he has already long 
 been in his grave as a perfect. Cic. Cat. i. 1. Ad mor¬ 
 tem te duci jam pridem oportebat; in te conferri pes- 
 
172 
 
 FRIMORDIUM-PRIMUS. 
 
 tem illam quam tu in nos omnes jamdiu machinaris. 
 Tac. Ann. xv. 64. Seneca Annmum dm sibi amicitiae 
 fide et arte medicinae probatum orat, proviram pridem 
 venenum promeret. 2. Diutunus denotes long du¬ 
 ration indifferently, as something long in a general sense, 
 or with praise, as something lasting and possessing du¬ 
 rability, in opp. to that which quickly passes away, like 
 Xpovios ; whereas d i u t i n u s, with blame, something 
 protracted and wearisome, like aiavos. Cic. Senect. 
 19. Nihil mihi diuturnum videtur, in quo est aliquid 
 extremum: comp, with Fam. xi. 8: Libertatis deside- 
 rio et odio diutinos servitutis. 
 
 Primordium, see Inilium . 
 
 Primores ; Principes ; Proceres ; Optimates. 
 P r i m o r e s and principes denote the most emi¬ 
 nent persons in a state, as a class of the most influential 
 and respectable citizens, in opp. to insignificant persons ; 
 p r i m o r e s, so far as they are so by their connections, 
 birth, power, and credit; p r i n c i p e s, so far as they 
 have raised themselves by their intellect, commanding 
 talent, and activity to take the lead in debates, to be at 
 the head of parties, to be the first men even among the 
 primores , and in the whole state ; whereas proce¬ 
 res, as far as they are so from their natural position, 
 as the nobility, in opp. to the commonalty ; o p t i m a- 
 t e s, as a political class, as the aristocracy, in opp. to 
 the democracy. Accius apud Non. Primores proce- 
 rum provocaret nomine, (v. 346.) 
 
 Primus ; Princeps ; Imperator ; Caesar. 1 . P r i- 
 m us is the first, so far as, in space of time, he makes 
 his appearance first, and others follow him ; p r in- 
 cep s, so far as he acts first, and others follow his ex¬ 
 ample. (v. 344.) 2. Princeps means the Roman 
 
 emperor, as holder of the highest civil power, which 
 gradually devolved to him as princeps senatus ; whereas 
 imperator, as holder of the highest military power, 
 inasmuch as, except him and the members of his family, 
 no one had any longer a claim to the title of imperator ; 
 
FRINCIPIUM-PRODIGUS. 
 
 173 
 
 lastly, C ?c s a r means the Roman emperor, as a mem¬ 
 ber, and from the time of Galba, as a mere successor, 
 of the imperial family and dynasty. 
 
 Principium, see Initium, 
 
 Priscus ; Pristinus ; see Antiquus, 
 
 Privus ; Proprius ; Peculiaris. P r i v u s means 
 one’s own, in opp. to alienus, that ivhich belongs to an¬ 
 other, like olkelos ; proprius, that which is exclu¬ 
 sively one’s own, in opp. to communis , that which is 
 common, like I'&o?; lastly, peculiaris, that which 
 is especially one’s own, in opp. to universalis , that to 
 which all are entitled, (iv. 344.) 
 
 Probrum, see Ignominia and Maledictum. 
 
 Probus see Bonus . Procax, see Petulans. 
 
 Procella, see Ventus. Proceres, see Primores. 
 
 Procera, see Altus. Proclivis, see Pronus. 
 
 Procrastinare, see Bifferre. 
 
 Procul; Longe ; Eminus ; E longinquo. 1. Pro- 
 cul means at a considerable distance, but yet generally 
 within sight, in opp. to juxta, Tac. H. ii. 74, like a7ro- 
 ; whereas 1 o n g e, at a great distance, generally 
 out of sight, in opp, to propel, Plin. Ep. vii. 27, like 
 rrjXe. 2. Eminus means at such a distance as to be 
 in reach only of missile weapons, in opp. to cominus , 
 like 7 Toppafeev ; whereas e longinquo, from Tifar, 
 means from a great distance, in opp. to e propinquo , 
 like T'ifK.o^sev. 
 
 Prodigia, see Auguria. 
 
 Prodigus ; Profusus ; Helluo ; Nepos. P r o d i- 
 g u s and profusus denote prodigality, as a single 
 feature in a man’s character ; prodigus (from Be^co ?) 
 inasmuch as he regards not the value of money, and 
 neither can nor will carefully put it out to interest, from 
 a genial disposition, as the squanderer; p r o f u s u s, in¬ 
 asmuch as he thinks nothing too dear, that can minister 
 to his pleasures, from levity of character, as the spend¬ 
 thrift ; whereas helluo and n e p o s denote prodigal¬ 
 ity as pervading the whole character, which shows it- 
 o* 
 
174 
 
 riKELTUM 
 
 PUELLA. 
 
 self fully in the quality of prodigality; h e 11 u o (from 
 the habitual gourmand and glutton; nepos 
 (avan otj]h) a young and harebrained prodigal, who 
 runs through his own property and that of his parents, 
 (vi. 286.) 
 
 Prcelium, see Pugna. 
 
 Pbferre, see Differre. 
 
 Proficisci; Iter facere; Peregrinari. 1. Pro- 
 fic i s c i (from facere, facessere,) denotes only the start¬ 
 ing-point of a journey, as to set out, Tropevea^aL ; 
 whereas iter facere and peregrinari, the du¬ 
 ration, as to travel, bbomopelv. 2. Iter facere 
 applies to an inland journey, as well as to travelling 
 abroad; but peregrinari, ifc&7)geiv, supposes that 
 one travels beyond the bounds of one’s own country; 
 in which case the peregrinatio lasts, even when the 
 point of destination is arrived at, and the iter ended, 
 (ii. 133. iv. 69.) 
 
 Profiteri, see Fateri. Profugus, see Perfuga. 
 
 Profusus, see Prodigus. Progenies, see Stirps. 
 
 Proiiibere, see Arcere. Proles, see Stirps. 
 
 Prolixi, see Passi. Proloqui, see Floqui. 
 
 Promittere, s. Polliceri. Pronuntiare, s. Floqui. 
 
 Pronus ; Procliyis ; Propensus. P r o n u s (from 
 vrpcov, irprjvr j?,) in its moral meaning denotes inclination 
 in general; p r o c 1 i v i s, oftener the inclination to 
 something good; propensus, to something bad. (vi. 
 287.) 
 
 Propalam, see Aperire. Prope, see Pcene. 
 
 Propensus, see Pronus. Properus, see Citus. 
 
 Propinquus, s. Necessarius. Proprius, s. Privas. 
 
 Prorogare, see Differre. Prorsus, see Plane. 
 
 Prosapia, see Stirps. 
 
 Prosper, see Felix. 
 
 Protinus, see Fepente. 
 
 Psallere, see Canere. 
 
 Pudens ; Pudibundus ; Pudicus, see Caslus. 
 
 Puella, see Virgo. 
 
 Prosequt, s. Comitari. 
 Protervus, s. Petulans. 
 Prudens, see Sapiens . 
 
175 
 
 PITER-PUGNARE. 
 
 Puer ; Infans ; Adolescens ; Juvenis ; Yrn ; Ve- 
 TUS ; Senex. Puer (from parere, 7r<z'£9,) in a wider 
 sense, is the man in his dependent years, so long as he 
 neither can be, nor is, the father of a family, as a young 
 person, in three periods, as i n f a n s, p^7no9, ttcuBlov, 
 from his first years till he is seven ; as p u e r, in a nar¬ 
 rower sense, 7ra?9, from his seventh year till he is sixteen; 
 as commencing adolescens (from aX&eLv) a young¬ 
 ster, /jieipdKLov , veavla<;, from his sixteenth year. J u- 
 v e n i s, in a wider sense, is as long as he remains in his 
 years of greatest strength, from about the time of his 
 being of age to the first appearances of advanced age, 
 as the young man pe' 09 , which also may be divided into 
 three periods ;— as ceasing to be a d 0 1 e s c e n s, from 
 his eighteenth year ; as j u v e n i s (from few) in a nar¬ 
 rower sense, veavlas, from his four-and-twentieth year; 
 as beginning to be v i r, avrjp, from his thirtieth year. 
 M a t u r u s is the man in his ripest years, when the 
 wild fire of youth has evaporated, and may be divided 
 into three periods ;— as ceasing to be v i r, dvrjp , from 
 his fortieth year; as vetus, 7 epcov, from his fiftieth 
 year ; as s e n e x, (amf) 7rpeo-/3vTri$ , from his sixtieth 
 year. (v. 45.) 
 
 Pugio, see Gladius. 
 
 Pugna ; Acies ; Prcelium. Pugna ( 7 rv/eirf, 
 denotes in a general sense, any conflict, from a single 
 combat to the bloodiest pitched battle, like pax 7 !; acies, 
 the conflict of two contending armies drawn up in bat¬ 
 tle array with tactical skill, the pitched battle; proe* 
 
 1 i u m (from irpvXees') the occasional rencounter oi 
 separate divisions of the armies, as an engagement, ac¬ 
 tion, skirmish, like <rvp(3o\rj. (v. 189.) [No : prcelium 
 is frequently used of general engagements: e. g. illus- 
 trissimum est prcelium apud Platoeas. Nep.~\ 
 
 Pugnare ; Confligere ; Pimicare ; Digladiari. 
 1. Pugnare and confligere mean, to decide a 
 quarrel by force, generally in a mass, in a battle ; d i m- 
 i c a r e and digladiari, to decide a quarrel by 
 
17 G 
 
 PULCHEIt-PURGATIO. 
 
 arms, and generally in a single combat. 2. Pugnare 
 denotes a battle, more with reference to its form, and 
 on its brightest side, as requiring skill and courage: 
 confligere, as a mere engagement, in consequence 
 of an occasional collision, on its rough side as aiming at 
 slaughter and carnage. Cic. Balb. 9. Qui cum hoste 
 nostro cominus seepe in aci q pugnavit: comp, with Off. 
 i. 23. Tenere in acie versari et manu cum hoste confli¬ 
 gere, immane quiddam et belluarum simile est. Or, 
 Nep. Eum. 4. and 8. 3. Dimicar e denotes a fight 
 
 with weapons agreed upon by the parties, such as 
 swords, spears, lances, clubs, and gives the harmless im¬ 
 age of a man who fights in his own defence; whereas 
 d i g 1 a d i a r i denotes a fight with sword or poniard, 
 and gives the hateful image of a practised gladiator, 
 whose calling and art consist in nothing but fighting and 
 assassinating. Cic. Tusc. iv. 19. Convenit dimicare 
 pro legibus, pro libertate, pro patria: comp, with Leg. 
 iii. 9. Iis sicis, quas ipse se projecisse-dicit in forum, 
 quibus inter se digladientur cives. (v. 187.) 
 
 Pulcher, see Formosus. Pullits, see Ater. 
 
 Pulpa, see Caro* Pulsare, see Verier are. 
 
 Pulvinar, see Oulcita. 
 
 Pungere ; Stimulare. Pungere means to thrust 
 at with any pointed instrument, in order to inflict a 
 wound or occasion pain ; whereas stimulare, with a 
 sharp-pointed or penetrating instrument, in order, by in¬ 
 flicting pain, to rouse to watchfulness and activity, (vi. 
 292.) 
 
 Punire, see Vindicta. 
 
 Purgatio ; Excusatio ; Satisfactio. Purga- 
 t i o consists, like justification, in clearing one’s self of a 
 suspicion or accusation by proving it groundless; e x- 
 c u s a t i o, like making an excuse, is acknowledging 
 something wrong, but with the assertion of, or refer¬ 
 ence to, subjective innocence; satisfactio, like 
 atonement, is the satisfaction made to the suffering, or 
 injured party, in case of innocence, by purgatio or ex- 
 
PURUS — QUiERERE. 
 
 177 
 
 cusatio ,— in case of guilt, by Venice petitio or hj poena 
 (vi. 293.) 
 
 Purus ; Mundus ; Merus ; Putus ; Meracus. 1. 
 Purus (^copo?) denotes purity, as a synonyme of 
 integer , and in opp. to contaminatus , like Kcfesapos, 
 Suet. Vesp. 9; whereas mundus, as a synonyme 
 of nitidus, and in opp. to spurcus or sordidus , like 
 /cogyjsos; Senec. Ep. 70. Sail. Jug. 85. Hor. Sat. ii. 
 1, 65 ; lastly, merus (from gelpcd) as a synonyme of 
 simplex , and in opp. to mixtus , like a/c^paro?, d/cepcuo?. 
 Colum. iii. 21. 2. Purus is the general and popu¬ 
 
 lar, putus, or usually purus putus, purus ac 
 putus, the technical expression for the purity of gold 
 and silver, that are solid and without alloy. 3. Me¬ 
 rus denotes anything unmixed, indifferently, or with 
 praise, as a mixture may be an adulteration; whereas 
 meracus refers especially to unmixed wine, and, fig¬ 
 uratively, it is transferred to other objects, and means 
 unmixed in a bad sense, as that which is without its 
 proper ingredients, like the old German word, eitel, thin 
 and poor in quality, in opp. to temperatus. Cic. Rep. i. 
 43. (iii. 204.) 
 
 Pus, see Sanies. Pusillus, see Parvus. 
 
 Putare, see Censere. Putus, see Purus. 
 
 Q. 
 
 Qujerere ; Scrittari ; Rimari ; Investigare ; In- 
 dagare. 1. Quaerere denotes seeking, in a general 
 sense, as the wish and want to get at something ; where¬ 
 as scrutari, rimari, investigare, and i n d a- 
 g a r e, involve the accessory notion of taking pains. 
 2. Scrutari and rimari mean to search for some¬ 
 thing hidden; scrutari (from <ypvT7]') by rummag¬ 
 ing, with evident interest and eagerness ; r i m a r i, by 
 digging for, with evident exertion and skill on the part 
 of the searcher; whereas investigare and i n d a- 
 
 12 
 
178 
 
 QUiESTUS-QUIES. 
 
 gare mean to search after something at a distance; 
 investigare, like the huntsman, who cautiously fol¬ 
 lows the visible track of the wild animal; i n d a g a r e 
 (from Se^ecr^cu, Srfeiv,') like the hound who, guided by 
 instinct, follows the scent. Curt. ix. 10. 11. Famem 
 sentire coeperunt, radices palmarum ubique rimantes: 
 comp, with ix. 9. 5. Scrutati omnia tuguria tandem la- 
 tentes reperere. Or, Tac. Ann. vi. 8. Rimans seereta 
 omnium ; that is, what were intentionally kept secret; 
 with xii. 52. Quasi finem principis per Chaldaeos scru- 
 taretur; which was done without opposition, (v. 121.) 
 
 Qu^estus, see Lucrum. 
 
 Quake, see Cur. Que, see Et. 
 
 Questus ; Quiritatio ; Querimonia ; Querela. 
 Q u e s t u s and Quiritatio are expressions of pain ; 
 questus, in single, quiritatio in continued tones 
 of lamentation; whereas querimonia and querela are 
 expressions of indignation; querimonia in the just 
 feeling of the injured person, who will not brook an act 
 of injustice ; q u e r e 1 a in, for the most part, the blam- 
 able feeling of the discontented person, who will brook 
 no hardship. The Querimonia is an act of the under¬ 
 standing, and aims at redress or satisfaction; the que¬ 
 rela is an act of feeling, and aims, for the most part, 
 only at easing the heart. Cic. Caecil. 8. In populi Ro¬ 
 mani quotidiana querimonia: comp, with Fam. v. 14. 
 Tu non intelliges te querelis quotidianis nihil proficere. 
 (v. 310.) 
 
 Quies; Tranquillitas; Requies. 1. Quies 
 (from /ceia^ai ?) denotes absolute rest, in opp. to activ¬ 
 ity in general, like rjav^la ; tranquillitas, quiet¬ 
 ness in acting, in opp. to hasty or passionate activity, 
 like e/trjXia. Sen. Ep. 3. Et quiescenti agendum et 
 agent! quiescendum est; comp, with Cic. Top. 3. Ut 
 aut perturbentur animi aut tranquillentur. Hence is 
 quietus allied in sense with otiosus , segnis , langui¬ 
 dly ; whereas tranquillus with lenis, placidus , 
 moderatus. 2. Q u i e s is rest in itself; requies, 
 
QUIKE — QUISQUE. 
 
 170 
 
 rest after activity and exertion. Curt. ix. 6. § 2. 
 Ne quies corpori invalido adhuc necessaria pulsu remo- 
 rum impediretur: comp, with § 3. Placuit hie locus ad 
 suam et militum requiem, (i. 80.) 
 
 Quire, see Posse. 
 
 Quiritatio, see Questvs. 
 
 Quisque ; Quivis ; Quilibet ; Unusquisque ; Om- 
 nes; Universi; Cuncti; Totus. 1. Quisque, 
 quivis, and quilibet, denote a totality, which is 
 cut up into several individualities; whereas omnes, 
 universi, and cuncti, denote a combined totality. 
 
 2. Quisque means each individual; quivis, any 
 individual you choose, without exception, and with em¬ 
 phasis ; quilibet, any individual whatever, without 
 selection, and with indifference, like oanaovv , synony¬ 
 mously with primus quisque , 6 tv^cov. Propert. ii. 6, 
 26. Templa pudicitiae quid opus statuisse puellis, si cui- 
 vis nuptae cuilibet esse licet ? apud Laehmann. Cic. 
 Fam. viii. 10. Quidvis quamlibet tenue munusculum. 
 
 3. Quisque is an enclitic, that is, throws back 
 the accent on the preceding word, and in prose never 
 stands at the beginning of a sentence, like eicao-ros ; 
 whereas unusquisque is accented and emphatic, 
 like el? e/cacrro?. 4. Unusquisque denotes each 
 individual, in opp. .to some individuals; whereas s i n- 
 g u 1 i, individuals, in opp. to the undivided totality, like 
 eKaaToi. 5. Omnes (airavrep) denotes all without 
 exception, merely as a totality, in opp. to nemo , unus , 
 aliquot. Cic. Sext. 12, 27. Off. iii. 6, like irdvre ?; 
 whereas universi, all taken collectively, in opp. to 
 singuli and unusquisque. Cic. N. D. ii. 17. 65, 66. 
 Off. iii. 6, like avgrravre ^; lastly, cuncti (^we/cro/) 
 all in their combined reality, in opp, to dispersi , like 
 airavres. Liv. vii. 35. Admonitione paventibus cunc- 
 tis quum omnium in se vertisset oculos Decius. Nep. 
 Dat. 5. Qui ilium unum pluris quam se omnes fieri vid- 
 ebant. Quo facto cuncti ad eum opprimendum consen- 
 serunt. 6. T o t u s, s o 1 i d u s, and integer denote 
 
180 
 
 QUOTIDIE —RECENS. 
 
 that which is originally a whole, but which is liable to 
 fall to pieces by accident, like 0 X 09 ; whereas omni s, 
 universus, and c u n c t u s, denote original individ¬ 
 ualities, which form a whole by their association, like 
 7 ra?, crd/x7ra9, airas. (iv. 852.) 
 
 Quotidie; In singulos dies. Quoti-die ap¬ 
 plies to things that are daily repeated; whereas i n 
 singulos dies, to things that, from day to day, are 
 making an advance. Cic. Att. v. 7. Quotidie vel po- 
 tius in singulos dies breviores liter as ad te mitto. Fam. 
 vi. 4. Catil. i. 2. 
 
 R. 
 
 Rabies, see Aniens. 
 
 Radiabe, see Lucere. 
 
 Rami ; Ram alia ; Virga ; Termes ; Turio ; Sur- 
 cultjs ; Talea ; Sarmentum ; Stolo ; Virgultum ; 
 Fruticetum. 1. Rami and r a m a 1 i a are the boughs 
 of a tree ; rami (from pd^os) the living, green boughs, 
 *XaXXoi ; r a m a 1 i a, the withered dry boughs. Where¬ 
 as virga, termes, turio, s u r c u 1 u s, t a 1 e a, 
 sarmentum, and stolo, are only twigs; virga, 
 and the words of rare occurrence,' termes olivee, 
 and turio lauri, without any accessory reference, 
 like /cXdSo 9 , kXcov, /cXrjfia ; surculus and t a 1 e a as 
 members and offspring of the tree, which as scions and 
 shoots should be subservient to the parent-stock, like 
 opcro 9 ; sarmentum and stolo, as mere off-shoots 
 of the tree, are set aside, and cast away; sarmen¬ 
 tum (from sarpere, apngQ as a completely useless 
 twig; stolo, as at the same time an injurious sucker. 
 2. Virgultum is a place grown over with bushes, 
 and not bare ; fruticetum (from frutices) a place 
 grown over with shrubs, and not passable, (v. 283.) 
 
 Rapina, Raptor, see Prceda. 
 
 Recens, see JYovus. 
 
RXCIPEEE — RELINQUERE. 
 
 181 
 
 Recipere, see Polliceri and Sumer e. 
 
 Recitari, see Eloqui. 
 
 Recondere, see Celare. Recordari, s. Meminisse. 
 
 Recuperare, s. Sumere. Recurvus, see Curvus. 
 
 Recusare, see Negare and Spernere. 
 
 Redimere, see Emere, Redire, see Eeverti. 
 
 Redolere, see Olere. Reduncus, see Curvus. 
 
 Redundare, s. Abundare. Refellere, see Refutare. 
 
 Refugium, see Perfuga. 
 
 Refutare; Confutare; Refellere. 1. Refutare 
 and confutare (from sputare ? or foirav ?) denote 
 a refutation, in whatever manner; refellere (from 
 fallere) on good grounds, and by convincing arguments. 
 2. The ref u tans acts on the defensive in refuting 
 the arguments that are opposed to him; the confu- 
 t a n s, on the offensive, in exposing their nullity, and 
 cutting them up. Cic. Font. 1. Plus laboris consumo 
 in poscendis testibus quam defensores in refutandis; 
 comp, with N. D. ii. IT. Cujus opinionis levitas confu- 
 tata. a Cotta non desiderat orationem meam (iv. 48.) 
 
 Regalis, see Regius. 
 
 Regio, see Locus. 
 
 Regius; Regalis. Regius means, what belongs 
 to a king, and descends from kings; regalis, what 
 is suitable to a king, and worthy of him. (iv. 93 v. 
 48.) 
 
 Religio ; Files. Re 1 i g i o (from aXeyetv') is con¬ 
 scientiousness, on the ground of an inward obligation, 
 through the conscience ; f i d e s (from irfeeiv') on the 
 ground of an outward obligation, through a promise, 
 (vi. 268.) 
 
 Relinquere; Deserere; Omittere; Destituere; 
 Desolatus. 1. Relinquere, to leave behind, has 
 reference to an object, to which one stands in a mere 
 outward and local relation of proximity ; whereas des¬ 
 erere and o m i 11 c r e, to an object to which one 
 stands in an inward and moral relation as an owner or 
 .friend ; desertio, like leaving in the lurch, has its 
 
 p 
 
182 
 
 RELIQUI-REPENTE. 
 
 ground in cowardice, or other forgetfulness of duty, in 
 opp. to defensio , tutatio ; o m i s s i o, like giving up, 
 has its ground in a conviction of being able to dispense 
 ■with, in opp. to obtinere. Tac. Dial. 16. Partes quas 
 intellexerimus te non tam omisisse quam nobis reliquisse. 
 And 9. Relinquenda conversatio amicorum et jucundi- 
 tas urbis, deserenda csetera officia. Cic. Verr. i. 4, 11. 
 Desertum exercitum, relict am, provinciam. 2. D e s e- 
 r e r e means to forsake, and expose to a possible and 
 remote danger ; destituere to an actual and im¬ 
 pending danger. Curt. iv. 2, 82. Desertus , destitutus , 
 hostibus deditus. Liv. vi. 2. Quod defensores suos in 
 ipso discrimine periculi destituat. 8. Desertus and 
 destitutus denote, especially, forgetfulness of duty ; 
 whereas desolatus, the unmercifulness of the ac¬ 
 tion. Suet. Cal. 12. Deserta, desolataque reliquis sub- 
 sidiis aula. (iii. 290.) 
 
 Reliqui, see Cceteri. Remedium, see Mederi . 
 
 Reminisci, see Meminisse. Renidere, see Ridere. 
 
 Renuere, see Negare. Repagulum, see Sera . 
 
 Repandus, see Curvus. 
 
 Repente; Subito; Extemplo; E yestigio; Illico ; 
 Statim ; Protinus ; Confestim ; Continuo. R e- 
 p e n t e and subito denote suddenly; r e p e n s means 
 sudden, in opp. to exspectatus , expected, Cic. Tusc. iii. 
 22 ; to sensim, Cic. Off. i. 33. Suet. Tib. 11, like efa- 
 7 tlvt]s ; but s u b i t u s, in opp. to foreseen, ante provisus, 
 Cic. Tusc. iii. 22; meditatus, Plin. Ep. i. 16; paratus, 
 Cic. Or. i. 33, like irapa^ppga. Extemplo and e 
 v e s t i g i o, in opp. to delay ; extemplo (ex tem¬ 
 pore) in a moment, with reference to time ; e v e s t i- 
 g i o, on the spot, sur-le-champ, with reference to place. 
 Illico and i 1 i c e t, in opp. to slowness; illico (in 
 loco) is used in prose, like 7 Tapavrlfca ; i 1 i c e t, by 
 writers of comedy and poets. Statim and p r o t i- 
 n u s, in opp. to, at a future time ; s t a t i in, immedi¬ 
 ately, in opp. to deinde , Tac. Ann. vi. 3 ; postea , 
 Suet. Cl. 39. A. 51. N. 34, like ; p r o t i n u s, 
 
183 
 
 R El’ER E XtEQUIK ER E. 
 
 forthwith, like irpo/ca. Confestim and c 0 n t i n u 0 , 
 in opp. to ex intervallo, Cic. Inv. ii. 12 . (v. 157.) 
 
 Repere ; Serpere ; Serpens ; Anguis ; Coluber. 
 
 J. Repere means, with small feet and short steps, 
 to move slowly along, to <jreep ; whereas s e r p e r e, 
 without feet, by merely twisting the whole body, and 
 without noise to move forward, to creep on the belly. 
 2 . Serpens (epircov) is the general name for what¬ 
 ever creeps like a snake, like epirerov; anguis (ey%o?, 
 ?) is a great formidable snake, o</>t? ; coluber 
 (ao-fcaX.cKpos') a small, spiteful snake, e^t?, e%i8va. (v. 
 
 841.) 
 
 Reperire, see Invenire. 
 
 Repetere, see Iterum. 
 
 Reprehendere ; Yituperare. Reprehend ere 
 has in view the amendment of a fault, and warning for 
 the future, like showing the right path, and fiifiyfri ?; 
 yituperare (from vitii ireirapeiv) has in view the 
 acknowledgment of a fault, better judgment, shame and 
 repentance, like a rebuke, and ^ 6709 . Reprehen- 
 si 0 is in opp. to probatio; for examples, see Cic. Or. 
 48, 159. Mur. 20, 142. Senec. Yit. B. 1; whereas 
 vituperatio is in opp. to laudatio ; for examples, 
 see Cic. Fat. 5. Off. iii. 32. Quintil. iii. 7, 1. (ii. 259, 
 iii. 328.) 
 
 Repudiare, see Negare. 
 
 Repudium ; Divortium. Repudium is a one¬ 
 sided putting away of a betrothed bride, or of a mar¬ 
 ried woman; divortium, a mutual agreement, ac¬ 
 quiescing in the dissolution of a marriage, or a formal 
 divorce, by wjjich each party was released. The for¬ 
 mula of the repudium was : Conditione tua non utor :— 
 that of the divortium: Res tuas tibi habeto. We say : 
 Repudium mitt ere , r emitter e , renunciare , dicere alicui ; 
 whereas divortium facere cum aliqua. 
 
 Requies, see Quietus. 
 
 Requirere ; Desiderare. Requirere denotes 
 requisition as an act of the understanding, which has 
 
184 
 
 RERI 
 
 REVERTI. 
 
 in view the usefulness of the object; desiderare, 
 as an act of feeling, which surrounds the object with 
 love and sympathy. The requirens claims a right, and 
 expects the fulfilment of his claim from others; the de- 
 sidercins harbors a wish, an<^ expects its fulfilment from 
 the course of things, from fortune. Cic. Fam. vii, 26.. 
 Magis tuum officium desiderari , quam abs te requiri pu- 
 tavi meum. (v. 128.) 
 
 Reri, see Censere. 
 
 Respectum ; Rationem habere. Respect urn 
 habere means, to have regard in thoughts and inten¬ 
 tions ; rationem habere, in acts and measures, 
 (vi. 304.) 
 
 Restare ; Superesse. R e s t a r e means to re¬ 
 main, in opp. to prceteriisse, interiisse; whereas super- 
 e s s e, in opp. to deesse. (vi. 304.) 
 
 Restaurare, see Instituere. 
 
 Restis, see Laqueus. 
 
 Restituere, see Instituere. 
 
 Rete ; Cassis ; Plaga. R e t i a (from dp- 
 
 d'xyr),') is the most general expression for fishing and 
 hunting nets ; casses and p 1 a g m are implements 
 used in hunting only; casses (from kottclvi 7 ), nets 
 for catching the smaller wild animals ; p 1 a g ?e (from 
 7 rXef< 2 t), nets of a stronger texture to get larger ani¬ 
 mals into one’s power by entangling them. Hor. Ep. 
 2, 32. Aut trudit acres apros in obstantes plagas, aut 
 amite levi rara tendit retia. (vi. 304.) 
 
 Reticere, see Silere. 
 
 Reyereri, see Vereri. 
 
 Reverti ; Revenire ; Redire. R e y e r t i and 
 r e v e n i r e denote properly only momentary actions ; 
 r e v e r t i, in opp. to projicisci , the turning back ; r e- 
 venire, in opp. to advenire , the return ; whereas r e- 
 d i r e denotes a more lasting action, which lies between 
 turning back and the return, in opp. to porro ire , the 
 journey home. Cic. Att. xvi. 7. p. m. Quam valde ille 
 reditu vel potius reversione mea lmtatus efiudit. (iv. 63.) 
 
RIDERE-RIPA. 
 
 185 
 
 Ridere ; Cachinnari ; Renidere ; Subridere ; Ir- 
 ridere ; Deridere. 1. Ridere and cachinnari 
 denote an audible laugh ; r i d e r e, a joyous and tem¬ 
 perate laugh, like 7 e\av; cachinnari (from hinnire) 
 an unrestrained and resounding fit of laughter, like 
 Kay^d^eLv ; whereas subridere, and renidere 
 only a visible smile ; subridere, as the expression of 
 a w r aggish or satirical humor ; renidere (from nidor, 
 6 Wt 8 o?,) as the expression of a friendly, and also of a 
 dissembling humor, like fietScav. Cic. Tusc. iv. 31. 
 Si ridere concessum sit, vituperatur tamen cachinnatio . 
 Verr. iii. 25. Herenn. iii. 14, 25. Ovid, Art. iii. 28T. 
 2. Deridere denotes laughing at, as an act of lofti¬ 
 ness and contempt, inasmuch as others are laughed 
 down, like fcarayeXav ; i r r i d e r e, as an act of inso¬ 
 lence and malignant pleasure, inasmuch as others are 
 laughed at before their faces, like eyyeXdv. Cic. Orat. 
 iii. 14. Istos omnes deridete atque contemnite ; and 
 • Yerr. v. 92 : comp, with N. D. ii. 3. Claudius etiam 
 per jocurn deos irridens ; and Suet. Aug. 36. (iii. 251.) 
 
 Rimari, see Qucerere, 
 
 Ripa; Litus ; Ora ; Acta. 1. R i p a (/W^', epec- 
 7 ro),) is the bank of a river, like oyfor ); whereas litus, 
 0 r a, a c t a, the shores of the sea. Mela. Iii. 9. Oras 
 ad Eurum sequentibus nihil memorabile occurrit; vasta 
 omnia vastis prmcisa montibus ripce potius sunt quam 
 litora: and iii. 3, 4. i. 2 , 2 . Yitruv. ii. 9,14. Circa n- 
 jjam fluminis Padi et litora maris Adriatici. Colum. 
 i. 5. Ovid. Met. i. 42. 2. Litus denotes the shore 
 
 only as the line which separates the land from the sea, 
 as the strand, like rjicov and p7]<ypiiv ; whereas ora and 
 a c t a, as the space and tract of land that borders on 
 the sea, as the coast, like dic-nj and aiycaXos ; 0 r a (a )a, 
 ovpo?,') only in geographical reference to the adjacent 
 land, in opp. to the inland country ; but acta (d/cT^) 
 with the accessory notion of being distinguishable by 
 the senses, inasmuch as the coast affords striking views 
 and a pleasant residence. Liv. xxiv. 8 . Classem par- 
 
186 
 
 TUTUS— ROGAEE. 
 
 avimus ut Africse oram popularemur, ut tuta nobis Ital¬ 
 ic litora essent. Plin. Ep. v. 6, 2. Gravis et pestilens 
 ora Tuscorum, quae per lit us extenditur. Hence litoris 
 ora, that is, ora per litus extensa, Yirg. G. ii. 44. Tac. 
 Ann. ii. 78. Appul. Met. iv. p. 92. Avian. Fab. xx. 10. 
 — And Prudent, adv. Symm. iv. 186. Invenit expos- 
 itum secreti in litoris acta. Cic. Fam. ix. 6. Ea trac- 
 tes quorum et usus et delectatio est omnibus illis actis et 
 voluptatibus anteponenda. Acta is a foreign word of 
 Greek extraction, which Tacitus (Hist. iii. 76.) ex¬ 
 presses by the circumlocution amoena litorum. (iii. 207.) 
 
 It itus, see Consuetudo . Pivalitas, see Imitatio. 
 
 Pixa, see Disceptatio. Pobur, see Potentia. 
 
 Robustus, see Validus. 
 
 Pogare ; Orare ; Obsecrare ; Obtestari ; Pre- 
 cari ; Supplicare. 1. Pogare and orare denote 
 simply a request as the quiet utterance of a wish; but 
 the rogans (opyav , opeyeoAor) feels himself al pari, on 
 a par with the person whom he asks, and asks only a 
 courtesy, like aWeiv ; the orans acknowledges the supe¬ 
 riority of the other, and asks a benefit, like Beicr^ac ; 
 whereas obsecrare and obtestari denoted pas¬ 
 sionate asking, as to conjure ; but the obsecrans asks ur¬ 
 gently, like \t,7rapeii> ; the obtestans (from ^eacraddai) 
 in a suppliant manner. Cic. Att. xvi. 16. Igitur, mi 
 Plance, rogo te atque etiam oro. Pseudocic. p. Red. 16. 
 Pro mea vos salute non rogavit solum, verum etiam ob- 
 secravit. 2. P r e c a r i denotes the calm act of prayer, 
 in which one raises one’s hand to heaven, like ev^ecr^tai; 
 but supplicare denotes the passionate act of sup¬ 
 plication, in which one throws one’s self on one’s knees, 
 or on the ground, and wrings one’s hands, like bcereveiv. 
 By hyperbole, however, precor denotes any urgent 
 request; supplicare, any humble request, addressed 
 to a human being. Cic. Parad. v. 8 . Noctu venire do- 
 mum ad eum, precari, denique supplicare. (v. 232.) 
 
 Pogare ; Interrogare ; Percontari ; Sciscitari. 
 Pogare, interrogare, and q uaere r e, denote 
 
ROGARE 
 
 RUS. 
 
 187 
 
 a simple questioning ; r o g a r e ( opyav , opeyecrAaf), 
 as willing to know ; interrogare, as wishing to 
 know ; whereas per contari and s u s c i t a r i de¬ 
 note urgently asking; percontari (from y vcovat) 
 always from a desire of knowledge, with seriousness and 
 calmness ; s c i s c i t a r i (redupl. of scitari) often from 
 curiosity, with inquisitiveness, eagerness, or also with 
 cunning, like pumping or ferreting out. (v. 125.) 
 
 Rogare, see Petere. 
 
 Rudis, see Fustis. 
 
 Ruin a ; Strages. Ruin a (from pevcrao) is the 
 falling down of things raised one upon another, in con¬ 
 sequence of the basis giving way; whereas strages is 
 the throwing down of bodies standing upright, in conse¬ 
 quence of a push from without. Liv. iv. 33. Strages 
 ruince similis. (vi. 309.) 
 
 Rumor ; Fama. Rumor (from pevga), like report, 
 is the uncertain, dark, often clandestine propagation of 
 intelligence, in opp. to authentic assurance; fama 
 (<£^ 77 ), like information, is the open and public propa¬ 
 gation of intelligence, in opp. to ocular demonstration. 
 The rumor interests only by its novelty, is an object of 
 curiosity, and passes away with the generation in which 
 it sprung up; the fama interests through its importance, 
 is an object of research, and as a permanent property 
 descends to posterity, (v. 233.) 
 
 Rumpere, see Frangere. Rupes, see Saxum. 
 
 Rursus, see Iter am. Rus, see Villa. 
 
 Rus ; Ager ; Rusticus ; Agrestis ; Rustiuanus. 
 
 1. Rus (aporov) denotes the country, in opp. to the 
 town or city, the village with what belongs to it; 
 whereas ager (aypos) the country, in opp. to the dis¬ 
 trict in general, the open country or fields. Cels. Med 
 1 . Sanum oportet . . . modo ruri esse, modo in urbe, 
 saepiusque in agro. 2 . Rusticus denotes, like ay- 
 poi/cos, merely residing in the country ; agrestis, 
 like ciypios, growing wild in the fields, like ferns, but as 
 a milder expression, for /eras (jpyptf) denotes wild- 
 
188 
 
 SABULO-SACER. 
 
 ness as an inward nature ; a g r e s t i s, merely as a 
 mark of the place of residence, or of extraction. 8 
 In a spiritual sense, rusticus denotes more an intel¬ 
 lectual, a g r e s t i s more a moral roughness ; r u s t i- 
 c u s, like countrified, has a reference to bashfulness and 
 uncouthness ; in its best sense, it is allied to innocence ; 
 in its worst, to awkwardness: whereas a g r e s t i s, like 
 boorish, lias a reference to shamelessness and vulgarity, 
 is never used in a good sense, but borders on feritas , 
 and answers to the German word Flegelei, 4 churlish¬ 
 ness.’ The rusticus , in opp. to urbanus , violates only 
 the conventional laws of decorum ; the agrestis , in opp. 
 to humanus , the natural laws of decorum also. 4. 
 When Cicero wishes to give to rusticus a still milder 
 sense, and secure it from ambiguity, he adopts the word 
 rusticanus; so that, according to him, rusticus is 
 one who actually lives in a country-village, rustica¬ 
 nus, one who resembles those w 7 ho live in country-villa¬ 
 ges ; hence among the rusticani the municipes may be 
 reckoned, as rusticorum similes. 
 
 S. 
 
 Sabulo; IIarena; Sabura. Sabulo (from 
 pos, tyr/fos,) and in Pliny s a b u 1 u m, denote sand, as 
 a sort of light soil; haiena, arena (from ^epa<?), 
 as a dry stony soil, as small or pounded pebbles, in opp. 
 to a fruitful soil; sabura, saburra, with especial 
 reference to its use, as shipsand, ballast, (vi. 311.) 
 
 Sacellum, see Templum. 
 
 Sacer ; Sanctus. S a c e r («yo?) denotes that 
 which is sacred, inasmuch as it belongs to the gods, in 
 opp. to p r o f a n u s, like tepo? ; whereas s a n c t u s 
 (from ayvo?) inasmuch as it is under the protection of 
 the gods, and, being guarded from profanation, is, in 
 consequence, pure and spotless, in opp. to pollatus, like 
 ocrto?. Hence sanctus homo is a pure, pious man; 
 
SACK AMENTUM SiEVITIA. 
 
 189 
 
 s a c e r, one accursed, devoted to the gods as an expi¬ 
 atory sacrifice. In the same manner s a n c i r e means 
 to place under the immediate protection of the gods, 
 as laws and compacts, for example; whereas sacrare 
 means to dedicate to the gods, as temples and altars, 
 for example, (iii. 198.) 
 
 Sacramentum, see Jusjurandum. 
 
 Sacrare ; Consecrare ; Dicare ; Dedicare. S a - 
 crare, consecrare, mean to hallow, with refer¬ 
 ence to men, with regard to whom the profane use of a 
 thing is withdrawn and forbidden ; d i c a r e, d e d i- 
 care (from Se^ea^at) mean to dedicate with reference 
 to the gods, to whom the thing is set apart as their prop¬ 
 erty. Hence consecrare may be used in an abso¬ 
 lute sense, but d e d i c a r e has always a reference to 
 the new proprietors. 
 
 S^ipe; Crebro ; Frequenter; Frequentare; Cele- 
 BRARE. 1. Soepe denotes often, in opp. to semel , Suet. 
 Ner. 88 ; nonnunquam,Q\c. Or. 66; semper , like iroXkd- 
 Kis ; whereas crebro and frequenter, in opp. to retro, 
 Rhet. ad tier. iv. 23. Cic. Or. 66 ; crebro, often, 
 and in quick succession, and rather too often than too 
 seldom, like A a/xd ; but frequenter (partic. from 
 farcire) often, and not too seldom ; for in general c r e- 
 ber denotes a multifarious assembly, inasmuch as it is 
 dense and crowded ; whereas frequens, inasmuch 
 as it is numerously attended. Consequently, fre¬ 
 quens rather implies praise, like largus; c r e b e r, 
 blame, like spissus. And frequentes senatores denote 
 the senate, when represented as complete ; crebri sen - 
 atores, as wanting room on account of their number, 
 and forced to sit close. 2 . Frequentare means 
 to visit a place often, and not neglect it: whereas cel¬ 
 eb r a r e, to visit it often, and thereby to enliven it, 
 and to fill it with festive sounds, (i. 17.) 
 
 Sievitia ; Crudelitas. S ee v i t i a (from at , alvos ) 
 denotes the blood-thirsty cruelty of the tyrant, who acts 
 like a ravenous beast, that kills and tears its prey, in 
 
190 
 
 S.EVUS 
 
 3ALVUS. 
 
 opp. to manmetudo ; whereas cru clelitas (from 
 /cpvos, crudus) denotes the reckless cruelty of the judge, 
 who enforces the utmost rigor of the law, in opp. to 
 dementia. Sen. Clem. 2. Cic. Lig. 3. Att. viii. 9. 
 Plin. Pan. 3. 
 
 SiEVUS, see Atrox. S alsus, see Lepidus. 
 
 Saltus, see Silva. Saluber, see Salus. 
 
 Salus ; Sanitas ; Yalens ; Saluber ; Sanus ; Sal- 
 utaris. 1 . Salus denotes existence in general, in 
 opp. to interitus ; whereas s a n i t a s, the health of the 
 person existing, in opp. to cegritudo ; first of the body, 
 then, in a higher degree, of the soul. 2. Sanus and 
 v a 1 e n s denote health as a temporary state, and are 
 allied in sense with integer; whereas saluber and val¬ 
 id u s denote habitual qualities, and are allied in sense 
 with robustus. Hence salubris oratio means a speech 
 sound in matter, possessing original strength ; sana , a 
 temperate and discreet speech. Cic. Brut. 13. 51. 
 Tac. Dial. 25. Plin. Ep. ix. 26. 3. Sanus and sal¬ 
 uber represent health, merely as finding one’s self 
 w r ell; v a 1 e n s and v a 1 i d u s, as possessing strength 
 to act. 4. S a 1 u b e r in a transitive sense means, 
 what brings sanitas , in opp. to pestilens , like v<ylewo? ; 
 whereas salutaris, what brings salus, in opp. to pes - * 
 tiferus, like o-corgpLos. Cato, apud Plin. H. N. xviii. 
 
 6. Nihil salutare est nisi quod toto anno salubre. (i. 31.) 
 
 Salus, see Vita. 
 
 Salutaris, see Salus. 
 
 Salve, see Ave. 
 
 Salvus ; Sospes ; Incolumis ^ Integer. S a 1 v u s 
 and sospes denote, like being safe and sound, 
 
 in opp. to being killed ; s a 1 v u s is the customary, 
 sospes a select expression ; whereas incolumis 
 and integer, like doncrf^rjs, denote being unhurt and 
 untouched ; incolumis (from calvere, calamitas, /coA- 
 ovco), in opp. to being wounded, etc.; integer (from 
 tangere) in opp. to being attacked. Tac. Hist. i. 84. 
 Mea cum vestra salus incolumitate scnatus firmatur; 
 
 
SANARE —- SAPIENS. 
 
 191 
 
 that is, our safety is assured by the senate not having 
 had a hair touched. And, i. 66. Verba Fabii salu- 
 tem incolumitatemque Viennensium commendantis ; sa~ 
 lus refers to being killed, mcolumitas to being plun¬ 
 dered : comp, with Cic. Orat. iii. 45, 1T8. Dejot. 15. 
 Sunt turn clementim monumenta . . . eorum incolumita - 
 tes quibus salutern dedisti. (iii. 306.) 
 
 Sanare, see Mederi. 
 
 Sanctus, see /SWr.and Bonus. 
 
 Sanguis; Cruor; Sanguineus; Sanguinolentus; 
 Cruentus. 1. Sanguis denotes the blood circulat¬ 
 ing in the body, living and supporting life, like alga ; 
 cruor (/cppo?) the blood gushing from the body, like 
 /3p6ros. Cic. N. D. ii. 55. Sanguis per venas in omne cor¬ 
 pus diffunditur: comp, with Rose. Am. 7,19. Ut cruorem 
 inimici quam recentissimum ostenderet. Tac. Ann. xii. 
 46. Mox ubi sanguis artus extremos suffuderit, levi ic- 
 tu cruorem eliciunt atque invicem lambunt. Sanguis 
 is the condition of physical life ; cruor, the symbol 
 of death by slaughter. 2. Sanguineus means, 
 consisting of blood, sanguinolentus, smelling af¬ 
 ter blood, or blood-thirsty; cruentus, red with 
 blood, (iv. 258.). 
 
 Sanies; Pus. Sanies (from aiaavov) denotes 
 running, consequently, offensive matter; pus (from 
 7 n£W), corroding, consequently, pernicious matter. 
 Cels. v. 26, 20. (vi. 316.) 
 
 Sanitas, Sanus, see Salus. 
 
 Sapiens ; Prudens ; Callldus ; Scitus ; Solers ; 
 Cordatus; Catus. 1. Sapiens (from agirco) is 
 the person who chooses right objects, from ennobling 
 views, and pursues them with quietness of mind ; pru¬ 
 dens and c a 11 i d u s denote the person who chooses 
 right means, and regulates them with circumspection ; 
 prudentia isa natural judiciousness, pervading a 
 man’s whole nature: c a 11 i d i t a s, an acquired knowl¬ 
 edge of the world and of men, gained by experience 
 and practice. Cic. Fr. Scaur. 5. Hominis [ rudentis 
 
192 
 
 SAPOIl 
 
 SATIS. 
 
 natura, callidi usu, doctrina eruditi. 2 . P r u d e n s 
 is the person who has accurate practical views, in opp. 
 to stultus ; s c i t u s, who has tact, mother-wit, and the 
 faculty of combination ; solera, who possesses prac¬ 
 tical genius and inventive power ; c o r d a t u s, who 
 has his head in the right place, in opp. to excors ; c a- 
 t u s, who discovers and knows secret means and ways, 
 (v. 114.) 
 
 Sapor; Gustus; Gustare ; Libare. 1. Sapor 
 denotes objectively the flavor which a thing has, or 
 gives out, in opp. to odor , etc.; gustus or gusta- 
 t u s (7 evaai) denotes, subjectively, the sensation occa¬ 
 sioned by this flavor, or the sense of taste, in opp. to 
 olfactus, etc. Sen. Ep. 109. Debet esse optatus ad 
 hujus modi gustum , ut ille tali sapore capiatur. 2. The 
 1 i b a n s puts only a small portion of any thing to, or 
 into, his mouth ; whereas the g 11 s t a n s has the sense 
 of the effect of what he tastes, and is conscious of its 
 flavor. Ovid, Amor. i. 4,,34. Si tibi forte dabit, quae 
 prcegustaverit ipse, rejice libatos illius ore dapes. (iii. 
 125.) 
 
 Sarmentum, see 1lamL 
 
 Satelles ; Stipator. S a t e 11 e s (from areWco') 
 denotes an attendant, as a hired servant; stipator 
 (from o-rhjko?) as a guard. Cic. Hull. ii. 13. Ex 
 ecpiestri loco ducentos in singulos annos stipatores cor¬ 
 poris constituit, eosdem ministros et satellites potestatis. 
 (vi. 318.) 
 
 Satis ; Affatim ; Abunde. 1. Satis (from aarf) 
 denotes, like ircav co?, a sufficient measure, without any 
 accessory reference; whereas affatim and abunde 
 with the accessory notion of rather too much than too lit¬ 
 tle ; abunde, like aXt?, with an objective and abso¬ 
 lute reference ; whereas affatim, like dcjfoovws, in a 
 subjective and relative sense. A person may have 
 worked affatim , according to his own opinion, and yet not 
 satis. Oic. Att. ii. 16. Puto enim me Dicsearcho affa¬ 
 tim satis fecisse. And, xvi. 1. Satis est et affatim 
 
SATIS — SA.XUM. 
 
 193 
 
 prorsus. Liv. iv. 22. Frumentum non necessitati satis, 
 sed copise quoque abundeex ante confecto sufficiebat. 2. 
 
 S a t i a r e denotes, satisfying, as the appeasing of a 
 want generally, of hunger, of a longing, etc.; whereas 
 satur are, as the appeasing of an unnatural craving, 
 of an over-eager longing, or a voracious hunger, of ha¬ 
 tred, of the thirst for blood, (i. 109.) 
 
 Satis habere ; Contentum esse ; Boni consulere ; . 
 Contentus ; 2Equus animus. 1. Satis habere, 
 that is, to consider as enough, expresses a judgment, 
 and is only a sign of an unimpassioned judgment of the 
 right measure ; whereas contentum esse, to be 
 satisfied, expresses a feeling and is a sign of moderation 
 and self-government; lastly, boni consulere, to 
 take in good part, an act of the will, by which a person 
 resigns the realizing of his wish, and acquiesces as be¬ 
 comes a man, in what is inevitable. Satis habere 
 is in construction with an infinitive; contentum 
 esse, generally with an ablative, or with quod. ^Cic. 
 Orat. iii. 19; comp, with Fr. Clod. 6. 2. C o n t e n- 
 
 tus animus denotes a relative contentedness, which 
 puts up with and does not murmur at the want of com¬ 
 plete success ; sequus a n i m u s, an absolute content¬ 
 edness, which feels quite satisfied, and does not wish for 
 a more prosperous state, (v. 343.) 
 
 Satisfactio, see Purgatio. 
 
 Saturare, see Satis. 
 
 Saucius, see Vulnus. 
 
 Saxum ; Rupes ; Cautes ; Petra ; Scopuli ; La¬ 
 pis ; Calculus ; Scrupulus. 1. Saxum, rupes, 
 and cautes, are greater ; 1 a p i s, c a 1 x, and s c r u- 
 p u s, smaller masses of stone. Plin. H. N. xxxvi. 22. 
 Silex viridis ubi invenitur, lapis, non saxum est. 2. 
 
 S a x a (from -x^e/ca?, yjrr^co') are greater masses of 
 stone, in whatever form, like ireTpai ; rupes and p e- 
 t r ae (jrerpai, from nreaeiv) are steep and high, like 
 rocks, and therefore difficult to climb ; cautes and 
 scopuli are rough and pointed, like crags, and there- 
 Q 13 
 
194 
 
 SCAKDERE-SCELESTUS. 
 
 fore threaten danger ; the cautes are smaller, and 
 also not visible in the water, and therefore deceitful; 
 the s c o p u 1 i (from /co^cu') jutting upwards, threaten 
 and announce danger, like aicoirekoi. 3. Lapis 
 (aXt'v/r) is the most general expression, and denotes the 
 stone only as a material substance, without regard to 
 its form, like X/Ao? ; c a 1 c u 1 u s, is a smooth, gener¬ 
 ally round pebble; scrupulus, a rough, generally 
 angular pebble ; but for this meaning of scrupulus , 
 the dimin. of scrupus , we have only the authority of 
 grammarians ; in authors it has only the figurative 
 meaning of scruple, (v. 191.) 
 
 Scandere ; Adscendere ; Escendere ; Conscen- 
 dere ; Inscendere. Scandere means to mount a 
 steep height, which is connected with exertion, and gen¬ 
 erally brings both hands and feet into requisition, as to 
 climb; whereas adscendere, escendere, con- 
 scendere, and inscendere, mean to mount a 
 height, in a general sense; adscendere, without 
 any accessory notion, merely in opp. to descendere; 
 whereas escendere means to mount a height which 
 is fortified, like ramparts, walls, or which confers dis¬ 
 tinction, as the rostrum ; conscendere, to mount 
 something in company with others, a ship for instance ; 
 inscendere, to mount an enclosed space, a carriage 
 for instance, (iv. 60.) 
 
 Scapha, see Navigium. 
 
 Scelestus ; Sceleratus ; Nefarius ; Nefandus ; 
 Impius. Scelestus (from scelus, ovcX^po?) has 
 reference to the mind, like ad scelera pronus and 
 promptus; whereas sceleratus, to actions, like 
 sceleribus pollutus atque opertus. Hence the epithet 
 sceleratus is applied to things, to porta , campus , 
 vicus; and, in general, things can be called scelesta 
 only by personification. In the like manner nefa¬ 
 rius and i m p i u s as applied to the impiety of the 
 person who acts, only with this distinction, that the im¬ 
 pius is impious only in mind, the nefarius in his actions 
 
SCELUS-SEMPITERNUS. 
 
 195 
 
 also ; whereas nefandus refers to the horrible enor¬ 
 mity of an action, (ii. 149.) 
 
 Scelus, see Delictum. 
 
 Scientia, see Cognitio. 
 Scipio, see Fustis. 
 Scitus, see Sapiens. 
 Scopuli, see Saxum. 
 Scrobs, see Specus. 
 Scrupulus, see Saxum. 
 
 Schola, see Ludus. 
 Scindere, see Findere. 
 Sciscitari, see Do gave. 
 Scobina, see Lima. 
 Scortum, see Pellex. 
 Scropha. see Sus. 
 Scrutari, see Qucerere. 
 
 Scutum; Clypeus ; Parma. Scutum (ovcuro?) 
 is a larger shield, covering the whole body, adfcos ; 
 clypeus and parma smaller shields of a round 
 form, dairfe ; clypeus (^kXottios, KaXvxfraL) for foot- 
 soldiers ; parma ( 7 rakp.7]') for horse-soldiers also; 
 lastly, p e 11 a (VeA/r? 7 ) a small shield in the form of a 
 half-moon ; c e t r a, a small leathern shield. Liv. ix. 
 19. Macedonibus clypeus . . . Romano scutum , majus 
 corpori tegumentum. Liv. xxxi. 36. Cetratos, quos 
 peltastas vocant, in insidiis abdiderat. 
 
 Scyphus, see Poculum. Secessio, see Turbce. 
 
 Secreta, see Arcana. Securis, see Ascia. 
 
 Secures, see Tutus. 
 
 Sedes ; Sedile ; Sella. S e d e s is simply a place- 
 for sitting, like e3o? ; whereas sedile and sella are 
 artificially prepared seats ; s e d i 1 e, in any form chosen, 
 as a stool or bench, whether movable or immovable, like 
 edpa ; s e 11 a, of a particular form, as a chair or throne, 
 like ^ povos . 
 
 Seditio, see Turbce. Segnitia, see Ignavia. 
 
 Semita, see Iter. Semo, see Numen. 
 
 Semper ; Usque. Semper (d/^Trepe?) means ‘ al¬ 
 ways ’ and ‘ ever,’ absolutely, without reference to finy 
 definite limit; whereas usque only relatively ‘ al¬ 
 ways,’ within a definite limit, in usque dum, etc.; but 
 by the poets it is used without any additional clause, as 
 in Horace, for example, Sat. i. 9. Usque sequar te 
 (i. 14.) 
 
 Sempiternus, see Continuus. 
 
j 96 
 
 SENECTA 
 
 SERIES. 
 
 Senecta, Senectus, Senium, see Vetus. 
 
 Senex, see Puer and Vetus. 
 
 Sensim, see Paulatim. 
 
 Sententia ; Opinio ; Suffragium. 1. S e n t e n- 
 t i a is the view of a subject, resting upon clear percep¬ 
 tion and acquired conviction, like yvcogrj ; o p i n i o, an 
 opinion resting upon mere feeling, like ho^a. 2 . Sen¬ 
 te n ti a is the vote of a senator upon any motion, etc., 
 like 7 vco/jLT] ; whereas suffragium, the simple voting, 
 pronouncing yes or no, or a name, like 
 
 Sentes, see Dumi. 
 
 Sentire, see Intelligere. 
 
 Seorsum ; Separatim. S e o r s u m means set apart, 
 in order to prevent a thing being common, with the ac¬ 
 cessory notion of secrecy; whereas separatim means 
 separated, in order to prevent confusion, with the ac¬ 
 cessory notion of arrangement. 
 
 Sepelire ; Condere ; Humare. S e p e 1 i r e and 
 coridere denote complete burial, the more or less sol¬ 
 emn interment of the remains of a dead person, with or 
 without previous burning; sepelire (Goth, filhan, 
 acnrd\a%) as a proper and technical expression ; con¬ 
 dere (Karcfeeivcu') as a general and softer expression ; 
 whereas h u m are means depositing in the earth, as 
 the last part of burial, in opp. to cremare. 
 
 Sera ; Claustrum ; Pessulus ; Repagulum ; Obex. 
 S e r ae and cl austra are bolts ; sera (seruisse, 
 eipeiv) a movable bolt, that is put on the door; claus¬ 
 trum, a bolt that is fastened to the door ; whereas 
 pessuli, repagula, and o b i c e s, are merely bars, 
 which supply the place of bolts; pessulus ( 7 rao-aa- 
 \o?) a smaller bar for the fore, ?, Plaut. Aul. i. 2, 25. 
 Ter. Heaut. ii. 3, 47 ; whereas repagulum (from 
 irri^ai ), pangere, a greater bar for the valves, Cic. 
 Yerr. iv. 43. Plin. H. N. xvi. 42, and obex (from 
 objicere) for the portes , Tac. II. iii. 30. Ann. xiii. 39. 
 (v. 292.) 
 
 Series ; Ordo. Series (from severe, etpeiv) means a 
 
 
 
SERIUS —SERMO. 
 
 197 
 
 row, as an outward, mechanical, accidental association of 
 things, which, according to their nature, are of the like 
 sort; whereas ordo (from apfopos, an in¬ 
 
 ward, ideal, necessary association of things, which, ac¬ 
 cording to their destination, belong to one another. S e- 
 r i e s is a mathematical; o r d o, a moral notion, (vi. 
 330.) 
 
 Serius ; Severus. S e v e r u s ( avrjpos ) means, ac¬ 
 tively, one who cuts no jokes ; s e r i u s, in a neutral 
 sense, what is no subject for joking; and severe 
 means earnestly ; s e r i o, in earnest; whence seve- 
 r u s is an epithet for persons, s e r i u s for things ; Hor. 
 A. P. 105. Decent vultum sevcrum seria dictu. Se- 
 nec. Tranq. 15. Nihil magnum, nihil severum nec se- 
 rium quidem ex tanto apparatu putat. Severus is 
 in opp. to hilar is, Cic. Brut. 93, remissus , Orat. ii. 17, 
 luxuriosus , Quintil. xi. 3, 74: whereas serius is in 
 opp. to jucundus, jocosus ; and s e r io to joco, per jo- 
 cum. Yet severus also supplies the place of serius; 
 particularly in severior , severissimus , and severitas , 
 because serius does not possess these forms, (i. 75.) 
 
 Sermo; Colloquium; Oratio. 1. Sermo (e/po- 
 fievo<s) denotes a conversation accidentally arising, or 
 at least carried on without any fixed and serious pur¬ 
 pose; whereas colloquium, generally a conversa¬ 
 tion agreed upon for a particular purpose, like a con¬ 
 ference. 2. Sermo is a natural mode of speaking ; 
 oratio, a speech premeditated and prepared accord¬ 
 ing to the rules of art. The sermo arises when, in or¬ 
 dinary life, an individual speaks longer than usual, and 
 continues speaking, and is accidentally not interrupted; 
 the oratio has a definite extent with an observable be¬ 
 ginning, middle, and end, and in it the speaker calcu¬ 
 lates upon not being interrupted. In the sermo , the 
 language of ordinary life predominates, whether in 
 prose or verse, as in the comic poets, and in the Ser- 
 mones of Horace ; whereas in the oratio the language is 
 select, and in conformity to the rules of rhetoric. Cic. 
 
198 
 
 SERMO-SICCUS. 
 
 Orat. 16. Mollis est oratio philosophorum et umbrati- 
 lis . . . Itaque sermo potius quam oratio dicitur. Tac. 
 Hist. i. 19. Apud senatum non comptior Galbae, non 
 longior . . . sermo ; Pisonis comis oratio. (iv. 23.) 
 
 Sermo, see Lingua. 
 
 Serpens, Serpere, see Repere. 
 
 Servus ; Famulus ; Mancipium ; Minister ; An- 
 cilla ; Servitus ; Servitium. 1. Servus, ancil- 
 1 a, famulus, and mancipium, denote a servant 
 who is not free, a slave ; minister, one who is free, 
 or only in subordination. Plin. Ep. x. 97. Ancilloe , 
 quae ministrce dicebantur; that is, in Christian assem¬ 
 blies. 2. Servus (from etpepo?) means a slave, in 
 a political and juridical sense, as in a state of subjuga¬ 
 tion, in opp. to dominus , Cic. Verr. iv. 50, like £o0\o? 
 and Spco ? ; famulus Qxagako? ?) in a patriarchal 
 sense, as belonging to and part of the family, in opp. to 
 lierus , Cic. Off. ii. 7, like ob/cerr)? ; m a n c i p i u m, in 
 an economical sense, as a possession and marketable 
 commodity, like dvhpdirohov. 3. S e r v a means a fe¬ 
 male slave, with especial reference to her legal condi¬ 
 tion ; a n c i 11 a, in ordinary life, as the feminine of 
 servus. Servitus denotes slavery, quite indifferent¬ 
 ly, as a regular, natural, legal state ; whereas s e r v i- 
 t i u m, either with contempt or compassion, as an ir¬ 
 regular, compulsory, ignominious state. Most prose 
 writers, however, use servitus merely as the abstract; 
 servitium , and especially servitia , as the concrete term 
 for servi. (v. 136.) 
 
 Severitas; Gravitas; Strenuitas. Severitas 
 (^avrjpoTT]^') means earnestness, so far as it is seated in 
 the mind ; g r a v i t a s (from 7 epaios) so far as it 
 makes an impression on others; strenuitas (from 
 (tt pTjvrfsj Spalvco') so far as it shows itself in action, (ii. 
 129.) 
 
 Severus, see Austerus and Serius. 
 
 Sica, see Gladius. Sicarius, see Homicida . 
 
 Siccus, see Aridus. Sidus, see Stella. 
 
199 
 
 SIGNUM — SISTERE. 
 
 Signum, see Imago. 
 
 Silere ; Tacere ; Reticere ; Obticere. 1. S i- 
 lere (from eXXo?) means to be still, cnwnrdv, in opp. 
 to strepere , Suet. Aug. 94; whereas tacere (from te- 
 gere ?) means to be silent, oipav, in opp. to loqui, di- 
 cere. And the compound word reticere, if a man 
 lias something to say, and keeps it to himself, in opp. to 
 eioqui , proloqui; but obticere, if a man does not 
 speak to one who asks or expects an explanation, in opp. 
 to respondere. Cic. Harusp. 28. Sed tamen facile ta- 
 centibus cmteris reticuissem. 2. Tacens and t a c i- 
 tus denote being silent merely as a temporary state ; 
 tacens means any one who does not speak; t a c i- 
 t u s, one who, when an opportunity for speaking offers, 
 purposely refrains, and observes a significant silence; 
 whereas taciturnus denotes silence as an habitual 
 quality, like close and reserved, (i. 85.) 
 
 Silva ; Saltus ; Nemus ; Lucus. Silva (vXy) 
 denotes a wood, in a general sense, merely with refer¬ 
 ence to the timber, like v\p ; whereas saltus (aXcro?) 
 as a wild place, or wood in the midst of mountains, like 
 vdmj ; n e m u s (yegol) as a pleasant place, as a grove; 
 lucus (Xo^pur}) as a sacred place, as a grove conse¬ 
 crated to the gods, like aXcro?, aX™?. (ii. 93.) 
 
 Simpuvium, see Poculum. Simulacrum, see Imago. 
 
 Simulatio, see Imitatio. Simultas, see Odium. 
 
 Sinere, see Ferre. Singularis, s. Eminem. 
 
 Sinister ; L^evus. Sinister (old Germ, winis- 
 tra) denotes the left, as a usual and prosaic expression, 
 like dpicrrepos ; 1 sq v u s (Xato<?) as a select and poetical 
 expression, like cr/ccuo ?. In a figurative sense s i n i s- 
 t e r is the symbol of unpropitiousness and of disaster; 
 lsevus, of perverseness and of awkwardness, (vi. 836.) 
 
 Sinus, see Gremium. 
 
 Sistere ; Inhibere ; Statuere. Sis t e r e and 
 i n h i b e r e mean, to make any thing stand still; sis¬ 
 tere ( iaTavcu ) with reference to a living and running 
 object; i n h i b e r e, to a lifeless object, that has merely 
 
200 
 
 SITUM-SOLEMNIA. 
 
 been put in motion; whereas statuere means to make 
 any thing stand fast. (iv. 299.) 
 
 Situm esse, see Cubare. 
 
 Situs, see Latum. 
 
 Societas, see Foedus. 
 
 Socius ; Sodalis ; Amicus ; Familiaris ; Parti- 
 ceps ; Consors. 1. S o c i i (from sequi) are bound by 
 common interests to act together, as partners, compan¬ 
 ions, etc. ; s o d a 1 e s and s o c i e n n i, like eraipoi, are 
 bound only by being pleased with each to the common 
 enjoyment of life, as comrades and good friends ; 
 but sodalis (from ^eto?,) is the more ele¬ 
 vated, sociennus, a more comic expression. S o- 
 c i u s is generally in construction with an objective 
 genitive, which names the purpose of the* sociatio ; 
 whereas sodalis only with a subjective genitive, 
 which names the other sodalis ; socius periculi , culpce , 
 but sodalis meus. 2. Sodalis is a good friend, with 
 whom one stands in a sociable, that is to say, a calm 
 state of intercourse; amicus, a friend, with wffiom 
 one exchanges the sacred feeling of love and respect; 
 familiaris, a confidant, to whom one is bound, as 
 one heart and soul, in mirth and sorrow. 3. The s o- 
 c i u s r e i is considered in the state of a fellow-labor¬ 
 er or fellow-sufferer ; the particeps and consors 
 as sharers in an enjoyment or in a possession; the par¬ 
 ticeps, because he voluntarily takes a part in a thing, 
 in opp. to expers , like yuero^o? ; the consors, because, 
 without co-operating, he is entitled to a share, in opp. 
 to exsors. Cic. Balb. 28. Fuit hie multorum illi labo- 
 rum socius aliquando; est fortasse nunc nonnullorum 
 particeps commodorum. Liv. xxi. 41, and Suet. Aug. 
 25. The co-regent is socius imperii , so far as he shares 
 in the business of government; consors , so far as the 
 office is merely honorary, (iv. 208.) 
 
 Socordia, see Ignavia. 
 
 Sodalis, see Socius. 
 
 Solemnia ; Fere® ; Dies festi ; Festa. S o 1 e m- 
 
SOLERE-SOLUM. 
 
 201 
 
 n i a means festivals, so far as they are solemn or regu¬ 
 larly returning institutions; feriae, so far as they are 
 days of rest and recreation ; f e s t a, or, in prose, dies 
 f e s t i, so far as they are days of rejoicing, (vi. 839.) 
 
 Solere ; Consuevisse ; Adsolere. 1. S o 1 e r e 
 (from ekelv') is used of events and of actions, like 
 < piXelv , to be used; whereas consuevisse only of 
 an action, with reference to a person, like elccfoevcu, to 
 be wont. In Liv. xxxviii. 17, Haec quibus insolita 
 atque insueta sunt Graeci timeant! — the word i n so¬ 
 li t u s refers to the frequency of their appearance ; i n- 
 s u e t u s, to the connection of their appearance with 
 the individuality of the subject acting or suffering. 2 . 
 S o 1 e t is used indifferently; a s s o 1 e t involves praise, 
 and may be resolved into recte or rite solet. (v. 73.) 
 
 Solers, see Sapiens. Solicitare, see Lacessere. 
 
 Solicitudo, see Cura. 
 
 Solitudo ; Vasta ; Deserta ; Tesca. S o 1 i t u d o 
 denotes the solitude of a place, indifferently or with 
 praise; whereas vasta, deserta, tesca loca, with 
 blame ; vasta loca, as uncultivated wastes, in opp. to 
 mlta; whereas d e s e r t a, as uninhabited deserts, in 
 •jpp. to Jiabitata ; and t e s c a, or t e s q u a, (from ta- 
 cere,) as lonely places, where an awful stillness reigns, 
 in opp. to celebria. (iii. 226.) 
 
 Solum; Fundus; Vadum; Fund amentum. So¬ 
 lum, fundus, v a d u m, denote the natural ground 
 and bottom of a thing ; solum, that of the earth, on 
 which one can place a firm foot, in opp. to the mova¬ 
 ble elements air and water; fundus (from fodere, 
 /3i/^o?,) that of a vessel, in opp. to the remaining space 
 in the vessel; vadum (e8o?) that of a river, ocean, 
 or sea, in opp. to the water, which flows into it, or to 
 standing water; whereas fundamentum denotes a 
 foundation artificially laid, on which a building, etc. 
 rests, and which, in addition to the solum , it particularly 
 needs. Hence the proverbial phrase, Omnis res jam 
 in vado est; like a swimmer who has reached the bot- 
 
202 
 
 SOLUM-SPECUS. 
 
 tom of the water: and Largitio fundum non Jidbet , like 
 the vessel of the Danaides. Cic. Brut. 74. Solum et 
 quasi fundamentum oratoris vides. (v. 35.) 
 
 Solum, see Tellus. 
 
 Somnus; Sopor; Somnium ; Insomnium. 1. So na¬ 
 nus ( vttvo 9) denotes sleep, as a usual prosaic expres¬ 
 sion ; sopor (vrrap) as a select poetical expression. In 
 prose sopor has only a causative meaning, a means 
 of producing sleep, but not a deep sleep. 2. Som¬ 
 nium denotes a dream, in prose, like ovap ; i n s om¬ 
 nium, in poetry, like evvirviov. (v. 278.) 
 
 Sonitus, see Fragor. 
 
 Sons, see Culpa. Sopor, see Somnus. 
 
 Sordes, see Lutum . Sospes, see Salvus. 
 
 Sparsi, see Passi. Spatiari, see Ambulare. 
 
 Species, see Figura. Spectare, see Videre. 
 
 Spectrum; Mostellum; Manes ; Lemures. Spec¬ 
 trum denotes the apparition of a departed spirit, as a 
 supernatural appearance; mostellum (dimin. from 
 monstrum) as a horrible apparition; manes (from 
 dpevgvd fcapgva) as the apparition of a good spirit; 1 e- 
 mures, as that of a hobgoblin, (vi. 344.) 
 
 Speculator, see Explorator. 
 
 Specus ; Caverna ; Antrum ; Spelunca ; Spel^eum ; 
 Fovea ; Scrobs. 1. Specus and c a v e r n a are 
 cavities, whether under-ground, or on a level with the 
 ground, — consequently, a species of antrum ; spe¬ 
 lunca and s p e 1 se u m, cavities with a perpendicular 
 opening, leading up into a mountain ; scrobs, fovea, 
 and f a v i s s a, pits with an horizontal opening, leading 
 down into the earth. 2, Specus (0-7reo?) is a gap, 
 with a longish opening ; caverna (from Kvap') a 
 hole, with a round opening. 3. Spelunca ( airrjX - 
 uyf) is a cavity, in a merely physical relation, with ref¬ 
 erence to its darkness and dreadfulness; antrum 
 (< avrpov ) a grotto, as a beautiful object, with reference 
 to its romantic appearance and cooling temperature; 
 lastly, spelaeum {cnn)\aLov) is used only by the 
 
SPERARE-SPERNERE. 
 
 203 
 
 poets, as the abode and lurking-hole of wild beasts. 4. 
 Fovea (from (pveiv ) is a pit meant to remain open, 
 or only covered in order to keep in or to catch a wild 
 beast; s c r o b s, a pit meant to be filled up again, and 
 only dug, in order to bury something, the root of a tree, 
 for instance, or a corpse, (v. 140.) 
 
 Sperare, see Vereri. 
 
 Spernere ; Contemnere ; Despicere ; Aspernari ; 
 Recusare; Fastidire; Negligere. 1. Spernimus 
 rejicienda, fugienda ut libidines. Contemnimus magna, 
 metuenda ut pericula, mortem. Despicimns infra nos 
 posita, ut vulgi opiniones; according to Lambinus. Or, 
 spernere, spernari, aspernari (eW epalveiv) 
 mean, not to care for a thing, in opp. to appetere , concu- 
 pisse , Cic. Fin. ii. 10, 51. Plaut. Mil. iv. 2, 59, some¬ 
 thing like d'rrolBaXXeiv ; whereas contemnere, poeti¬ 
 cally t e m n e r e (from temere), not to fear a thing, in opp. 
 to timere , metuere , Cic. Fam. vii. 32. Att. ii. 24. Sen. 
 Prov. 6. Tac. H. ii. 92, like Karatypovelv ; lastly, des¬ 
 picere, despectare, not to value a thing, in opp. 
 to suspicere , revereri , admirari. Cic. Off. ii. 11, 38. 
 Tac. Ann. ii. 43, like oXiycopeiv. 2. Spernere de¬ 
 notes despising, as an inward feeling, synonymously with 
 parvi putare , negligere; spernari, and the more 
 usual word, a s p e r n a r i, as an utterance of that feel¬ 
 ing, synonymously with recusare , abnuere , rejicere , 
 like waving from one. In spernere, the notion of 
 holding cheap predominates ; in aspernari, that of 
 aversion or rejection. Spernere refers to an object 
 which is at one’s command; aspernari, to some¬ 
 thing offered to us, or obtruded upon us. 3. Asper¬ 
 nari is confined to the simple avowal of aversion; 
 whereas recusare includes the decided declaration 
 of unwillingness. Curt. vi. 6, T. Principes aspernan- 
 tes quidem, sed recusare non ausos Persicis ornaverat 
 vestibus. 4. The spernens follows a moral and ra¬ 
 tional aversion, and acts more or less with a conscious¬ 
 ness of his grounds for despising anything; whereas the 
 
204 
 
 SPHJEKA-SPONTE. 
 
 fastidiens follows a physical and instinctive aver¬ 
 sion, whether it be an innate or temporary antipathy, 
 which arises either from an actual loathing, or from what 
 appears like it; lastly, the n e g 1 i g e n s follows the 
 suggestion neither of reason, nor yet of instinct and 
 feeling, but acts without thought or purpose, (ii. 178.) 
 
 Spbjera, see Globus. Spica, see Culmus. 
 
 Spiritus, see Anima. Spissus, see Augustus. 
 
 Splendere, see Lucere. Spolia, see Prceda. 
 
 Spoliare, see Vastare. Spondere, see Polliceri. 
 
 Sponsor; Yas ; Pr2es. Sponsor is a surety in a 
 general sense, who guarantees any thing whatever; 
 whereas v a s and p r ae s are sureties in a court of jus¬ 
 tice ; v a s (from ae^-Xo?) one who gives security for the 
 appearance of one or other party in court; p r ae s, who 
 gives security for a claim of government, (iv. 113.) 
 
 Sponte ; Ultro ; Sua sponte; Voluntate ; Liben- 
 ter. 1 . Sponte ( 77 * 0 ^ 09 ) means voluntarily; where¬ 
 as u 11 r 0 , in an over-ready manner ; so that sponte, 
 refers to the mind of the agent, ultro to the thing 
 itself. Liv. x. 19. Orare ne collegae auxilium, quod 
 acciendum ultro fuerit, sua sponte oblatum sperneretur; 
 and Tac, Hist. iv. 79. Suet. Caes. 6. Sponte accu- 
 s a r e means to accuse of one’s own accord; whereas 
 ultro accusare means to obtrude one’s self into 
 the office of an accuser, when one should be satisfied 
 with not being one’s self accused ; according to which, 
 ultro accusavit may be resolved into the com¬ 
 plete phrase: Haud contentus non accusari ab altero, 
 ultro etiam progressus est, ut ipse accusaret alterum, or, 
 ultro progressus accusavit alterum. 2. Sponte, from 
 choice, is in opp. to casu, or necessitate , Colum. ii. 1 , 
 13. Plin. Ep. v. 14. Tac. Ann. vi. 23;'whereas sua 
 sponte, quite of one’s own accord, like avrofiaTws , 
 in opp. to rogatus , provocatus , or invitatus. Caes. B. 
 G. i. 44. Cic. Fam. i. 7. iv. 3. vii. 5. (iii. 103.) 3. 
 
 Sponte and spontaneus, like etctov and e/coucrto9, 
 paint the voluntary action as an act of the understand- 
 
SQUALOR — STIPULA. 
 
 205 
 
 ing ; voluntate and voluntarius, like e^eAozm;?, 
 as an act of the will, in opp. to invite; libenter and 
 1 ib e ns, like aagevos, as an act of feeling, in opp. to 
 tcvdio. (iv. 27T.) 
 
 Squalor, see Lutum . Stagnum, see Lacuna. 
 
 Statim, see Repente. Statua, see Imago. 
 
 Statuere, see Destinare and Sistere. 
 
 Status, see Conditio. 
 
 Stella ; Astrum ; Sidus. Stella (dirain, of acrrtfp ) 
 means any one of the innumerable individual stars, like 
 cKTTtjp; astrum ( dcrrpov ), any one of the greater 
 bright heavenly bodies, the sun, moon, and principal 
 stars, with their peculiar names, like aarpov; sidus 
 (elSo?), a complication of stars, a constellation, and, by 
 affinity of the notion with number and magnitude, a 
 great star, like repa?, relpea. Astrum and s t e 11 a 
 denote the stars more in a mere physical relation, as 
 bright heavenly bodies; sidus, more in'an astronomi¬ 
 cal and astrological relation, as portentous and influenc¬ 
 ing human affairs. Sen. Helv. 9. Dum ortus siderum , 
 occasus intervallaque, et causas investigare velocius 
 meancli vel tardius spectare tot per noctem Stellas mi- 
 cantes liceat. (iv. 409.) 
 
 Stercus, see Lutum. Stilla, see Grutta. 
 
 Stimulare, see Pungere. Stipator, see Satelles. 
 
 Stipes; Vallus ; Palus; Sudes. Stipes and 
 v a 11 u s mean a larger sort of pale or stake, like a pole 
 or the stem of a tree, which must be driven into the 
 earth with a rammer ; stipes serves for various uses, 
 in war and upon other occasions; vallus (the dimin. 
 of o-vapos ?) is chiefly used as a palisade ; whereas p a- 
 1 u s and sudes mean a smaller sort of stake, which may 
 be driven into the earth in the ordinary way; palus 
 (from pangere) serves for various uses, as a hedge-stake, 
 etc., and especially for fastening any thing to it; su¬ 
 des (from o£o 9 ?) is also used, on account of its spike, 
 for a palisade, a lance, a javelin, (iv. 824.) 
 
 Stipula, see Culmus. 
 
 R 
 
206 
 
 ST1RIA — STRABO. 
 
 Stiria, see G-utta. 
 
 Stirps ; Genus ; Gens ; Prosapia ; Posteritas ; 
 Progenies ; Proles ; Suboles. 1. S t i r p s, g e- 
 n u s, and gens, denote the race usually in an ascend¬ 
 ing line, as abstract and collective terms, for majores; 
 whereas prosapia, progenies, propago, pro¬ 
 les, suboles, in a descending line, as abstract 
 and collective terms for posteri. 2. Prosapia is an 
 antiquated solemn expression, and only to be used of 
 ancient noble families, Cic. Univ. 11. Quintil. i. 6 , 40 ; 
 posteritas, the usual prosaic, p r o g e n i e s, a se¬ 
 lect, elevated expression, Cic. Rep. ii. 22 ; proles 
 and suboles, poetical expressions, Cic. Or. iii. 38; 
 proles denotes children, as fruits destined, as a 
 younger race, to exist with their parents; suboles, 
 as an after-growth, destined to supply the place of the 
 generation that is dying off. 3. Gens (7 every') is a 
 political, genus (yew), a natural race. Gens con¬ 
 sists of families, wdiom the founder of states has united 
 into a community or complex family; genus consists 
 of species and individuals, that by their common prop¬ 
 erties belong to one and the same class of beings, (v. 
 307). 
 
 Stirps ; Truncus. Stirps (crep^o?) denotes 
 the stock as the animating and supporting principal 
 part of a tree, in opp. to the branches and leaves, as 
 growing from it and dependent upon it; truncus, the 
 naked, dry part of the tree, in opp. to the branches and 
 leaves, and even to the top itself, as its ornament; in 
 short, so far as it answers to the trunk of the human 
 body. (iv. 322.) 
 
 Stolidus, see Stupidus . 
 
 Stolo, see Rami. 
 
 Stomachari, see Succensere. 
 
 Strabo ; Pjetus. Strabo (<rrpa/3o?) means, one 
 who squints from nature, or sickness, or bad habit; 
 whereas p se t u s, one who squints designedly and wag¬ 
 gishly. (vi. 350.) 
 
S TRACES 
 
 STUPIDUS. 
 
 207 
 
 Strages, see Ituina. Strenuitas, see Severitas . 
 
 Strepidus, see Fragor . Strues, see Acervus. 
 
 Studium ; Benevolentia ; Favor ; Gratia. 1. 
 S t u d i u m is usually the attachment and ' dependent 
 feeling of the lower towards the higher, of the sol¬ 
 dier towards the general, of the subject towards the 
 ruler, of the scholar towards the teacher, of the indi¬ 
 vidual towards his party ; whereas favor is the love 
 and favor of the higher towards the lower, of the pub¬ 
 lic towards the player, of the people towards the candi¬ 
 date, of the judge towards one of the parties, etc.; 
 lastly, benevolentia is love and good-will towards 
 one of equal rank. In Cic. Rose. Com. 10. Quod 
 studium et quem favorem secum in scenam attulit Pan- 
 urgus? the public is first considered as an auditor, then 
 as a judge of the player. Orat. i. 21. Ego qui incen¬ 
 sus essem studio utriusque vestrum, Crassi vero etiam 
 amore. 2. Studium, favor, and benevolen- 
 t i a, denote a temporary affection, occasioned by and 
 contracted from external circumstances,— consequently, 
 of a quieter, or entirely latent sort; whereas amor 
 is love deeply rooted in the soul, bordering on pas¬ 
 sion. Cic. Fam. i. 9. Nihil est quod studio et be¬ 
 nevolentia vel potius amore effici non possit. Att. v. 
 10. Amoves hominum in te, et in nos quaedam benevolen¬ 
 tia. 3. Fa vor is, subjectively, the favor which a person 
 entertains towards another, in opp. almost to invidentia ; 
 whereas gratia is, objectively, the favor in which a 
 person stands with another, in opp. to invidia. (iv. 106.) 
 
 Stupidus ; Brutus ; Bardus ; Stultus ; Fatuus ; 
 Stolidus. Stupidus, brutus, and bardus, de¬ 
 note a merely negative quality, want of intellect; stu¬ 
 pid u s (from TiKpco, Ta^etQ, that of a human being who 
 comprehends with difficulty, as dull-witted, like dvaia- 
 Arjros ; brutus (/mupwTo?), that of beasts, and of 
 men whose organization is like that of beasts, who com¬ 
 prehend nothing, as without reason, like /3\d%; bar¬ 
 dus, who comprehends slowly, as without talent, like 
 
208 
 
 SUAVIS-SUFFKAGIUM. 
 
 / SpaSS ?; whereas s t u 11 u s, f a t u u s, and s t o 1 i 
 d u s, denote a positive quality of the mind, which has 
 false notions and a perverse judgment; s t u 11 u s (from 
 tcXXw, araWco, draXotypwv), a want of practical wis¬ 
 dom, as folly, like yucopo?, in opp. to prudens ; f a t u u s, 
 a want of aesthetical judgment, as silliness ; s t o 1 i d u s, 
 a want of reasonable moderation, as brutality. Liv. 
 xxv. 19. Id non promissum magis stolide quam stulte 
 creditum. (iv. 229.) 
 
 Suavis ; Dulcis. S u a v i s (rjiis) denotes, like rj&vs, 
 a pleasant odor, and, figuratively that which gives a 
 calm pleasure ; dulcis, like 7 X^/ 0 ;?, a pleasant flavor, 
 and, figuratively, that which gives a lively pleasure; 
 hence dulcis is a stronger expression than suavis , in 
 Plin. Ep. v. 8 , 10. Ilsec vel maxima vi, amaritudine, 
 instantia ; ilia tractu et suavitate , atque etiarn dulcedine 
 placet. Plin. H. N. xv. 27. Dulce , et pingue, et suave. 
 (iii. 256.) 
 
 Suavium, see Oscidum. Subito, see Repente. 
 
 Sublime, s. Aer and Altus. Suboles, see Stirps. * 
 
 Succensere ; Irasci ; Indignari ; Stomachari. 
 Succensere and segre, graviter, moleste, 
 difficiliter f e r r e, to. take any thing ill, denote a 
 silent, irasci, indignari, and stomachari, 
 a loud displeasure ; i r a, anger, has the character of a 
 passion, inasmuch as it thirsts after vengeance; i nd i g- 
 n a t i 0 , indignation, that of an awakened or excited 
 moral feeling, inasmuch as it expresses with energy its 
 disapprobation or contempt; stomach a tio, a fit of 
 passion, that of a choleric temperament, inasmuch as it 
 suffers the bile to overflow, and gives vent to its irrita¬ 
 bility by blustering and brawling. The i r a t u s makes 
 his appearance as an enemy, and excites fear; the i n- 
 dignabundus, as a judge, and inspires awe-; the 
 stomachans, as a hypochondriac, and is a subject 
 for comedy, (v. 119.) 
 
 Sudes, see Fustis and Stipes. 
 
 Suffragium, see Sententia. 
 
SUFFUGIUM 
 
 SITPERBIA. 
 
 209 
 
 Suffugium, see Perfuga. Sulcus, see Porca. 
 
 Sumerb ; Capers ; Prehendere ; Accipere ; Ex- 
 cipere; Recipere ; Suscipere; Recuperare. 1. 
 S u m e r e (sub-imere) means to take up any tiling, in 
 order to use it, like aipelv ; c a p e r e (from tcairTeiv) 
 to lay hold on any thing, in order to possess it, like \a- 
 /3eu >; lastly prehendere, prsehendere (from x av ~ 
 Saveiv') to lay hold on any thing, in order, in a mere 
 physical sense, to have it in one’s*hand. Cic. Phil. xii. 
 7. Saga sumpsimus , arma cepimus. 2. Accipere 
 means to take "any thing offered, with willingness, $£%- 
 ecrAat; e x c i p e r e, to intercept, or catch any thing 
 that is escaping, v7 ro 8 e^eo-A<zi; recipere, to take 
 any thing that wants protection, with a generous 
 feeling ; suscipere, to undertake, or take upon 
 one’s self any thing burdensome, with self-denial. The 
 a c c i p i e n s usually takes in his hand ; the e x c i p i- 
 e n s, in his arms ; the r e c i p i e n s, in his bosom; the 
 s u s c i p i e n s, on his arm or back. 3. Recipere 
 means to receive again, without taking pains ; whereas 
 recuperare, to regain by one’s own exertion. Liv. 
 xiii. 53, urbem recipit , by merely taking possession; 
 comp, with xxvi. 39, urbe recuperata , by conquest, (iv. 
 131.) 
 
 Summus ; Supremus. Summus (superl. of sub) 
 denotes the uppermost, indifferently, and with mere lo¬ 
 cal reference, like a/cpo?, in opp. to imus, Rhet. ad Her. 
 iii. 18. Cic. Rose. Com. 7. Yell. P. ii. 2*. Tac. IT. iv. 
 47 ; whereas supremus is a poetical and solemn ex¬ 
 pression, with the accessory notion of elevation, like 
 i/7Taro?, almost in opp. to infimus. (iv. 357.) 
 
 Sumptus ; iMPENSiE. Sumptus means expense, 
 so far as it diminishes wealth and capital, allied to prod¬ 
 igality ; i m p e n s-ae, so far as it serves to the attain¬ 
 ment of an object, allied to sacrifice, (vi. 357.) 
 
 Superare, see Vincere. 
 
 Superbia ; Arrogantia ; Fastus ; Insolentia. 
 S u p e r b i a, from self-sufficiency, thinks others be- 
 r* 14 
 
210 
 
 SUPER ESSE StTSTINERE. 
 
 neath itself, and considers them only as to the inferior 
 ity of their endowments; pride, in opp. to humility. 
 ar.rogantia would make others, who owe it no horn- 
 age, sensible of its endowments or privileges, in opp. to 
 modesty; fastus (from a'ira^av‘1') pushes men from 
 itself, as unworthy to stand in connection with it, as a 
 presumptuous, in opp. to a sober, unassuming disposi¬ 
 tion ; i n s o 1 e n t i a (from # salire, insilire,) misemploys 
 its superiority, in a rude manner, to the humiliation of 
 the weaker, as insolence, in opp. to humanity and mag 
 nanimity. The superbus would outshine others , 
 the arrogans would encroach upon them ; the f &<§- 
 t o s u s despises them ; the i n s o 1 e n s insults them, 
 (iv. 187.) 
 
 Superesse, see Restare. 
 
 Supplementum, see Complementum. 
 
 Supplicare, see Rogare Supremus, see Sammies. 
 
 Surculus, see Rami. Surripere, see Demere. 
 
 Sus ; Verres; Scrofa ; Porcus. Sus (£?, <n)?,) 
 is the most general name for swine, and that which is 
 used by natural historians, like vs; verres, scrofa, 
 porcus, are economical names; verres (from ep - 
 crrjs), a boar-pig; scrofa (ypo^cfxis), a sow kept for 
 breeding ; porcus (7 rop/cos), a young pig, like %oipos. 
 With s 11 s is associated the accessory notion of filthi¬ 
 ness ; with porcus, that of fatness, (v. 335.) 
 
 Suscipere, see Sumere. Suspicere, see Vereri. 
 
 Suspirare ; Gemere. Suspirare, to sigh, is a 
 deep drawing of the breath and then forcible emission 
 of it, as the immediate consequence of an afflicted 
 heart; whereas gemere ( 7 epueiv), to groan, is more 
 of a voluntary act, in order to give vent to the afflicted 
 heart; hence suspirium is more an expression of un¬ 
 easiness and distress, g cm i t u s of'actual pain. Cic. 
 Att. ii. 21. Cum diu occulte suspirassent; postea jam 
 gemere , ad extremum vero loqui omnes et clamare coe- 
 perunt. (v. 244.) 
 
 Sustinere, Sustentare, see Ferre. 
 
T A IS E UNA 
 
 TEMPLUM. 
 
 211 
 
 T. 
 
 Taberna, see Deversorium. Tabula, see Axes. 
 
 Tacere, Taciturnus, see Silere. 
 
 Tamia, see Fax. TbEDET, see Piget. 
 
 Taster, see Teter. Talea, see Pami. 
 
 Talio, see Vindicta. Tardare, see Manere. 
 
 Tardus ; Lentus. Tardus denotes slowness, with 
 reference to the great length of time spent, in opp. to 
 citus, Sail. Cat. 5 ; whereas lentus, with reference 
 to quietness of motion, in opp. to acer, etc. Quintil. 
 ix. 4. (iv. 218.) 
 
 Tellus ; Terra ; Solum ; Humus. T e 11 u s de¬ 
 notes the earth as a whole, as the centre of the uni¬ 
 verse, as a goddess, in opp. to other bodies in the uni¬ 
 verse, or other divinities, like Tala , Tg ; whereas t e r- 
 r a ( repaw , torreo,) as matter and one of the elements 
 in opp. to the other elements, like 7 ala, 777 ; solum 
 (6\ov) as a solid element, in opp. especially to water, 
 like TreSov; lastly, humus ^a/W), as the 
 
 lowest part of the visible world, in opp. to the sky, like 
 'focov. Hence the derivative t e r r e n u s is in opp. to 
 igneus; solidus is in opp. to fluid us; lastly, hu- 
 m i 1 i s, in opp. to sublimis. (i. 173.) 
 
 Temetum, see Vinum. Temperatio, see Modus. 
 
 Tempestas, see Ventus. 
 
 Templum ; Fanum ; Delubrum ; JEdes ; Sacellum. 
 1 . Templum, fanu m, amd delubrum, denote 
 properly the temple, together with the consecrated envi¬ 
 rons, like lepov ; whereas ae d e s, the building only, 
 like mo?; lastly, sacellum, a consecrated place 
 without the building, with merely an altar. 2. In a 
 narrower sense, templum denotes a great temple 
 of one of the principal gods; whereas fanum and 
 delubrum, a smaller temple of an inferior god, or 
 of a hero, etc. 
 
212 
 
 TEMP US TETEIt. 
 
 Tempus, see Dies. Temulentus, see Ebrietas. 
 
 TENEBRiE, see Obscurum. 
 
 Tenere; Habere; Possidere. Tenere (from 
 t eiveuv') means, to have anything fast in one’s hand, and 
 in physical possession ; habere (from cr^e<y) to have 
 in one’s power, and in effective possession ; possidere 
 (from 7tot i and sedere) to have, as one’s own property, and 
 in legal possession, Plin. Ep. i. 16. Tenet, habet, pos- 
 sidet. (vi. 366.) 
 
 Tentare ; Experiri ; Periclitari ; Periculum ; 
 Discrimen. 1 . Tentare means, to make an exper¬ 
 iment, in order to form a judgment of something, from 
 a desire of knowledge, and with activity ; pericli¬ 
 tari, with courage and contempt of the danger asso¬ 
 ciated with the experiment; experiri, merely to 
 learn something by actual experiment. 2. Pericu¬ 
 lum denotes danger, as occupying duration of time; 
 d i s c r i m e n, as a point of time, as the critical mo¬ 
 ment and the culminating point of periculum. Liv. vi. 
 17. In ipso discriminepericuli destituat. (v. 263.) 
 
 Tenuis, see Exilis. Terere, see Lcevis. 
 
 Tergum, see Dorsum. 
 
 Tergus ; Cutis ; Pellis ; Vellus. T e r g u s and 
 cutis denote the outermost covering of the flesh, as 
 merely v bare skin; tergus (from o-rop^d^eiv, to en¬ 
 close), the coarse skin of an animal, which covers the 
 soft and eatable flesh, like 8eppa ; cutis (/euro?), the 
 finer skin of human beings, which protects the sensitive 
 flesh like ; whereas pellis and vellus denote 
 the flesh together with a covering; pellis (from pal- 
 la) more bristly, consisting of pili, like 8opd ; vellus 
 (from el\ap ? or villus ?), more woolly, consisting of vil¬ 
 li , like paWos. Men have cutis ; elephants, snakes, etc. 
 tergora ; lions, goats, dogs, etc., pelles ; sheep, vellera. 
 Juven. x. 192. Eeformem pro cutepellem. (v. 17.) 
 
 Termes, see Rami. 
 
 Terminare, Terminus, see Finire , Finis. 
 
 Teter ; Fcedtjs ; Turpis ; Deformis. T e t e r, tie- 
 
TESCA-TRABES. 
 
 213 
 
 ter (drapTrjpos') is the ugliness which disturbs the 
 feeling of security, and excites fear or shuddering, like 
 hideous, shocking, {3\oavpos; f oe d u s (^ 0 ^ 09 ), that 
 which offends natural feelings, and excites loathing and 
 aversion, like /uapos ; t u r p i s (from torpere) that 
 which offends the moral feeling, or sense of decency, 
 and excites disapprobation or contempt, in opp. to hones¬ 
 ties , gloriosus , like aia^po^ ; d e f 0 r m i s, that which 
 offends the finer sensations, and excites dislike, in opp. 
 to formosus, like Svcrei&fe. Cic. Off. i. 34. Luxuria 
 cum omni setate turpis , turn senectuti foedissima est. 
 Rep. ii. 26. Tyrannus quo neque tetrius neque foedius 
 . . . animal ullum cogitari potest. Yatin. 3. Quan- 
 quam sis omni diritate teterrimus . Yell. Pat. ii. 69. 
 In Yatinio deformitas corporis cum tmpiludine certabat 
 ingenii, (v. 111.) 
 
 Tesca, see Solitudo. Tetricus, see Austerus. 
 
 Tignum, see Trabes. 
 
 Timere, Timor, see Vereri. 
 
 Titubare, see Labare. Tolerare, see Ferre. 
 
 Tormentum, s. Cruciatus. Torquere, see Vertere. 
 
 Torridus, see Aridus. Torvus, see Atrox. 
 
 Totus, see Quisque. 
 
 Toxicum ; Yenenum ; Yirus. Toxicum (from 
 taxus) denotes poison, as a mere term in natural history, 
 without accessory reference ; v e n e n u m, as an artifi¬ 
 cial poison, of a sweet and tempting flavor ; virus 
 (elap, to?), as a noxious and distasteful juice or drink. 
 Liv. ii. 52. Tribuni plebem agitare suo veneno , agraria 
 lege ; comp, with Cic. Lsel. 23. Evomat virus acerbita- 
 tis suae. (v. 355.) 
 
 Trabes ; Tignum. Trabes, trabs (rpa^^f) 
 denotes a longer and narrower beam, like a pole ; t i g- 
 n u m, a shorter and thicker beam, like a block. A raft 
 consists of trabes , not of tigna; whereas the wood¬ 
 work of a building, winch, as a pillar, is destined to sup¬ 
 port something, is composed of tigna , not of trabes , by 
 which the cross-beams only are denoted. Cms. B. Civ. 
 
214 
 
 TRACTUS 
 
 TUERI. 
 
 ii. 9. Supra eum locum duo tigna transversa injecerunt, 
 quibus suspenderent earn contignationem supraque ea 
 tigna directo transversas trabes injecerunt easque axi- 
 bus religaverunt. (v. 290.) 
 
 Tractus, see Locus . Tragulum, see Missile. 
 
 Thames, see Iter. Tranquillus, see Quietus. 
 
 Trans ; Uls ; Ultra. Trans and U1 s, like 
 7 repav, in opp. to cis, denote, on the other side, with the 
 character of unaccented prepositions, as a mere geo¬ 
 metrical designation of place, like super ; t r a n s 
 (rpaves) is the usual, u 1 s the antiquated and obsolete 
 expression ; whereas ultra (comparative from ollus, 
 ille), like nrepa, in opp. to citra, with emphasis and dis¬ 
 tinction of the relative distance of that which lies on 
 the other side, like supra. The separation denoted by 
 ultra is merely that of a boundary; the separation 
 denoted by t r a n s, that of an obstruction. Tac. Germ. 
 29. Protulit magnitudo populi Romani ultra Rhenum ul- 
 traque veteres terminos imperii reverentiam . . . Non 
 numeraverim inter Germanise populos, quanquam trans 
 Rhenum Danubiumque considering eos, qui decumates 
 agros exercent. Eutrop. vii. 9. Liv. xxii. 43. Tac. 
 Ann. xvi. IT. (iii. 109.) 
 
 Transfuga ? see Perfuga. 
 
 Transversus ; Obliquus. Transversum means, 
 that which crosses a straight line at right angles, like 
 across ; o b 1 i q u u m, that which is not perpendicular 
 to a straight line, but forms with it unequal angles, the 
 one acute, the other obtuse, like awry or slanting, (vi. 
 375.) 
 
 Tribijere, see Impertire. Tristitia, see Dolor. 
 
 Trcicus, Troius, see Achivi. 
 
 Trucidare, s. Interficere. Truculentus, s. Atrox. 
 
 Trudis, see Fastis. Truncare, see Mutilare. 
 
 Truncus, see Stirps. Trux, see Atrox. 
 
 Tueri ; Defendere. T ueri (from aro^a^ea^ai) 
 supposes only possible danger, as to protect, in opp. to 
 negligere , Cic. Fin. iv. 14 ; defendere, an actual 
 
TUXERE 
 
 TURGERE. 
 
 215 
 
 attack, as to defend, in opp. to deserere. Hence those 
 that are under age have tutores ; those that are accused, 
 defensores. The turns shows more of carefulness and 
 love, as seeking to prevent danger ; the defendens , 
 more of spirit and strength, as resisting danger, (iv. 
 807.) 
 
 Tumere, see Turgere. 
 
 Tumulus, see Collis. 
 
 Turea, see Caterva. 
 
 Turm; Tumultus ; Seditio ; Secessio ; Deficere; 
 Desctscere. T u r b ae and tumultus denote the 
 civil broils of public life ; t u r b ae ( rvp/37 ?) interrup¬ 
 tions of public order; tumultus (from tumere) of 
 the public peace ; whereas seditio and s e c e s- 
 s i 0 are political commotions, in consequence of decided, 
 evident differences of opinion, and of conflicting prin¬ 
 ciples ; seditio (from se and ire) when concord 
 is first disturbed, and the parties as yet contend with 
 words only; secessio, when the prospect of recon¬ 
 ciliation is already given up, and the parties either 
 stand opposite each other, ready to come to blows, or, 
 at least, have broken off all connection with each other. 
 2. The s e d i t i 0 s i and secedentes are citizens 
 and members of a free community, and only suspend 
 public concord; whereas the deficientes and des- 
 ciscentes break a compact, because, either as sub¬ 
 jected states they rebel, or as allies fall off; defi¬ 
 cere, as the most general expression, represents the 
 falling off, in a moral point of view, as a treacherous, 
 fickle, cowardly desertion ; desciscere (from scin- 
 dere) in a political point of view T , as an alteration in the 
 constitution and political system, (v. 368.) 
 
 Turbo, see Ventus. 
 
 Turgere ; Tumere. Turgere (rpayav) denotes 
 being swoln, with reference to actual corpulency and 
 fulness, like a'rrap'ydv , ; whereas tumere 
 
 (from crrop-^o?) with reference to concealed nothingness 
 and emptiness, like olhav. Hence sails are called tur- 
 
216 
 
 TURIO — UDUS. 
 
 gida , inasmuch as the wind, which swells them out, is 
 something, and actually fills them ; and tumida , inas¬ 
 much as it is merely air, consequently nothing, and only 
 seems to fill them. (iv. 191.) 
 
 Turio, see Rami. 
 
 Turpis, see Teter. 
 
 Tutus ; Securus; Incuriosus. 1. Tutus denotes 
 safety objectively, he who actually is safe, like da<pa\y ?; 
 securus (sine cura) subjectively, he who thinks him¬ 
 self safe ; hence t u t u s is used for provident, with ref¬ 
 erence to foresight; securus is used as a softer ex¬ 
 pression, for improvident, with reference to the want of 
 foresight. Sen. Ep. 97. Tata scelera esse possunt, 
 secura non possunt: and 105. The substantive Securi¬ 
 tas , however, must be used to supply the want of a sim¬ 
 ilar substantive from tutus. 2. Securus, Securi¬ 
 tas, denote freedom from care and anxiety merely as 
 a state of mind, like dgepLfjbvos, in opp. to sollicitus , 
 Tac. Hist. iv. 58 ; whereas incuriosus, incuria, 
 denote the want of carefulness and attention, with a 
 practical reference, like heedless, oXtywpo?, in opp. to 
 cura. Sen. Ep. 100. Eabianus non erat negligens in 
 oratione, sed securus. (iii. 120.) 
 
 U. 
 
 Uber, see Foecundus and Mamma. 
 
 Udus ; Uvidus ; Humidus ; Aquosus ; Madidus. 1. 
 Uvidum and udum (5a?, vadum, from n&), uveo) de¬ 
 note, like vypov, the wetness which consists entirely of wa¬ 
 ter or other fluid particles, whether actually, apparently, 
 or only by hyperbole, kumore constans; whereas humi- 
 d u m and humectum (from ^u/ao?) is the wetness 
 which is caused by water soaking through, humore mix- 
 turn. Senec. N. Q. ii. 25. Dicis nubes attritas edere 
 ignem cum sint humidce , imo udoe. Hence is udus 
 (in opp. to sudus and solidus) used by Tertullian as sy- 
 
ULCUS — USQUE. 
 
 217 
 
 nonymous with aquanus ; whereas humidus (in opp. to 
 audits') is sjuionymous with aquosus , only that by aquosus 
 is meant a separation and juxta-position of wet and dry ; 
 by humidus , a mixture and association of wet and dry; 
 hence praturn aquosum means a meadow with ponds and 
 puddles; praturn humidum , a meadow soaked with water. 
 2. U d u s is only a contracted form of uvidus ; h u- 
 m e c t u s is distinguished from humidus only as a sort 
 of participle. Pacuv. ap. Varr. Terra exhalabat auro- 
 ram liumidam , lmmectam. 3. H u m i d u s, h u m e n s, 
 refer, like moist, to the inward quality of a body; 
 whereas madid u s, madens, like pv8a\eos and drip¬ 
 ping, only to the exterior and surface of a body, in opp. 
 to siccus. Cic. Phil. xiv. 3. Imbuti sanguine gladii 
 legionum exercituumque nostrorum, vel madefacti po- 
 tius duobus consulum, tertio Csesaris proelio ; for i m- 
 b u e r e, as the causative of imbibere , refers to a hum - 
 ectatio, a moisture of the inner part; madefieri, 
 to a redundatio, the cause of which lies in this, that the 
 inner part is so over-full, that nothing further can be 
 forced into it. (ii. 12.) 
 
 Ulcus, see Vulnus. Uligo, see Lacuna. 
 
 Ulna ; Lacertus ; Brachium ; Cubitus. Ulna 
 (< b\ev7 ?) is the whole arm, from the shoulder to the hand, 
 which serves as a measure, an ell; lacertus (dX/nj) 
 the upper arm; brachium (/ Spaq^cov , /3pa^(cov), 
 the under-arm; cubitus, the bending between the 
 two, the elbow, (vi. 383.) 
 
 Uls, Ultra, see Trans. Ultimus, see Extremus. 
 
 Ultio, s. Vindicta. Ultro, s. Prceterea and Sponte. 
 
 Umbrosus, see Obscurus. 
 
 Una ; Simul. Una means together, at the same 
 place, like opov ; whereas simul (opaXcos) at once, at 
 the same time or moment, like apa. 
 
 Unctus, see Delibutus. Uncus, see Curvus. 
 
 Unda, see Aqua. Unicus, see Eminens 
 
 Uni versus, Unusquisque, see Quisque. 
 
 Usque, see Semper. Usura, see Fcenus. 
 
 s 
 
218 
 
 USURP ARE UT1. 
 
 Usurpare, see Uti. 
 
 Uterque ; Ambo ; Utervis ; Uterlibet. 1. U t e r- 
 que denotes 6 both,’ as two unities, like ercdrepos ; am- 
 b o, as the halves of a pair, like a/^co. Cic. Fin. ii. 7. 
 Hie, qui utramque probat, ambobus debuit uti. Orat. 
 6 , 21. Terent. Ad. i. 2, 50. Curemus aequam uter¬ 
 que partem; tu alterum, ego alterum; nam ambos 
 curare propemodum reposcere ilium est quern dedisti. 
 Plin. Pan. 90, 4. Yell. P. ii. 66. This difference is 
 palpable from Cic. Mur. 18, 37. Duse res vehementer 
 in praetura desideratae sunt, quae ambee in consulatu 
 Murenae profuerunt .... Horum utrumque ei fortuna 
 ad consulatus petitionem reservavit. And Orat. iii. 26. 
 A quibus utrisque submittitur aliquid. 2. Uterque 
 and ambo are copulative, and may be resolved into 
 unus et alter , and have their predicate actually in com¬ 
 mon ; whereas utervis and uterlibet are disjunc¬ 
 tive, and may be resolved into unus vet alter , and have 
 their predicate in common only by possibility. Ter. Andr. 
 prol. 10. Qui utramvis recte norit, ambos noverit. (iv. 
 349.) 
 
 Uti ; Usurpare ; Frui ; Frunisci. U t i and 
 usurpare denote the mere act of using, by which a 
 person turns a thing to his advantage ; but u t i (from 
 oho) a permanent use ; usurpare (usui rapere) a 
 single act of using; whereas frui and the antiquated 
 word f r u n i s c i (from (ppovelv ), the pleasant feeling 
 of this use, as to enjoy ; f r u i is the primitive, frun- 
 i s c i the inchoative of the verb. Sen. Yit. B. 10. Tu 
 voluptate frueris , ego utor. Flor. ii. 6. Hannibal cum 
 victoria posset uti , frui maluit. Cic. Bose. Am. 45, 
 131. Commoda, quibus utimur , lucem, qua fruimur , 
 spiritumque, quern ducimus, a Deo nobis dari. Cic. Cat. 
 iii, 2, 5. Quorum opera . . . assidue utor; comp, with 
 Fin. ii. 35,118. In ea, quam saepe usurpabas , tranquil- 
 litate degere omnem vitam. Cic. Orat. 51, 169. Post 
 inventa conclusio est, qua credo usuros veteres illos 
 fuisse, si jam nota et usurpata res esset. (iii. 134.) 
 
UTIQUE-VALIDUS. 
 
 219 
 
 Utique, see Plane. 
 Uxor, see Foemina. 
 
 UVidus, see Udus. 
 
 y. 
 
 Yacare ; Otiari ; Feriari ; Cessare ; Nihil 
 agere. Y a c a r e (from rjfca ? means to have one’s 
 time free, in opp. to occupation which compels one to 
 work ; otiari (from aiicrto?, aimo?), to be at leisure, 
 in opp. to negotia , which oblige one to work; feriari, 
 to enjoy a holiday, in opp. to working all day ; ces¬ 
 sare (from cedere ?) or from /cdAl^eiv ?), to make a 
 half-holiday, and enjoy a short cessation, in opp. to pre¬ 
 vious activity ; nihil a g e r e, to do nothing, in opp. 
 to activity in general, (vi. 388.) 
 
 Yacillare, see Labare. Yacuus, see Inanis. 
 
 Yadum, see Solum. 
 Yagari, see Err are. 
 Yale, see Ave. 
 Yalere, see Posse. 
 
 Yadere, see Ire. 
 
 Yafer, see Astutus. 
 
 Yalde, see Perquam. 
 
 Yalens, see Salus. 
 
 Yaletudo see JEger. 
 
 Yalidus ; Firmus ; Robustus. 1. Y a 1 i d u s 
 (from oAo?, o5\o?), means strong, in an active sense, as 
 able to perform something, in opp. to imbecillis, Cic. 
 Fam. vii. 1. Plin. II. N. xiv. 21, like cr^empo? ; 
 whereas fi r m u s and robustus, in a passive sense, 
 as able to endure ; fi r m u m (from c/>pa£m, (frdpyvvfu'), 
 strong from an immovable position, and, consequently, 
 stedfast, in opp. to labans , vacillans , and, for want of 
 a corresponding adjective, to imbecillus , Cic. Fam. ix. 
 16. Sail. Jug. 10. Quintil. v. 10, 49,-like/3e/3ato? ; 
 robustum (from eppwa^ai) through its compact nat¬ 
 ure, and its impenetrable and, consequently, durable 
 materials, nearly in opp. to teTterum, like pcogaXeos 
 and tcr^upo?. 2. Imbecillitas denotes generally a 
 mental, infirmitas, a bodily weakness, according to 
 Cic. Fin. v. 45. In injirma aetate, imbecillaque mente: 
 
220 
 
 VALLUM — VARIUS. 
 
 both are sometimes used in a mental sense, in which 
 case imbecillitas denotes a natural weakness of 
 the head or heart, a want of talent or of spirit ; whereas ; 
 in fir mi t as, amoral weakness of character, fickleness and 
 uncertainty, for example: Caes. B. G. vii. 77. Nolite 
 stultitia ac temeritate vestra aut imbecillitate animi om- 
 nem Galliam prosternere; comp, with iv. 5. Caesar in - 
 firmitatem Gallorum veritus, quod sunt in consiliis capi- 
 endis mobiles et rebus plerumque novis student. Or, 
 Cic. Divin. ii. 60, with Fam. xv. 1. Or, Tac. Ann. iv. 8, 
 with Hist. i. 9. (iv. 164.) 
 
 Vallum, see Agger. Vallus, see Stipes. 
 
 Valv^e, see Ostium. 
 
 Varius ; Di versus ; Contrarius ; Versicolor ; 
 Variegare. 1. Varium (from atoXo?) means, pos¬ 
 sessing differences in its own texture, varied ; whereas 
 d i v e r s u m, differing from something else, distinct. 
 Catull. 47, 10. Quos longe simul a domo profectos di¬ 
 verse varice vise reportant; that is, whom various ways, 
 in an entirely different direction, bring home. Tac. 
 Hist. i. 25. Otho postquam vario sermone callidos et 
 audaces cognovit pretio et promissis onerat . . . Sus¬ 
 penses caeterorum animos diver sis artibus (namely, spe 
 et metu) stimulant. 2. The d i v e r s a will have noth¬ 
 ing in common, and go different or even opposite ways 
 from each other ; whereas the contra ria confront 
 and stand directly opposite to each other. Hence the 
 following climax in Cic. Divin. ii. 26, 55. Diversas 
 aut etiam contr arias. Veil. Pat. ii. 75. Diversa prae- 
 sentibus et contraria exspec-tatis sperare. Quintil. v. 
 10 , 26. 8. Varium denotes variegated, as exhibit¬ 
 
 ing different colors at the same time, like ttouciXov ; 
 whereas versicolor, that which changes its color, 
 according to the light in which it is held, like aloXov. 
 Propert. iii. 18, 32. Aut variam plumae versicoloris 
 avem. Pliny is describing two different properties, 
 xxxvii. 10, when he describes the stone Mithrax, as at 
 the same time multicolor and contra solem varic re- 
 
VAS-YELLE. 
 
 221 
 
 fulgens. 4. V a r i a r e means to give a varied ap¬ 
 pearance in general; variegare, to give a varied 
 appearance, especially by different colors, (iii. 269.) 
 
 Vas, see Sponsor. 
 
 Vasta, see Solitudo. 
 
 Vastare ; Populari ; Diripere ; Agere ferre ; 
 Expilare ; Spoliare ; Peculari. 1. Vastare 
 (from ustus ?) means to lay waste, from rage or from 
 policy to destroy tlie property of an enemy, like irep- 
 S euv , 7 rop^ecv ; whereas popular i, diripere, and 
 agere ferre, to plunder for one’s own use ; pop¬ 
 ulari, on a great scale, for example, to lay waste all 
 the crops, and drive off the herds; diripere, on a 
 small scale, to break into the houses, and break open 
 the closets ; agere ferre includes both meanings, 
 like ayecv kcli cfrepeiv. 2. Spoliare and populari 
 mean to plunder, in a state of open warfare ; whereas 
 expilare and peculari, depeculari, in a 
 state of peace; expilare ( ^Ckoco ) by open force ; 
 peculari (dimin. of 7re/co>) by fraud, and by se¬ 
 cretly purloining the property of the state. Cic. Pa- 
 rad. vi. 1. Si socios spolias , oerarium expilas. (iv. 339.) 
 
 Vates, see Canere. 
 
 Vaticinari, see Divm&re and Hariolari. 
 
 Vecors, see Amens. Vegetus, see Vigens. 
 
 Vehemens, see Acer. 
 
 Velle ; Optare ; Expetere ; Cupere ; Avere ; 
 Gestire. 1. V e 11 e, o b t a r e, and expetere, are 
 acts of calm reason and self-determination; whereas 
 cupere, avere, and gestire, acts of excited 
 feeling and of passion. Senec. Ep. 116. Cum tibi 
 cupere interdixero, velle permittam. 2. V e 11 e (e\elv) 
 means to wish, and co-operate towards the realiza¬ 
 tion of one’s wish, like ^ ekeuv and (3ovXea^ai ; o p-^ 
 tare (from rrcfeeiv) to wish, and leave the realization 
 of one’s wish to others, or to fate, like nro^eiv ; expe¬ 
 tere, to wish, and apply to others for the realization 
 of one’s wish, like opeyea^cu. Sen. Ep. 95. Saepe 
 
222 
 
 VELLUS 
 
 V ENT US. 
 
 aliud volumus , aliud optamus. Cic. Off. i. 20. Nihil 
 nisi quod honestum sit homines aut admirari aut optare 
 aut expetere oportet. 3. C u p e r e (tcarTTeiv) denotes 
 a vehement, passionate desire ; g e s t i r e ( 7 rf&etv), a 
 lively desire, showing itself by gestures ; a v e r e 
 (from 'Xfdveiv , %« 09 ), an impatient, hasty desire. 
 C u p i d u s means, being eagerly desirous of something, 
 like ; g e s t i e n s, rejoicing in anticipation of 
 
 something, like y^py^wv ? a v i d u s, being greedy after 
 something. Cic. Sen. 8 . Graecas literas sic avicle 
 arripui, quasi diuturnam sitim explere cupiens; comp, 
 with Att. ii. 18. Intellexi quam suspenso animoet sollic- 
 ito scire averes , quid esset novi. And, iv. 11. Perge 
 reliqua ; gestio scire ista omnia, (v. 5T.) 
 
 Yellus, see Tergus. 
 
 "Velox, see Citus. 
 
 Yendere ; Yenundare ; Mancipare. Y e n d e r e 
 and venundare denote the selling of any thing as 
 a mercantile act; but invendere ( avaSovvcu ) the 
 disposing of the thing is the principal notion, the price 
 merely secondary, in opp. to emere, like dirohoa^sat ; in 
 venundare, the previous having for sale, or offering 
 for sale, is the principal notion, as in r m r Kpd(jKeiv , nrw\- 
 elv, diT6p'TTd\dv ; whereas m^ n c i p a r e denotes a ju¬ 
 ridical act, in consequence of which a thing is alienated, 
 and, with all that belongs to it, transferred to another, 
 in a legal form, as his property, (iv. 118.) 
 
 Yenditatio, s. Jactatio. Yenenum, see Toxicum. 
 
 Yenerari, see Vereri. Yeniam dare, s. Ignoscere. 
 
 Yentus ; Procella ; Tempestas ; Yortex ; Turbo. 
 Y e n t u s (ae/ 9 , or avrg, Hesiod) is the generic term 
 for wind; procella and tempestas denote a vi¬ 
 olent wind ; procella (/ce\ac)o 9 ), a mere squall or 
 gust of wind; tempestas, a complete storm, or 
 stress of weather, generally accompanied by thunder and 
 lightning, rain or hail; whereas vortex and turbo 
 denote a whirlwind ; vortex (vertere), a weaker sort, 
 that merely raises the dust; turbo (arpecpa), arpocf)- 
 
VENUDARE-YERBUM. 
 
 223 
 
 akty ^'), a strong whirlwind that causes destruction, (v. 
 
 287.) 
 
 Yenudare, see Vender e. Venustus, see For moms. 
 
 Vepres, see Fumi. 
 
 Yerberare; I cere ; Ferire; Credere; Pulsare ; 
 Mulcare ; Pavire ; Cudere. 1. Yerberare, fe¬ 
 rire, and i c e r e, mean, in a general sense, to strike, 
 whether by throwing, hitting, or pushing ; but the ver- 
 berans makes his blow rebound ; the iciens and feriens 
 penetrate and w T ound, or break to pieces; the iciens 
 (resembling in form jaciens) chiefly by throwing, for in¬ 
 stance, fulmine ictus ; the feriens , by pushing, for in¬ 
 stance, murum ariete ; whereas csedere, pulsare, 
 and mulcare, denote especially striking, generally 
 with a weapon ; c se d e r e, with a weapon that cuts and 
 wounds, a hatchet, sword, whip, rod, strap; pulsare 
 and mulcare, with a hard weapon, stick or fist. 
 Pulsare has any object whatever, man, a door, the 
 ground; mulcare, like to cudgel, only an object that 
 can feel pain, especially man. 2. Y e r b e r a r e, in a 
 narrower sense, denotes a quiet chastisement by the 
 blows of a stick, which is generally appointed, as a for¬ 
 mal punishment, by the competent authorities ; whereas 
 pulsare and m u 1 c a-r e, a misusage by blows or 
 thrusts, which is administered as mere vengeance by 
 unauthorized persons; pulsare (from pellere) as a 
 slighter misusage with hand or stick, which principally 
 hurts the honor and dignity of the person misused; 
 mulcare (/ idXd^ac , malaxare), a rougher misusage, 
 with fists or clubs, which aims principally at physical 
 pain, like a sound drubbing. 3. Pavire ( iraieiv ) 
 means to beat, in order to make a soft mass solid; 
 cudere, in order to widen or extend a solid mass. 
 Fulgere, battuere, and c a j a r e are antiquated 
 or vulgar expressions for beating, (v. 67.) 
 
 Yerbosus, see G-arrire. 
 
 Yerbum; Yocabulum; Yox ; Dictum; Dicterium. 
 1. Yerbum (apaySo?) is a word, as a part of speech; 
 
224 
 
 VERERI. 
 
 whereas vocabulura, as a part of language The 
 verba are verbs, the vocabula words in general. 2. 
 
 V e r b a denote words in general, with reference to 
 their meaning; voces, with reference to their form 
 and their sound. 3. Asa grammatical term, vox com¬ 
 prehends all the eight parts of speech ; v o c a b u 1 u m, 
 all legitimate words, consequently with the exclusion of 
 interjections or natural sounds; nomen, only the nouns, 
 adjectives, substantives, and pronouns; and v e r b u m, 
 only the verbs. 4. V e r b u m, in a collective sense, 
 denotes a general notion, that which is said ; whereas 
 vox, dictum, and dicterium, are particular ex¬ 
 pressions ; v o x ( r)XV ) j an expression of feeling or pas¬ 
 sion, like an exclamation ; d i c turn, an expression of 
 wit or intellect, like a bon mot. Tac. Hist. iii. 39. Au¬ 
 dita est ssevissima Vitellii vox, qua se pavisse oculos 
 spectata inimici morte jactavit; comp, with Ann. vi. 20. 
 Scitum Passieni dictum percrebuit, neque meliorem un- 
 quam servum neque deteriorem dominum fuisse. 5. 
 Dictum is the general and popular expression for any 
 pointed saying; dicterium, a select term of later times 
 fora particularly smart dictum , which is not merely the 
 product of natural wit, but also of cultivation refined by 
 literature and intercourse with polished society, (iv. 29.) 
 
 Vereri ; Timere ; Metuere ; Spes ; Fiducia ; Ti¬ 
 mor ; Timiditas ; Ignavia ; Formido ; Horror.- 1. 
 
 Y e r e r i (opdv ?) like aiSela^ai, has its foundation in 
 w r hat is strikingly venerable ; metuere and timere, 
 like heiaai ; and (f>oj3eLa^ac , in the threatening danger 
 of an object. The timens and metuens fear the danger ; 
 the verens , the disgrace and shame. Cic. Phil. xii. 12. 
 Quid? veteranos non veremurf nam timeri ne ipsi qui- 
 dem volunt. Sen. 11, 37. Metuebant eum servi, vere- 
 bantur liberi, carum omnes habebant. Liv. xxxix. 37. 
 Veremur quidem vos Romani et si ita vultis etiam time - 
 mus. Afran. ap. Gell. xv. 13. Ubi malunt metui , quam 
 vereri se ab suis. Senec. Ir. iii. 32. Quibusdam time- 
 amus irasci, quibusdam vereamur. 2. M e t u s Qa arav) 
 
 
VERERI. 
 
 225 
 
 is fear, only as the anticipation of an impending evil, 
 and reflection upon it, the apprehension that proceeds 
 from foresight and prudence, like 8eo?, synonymously 
 with cautio; whereas timor (from Tpegco), the fear 
 that proceeds from cowardice and weakness. Or, m e - 
 t u s is an intellectual notion ; fear, as from reflection, 
 in opp. to spes ; for instances, see Cic. Verr. ii. 54. Off. 
 ii. 6. Liv. xxx. 9. Suet. Aug. 25. Tac. II. i. 18. 
 Ann. ii. 12, 88. Sen. Ep. 5. Suet. Aug. 5. Cels. ii. 
 6 . Curt. viii. 6 :— whereas t-i m or is a moral notion, 
 fear as a feeling, in opp. to fiducia , animus. Cic. Di- 
 vin. ii. 81. Att. v. 20. Rull. i. 8. Sallust. Jug. ii. 3. 
 Tac. Hist. ii. 80. Plin. Ep. v. 17. 3. In the like man¬ 
 ner are spes, hope, and fiducia, confidence, dis¬ 
 tinguished. Sen. Ep. 16. Jam de te spem habeo, non- 
 dum fiduciam. Tac. Agr. 2. Nee spem modo ac votum 
 securitas publica, sed ipsius voti fiduciam ac robur as- 
 sumpserit. Suet. Cl. 10. Aliquanto minore spe quam 
 fiducia. Liv. x. 25. Curt. ix. 4, 25. 4. T i m o r de¬ 
 notes fear, as a temporary state; timiditas, fearfulness, 
 as an habitual quality, which is connected with ignavia , 
 as a more precise expression for the more general feel¬ 
 ing. Lactant. iii. 17. Epicurus . . . ignavum prohibet 
 accedere ad rem publicam, pigrum exercere, timidum 
 militare. Ignavia is inaptitude for any noble action, 
 and ^particularly for deeds of valor; timiditas is, 
 under certain circumstances, excusable; ignavia is 
 absolutely blamable. 5. M e t u s and timor have 
 their foundation in reflection, whereby a person is made 
 -clearly aware of the object and ground of his apprehen¬ 
 sion ; whereas horror and f o r m i d o is an immedi¬ 
 ate feeling, which overpowers the understanding by the 
 dreadful image of the nearness of some horrid object, 
 and can give no account of the ground of its fear ; 
 f ormido (fremere) expresses this state immediately 
 as a state of mind, like opjxohia ; whereas horror 
 (^epo-o?) as the bodily expression of this state, by the 
 hair standing on end, the eyes wildly staring, etc., like 
 
 15 
 
226 
 
 VERERI. 
 
 (ppL/crj. Tac. H. iv. 45. Metus per omnes ac prae- 
 cipua Germanici militis formido. (ii. 190.) 
 
 Yerert; Revlreri ; Yenerart ; Colere ; Obser- 
 vare ; Adorare ; Admirari ; Suspicere. 1. Yere- 
 r i and r e v e r e r i mean, to feel reverence ; whereas 
 venerari, to show reverence. Tac. Ann. xiv. 13 ; 
 comp, venerationem sui with matris reverentia. 2. Y e- 
 reri (opa^?) denotes respect bordering on fear and 
 bashfulness ; whereas revereri, fear and bashfulness 
 arising from respect. In vereri , fear, in revereri , re¬ 
 spect is the principal notion; hence verecundia is 
 the dread of exposing one’s self before the person re¬ 
 spected ; whereas reverentia, the calm conscious¬ 
 ness that some one is worthy of this reverential feeling. 
 3. V e n e r a r i (avrecr^ai ?) is used (at least in Cic¬ 
 ero) only for demonstrations of reverence towards the 
 gods and sacred things; observare, only for such 
 demonstrations towards men ; colere, towards either. 
 Cic. Rep. i. 12. Ut . . . Africanum ut deum coleret 
 Lrnlius, domi vicissim Laelium observaret in parentis loco 
 Scipio. And, N. D. i. 42. ii. 28. The venerans 
 seeks only to express due reverence, and by self-humil¬ 
 iation to avert the anger of the gods ; the c o 1 e n s 
 (from /coAaf) seeks by acts of courtesy, of service, and 
 of respect, to win the affection of some one, and the 
 fruits of it, as from a cultivated field. Y ener a*tio 
 shows itself more in prayer ; c u 11 u s, more in sacrifice: 
 veneratio is more a single, transient act; cultusmore 
 a permanent expression of respect. Tac. II. i. 10. 
 Yespasianus . . . Titum filium ad venerationem cultum- 
 que (ejus) miserat; that is, that he might do homage 
 to the new emperor, and then also remain in his circle of 
 courtiers. 4. Observare (from epvea^at) involves 
 a mere negative notion, and denotes having regard for, 
 in opp. to slighting ; yet is not, on this account, colere a 
 stronger, observare a weaker term. Colere, indeed, 
 involves more palpable activity, operam; whereas o b 
 s e r v a r e, more tender regard, pietatem ; hence some 
 
VERRES-VEST1S. 
 
 227 
 
 times the one, sometimes the other, is the stronger ex¬ 
 pression. 5. Aclorareis the most general expression 
 for any sort of worship ; whereas veneratio consists 
 more in gestures, p r e c a t i o in words. 6. Revere- 
 mur validas auctoritates ; admiramur raras virtutes; 
 suspicimus excellentia dignitate. At the same time it 
 appears to me, that the reverens is in a state of silent 
 awe; the admirans with the expression of loud, or at 
 least visible enthusiasm; the suspiciens , under the im¬ 
 age of one looking up to another with an humble feel¬ 
 ing of his own inferiority. Revereri refers espec¬ 
 ially to moral; a d m i r a r i, to intellectual and moral; 
 suspicere, to any, even adventitious, pre-eminences, 
 (ii. 185.) 
 
 Verres, see Sus. Versicolor, see Varzus. 
 
 Versutus, see Astutus. 
 
 Vertere ; Torquere ; Converters; Inverters; 
 Perverte^re. Vertere means to turn, that is, to 
 move anything in order to give it another position or sit¬ 
 uation, like rperreiv ; torquere (from rpe/cco , drpe- 
 /c? 7 ?), to twist, that is, in order to move a fixed point, 
 like crTpecfreiv . 2. Convertere means, either to 
 
 turn in a body, with reference to those acting, as, for 
 instance, Ut paene terga convertant; or, with reference 
 to the action, to turn completely ; whereas i n v c r- 
 t e r e means, to turn only half round, so that the 
 reverse side of the thing turned is exposed; lastly, 
 per vertere means to ,turn upside down, so that the 
 thing turned becomes useless, or falls to the ground, 
 (v. 289.) 
 
 Verutum, see Missile. 
 
 Vesanus, see Amans. 
 
 Vestis : Vestitus ; Vestimentum ; Amictus ; Am- 
 iculum ; Cultus ; Habitus. 1. Vestis (from vas, 
 Goth, wastjan) is the most general expression, and de¬ 
 notes sometimes the whole clothes ; vestitus, some¬ 
 times only a single article of dress, vestimentum. V e s- 
 tem mutare denotes, to go into mourning ; vesti- 
 
223 
 
 VETARE — VETUS. 
 
 mcnta mutare, to shift one’s clothes. 2. Yes* 
 ti s and vestimentum denote the clothes which cover 
 the body, as necessary or decent; amictuS and a m i- 
 c u 1 u m (from ambi and jacere) the cloak or mantle 
 which covers the under-clothing, for the sake of warmth 
 or of ornament; ami'ctus, the w r hole of the over¬ 
 clothing; a mi c ulum, a single article, as a mantle. 
 Tac. G 1 . IT. Feminse ssepius lineis amictibus velantur, 
 partemque vestitus superioris in manicas non extendunt. 
 Curt. v. 1,38. Sil. It. vii. 447. 3. Cultus and 
 habitus have a wider meaning than vestis ; cultus 
 (occulere) whatever belongs to dress, girdle, hat, orna¬ 
 ments, arms, etc.; habitus, whatever belongs to the 
 exterior in general, cleanliness, mode of dressing the 
 hair, carriage of the body, etc. Suet. Caes. 44. Dicam 
 ea, quae ad formam et Jiabitum et cultum et mores per- 
 tinebant. Cal. 52. Vestitu calceatuque caeteroque hob - 
 itu. (v. 209.) 
 
 Yetare; Interdicere. Ye tare means to for¬ 
 bid by virtue of the law, in opp. to jubere ; whereas 
 interdicere, to forbid, by virtue of official author¬ 
 ity, in opp. to addicere , permittere. 
 
 Veternus, see Anti quits. Yetula, see Anus. 
 
 Yetus; Senex; Grandjevus ; Long^ivus; Senec- 
 ta ; Senectus ; Senium. 1. Yetus homo (eVo?) 
 denotes an old man, from the fiftieth year of his life, in 
 opp. to juvenis , a young man, like yepcov ; whereas 
 senex (amf? or evov 9 e^cov ?), an old man from his 
 sixtieth year, with the accessory notion of his being 
 worthy of respect, like 'Trpea/Svrr ]? ; lastly, g r a n d ae- 
 vus and longaevus denote a very aged man, who 
 has already exceeded the usual duration of life, and 
 who is, consequently, somewhere about eighty or up¬ 
 wards. 2. Senecta denotes old age indifferently, 
 merely as a period of life ; senectus, as a venera¬ 
 ble and experienced age, that commands respect and 
 indulgence ; senium, the infirm and burdensome age, 
 which is to be looked upon as a disease, (iv. 89.) 
 
VETUS-YIDERE. 
 
 22.9 
 
 Yetus, Vetustus, see Anti quits and Puer. 
 
 Via, see Iter. Yibrare, see Librare. 
 
 Vicinus ; Finitimus ; Confines. Y i c i n i (oi/ceioi) 
 are neighbors, in reference to house and yard ; whereas 
 f i n i t i m i and c o n f i n e s, with reference to the boun¬ 
 daries of the land; finitimi, in a one-sided relation¬ 
 ship, as the neighbors of others, who dwell near their 
 boundaries, in a mere geographical sense ; confines, 
 in a mutual relationship, as opposite neighbors, who have 
 boundaries in common, with the moral accessory notion 
 of friendship associated with neighborhood. The finit¬ 
 imi are finibus diremti; whereas the confines are con¬ 
 firm conjuncti. (v. 181.) 
 
 Yicissim; Invicem; Mutuo. Yicissim (from 
 ei/cdfo') denotes, like on the other hand, and in hand, 
 and in turn, a successive ; invicem and mutuo, 
 like reciprocally and in return, a mutual acting and suf¬ 
 fering between two persons or things; invicem, more 
 with reference to reciprocal actions ; mutuo, to re¬ 
 ciprocal or mutual states, (vi. 402.) 
 
 Yictus, see Vita. 
 
 Yidere; Cernere; Spectare ; Intueri; Conspi- 
 cere ; Adspicere ; Adspectus ; Conspectus ; Obtu- 
 tus. 1 . Yidere and cernere denote seeing, as 
 perceiving by the organ of sight; v i d e r e (^iBeiv) as 
 perception in general, in opp. to an obstruction of the 
 view, like opav ; cernere (^rcplveiv) especially as a 
 clear perception, in opp. to a transient or dim view; 
 whereas spectare, intueri, tueri, and contu- 
 e r i, denote looking, as the dwelling of the eyes upon 
 an object; spectare means, quietly to fix the eye 
 upon an object that interests the understanding, and 
 dwell upon it as upon a theatrical representation, like 
 ^eda^rat ; whereas intueri (from GToyafiopbai) , to 
 fix the eye upon something that strikes the fancy or 
 soul, as to contemplate, ^ecopetv. Cic. Fam. vii. 1. 
 Neque nos qui hsec spectavimus , quidquam novi vidimus. 
 2 . Intueri denotes merely to contemplate attentively; 
 
230 
 
 VIERE 
 
 VIGIL. 
 
 contueri, to gaze upon fixedly, keenly, and with eyeg 
 widely opened. 3. Conspicere means to descry, 
 that is, to get sight of an object of one’s self, and gen¬ 
 erally of an unexpected object; whereas adspicere 
 means to look at, that is, to cast one’s eye upon an ob¬ 
 ject, whether consciously or not. 4. A d s p c t u s 'has 
 an active meaning, as the looking at; conspectus, 
 a passive meaning, as the sight of, that is, the appear¬ 
 ance, often also the field of view , sight [as in to be or 
 come in sight ] ; o b t u t u s has a neutral sense, as the 
 look. Suet. Tib. 43. Ut adsjoectu deficientes libidines 
 excitaret; comp, with Cal. 9. Tumultuantes conspectu 
 suo flexit; and with Cic. Orat. iii. 5. Qui vultum ejus 
 cum ei dicendum esset, obtutumque oculorum in cogi- 
 tando probe nosset. (iv. 305.) 
 
 Viere, see Ligare. 
 
 Vigens; Veg’Etus ; VifiDus; Vivus ; Animans; 
 Vitalis ; Vivax. 1. Vigens ( alfcu ) denotes a 
 man, both in body and mind, fresh and in full strength; 
 v e g e t u s, one, in a mental sense, on the alert and an¬ 
 imated ; v i v i d u s (from gv 9 ? or from vis ?), one, in 
 a moral sense, full of life and energy. Liv. vi. 22. 
 Exacts jam aetatis Camillus erat . . . sed vegetum in- 
 genium in vivido pectore vigebat , virebatque integris 
 sensibus. 2. Vivus (Goth, quiws) means living, in 
 opp. to dead; animans, possessing life, in opp. to 
 inanimate. 3. Vitalis means long-lived; vivax, 
 tenacious of life. (iv. 445.) 
 
 Vigil ; Insomnis ; Exsomnis. Vigil denotes the 
 state of being awake as positive, and involves conscious¬ 
 ness and will, and the application of vital energy, like 
 aypvTTvos ; whereas insomnis and exsomnis, 
 only negatively, as sleepless, avirvos ; but the i n s 0 m- 
 n i s cannot sleep; the exsomnis will not sleep. 
 Tac. Ann. i. 65. Cum oberrarent tentoriis insomnes 
 magis quam qiervigiles. Veil. P. ii. 88. Maecenas ubi 
 rem vigiliam exigeret, sane exsomnis. Hor. Od. iii. 7, 
 6. Frigidas noctes non sine multis insomyiis lacrimis 
 
VILLA-VINCERE. 
 
 231 
 
 agit; comp, with 25, 7. Non secus in jugis exsomnis 
 stupet Evias; or Virg. iEn. ix. 167, with vi. 556. (iv. 
 444. 
 
 Villa; Fundus ; Przedium ; Ager ; Campus ; Rus ; 
 Arvum. 1. Villa (diinin. of e3o?) denotes a coun¬ 
 try-house, usually with a real estate ; f u n d u s, a real 
 estate, usually with a country-house ; p r so d i u m, 
 sometimes a country-house, sometimes a real estate, like 
 landed property. At the same time v i 111 a is an arch¬ 
 itectural term ; f u n d u s, an economical term ; p r ge- 
 d i u m, a juridical term. Cato, R. R. 3. Ita sedifices, 
 ne villa fund um queer at, neve fundus villa m, 2. Vil¬ 
 la, fundus, and p r se d i u m, suppose a proprietor, 
 lik eportio; whereas ager, a r v u m, r u s, and camp- 
 u s, are thought of without reference to a proprietor, 
 like pars. 3. Ager and campus denote the field, 
 whether cultivated or not; ager (dypo?), the open 
 field, in opp. to ground that is built upon, or planted 
 with trees, consequently in opp. to urbs , oppidum , vicus , 
 hortus , silva, like Aypo?; whereas campus (/crjirof) 
 denotes the low-lands and plains, like irehiov, conse¬ 
 quently in opp. to the high-lands, mons and collis ; Cic. 
 Div. i. 42. N. D. ii. 60. Colum. i. 2. Herenn. iv. 18. 
 25. Curt. viii. 1, 4. 4. Rus and arvum denote 
 
 the corn-field ; r u s (aporo?) in opp. to the village or 
 the town, like apovpa ; arvum, in opp. to pasture- 
 lands and plantations, consequently in opp. to .pabulum, 
 pascuum, pratum, olivetum , Sail. Jug. 95. Cic. N. D. 
 i. 45. Plaut. True. i. 2, 47. Hor. Ep. i. 16, 2. like 
 apoTO?. Cic. Fr. ap. Quintil. iv. 2. Fundum habet in 
 agro Tiburino Tullius paternum. Orat. iii. 33. De 
 fundo emendo, de agro colendo. Tac. G. 26. Arva 
 per annos mutant, et superest ager. (iii. 5.) 
 
 Vincere ; Super are ; Opprimere. 1. V i n c e r e 
 (eUeiv ? or Jy/ca? dvayKa^eiv ?) means, to drive an ad¬ 
 versary from his place, like vt/mv ; superareto win 
 a place from an adversary, like yTrepfidWear^cu. The 
 v i n c e n s has more to do with living objects, with ene- 
 
232 
 
 VINCIRE-VINDICTA. 
 
 mies ; the superans with inanimate objects, with dif¬ 
 ficulties. Tac. Ann. i. 25. Invictos et nullis casibus 
 super abiles Romanos. 2. Evincere denotes espe¬ 
 cially the exertion and duration of the conflict; d e v i n- 
 cere, its consequence, and the completeness of the 
 victory. 3. V i n c e r e means to conquer by fighting ; 
 apprimere, without fighting, by merely appearing, 
 in consequence of a surprisal, or of a decided superior¬ 
 ity of forces. Cic. Mil. 11. Vi victa vis, vel potius 
 opprbssa virtute audacia est: and to the same purport, 
 Muren. 15. Mithridatem L. Murena repressum magna 
 ex parte, non oppressum reliquit. (iv. 2T8.) 
 
 Vincire, see Ligare. 
 
 Vincula; Catena; Compedes; Pedic2e; Mani¬ 
 oc. Vincula (ay/caky, from nectere) are bands of 
 any sort, as a generic term for catence, etc., like Secrgol ; 
 c a t e n se are chains, whether for fettering or for other 
 uses, like akvaeis ; compedes (from 7reSy'), for fet¬ 
 tering in general, the hands or the feet; p e d i c se, irons 
 for fettering the feet; m a n i c ae, irons for fettering the 
 hands. Tac. Ann. vi. 14. Celsus in vinculis laxatam 
 .* catenam , et circumdatam in diversum tendens suam 
 ipse cervicem perfregit. (iv. 284.) 
 
 Vindicta; Ultio; Talio ; Pcena; Mulcta; Cas- 
 TIGATIO ; Puniri. 1. Vindicta ( avaSe/crps ) is an 
 act of justice, like avenging : ultio ( akakicelv , dke- 
 an act of anger, like revenge; talio (rkyvcu), 
 an act of retaliation. 2. U11 i o, v i n d i c a t i o, and 
 talio, take place in consequence of the supreme au¬ 
 thority of an individual; punitio, mulctatio, and 
 c a s t i g a t i o, in consequence of the demand of oth¬ 
 ers ; p oe n a (prowy, n mm, irevogat), as a punishment 
 which the violated and offended law demands, by any 
 mode of suffering ; mulcta (pLakdtjai) as an amerce¬ 
 ment, which juctice and equity demand, as a compen¬ 
 sation for injuries done, especially a fine ; castiga- 
 t i o, as a chastisement, which may serve to improve the 
 individual, especially a rebuke. P oe n a is for the gen- 
 
VINOLENTUS 
 
 YITIUM. 
 
 233 
 
 eral good ; m u 1 c t a, for the good of the injured party ; 
 c a s t i g a t i o, for that of the guilty party, (v. 249.) 
 3. P oe n i r e means to punish, according to the princi¬ 
 ples of justice; whereas puniri, in Cicero, to take 
 vengeance into one’s own hands. 
 
 Vinolentus, see Ebrietas . 
 
 Vinum ; Temetum. Yinum (oZw?) is the general 
 and usual; temetum (from taminia), the antiquated 
 and poetical name for wine. 
 
 Violare, see Lcedere. Vir, see Homo and Puer. 
 
 Virga, Virgultum, see Kami. 
 
 Virgo ; Puella ; Virago. Virgo is an unmar¬ 
 ried woman, whether young or old, in opp. to mutter , 
 like 7 rap^evos; whereas puella, a young woman, 
 whether married or not; for instance, Nero’s wife, Oc- 
 tavia, twenty years old, in Tac. Ann. xiv. 64, like /copy ; 
 virago, a masculine, strong, heroic, young woman; 
 for instance, the Amazones, avnaveipaL. 
 
 Virtus ; Innocentia ; Honestas. V i r t u s ( dp - 
 Tvrr]') means virtue, as far as it shows itself in becom¬ 
 ing and meritorious actions ; i n n o c e n t i a, as far as 
 it shows itself in blameless, especially disinterested con¬ 
 duct ; honestas (xvoclgtos;') as far it shows itself in 
 virtuous and noble sentiments, (vi. 406.) 
 
 Virtus, see Ferocia. Vis, see Potentia. 
 
 Viscera, see Caro. 
 
 Vita; Salus ; Victus. , 1. Vita (olro?) denotes 
 the duration of life, in opp. to mors; whereas salus 
 (from oAo??), the safety of life, in opp. to interitus , 
 exitium. 2. V i t a denotes the public ; victus the 
 private life of a man. Nep. Ale. 1. Splendidus non 
 minus in vita quam in victu. (iv. 448.) 
 
 Vitalis, see Vigens. 
 
 Vitium ; Mend a ; Mendum ; Labes ; Macula. 
 V i t i u m (from avary, ary ), denotes any fault ;men- 
 da ( gdry ), a natural fault, especially of the body, a 
 blemish, like /3\a/3y ; mendum, a fault committed, 
 especially in writing, a blunder or mistake, like agdp- 
 
234 
 
 VITUPERARE — VORAGO. 
 
 rgpa; 1 a b e s (Xcbj3gfl a degrading fault, a stain of ig 
 nominy, like Xvpr]; macula ( dimin. from yu-co/co?), 
 a disfiguring fault, a blot, like rcgXk.') (v. 319.) 
 
 Vituperare, see j Reprehendere. 
 
 Vi vax, Vividus, see Vivens. 
 
 Virus, see Toxicum. Vivus, see Vigens. 
 
 Vi x; ^Egre. Vix ( rj/ca ) means scarcely, and re¬ 
 fers, like cr'xoXfj, only to a thing that was near not tak¬ 
 ing place, in opp. to omnino 7ion, Cic. Att. iii. 23 ; 
 whereas m g r e means with much ado, like poXis and 
 Ao 7 t?, and refers to the agent, who is in a state of anx¬ 
 iety as to whether he shall succeed or fail, in opp. to 
 facile , Cic. Sen. 20. (iii. 94.) 
 
 Vocabulum, see Verbum. Vocare, see Nominare. 
 
 V ocieerari, see Clangere. 
 
 Volucres ; Aves ; Alites. V o 1 u c r e s (from 
 eXi^aC) means whatever flies, including winged insects, 
 like 7 tttivos ; whereas aves and alites mean only 
 birds ; a v i s (dero?) as a general term in natural his¬ 
 tory for any bird, like opvis ; a 1 e s (from ala) as a se¬ 
 lect expression only for a larger bird, like oleovo v, espe¬ 
 cially the eagle, and a 1 i t e 3 is used in the language 
 of the augurs as a technical term for those birds whose 
 flight must be observed and interpreted, in opp. to osci- 
 nes , or those birds whose song and cry must be inter¬ 
 preted. Ovid, Art. Am. iii. 410. Jovis in multis dev- 
 olat ales aves. Hor. Od. iv. 2, 2. 4. Virg. iEn. xii. 247. 
 Cic. N. D. ii. 64. (v. 207.) 
 
 Voluntate, see Sponte. Voluptas, see Cupido. 
 
 Vorago ; Vortex ; Gurges. V o r a g o (op^o?) 
 and the poetical word, of foreign origin, barathrum, 
 denote an abyss in water, which may be either in a 
 pool, pond, or sea; whereas vortex and gurges 
 suppose water in motion; vortex moves in a horizon¬ 
 tal direction, so that its water turns in a circle, and 
 hinders whatever swims therein from escaping ; gurges 
 (from 70 / 370 ?? or yvpya%o<; ?), in a perpendicular di¬ 
 rection, so that it drags down whatever comes into its 
 
VOX-VULTUS. 
 
 235 
 
 eddy, into the depth below. Liv. xxviii. 30. Navis re¬ 
 tro vortice intorta; compare with xxii. 6. Deficientibus 
 animis hauriebantur gurgitibus. (v. 155.) 
 
 Vox, see Verbum. 
 
 Vulnus ; Plaga ; Ulcus ; Cicatrix ; Saucius. 1. 
 Y u 1 n u s and plaga denote a wound from without; 
 vulnus (from lanius ?) by means of a weapon, or 
 other cutting instrument; plaga, by means of any 
 instrumenLcarried with intention to injure; whereas ul¬ 
 cus (aAof, coAf) means any open or sore place in the 
 body, that has begun to fester, etc.; cicatrix, the 
 scar that is left when a wound is healed. Suet. Vit. 10. 
 Yerbera et plagas , saepe vulnera , nonnunquam necem 
 repraesentantes adversantibus. Plin. H. N. xvi. 12. 
 Cels. viii. 4. 2. Yulneratus means wounded in 
 
 general; s a u c i u s, so wounded as to be unfit for fighting, 
 and is the proper expression for those that are wounded 
 in battle. Cic. Verr. i. 27. Servi nonnulli vulneran- 
 tur; ipse Rubrius sauciatur. (iv. 255.) 
 
 Vultus, see Facies. 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS 
 
 This Index embraces all the Greek words contained in the Latin Syncs 
 nyms, and will afford valuable aid in elucidating many Greek synonyms. 
 The figures refer to the pages of the book. 
 
 ayaSrj rvxr], 35 
 
 dStvo?, 16 
 
 atpta, 191 
 
 ayaSoSf 30 
 
 aSoXecr^ta, 91 
 
 ati/os, 26, 189 
 
 ayaXjxa, 103 
 
 ae$Xos, 204 
 
 dt£at, 230 
 
 ayavos, 58 
 
 detSar, 32 
 
 aloXov , 220 
 
 ayairr], 61 
 
 aetpat, 16 
 
 atoAos, 220 
 
 ayeiv, 9 
 
 detpco, 16 
 
 atpetv, 209 
 
 ayav Kalcfaepav, 221 
 
 act?, 222 
 
 atpo/xei'^, 117 
 
 ayetpetv, 9, 80 
 
 decrat, 16 
 
 aloSiaSai, 37 
 
 dyetpoo, 3, 160 
 
 derog, 234 
 
 atcrt/xos, 103 
 
 ayeX.r), 160 
 
 a^7, 130 
 
 atcr^po?, 213 
 
 ayKoXy /, 232 
 
 a^p, 16 bis 
 
 atreu', 186 
 
 ay nets avayaa^eiv, 231 
 
 clSXlos, 66 
 
 at^/x^, 4 
 
 dyXaos, 129 
 
 a«9A ov, 171 
 
 atoovtov, 46 
 
 ayvos, 188 
 
 at, 26, 189 
 
 dxaXo?, 134 
 
 ayovos, 131 
 
 aiai/ 09 , 172 
 
 aKetcr^at, 135 
 
 ay os, 188 
 
 atytaXds, 185 
 
 a/cepatos, 177 
 
 dyptos, 187 
 
 aideio>9ai, 224 
 
 dxTy, 24 
 
 aypoiKos, 187 
 
 at 8105 , 46 
 
 aKripaTos, 177 
 
 dypos, 231 bis 
 
 at$etv, 22 
 
 aKp/ty, 4 
 
 aypv7rvog, 230 
 
 at$os, 25 
 
 aKoXov$€LV, 42 
 
 dy^tcrret?, 145 
 
 at Sovaa, 6 
 
 dxos, 135 
 
 ayxpi, 53 
 
 ttt«9a>, 6, 31 
 
 ukovclv, 26 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 238 
 
 aKpoacrSai, 27 
 aKpos, 209 
 <xkt? 7 , 185 bis 
 aKtov, 139 
 dA.aA.KetV, 232 
 dXd<r«9at, 71 
 dXyetv, 88 
 aXyo 9 > 53, 66 
 dXeyetv, 61, 150, 
 
 154, 181 
 aXe^etv, 232 
 aAes, 122 
 aX'qp.a, 124 
 aX$etr, 175 
 dX*9a), 11 
 dXta, 43 
 aXt9, 192 
 a\aj/, 194 
 dX^, 9, 91, 217 
 dAAot, 31 
 dXo£ 235 
 aX?, 134 
 aXcros, 199 bis 
 aXrts, 199 
 uXvktos, 66 
 aXVcret?, 232 
 dX^)09, 10 
 
 dp,a, 217 
 ttp.dpr7yp,a, 233 
 d/xaupos, 151 
 d/xeXyw, 133 
 d/xem 9 , 85 
 afievrjva Kap-qva, 202 
 
 dp,epyetv, 70 
 ap,epycoi/, 135 
 
 ap.^)tp.i/09, 216 
 
 dp,edco, 114 
 ap.rj)(a Vo?, 131 
 dp,7repes, 195 
 dptwto, 144 
 ap.<£acrtas, 146 
 dp,<£t9 e^cov, 68 
 a/z<£co, 218 
 dvaytyvtocTKetv, 102 
 ai/ayKa^to, 146 
 avdyKYj icrTLV , 146 
 araoeKTiys, 232 
 amSe^ecr^at, 167 
 avaSovvat, 222 
 amtpetv, 111 
 dva.L(T$r]TO<i, 207 
 di/aXeVcrcroL), 37 
 aua/xi/j.v’))<TK€(r^ai, 136 
 avavevu), 147 
 ara£, 175, 228 
 
 dm7TT€tJ/, 2 
 
 dvairort]^, 174 
 dvapL$pLYjTO<;, 109 
 dracr7raoTds, 6 
 dva<fiav$6v, 20 
 dm-<£ari£etv, 146 
 dvat^Xoyt^etv, 2 
 dv^pd-rroSov, 198 
 avSpias, 103 
 avftpocfiovo '?, 97 
 dvetmt, 81 
 
 avep. 09 , 16 bis 
 dvepe-^t^w, 106, 118 
 dve(rtp,a)9, 158 
 avecriv Soi’pat, 102 
 avevpew, 112 
 ai/^p, 97, 175 bis 
 av^pt^p.09, 109 
 ttlA$p07TlW)9, 99 
 dv^pa)7reta)9, 99 
 dV^pto7ro9, 97 
 ana, 53 
 dvlav, 102 
 avretr^at, 226 
 dvr^, 222 
 dvriampat, 233 
 dvTtcrrdr^9, 6 
 avnyap e^eaScu, 94 
 dvrpov, 202 
 d7raXo9, 144 
 d7ravT€9, 179 bis 
 
 a7ra9, 180 
 d7rardv, 76 
 d'7rep.7ToXdi', 222 
 
 a7rXero9, 131 
 a7ro/?aXetv, 14 
 aTroj3dX\€Lv> 203 
 d7roSdcr$ai, 222 
 d7ro^etmt, 36 
 <x7 ro$ev, 173 
 OL7rOKpV7TT€LV , 36 
 aTroXeVai, 1 
 a7roi'eVto, 147 
 aTTopta, 158 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 239 
 
 dno Tvxys, 34 
 a7rocf)dpaL, 146 
 apafios, 14, 223 
 aporov, 187 
 dpdyyrj, 184 
 dpyov, 10 
 dpyos, 23, 187 
 dpSa, 129 
 apeo-KeveLV, 24 
 dperai, 125 
 ap$pov, 136 bis 
 apiSpcos, 45, 197 
 dpicrrepd*199 
 apK€LV, 21 
 dp vetcr^at, 146 
 apopara, 159 
 dporos, 231 bis 
 apovpa, 231 
 apTraKrrjp , 170 
 dpirr], 180 
 dparjv, 97 
 apn, 149 
 dprvrrj, 233 
 dpTvros, 25 
 ap^atog, 19 
 dpytiv, 116 
 acracfi d>9, 59 
 (xcriy, 192 
 ao- 19 , 130 
 dcrirta, 76 
 da-KaAa</>09, 183 
 dcrKetv, 41 
 dcrKrjSrjs, 190 
 
 acrpei/09, 205 
 d<T7rdA.a£, 196 
 acr7rts, 195 
 do-Trjs, 205 bis 
 
 dcTTpaTTYJ, 89 
 
 darpov , 205, bis 
 dcr^aArp, 216 
 draAAw, 208 
 
 draXocfipwv, 208 
 drapTrjpog, 213 
 ari?, 51, 233 
 drip, ta, 101 
 drpa7ro5, 115 
 aTpcKrj 9 , 227 
 avarr), 51, 233 
 avyd£a.v, 27 
 avrjpos, 27, 197 
 avrjporrjs , 198 
 av&is e£ inrapxv 5 ) 115 
 avos, 23 
 di37rvo9, 230 
 a vpa, 16 
 adcno?, 155, 219 
 av<TTr)pos, 27 
 avTopuxTios, 204 
 auTopoAo9, 161 
 avrw 9 , 155, 219 
 cu/^po9, 130 
 adw, 27 
 d(f)arov , 55 
 acfiavG), 31, 78 
 d<fi$ov W9, 192 
 d</)vci09, 65 
 
 a</>pa)V, 13 
 ’A^aioi, 4 
 axavys, 131 
 dxyjv, 33 
 a^°9, 142 
 d^A^9, 150 
 aif/os, 136 
 
 fiaSrjv, 158 
 /5a8i£eiv, 114 
 fidKTpOV, 90 
 fiavavcroL, 75 
 fiapos, 142 
 
 /5a cTTa^ew, 79 
 
 /3at5e£eiv, 122 
 /5e/5aio9, 219 
 /5eAo9, 139 
 /5Aa/5epo9, 52 
 /3\a/3r), 233 
 /5Aayi9, 55 
 /?Ad£, 17, 207 
 ySAeVeu/, 26 
 fiXocrvpos, 213 
 /5op/5opo9, 129 
 /5odAe<x$ai, 221 
 fipay^iov, 217 
 /3paSvv€iv, 133 
 /5paSd9, 133, 208 
 /3pa^iW, 217 
 fipaxys, 30 
 /^pe^eiv, 152 
 fipOTOS, 191 
 
 j3v$o 9, 201 
 
 / 
 
240 in d 
 
 - 
 
 ZX OF GREEK Tt'ORPS. 
 
 Tcua, 211 bis 
 
 ypvrr), 177 
 
 S^XetE, 1 
 
 yaXirj, 34 
 
 yupya^os, 234 
 
 St/Xoe, 20 
 
 yaX-^pos, 37, 94 
 
 yupos, 154 
 
 S^Xtucrat 155 
 
 yaupos, 91 
 
 
 8r)p.o<;, 93 
 
 yeXctE, 185 
 
 Saip,toE, 149 
 
 StaKptVeiE, 62 
 
 yeXcos, 93 
 
 &OLKZLV, 122 
 
 Sta 7 ru$ecr$at, 63 
 
 yep,etE, 210 
 
 SaKpV, 118 
 
 Staort^at, 62 
 
 yeuecr^at, 48, 170 
 
 SdKpvCLV, 118 
 
 StareyyetE, 62 
 
 yeveTrj, 92, 206 
 
 Saws, 86 
 
 StaTpt)SetE, 133 
 
 yeEEator^s, 154 
 
 8a.Trd.vr}, 54 
 
 St Sup, os, 68 
 
 yeVos, 92, 206 
 
 SapoE, 171 
 
 Ste'X/cetE, 87 
 
 yews, 131 
 
 Sacrus, 16 
 
 StepetE, 63 
 
 yepatos, 18, 198 
 
 Sai^at, 71 
 
 St/ 07 , 41, 137 
 
 yepaos, 142 
 
 Seen/, 123 
 
 StoXeVat, 1 , 15 
 
 yepas, 67, 171 
 
 Set, 146 
 
 St 7 rXa£, 68 
 
 yepoucrtos, 18 
 
 SetE, 146 
 
 St 7 rXouE, 68 
 
 yepcoE, 18, 175, 228 
 
 SetEos, 26 
 
 St 7 rXous, 68 
 
 yeucrat, 192 
 
 Set^at, 59 
 
 Sptws, 198 
 
 yeua>, 11 
 
 Set 7 rvov, 71 
 
 SvocfiepaL, 150 
 
 T-i), 211 bis 
 
 Setcrat, 224 
 
 Sotos, 68 
 
 yrjSeiv, 92, 222 
 
 Setcr$at, 186 
 
 Soptot, 6 
 
 yrjpvu), 90 
 
 Seos, 26, 225 
 
 So'£a, 94, 196 
 
 ytyEecr^ai, 48 
 
 Sepas, 67 
 
 Sopa, 212 
 
 yXa<£upos, 120 
 
 SeppLa, 212 
 
 Sopu, 139 
 
 yXota, 88 
 
 SeayteuetE, 124 
 
 SouXos, 24, 198 
 
 yXuKus, 208 
 
 Seoytot, 232 
 
 SpatEoo, 198 
 
 yXcorra, 77 
 
 SeuetE, 65 
 
 Spa 7 reV^s, 161 
 
 yvrjcrio s, 92 
 
 Seuecr$ai, 146 
 
 SuEap,at, 30 
 
 yvdpir), 196 bis 
 
 SeurepoE, 115 
 
 SuEap.is, 168 
 
 yEtoEat, 187 
 
 Se^ecr^al, 178, 189, 
 
 Swacr^at, 168 
 
 yopyos, 234 
 
 209 
 
 SuEacrreta, 168 
 
 ypaptpta, 124 
 
 Se^oo, 173 
 
 Sucre tSrys, 213 
 
 ypopc^as, 210 
 
 Sr/eiE, 178 
 
 SucrpeEeia, 152 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 Svcrvoia , 151 
 ovcrcfirjfxia, 101 
 Su)fxaTa, 6 
 8o>pov, 67 
 SojTLvr], 67 
 
 iyyeXav, 185 
 eyyvav, 167 
 iyyvs, 8 
 iyyvcTTOS, 15 
 cyKap-zrog, 86 
 ey/cuog, 170 , 171 
 ey^eXv g, 183 
 ey^og, 183 
 eSog, 195 , 201 , 231 
 eSpa, 195 
 ۤ( 0 , 11 
 z$€ipa, 49 
 iSeXovrrjs, 205 
 e$vos, 92 
 t£og, 45 , 200 
 €ta, 119 
 etap, 213 
 cISog, 83 , 205 
 ciSaAov, 102 
 ciKa^o), 229 
 elkelv, 231 
 eiKtXog, 5 , 8 
 
 ELK(i)V, 102 
 eTXap, 212 
 elp.app.ivrj, 35 
 etpyco, 54 
 elpycov, 15 
 
 U 
 
 eipetv, 196, bis 
 eipcpog, 198 
 cipo/xevog, 197 
 ctcrat, 49 
 elg eKacrrog, 179 
 ag kevov , 89 
 eiapevcraL, 114 
 €LU)$ivai, 201 
 e/carepog, 218 
 eKacrTOL , 179 
 CKaorog, 179 
 EKSrjpe'iv, 174 
 eK C r, 31 
 EKrjXia, 178 
 ii<$aveLV, 143 
 iKKXrjcrL a, 43 
 EKovaio g, 204 
 EKTrepaivetv, 203 
 ii<cf)opa, 90 
 EKO)V, 204 
 eXeeIv, 139 
 iXe.LV, 
 
 eXSelv, 114 
 eXlktos, 76 
 eXi^ai, 120 
 eXt^ai, 234 
 eAAog, 199 
 «fA.og, 119 
 epjSatveLV, 114 
 epL7roXav, 70 
 IpicfravLoraL, 155 
 evSaieLV, 2 
 evSeia, 159 
 16 
 
 evSeXe^eiv, 43 
 eVSiog, 60 
 ive^KearS^aL, 112 
 evolte, 148 
 evoo-ls ’EvvoS, 87 
 evovs, 228 
 evTeXr/ g, 84 
 evreXXecrQai, 116 
 evvTrviov, 202 
 e^arrLVTjs, 182 
 e£ec ttl, 43 
 e^ovaia, 168 
 ETrayyiXXea^ai, 
 e7rietKa;g, 99 
 ETn§vp.a>v, 222 
 e7r/.Kap,7rr)g, 54 
 e7rtr^Setog, 100 
 ettl^Sovlo^ 97 
 eTroihaL 32 
 
 t t 
 
 ETTWpLLS, 23 
 ipav, 61 
 epaaSai, 61 
 epacrr^g, 14 
 epya'Qopai, 54 
 epyacria, 153 
 epyov, 9 
 epSeLV, 105 
 ipi$(x), 98 
 ipELTTU), 185 
 epevSeLV, 22 
 epilog, 33 
 kp-KETOV, 183 
 ip7ro)v, 183 
 
 168, 201, 221 
 
242 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 VJ e rj ■* 
 
 tppcw, 71 
 eppw/xevos, 44 
 eppdaSai 169, 219 
 eppoxxo, 29 
 eparj 9 , 210 
 epveaSai, 226 
 epvKeiv, 21 
 cpcos, 61 
 eaayelpoi, 9 
 IcrS' ore, 148 
 ecr^aros, 75 
 crai, 145 
 eraipai, 160 
 craipos, 200 
 erepov, 115 
 eri, 72 
 eroV, 49 
 cros, 18, 228 
 co, 29 
 
 evSrjvrjs, 86 
 evSvs, 182 
 cuKapata, 151 
 50 
 
 CV7TOpOS, 65 
 COCTKIOS, 151 
 cvtokos, 85 
 evrporros, 30 
 evru^y s, 78 
 ev<f)6po s, 85 
 cv^apto’TCtv, 94 
 cvXeaScu, 186 
 e<f>eivai, 43 
 iefiieaSai, 116 
 
 71 
 
 9($pa, 152 
 9($po9, 6 
 9($o), 6 
 9(i8j/a, 183 
 9(is, 183 
 9(dp,eoo9, 3 
 
 cj(0), 10 
 9(0)v, 228 
 
 £co), 116, 175 
 £017, 116 
 £o'<£os, 150 
 £d)OV, 17 
 
 fjyeiaSai, 64 
 ytieaSai, 91 
 17809, 208 
 rjSe'ios, 200 
 ^$09, 45 
 1710)1), 185 
 
 ^Ka, 117, 219, 234 
 3* 71 
 ^vt, 71 bis 
 rjvitie, 71 
 rjviov, 88 
 yprios , 140 
 rjav^ia, 178 
 ^09, 208, 230 
 f)X* Tr l' i ’ 82, 96 
 TO» 87 f 224 
 
 SaXaaaa, 134 
 
 SaXXoC, 180 
 $ap,a, 16, 189 
 Sapieios, 16 
 $aj/aro9, 142 
 Sapaos, 82 
 Seda Sat, 229 
 $e\eiv, 221 
 SlpLLS eari, 43 
 $eoi pcta ^acoorcs, 78 
 $cds, 149 
 
 SeaaaaSai, 2, 186 
 Seros, 170 
 Sewpeiv, 229 
 Syjpudvy 3 
 Srjpiov, 18 
 $>79, 106 
 SrjaavpoL, 65 
 S\av, 53, 66 
 Sopvfirjy 87 
 Spaa os, 82 
 Spew, 87 
 Sprjveiv, 118 
 SpiyKos, 144 
 $/>i£, 49 
 $povo 9, 195 
 
 SvfAos, 16 
 $dpa, 155 
 Svpities, 155 
 $d)09, 52 
 Suyjreveiv, 24 
 
 laaSat , 28, 135 
 Itietv, 229 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 243 
 
 18109 , 173 
 ISov, 71 
 iivaiy 114 
 Upov, 211 
 iepo9, 188 
 lkclvos, 100 
 t/<avw5, 192 
 LKereveiv, 186 
 £A.apo9, 91 
 IXvs, 129 
 ivdw, 105 
 to?, 213 
 loTrjs, 116 
 Ipfjvcs, 97 
 t9, 169 
 lo’a, 8 
 ta-09, 5 
 LOTTOivai, 199 
 icr^av, 168 
 icrxypo 9 , 219 
 io-(09, 34 
 
 Kayxa&tv, 185 
 KaSapos, 177 
 /ca$i£e«/, 52, 219 
 kul , 7 2 
 «katvo9, 149 
 K<iipo 9 , 60, 151 
 KaKrjyopLa, 131 
 koxicov, 58 
 KaA.ap,09, 50 
 kulXXo<;, 25 
 KaXvif/ at, 195 
 
 KapuJ/aL, 88 
 Kava^eiv, 32 
 
 KOLVUiV, 51 
 
 Ka7rpo9, 33 
 Ka7rrc«/, 209, 222 
 Kap€KOpLOU>VT€<S, 49 
 Kaprjvov, 49 
 Kapt 9 , 54 
 Kap/capov, 54 
 KapirovoSaL, 58 
 Kapro 9 , 30 
 Kapcf)0), 3 
 KOLpd), 32 
 KarayeXav, 185 
 Kara$ap.fiuv, 44 
 KaraSeivcu, 36, 196 
 /caraiKta, 131 
 KO.Ta.Ka.Uiv, 2 
 KaTaKpV7TT€LV, 36 
 Karavcvetv, 43 
 KaTCLTr}K€LV, 128 
 Kara<f)pov€iv, 203 
 Karaxjrrjv, 143 
 KaretSetv, 44 
 Kare^etv, 52, 133 
 Ka<£a£u>, 71 
 KeSpo9, 126 
 Keipetv, 33 
 /capco, 30 
 KeicrSai, 178 
 Kctco, 49, 93 
 kcX 0809 , 222 
 
 Kf.XvJf.lV, 116 
 
 KfXfvSos, 115 bis 
 /<epawo9, 89 
 K€pSaXeo 9 , 25 
 KfvSfiv, 36 
 KevS^oy, 54 
 KfvSljOV, 34 
 Ke^aprjaSal, 95 
 KySf/xovta, 45 
 KTjScijTys, 145 
 Kr/Xfiv, 134 
 KrjXeio 77V pi, 31 
 
 ktjXU, 234 
 KrjTro^, 231 
 KlKlVVOS, 49 
 
 KL<J)V, 43 
 
 K.Xdyyfiv, 39 
 kXoSos, 93, 180 
 kXoUiv, 118 
 kA. avpia, 119 
 kXgo’s, 37, 94 
 KXrj/xa, 180 
 /cAi/xa, 125 
 kXltv 9 , 41 
 kAo7T109, 195 
 kXvto 9 , 37 
 kXcov, 180 
 Kvi<f>a<s, 150 
 KVvt,dcrS at, 122 
 KOflV, 168 
 KOtpaj/09, 53 
 Kotrai, 52 
 
 KOVTT], 50 
 
 KoXaKeia, 24 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 244 
 
 KoXaKtvcLv, 24 
 ko Aa£, 226 
 KoAa<£o9, 10 
 KoXdxJ/cu , 51 
 koXov(d, 107, 190 
 koAo<£ujv, 50 
 
 koX CJVOS, 41 
 
 Kop,a£av, 71 
 Kofxy 7 , 49 
 
 KOfXfJLOVV, 41 
 Kopaf/os , 177 
 K07rpo5, 130 
 Kopdcriov , 160 
 Koprj, 160, 233 
 Kopi£op.ai, 38 
 Kopprj, 49 
 Kopvt, a, 14 
 Kopvcrcro), 126 
 K.opv<f>rj, 4, 50 
 Kopvcjiovv , 4 
 Kocr/Aciv, 41 bis 
 koct/ 405, 99 
 Korra, 34 
 KOTTOLVr], 184 
 KO)((i)vr), 48 
 Koif/au, 194 
 KpaC,(x>, 32 
 Kpcu7rdXr), 69 
 Kparos, 169 
 KpeKU), 49 
 KpepifiaXov, 87 
 KpiVciV, 229 
 KpOKOL, 49 
 
 KpoTOS, 87 
 Kpovcns , 87 
 KpvpLOS, 88 
 Kpvos, 88, 190, 191 
 KpV7TTCLV , 36 
 K7TVCTTaXXoS, 88 
 Kpv\f/CLL, 133 
 KT€LV€LV, 110 
 KTV7TOS, 87 
 
 Ki;ap, 202 
 Kvpui, 48 
 KVT09, 212 
 
 KWKvewy 119 
 kwAov, 136 
 kws, 53 
 
 Xa/Secv, 209 
 Aa. 109 , 199 
 XaKa£eiv, 91 
 XdKtiv, 59, 60, 167 
 XcLKL&LV, 118 
 Aa/a9, 118 
 AaAeiv, 59, 60 
 AaAia, 91 
 Aap,7ra9, 32 
 Aa/X7ra), 126 
 
 Aa^eu/, 142 
 Aa^eow, 142 
 Aeyav, 59 
 Aeyco, 140 
 Xetfieiv, 55 
 Aa^8o/xevo5, 129 
 Aei/?u), 117 
 
 .AcTo?, 120, 123 bis 
 Aet^ctv, 120 
 XcKrpov, 50 
 Ae/x<£o9, 14, 20 
 Ae7rrds, 122 
 Ae7ra), 122 
 XevKrj, 129 
 XevKov, 10 
 Acvkos, 126 
 Aevo-crd/xci/ov, 128 
 Xev(r(T(o, 127 
 Ae^pto?, 168 
 Xrjpeiv, 14 
 Xrj(TTr)<s , 169 
 Ai/^d^eiv, 55 
 Ai$o?, 194 
 AiAato/xot, 91 
 XipLvrj , 119 
 Atjuog, 76 
 XiTrapdlv, 186 
 Ati/', 52 
 Adytg, 234 
 Ady\T7> 139 
 AoiSopia, 181 
 AoiSopo9, 127 
 Aoip. 09 , 128 
 Aotcr^o9, 75 
 Xo^Qxrj, 199 
 Ao'xo9, 125 
 XvSpov, 129 
 XvKoefiws, 133 
 Xvp.r], 234 
 Avo’cra, 14 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 245 
 
 Xvxyos, 32 
 At o/3r], 234 
 Aojtos, 129 
 Aox^aVj 117 
 
 piaSi^civ, 159 
 /xa£o?, 132 
 pux/cap/, 09 , 78 
 pta.Kpo9, 73 
 ptaAa£ai, 223, 232 
 IxaXaKos , 143 
 /xaAepos, 117 
 ptaAAo9, 212 
 piapipop 132 
 /xavS^dveLv, 155 
 fiavSdva), 17 
 jXOLVlKOSy 14 
 fxavos, 84 
 
 fjcavreveoSou, 64, 96 
 ftacr^aA^, 23 
 /xarai^, 224 
 /xaTT], 233 
 fjLOLTrjVi 89 
 fJLavpiQTOS, 207 
 175 
 pieya, 131 
 picyas, 131 
 /xeSew, 145 
 /xiSecrSau, 40 
 pu^eivai, 140 
 /xeSr], 69 
 /xe^ieVai, 102 
 pteiStav, 185 
 
 ptetAi^os, 139 
 ptctpa/aoj/, 175 
 ptapca-^at, 137 
 ptapco, 144, 177 
 pieASeiv, 24 
 pieAAeiv, 52 
 pteAo?, 136 
 pteA7rav, 32 
 ptepta^a, 131 
 fxefxvrjcr^aL, 136 
 p-lpuf/Ls, 183 
 pieVciv, 133 bis 
 
 pt€V09, 17 
 
 pteptpim, 53 
 ptepog, 136 
 piecro?, 136 
 ptcra (nrovSoiv , 167 
 pterapcrtov, 16 
 ptera^pci/ov, 68 
 pterewpov, 16 
 ptcrewpo?, 12 
 fieTOLKos , 106 
 pteTo^os, 200 
 
 fxirpiov , 140 
 pir)8ev dyav, 140 
 pi.rj8op.ai, 116 
 p.r]vveiv, 133 
 prj^avr], 102 
 pttaivetv, 46 
 paapo?, 213 
 pttKpo?, 157 
 p.ivS'os, 130 
 puvv$w, 157 
 
 puo-^09, 171 
 pucros, 152 
 piotpa, 35, 144 
 pioAt9, 117, 234 
 ptopo9, 142 
 pbopvcrcreLv , 46 
 pLop^rj, 83 
 pto^Ao9, 141 
 ptvSaAeo9, 217 
 pLVKrrjpe 9 , 145 
 p.v AAciv, 143 
 ptvpw, 67, 134, 166 
 piv(rapo 9 , 107 
 ptaj/co9, 234 
 ptcoAo9j 141 
 
 vao9, 211 
 vanr), 199 
 vapo9, 145 
 mv9, 145 
 veavta 9 , 175 bis 
 vca£, 149 
 vearo9, 75 
 20 
 
 V£Kpo 9, 142 
 ^epto9, 199 
 veo^ev, 115 
 veo^, 149 
 veo9, 148, 175 
 vevewy 117 
 V€0)(TTL, 149 
 K^7T109, 175 
 vrjxtLV, 55 
 
246 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 vt£a), 126 
 VLKav , 231 
 
 VL7TT0), 166 
 vt<£a, 166 
 vo/al/xos, 159 
 
 ViOTOV, 68 
 
 £av$os, 10 
 £ypos, 23 
 $vyKaXe.lv, 43 
 £vV€K€LV, 52 
 £vv€ktol, 179 
 £w$ecri9, 44 
 
 oy/co9, 142 
 oSonropelv, 174 
 6809, 115 
 oSvaacrSai, 152 
 oSa>8a, 152 
 o£o5, 90, 205 
 oS^/xara, 27 
 oSofia t, 76 
 ot aAAot, 31 
 otSav, 215 
 oIk€.tol, 229 
 ot/ceto9, 173 
 oik err79, 198 
 otKoSo/xr^/xa, 4 
 OLKTtLpC.IV, 139 
 OLKTL^CLV, 139 
 Cl XoLTTOL, 31 
 ctpat, 38 
 o7po9, 115 
 
 oTvos, 233 
 otVtoaw, 69 
 otov r avat, loo 
 01T09, 142, 233 
 ota), 218 
 
 olo)v 6 <s, 234 
 okkos, 76 
 okvcIv, 52 
 okvos, 101 
 oXcryp, 169 
 oXiywpelv, 203 
 oAtya>po9, 216 
 oAto^etV, 117 
 oAko9, 168 
 oAoAc£etv, 119 
 oAov, 211 
 0A09, 119 
 
 0A09, 180, 219, 233 
 oAo)9, 166 
 opaAorip, 152 
 o/xaAa)9, 217 
 op/3po9, 166 
 ofArjyvpis , 43 
 0/X0109, 5 
 o/xota)9, 8 
 6/ulov, 217 
 op,a)9, 8 
 ovap, 202 
 
 ovetSo9, 185 
 oim>9, 52 
 6^09, 3 bis 
 
 07Tt9, 37 
 
 07ra)a-S^7roT€, 166 
 
 6 pav, 224, 226, 229 
 opydv, 186, 187 
 opyrj, 62 
 
 opeyccrS at, 186, 187, 
 122 
 
 opeKTT] 9, 62 
 
 oprjx 0< >> 234 
 
 op$o<;, 22 
 op$pa>, 133 
 op^a>crt9, 98 
 opti/o), 41 
 opj/ 19 , 234 
 opo 9 , 84, 135 
 oppa)8ta, 225 
 opcro9, 90, 180 
 opvxrp 139 
 opxo9, 125 
 oaov Icm, 43 
 oa-109, 188 
 00707, 152 
 ocrcrai, 27 
 oomcrovv, 179 
 6acf)pr]crL<s, 152 
 6 179 
 
 ovapov, 132 
 ova9, 26 
 ovSap , 132 
 00A09, 219 
 ovpos, 135, 185 
 ou cf)dvai , 146 
 o^etActv, 146 
 o^)i9, 183 
 o^ttv, 124 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 247 
 
 0^09, 41 
 
 TraBziv, 80 
 7rat8tW, 175 
 iraUiv, 223 
 7rais, 175 
 7rat5, 175 
 7raXato9, 18 
 7raA.ii/, 115 
 7raAAa, 132 
 TraAAa/ay, 160 
 7ra\fxrj, 195 
 TrarSiKws Savelv, 143 
 7ravr/yvpL<; } 43 
 7ravovpyo<iy 25 
 7ravT€s, 179 
 7ravrw5, 166 
 7rdv)(v, 165 
 7rapa, 162 
 7rapn\ey€cr$ai, 160 
 TrapaaTeWecr&ai, 134 
 irapavTLKa, 182 
 7rapa<£pa)V, 13 
 Trapayjjrjpa, 182 
 7rap$eVo9, 233 
 
 Trapiauv, 121 
 7rapo9, 19 
 7ra?, 180 
 7racracr$ai, 11 
 7ra(rcraAo5, 196 
 7raTpio9, 158 
 Tcarpioos, 158 
 
 7raupos, 157 
 7ra^wco, 159 
 Trayys, 55, 165 bis 
 7reSdv, 39 
 Tre'&y, 232 
 7reStov, 231 
 7re8ov, 211 
 7re£ov <#etVai, 161 
 7re£os, 58 
 7rCL$€LV, 81 
 7T€tVa, 232 
 7rapar^s, 169 
 Treipeiv, 48 
 7retpw, 5, 144, 157 
 7re/coo, 221 
 7reAayi£eii/, 134 
 7reAayo<?, 134 
 7reAAo9, 46 
 TTekrr), 195 
 7reAojpio9, 131 
 7T€i/$og, 4, 66, 119 
 7T€vta, 158 
 7revopuu, 232 
 7rc7rapetv, 19,48,112, 
 183 
 
 7re7roi$o9, 86 
 7T€7TOt^(jO, 44 
 7repa, 214 
 7repato9, 132 
 irlpavy 214 
 7repav, 153 
 7repSei,v, 221 
 7T€Ot, 149 
 
 ] 7repi/?o\o9, 144 
 
 !7r6pietvai, 2 
 TrcpicraeveLv, 2 
 TrecreLv, 117,134,193 
 TrereorSaL, 10, 96 
 7 t It pat, 193 bis 
 7T€(f)V€LV, 90 
 
 Triij/cu, 58 
 7rr)\aL, 139 
 7rr)\os, 129 
 7ny£ai, 155, 196 
 7n$d.Kvr), 8 
 7ri$e«/, 181 
 7U$09, 8 
 TTlKpoS, 3 
 7rtp,eA^9, 165 
 7rtp,7rpai/at, 2 
 7r«/e«/, 29 
 7tlvo<s, 46, 130 
 7n7rpdcrK€LV, 222 
 7rtcrTt9, 82 
 7rio-Torr/9, 82 
 7TLTV€iV, 134 
 7 rAava<r$ai, 71 
 
 7rAa£, 8, 125, 135 
 7rAc£ai, 184 
 rrAevcrat, 166 
 7r\rj$aiv, 65 
 7r\ovcrio9, 65 
 7 tAovto9j 65 
 7r\v$dv, 119 
 Trvcvp.a, 16, 149 
 7myo«9, 25 
 
248 
 
 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 7TO"9 €lv, 164, 221 bis 
 7ro$o?, 146, 164 bis, 
 204 
 
 iroLrjfxaTa , 32 
 7tolklXov, 220 
 TTOLfJLVr], 160 
 7 TOiVTJ, 232 
 7ro\£fuo<i, 4 
 7t6\l<s, 93 bis 
 7roXAaKts, 189 
 7roAAog, 168 
 7 roXvs, 65 
 7ro/x7ny, 90 
 7T0V05, 117, 153 
 TTOVTL^tlV, 134 
 7 TOVTOS, 134 
 7ropev€oSca, 174 
 TTopSelv, 221 bis 
 7TCpi£aV, 79 
 7 TOpKOS, 210 
 7roppco«9'€V, 173 
 7rorapto5, 85 
 7TOTe, 148 
 7TOTI, 212 
 7rorvtog, 168 
 7T0T05, 29 
 7rpa£a?, 9 
 7rpao?, 140 
 7rpd(TCT€LV, 153 
 7rpal5?, 30 
 
 7Tp€(jf3VTTJS, 175, 228 
 irprjvrj*;, 174 
 7rptacr^at, 70 
 
 TrpXv &rj, 171 
 7rpo/ca, 183 
 7rpocr€Tt, 171 
 
 rrpocrrjKGVT ^, 145 
 
 7rpos TOVTO (.?, 171 
 
 7rpofr^)opo5, 78 
 7rporepog, 19 
 7rpo7rep,7rav, 42 
 7rpo</>epto, 102, 131 
 7 TpO<f)7]TeLOL, 65 
 7 rpvA.ee?, 175 
 7rpaiv, 174 
 7TT€pOV, 10 
 7 TT€pv£, 10 
 7 rrrjvos, 324 
 7 ttlXov, 10 
 7rrop^o?, 90 
 7rraj^eta, 159 
 7TV$U), 191 
 TrvKvrj, 175 
 7ru/evo?, 16 
 7IT& 175 
 moXeiv, 222 
 
 7TCOV, 160 
 
 pa/3acrcreLv , 14 
 p(u/36$, 154 
 
 ptt^og, 180 
 pe$o?, 136 
 p€7TO), 87 
 pevp.a, 85, 187 
 pevcrcu, 187 
 prjyp.LV, 185 
 
 prjiciL, 87 
 
 prjX°^ 1^5, 184 
 piV, 145 
 pLvrj\aT€Lv , 153 
 pi7ny, 185 
 poSavos, 51 
 poo?, 85 
 porraXov, 87 
 pv$p,o?, 45, 197 
 po7ro?, 130 
 pcoptaXco?, 219 
 p(op.rj, 169 
 
 < T(XKO<S, 195 
 o-a<£tu?, 59 
 crrjrrw, 191 
 aSevapo ?, 219 
 aSeveiv, 168 
 criyav, 199 
 acaavov, 191 
 (nwTrdv, 199 
 o"Kato?, 199 
 crKaipa), 22 
 ( TKeSdcrai , 83 
 cr/ceAAto, 130 
 
 <JKrj7TL(x)V, 90 
 
 <TKr)\f/ai, 90 
 cr/aoei?, 151 
 c TKXrjpov , 55 
 ( TKXrjpo '>, 23, 194 
 aKorrcXoi, 194 
 ( TKOTtpOV\ 150 
 ckoto?, 150 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 249 
 
 (TKVTOS, 195 
 ( TTraSav , 122, 210 
 
 C T7TO.V , 29 
 
 c TTrapa^at , 167 
 crirapyav, 215 
 CT7rdpT7], 121 
 cnraraXwv, 165 
 CT7TCOS, 202 
 airrjXaiov, 202 
 cnrrjXvy^, 202 
 - crraXa^ai, 96 
 <rreXXoj , 192 
 crrei'os, 15 
 OT€I/W7T09, 15 
 crreped, 96 
 crrepLcfios, 206 
 CTT€<f)(i), 19 
 cttlX/3o), 126 
 crTiXr], 96 
 CTTiiaL, 106 
 
 (TTt^O?, 192 
 aroc^euw, 124 
 ( TTOfu/>og , 215 
 
 aTopyrh 61 
 
 CTTOpS-)'], 90 
 
 crTop)(d£eLv, 212 
 
 crTo^d^crSaL, 214 
 crTO)(d£opLcu, 229 
 ( tt pa/3o ?, 206 
 
 (TTpe(f>eiv, 227 
 <TTpecf)<x), 19, 222 
 arTprjvrjs, 198 
 (TTpOcfiOLLOS , 25 
 
 <TTpo<f>dXiy£, 222 
 avapos, 205 
 c Tvyycvrp >, 145 
 crvyyLyvdxTKCLVf 102 
 c rvy^dipyjaac , 42 
 crvXXoyos , 43 
 avp./3€/3rjKOT(t jg, 34 
 ( TVjxfioXrj, 175 
 orvfjL7ravT€<i, 179 
 
 cv//. 7rag, 180 
 
 c Tvp.cf)opd, 35 
 (rwat/xos, 145 
 crvveyyvs, 8 
 ( TvviSpiov , 43 
 orvve^eia, 154 
 o~vv$£crLa, 44 
 crwoSog, 43 
 
 (TVVOIKOS, 106 
 
 crvs, 210 
 <nr^vog, 16 
 CT(f>dXX€LV, 76 
 cr<f)dXXu)v, 76 
 
 <r</>a£at, 111 
 acf)dpayo<i, 87 
 crcf>apd!~aL , 87 
 acfir/Koui, 157 
 ( TcfaSr/ , 38 
 o-</>o§pog, 3 
 orcfiptydv, 215 
 cr^a^aj, 139 
 cryacrTrjpiov, 139 
 cr^io), 212 
 cryrjp.a, 83 
 
 a-^otros, 121 
 a)(oXr}, 234 
 crcopog, 3 
 CTOJ5, 190 
 ( TcoTrjpLos , 190 
 
 raXanriopLa, 117 
 
 TCLVVS, 73 
 
 rapa/crog, 67 
 rapa^ai, 165 
 rdpyavov, 130 
 ravprjSov /^AeVciv, 26 
 Ta(f)6LV, 26, 117, 207 
 ra^’ av, 35 
 retveiv, 212 
 reipea, 205 
 Tetpav, 120 
 reipoptej/og, 84 
 Tei^og, 144 
 reAciog, 84 
 reAAoo, 208 
 reXog, 84 
 reVayog, 119 
 repag, 205 
 Tepp.a, 84 bis 
 repo - a>, 23, 211 
 rc^vtrat, 75 
 tt}A.€, 173 
 rrjXoScv, 173 
 TLrSrj, 133 
 rXrjvaL, 80, 232 
 Tot^og, 144 
 ro/cog, 86 
 
250 INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 roXfxa, 82 
 ToXp.LOVy 80 
 T07T05, 125 
 ropov, 26 
 rpayav, 215 
 rpayo 5 , 33 
 Tpaves, 214 
 rpa£ai, 25 
 Tpd<f>r]$, 213 
 rpd^rjXos, 68 
 
 rpa^vs, 26, 28 
 rpe/cco, 227 
 rpep-O), 225 
 rpe7rav, 227 
 rprjpia, 115 
 rprjxvs, 25 
 Tpifiecv, 120 
 TpdyXrj, 139 
 r vp/3r), 215 
 tvtSos, 158 
 TV(f)X6$y H7 
 TV<f)(D, 207 
 35 
 
 t^xov, 34 
 
 £as, 216 
 vyieLvos, 190 
 vypov, 216 
 vypos, 55 
 t>exo5, 166 
 vXai<T€LVy 122 
 
 {'At;, 199 bis 
 vVap, 202 
 
 v7raro5, 209 
 v7repl3dXXeaSat, 231 
 vTna^veicrS^aiy 167 
 V7TVOS, 202 
 vTro$€)(C(r$aL, 209 
 
 V7TOlf/La, 113 
 
 210 bis 
 varaTos, 75 
 $<^,25, 123 
 xnf/rjXos, 12 
 va), 216 
 
 <£aiVa>, 126 
 cfidXavSos, 126 
 cfidvai, 59, 60 
 <£avep(05, 19 
 <^>ao5, 129 
 <papyvvpu , 219 
 <j>dpp.aKov , 135 
 cj)dpvy£, 77 
 cjiavaTrjpLos, 78 
 <f>£yyeiv, 83 
 <£eyyog, 129 
 <£ey yco, 126 
 cfrepew, 76, 80 bis 
 <£epa), 56, 85 
 <j}T]p.r], 187 
 <f>rjv(u, 155 
 <j!>i}p€ 5 , 18, 187 
 <f)$LV€LV y 83 
 (f>$LV(ji, 84 
 < piXai'typurtruis , 99 
 < piXtiv, 61 , 201 
 
 <f>tXov€LKiay 152 
 <f>iXos, 14 
 cfiXeyeoSau, 22 
 <£A.eyp.a, 78 
 c fiXeyu), 78, 126 
 zfiXevu), 129 
 <f)Xea), 118 
 (fiXoyelv, 125 
 cf>Xvu), 84, 85 
 ^>o/3etcr^at, 224 
 <f>OLVO 5 , 90 
 c poLTav , 114, 181 
 <f)OV€V€iv, 111 
 (fiovzvSy 97 
 <fiopas , 170 
 c popav, 80 
 cfioprjpLa, 83 
 <£opip.o5, 83 
 (fiOpTO 5 , 142 
 </>pa/cro5, 44 
 <j>pd£ai, 79, 87, 219 
 cfapLKrj , 226 
 <f)pOV€LVy 218 
 C ppOVTLS , 53 
 <f>vyd<$, 161 
 (f)V€LV, 203 
 (f>vXd£aiy 89 
 (frvXov, 92 
 cfivXov €x«v, 78 
 ( f>VOpL€V7], 78 
 <£uco, 85, 86, 170 
 c pwpdv , 56 
 
INDEX OF GREEK WORDS. 
 
 251 
 
 Xa/3os, 88 
 XaLvew, 222 
 Xamo, 33 
 ^cupe, 29 
 X«Ae7 7 - 07779 , 117 
 XclXlvos, 87 
 Xa/xai, 211 
 
 X&p.aAo9, 198 
 \av8dveiv, 209 
 ^aos, 222 
 ^apaVf 96 
 ^aptv etSevai, 94 
 X^pw <£epay, 94 
 ^aw, 33 
 X€i.poa>, 96 
 ^ctpcov, 58 
 X€ipajvaKT€9, 75 
 
 ^€pas, 188 
 
 \epa-os, 98, 225 
 
 A 33 
 
 X^ecnvo?, 98 
 X$dn', 97, 211, bis 
 ^t/xapo9, 33 
 xAev^ 113 
 
 JxAiSt}, 174 
 xAoia, 113 
 xAcopo9, 129 
 Xi / oao’ro9, 233 
 Xotpo9, 33, 210 
 XopSrp 38 
 Xoprato9, 98 
 Xpav, 96 
 Xp>?, 146 
 XPV&v, 222 
 
 Xp 77 p.an 0 -p. 09 , 126 
 Xpccrp,oAoyetv, 96 
 XP^ctto 9, 30 
 Xpovio9, 172 
 Xpovo 9 , 60 
 Xpw9, 212 
 X^p-09, 216 
 
 Xwp,a, 41 
 Xpipeiv, 114 
 X^opo 9 , 125 
 
 if/dXXeiv, 32 
 ij/a<f>ap6<;, 188 
 ^€K(X9, 193 
 
 iJ/evSuv, 76 
 if/rjXacfidv, 144 bis 
 i^i}<^o9, 188 
 if/fycLv, 120 
 1 / 07 x 00 , 61, 193 
 1 /^ 1779 , 61, 78 
 1 // 1 A 09 , 157 
 i/aAoto, 221 
 i//oyo9, 183 
 if/oiSos, 130, 213 
 if/vS-os, 76, 88 
 16 
 
 \f/(op6<s, 177 
 
 wa, 135, 185 
 (oSai, 32 
 a)K€aj/o 9 , 20 
 (OKVS, 3 
 wXivrj, 217 
 wA£, 235 
 W/X 09 , 23 
 wo?, 171 
 0)9 €OLK€V, 38 
 <o<£eA?7p,a, 126 
 

 
 
 ■ 
 
 I ■ f ‘J 
 
 *' 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ’ 
 
 ' 
 
 • • 
 
 
 
 
 
WARREN F 
 
 . DRAPER, 
 
 PUBLISHER AND BOOKSELLER, 
 
 ANDOVER, MASS., 
 
 PUBLISHES AND OFFERS FOR SALE THE FOLLOWING, WHICH WILL BE SENT 
 POST PAID ON RECEIPT OF THE SUM NAMED. 
 
 GUERICKE’S CHURCH HISTORY (Ancient Church; including the 
 First Six Centuries). Translated by William G. T. Siiedd, Brown Professor 
 in Andover Theological Seminary. 442 pp. 8vo. $2.25. 
 
 The established credit of Guericke’s labors in the department of Ecclesiastical History, and the 
 use made of his works by many English writers will make this volume acceptable to a very large 
 class of students and readers. — London Journal of Sacred Literature. 
 
 Guericke’s History is characterized by research, devoutness, firm grasp of evangelical truth, 
 and careful exhibition of the practical as well as the intellectual aspects of Christianity. — North 
 Bi-itish Review. 
 
 We regard Professor Shedd’s version as a happy specimen of the transfusion , rather than a 
 translation, which many of the German treatises should receive. The style of his version is far 
 superior to that of the original. — Bibliotheca Sacra. 
 
 Among the most faithful, and yet the most independent, of the followers of Neander, may be 
 mentioned Guericke, who carries out Neander’s plan in a more compendious form, but with an 
 almost bigoted attachment to the peculiar doctrines of Luther, in a style so crabbed and involved, 
 that we should not have hesitated to pronounce it untranslatable, but for the fact that an eminent 
 teacher and accomplished writer of our own country has achieved what we regarded as a sheer 
 impossibility. We are glad to have a book made legible in English, which, in spite of its original 
 uncouthness, has been eminently useful, as a vehicle, not only of the best historical knowledge, 
 but of sincere piety, and sound religious sentiment in reference to all essentials. — Princeton, 
 Review. 
 
 In clearness the style of the translation exceeds the original. The natural animation and life¬ 
 like character, which commonly vanish in the process of translating from the German, have been 
 retained with signal success. We are disposed to consider it the best of the current text-books 
 for the use for which Prof. Shedd designs it. — New Englander. 
 
 Here is a Manual of Church History which may be confidently recommended, without reserve 
 or qualification, to students belonging to all evangelical churches. Guericke is thoroughly Or¬ 
 thodox. Ilis evangelical belief and feeling give him a lively and appreciative interest in the in¬ 
 ternal history of the Church ; he devotes special attention to the development of doctrines, and 
 presents the range of thought and substance of opinion distinguishing the works of the princi¬ 
 pal writers in successive ages of the Church. Guericke’s manual is complete in the particular 
 lines of history he has chosen, and is a most useful and reliable book for the theological class¬ 
 room. Professor Shedd has wisely translated with freedom, and has improved the structure of the 
 work. — Nonconformist. 
 
 We are glad that a Manual of Church History has appeared which exhibits, at once, undoubted 
 orthodoxy, and that grasp of mind which alone is capable of treating such a subject with a lu¬ 
 minous and lively brevity. — Clerical Journal. 
 
 With the additions and improvements made in the successive editions, it is now, on the whole, 
 the most readable work on Church History to be found. We have used the original for some 
 years, and entirely agree with the translator, that it hits the mean between an offensive fullness 
 and a barren epitome. — Central Christian Herald. 
 
 ( 1 ) 
 
Publications of W. F. Draper , Andover , 
 
 DISCOURSES AND ESSAYS. By William G. T. Shedd. 324 pp 
 12mo. $1.00. 
 
 The striking sincerity, vigor, and learning of this volume will be admired even by those rend¬ 
 ers who cannot go with the author in all his opinions. ‘Whatever debate the philosophical ten¬ 
 dencies of the book may challenge, its literary ability and moral spirit will be commended every 
 where. — New Englander. 
 
 These elaborate articles are written in a lucid and racy style, and invest with a rare interest the 
 themes of which they treat. — Bibliotheca Sacra. 
 
 These Discourses are all marked by profound thought, and perspicuity of sentiment.— 
 
 Princeton Review. 
 
 The Essay on a Natural Rhetoric we earnestly commend to all persons who publicly assume 
 either to speak or to write. — Universalist Quarterly. 
 
 Few clearer and more penetrating minds can be found in our country than that of Prof. Shedd. 
 If the mind gets dull, or dry, or ungovernable, put it to grappling with these masterly produc¬ 
 tions. — Congregational Herald, Chicago. • 
 
 Each of these Discourses is profoundly and ingeniously elaborated, and the volume as a whole 
 is a testimony to highly intellectual and consistent views of evangelical truth. — Boston Recorder. 
 
 LECTURES UPON THE PHILOSOPHY OP HISTORY. By 
 
 William G. T. Shedd. 128 pp. 12mo. 60 cts. 
 
 Professor Shedd has already achieved a high reputation for the union of philosophic insight 
 with genuine scholarship, of depth and clearness of thought with force and elegance of style, 
 and for profound views of sin and grace, cherished not merely on theoretical, but still more on 
 moral and experimental grounds. — Princeton Review. 
 
 This volume consists of four lectures, of which the following are the titles: The Abstract Idea 
 of History; The Nature and Definition of Secular History; The Nature and Definition of Church 
 History; The Verifying Test in Church History. It is written in a lucid style, and will interest 
 the students of theology and of history. — Bibliotheca Sacra. 
 
 The style of these Lectures has striking merits. The author chooses his words with rare skill 
 and taste, from an ample vocabulary; and writes with strength and refreshing simplicity. The 
 Philosophy of Realism, in application to history and historical theology, is advocated by vigorous 
 reasoning, and made intelligible by original and felicitous illustrations. — New Englander. 
 
 The “Lectures upon the Philosophy of nistory,” is an extraordinary specimen ef the meta¬ 
 physical treatise, and the charm of its rhetoric is not less noticeable. Prof. Shedd never puts his 
 creed under a bushel, but there are few students of any sect or class that will not derive great as¬ 
 sistance from his labors. — Universalist Quarterly. 
 
 It bears the impress of an elegant as well as highly philosophical mind. — Boston Recorder. 
 
 OUTLINES OF A SYSTEMATIC RHETORIC. From the German 
 
 of Dr. Francis Theremin, by William G. T. Shedd. Third and Revised 
 Edition, with an Introductory Essay by the translator, pp. 216. 12mo. 75 cts. 
 
 Advanced students will find it well worthy of perusal. The adoption of its leading ideas would 
 ennoble the art of rhetoric into a science, the practice of speaking into a virtue, and would clothe 
 the whole subject in our schools and colleges with a fresh and vital interest. — Bibliotheca 
 
 Sacra. 
 
 Every minister and theological professor (in composition and rhetoric especially) should read 
 it. A more thorough and suggestive, and, in the main .sensible view of the subject is hardly to be 
 found. The central idea of Theremin’s theory is, that Eloquence is a Virtue, and he who reads 
 this little book will be sure to receive an impulse in the direction of masculine thoughtful dis¬ 
 course. — Congregational Herald. 
 
 (») 
 
Publications of W. F. Draper. 
 
 AUBEELEW ON DANIEL AND THE REVELATION. Trans¬ 
 lated by Rev. Adolph Saphiu. 8vo. pp. 490. 8? 1.50. 
 
 “ It is refreshing to one’s spirit to receive a book of this kind from Germany.The 
 
 Prophecies of Daniel and of John have long been the sport of unbelieving criticism; and if 
 their authority as the products of Divine inspiration could have been overthrown by learning 
 and ingenuity and industry, this would long since have been accomplished. Undismayed by 
 the long array of learned names against him, Auberlcn, comparatively a young writer, has 
 undertaken the defence of these books, and has manfully fulfilled his task.” — Bib. Sacra. 
 
 ELLICOTT’S COMMENTARY, CRITICAL AND GRAMMAT¬ 
 ICAL, on St. Faul’s Epistle to the Galatians. With an Introductory Notice 
 by C. E. Stowe, Professor in Andover Theological Seminary. 8vo. pp. 183. 
 *1.50. 
 
 The Commentaries of Prof. Ellieott supply an urgent want in their sphere of criticism. Prof. 
 Stowe says of them, in his Notice: “It is the crowning excellence of these Commentaries that 
 they are exactly what they profess to be, critical and grammatical, and therefore, in the best 
 sense of the term, exegetical .His results are worthy of all confidence. lie is more care¬ 
 
 ful than Tischendorf slower and more steadily deliberate than Alford, and more patiently 
 laborious than any other living New Testament critic, with the exception, perhaps, of Tregei- 
 les.” 
 
 “ They [Ellicott's Commentaries] have set the first example, in this country, [England] of a 
 thorough and fearless examination of the grammatical and philological requirements of every 
 word of the sacred text. I do not know of anything superior to them, in their own particular 
 line, in Germany; and they add, what, alas! is so seldom found in that country, profound 
 reverence for the matter and subjects on which the author is laboring; nor is their value 
 lessened by Mr. Ellicott’s having confined himself for the most part to one department of a 
 commentator’s work — the grammatical and philological.” — Dean Alford. 
 
 “ The critical part is devoted to the settling of the text, and this is admirably done, with a 
 labor, skill, and conscientiousness unsurpassed.” — Bib. Sacra. 
 
 “ We have never met with a learned commentary on any book of the New Testament so 
 nearly perfect in every respect as the ‘ Commentary on the Epistle to the Galatians.’ by Prof. 
 Ellieott, of King’s College, London, — learned, devout, and orthodox.” — Independent. 
 
 “ We would recommend all scholars of the original Scriptures who seek directness, luminous 
 brevity, the absence of everything irrelevant to strict grammatical inquiry, with a concise and 
 yet very complete view of the opinions of others, to possess themselves of Ellicott’s Commen¬ 
 taries.” — American Presbyterian. 
 
 HENDERSON ON THE MINOR PROPHETS. THE BOOK 
 OF THE TWELVE MINOR PROPHETS. Translated from the Original 
 Hebrew. With a Commentary, Critical, Philological, and Exegetical. By 
 E. Henderson, D.D. With a Biographical Sketch of the Author, by E. I*. 
 Barrows, Hitchcock Professor in Andover Theological Seminary. 8vo. 
 pp. 490. *3.00. 
 
 “ This Commentary on the Minor Prophets, like that on the Prophecy of Isaiah, has been 
 highly and deservedly esteemed by professional scholars, and has been of great service to the 
 working ministry. We are happy to welcome it in an American edition, very neatly printed.” 
 — Bib. Sacra. 
 
 “ Clergymen and other students of the Bible will be glad to see this handsome American 
 edition of a work which has a standard reputation in its department, and which fills a place 
 that is filled, so far as we know, by no other single volume in the English language. Dr. Hen¬ 
 derson was a good Hebrew and Biblical scholar, and in his Commentaries he is intelligent, 
 brief, and to the point.” — Boston Recorder. 
 
 “ The American publisher issues this valuable work with the consent and approbation of the 
 author, obtained from himself before his death. It is published in substantial and elegant style, 
 clear white paper and beautiful type. The work is invaluable for its philological research and 
 critical acumen. The notes are learned, reliable, and practical, and the volume deserves a 
 place in every theological student’s library.” — American Presbyterian, etc. 
 
 “ Of all his Commentaries none are more popular than his Book of the Minor Prophets.” — 
 Christian Observer. 
 
 “ This is probably the best Commentary extant on the Minor Prophets. The work is worthy 
 of a place in the library of every scholar and every diligent and earnest reader of the Bible.” — 
 Christian Chronicle. 
 
 “ We have met with no so satisfactory a commentary on this part of the prophetic Scrip¬ 
 tures.”— Watchman Sf Reflector. 
 
Publications of W. K Draper . 
 
 COMMENTARY ON THE EPISTLE TO THE ROMANS. By 
 
 Moses Stuart, late Professor of Sacred Literature in the Theological 
 Seminary at Andover. Third Edition. Edited and revised by Prof. K. D. 
 C. Robbins. 12mo. pp. 544. $1.50. 
 
 “ His Commentary on the Romans is the most elaborate of all his works. It has elicited more 
 discussion than any of his other exegetical volumes. It is the result of long continued, patient 
 thought. It expresses, in clear style, his maturest conclusions. It has the animating influence 
 of an original treatise, written on a novel plan, and under a sense of personal responsibility. 
 Regarding it in all its relations, its antecedents and consequents, we pronounce it the most 
 important Commentary which has appeared in this country on this Epistle.”— Bib. Sacra. 
 
 “ We heartily commend this work to all students of the Bible. The production of one of the 
 first Biblical scholars of our age, on the most important of all the doctrinal books of the New 
 Testament, it deserves the careful study, not only of those who agree with Prof. Stuart in his 
 theological and exegetical principles, but of those who earnestly dissent from some of his 
 views in both respects.” — Watchman and Reflector. 
 
 “This contribution by Prof. Stuart has justly taken a high place among the Commentaries 
 on the Epistle to the Romans, and, with his other works, will always be held in high estimation 
 by the student of the Sacred Scriptures.” — Rew York Observer. 
 
 COMMENTARY ON THE EPISTLE TO THE HEBREWS. 
 
 By Prop. M. Stuart. Third Edition. Edited and revised by Prof. K. D. C. 
 Bobbiks. 12mo. pp. 575. $1.75. 
 
 “ It is a rich treasure for the student of the original. As a commentator, Prof. Stuart was 
 especially arduous and faithful in following up the thought and displaying the connection of a 
 passage, and his work as a scholar will bear comparison with any that have since appeared on 
 either side of the Atlantic.” — American Presbyterian. 
 
 “ This Commentary is classical, both as to its liferary and its theological merits. The edition 
 before us is very skilfully edited, by Professor Robbins, and gives in full Dr. Stuart’s text, with 
 additions bringing it down to the present day.” — Episcopal Recorder. 
 
 “We have always regarded this excellent Commentary as the happiest effort of the late 
 Andover Professor. It seems to us well-nigh to exhaust the subjects which the author compre¬ 
 hended in his plan.” — Boston Recorder. 
 
 “ It is from the mind and heart of an eminent Biblical scholar, whose labors in the cause of 
 sacred learning will not soon be forgotten.” — Christian Observer. 
 
 COMMENTARY ON THE BOOK OP PROVERBS. By Prop. 
 
 M. Stuart. 12mo. pp. 432. $1.25. 
 
 “ This is the last work from the pen of Prof. Stuart. Both this Commentary and the one 
 preceding it, on Ecclesiastes, exhibit a mellowness of spirit which savors of the good man ripen¬ 
 ing for heaven; and the style is more condensed, and, in that respect, more agreeable, than in 
 some of the works which were written in the unabated freshness and exuberant vigor of his 
 mind. In learning and critical acumen they are equal to his former works. No English 
 reader, we venture to say, can elsewhere find so complete a philological exposition of these two 
 important books of the Old Testament.” — Bib. Sacra. 
 
 STUART’S MISCELLANIES, pp. 369. 12mo. 75 cents. 
 
 Contents. — I. Letters to Dr. Channing on the Trinity. — II. Two Sermons on the Atone¬ 
 ment.— III. Sacramental Sermon on the Lamb of God. — IV. Dedication Sermon.— Real 
 Christianity. —V. Letter to Dr. Channing on Religious Liberty. —VI. Supplementary Notes 
 and Postscripts. 
 
 STUART’S GREEK GRAMMAR OF THE NEW TESTA¬ 
 MENT DIALECT. Second Edition. Corrected and rewritten. 8vo. $1.00 
 
 PRINCIPLES OF INTERPRETATION. Translated from the Latin 
 
 of J. A. Ernesti, and accompanied by Notes, with an Appendix containing 
 Extracts from Morns, Beck, Keil, and Henderson. By M. Stuart. Fourth 
 Edition. 12mo. Half cloth, pp. 142. 60 cents. 
 
 STUART’S HEBREW CHRESTOMATHY. Designed as an Intro- 
 duction to a course of Hebrew Study. Third Edition, 8vo. pp. 231. 75 cents. 
 
 (41 
 
Publications ofW.F. Draper, 
 
 DODERLEIN’S HAND-BOOK OP LATIN SYNONYMES. 
 
 Translated by 11 ev. H. H. Arnold, B. A., with an Introduction by S. II. 
 Taylor, LL. D. New Edition, with an Index of Greek words. 16mo. pp. 
 267. 80 cents. 
 
 “ The present hand-book of Doderlein is remarkable for the brevity, distinctness, perspicuity, 
 and appositeness of its definitions. It will richly reward not merely the classical, but the gen¬ 
 eral student, for the labor he may devote to it. It is difficult to open the volume, even at random, 
 
 without discovering some hint which may be useful to a theologian.From the preceding 
 
 extracts, it will be seen that this hand-book is useful in elucidating many Greek as well as Latin 
 synonymes.”— Bib. Sacra. 
 
 “ The little volume mentioned above, introduced to the American public by an eminent 
 Scholar and Teacher, Samuel H. Taylor, LL. D., is one of the best helps to the thorough appre¬ 
 ciation of the nice shades of meaning in Latin words that have met my eye. It deserves the 
 attention of teachers and learners, and will amply reward patient study.” — E. D. Sanborn, late 
 Professor of Latin in Dartmouth College. 
 
 “ The study of it will conduce much to thorough and accurate knowledge of the old Roman 
 tongue. To the present edition is appended an‘Index of Greek words,’which embraces all 
 the Greek words contained in the Latin Synonymes, and affords valuable aid in the elucidation 
 of Greek Synonymes.” — Boston Recorder. 
 
 POLITICAL ECONOMY. Designed as a Text-Book for Colleges. By 
 John Bascom, A. M., Professor in Williams College. 12mo. pp. 366. 
 $ 1 . 00 . 
 
 f 
 
 “It goes over the whole ground in a logical order. The matter is perspicuously arranged 
 under distinct chapters and sections; it is a compendious exhibition of the principles of the 
 science without prolonged disquisitions on particular points, and it is printed in the style for 
 which the Andover Press has long been deservedly celebrated.” — Princeton Review. 
 
 “ This work is one of value to the student. It treats of the relations and character of political 
 economy, its advantages as a study, and its history. Almost every subject in the range of the 
 science is here touched upon and examined in a manner calculated to interest and instruct the 
 reader.” — Amherst Express. 
 
 “ The book is worthy a careful study, both for the views it contains and as a mental training. 
 The author understands himself, and has evidently studied his subject well. The style in which 
 it is put forth also commends it to the reading community.”— Evening Express. 
 
 “This is a valuable work upon a subject of much interest. Professor Bascom writes well, 
 and his book makes an excellent manual. His stand-point in the middle of the 19th century 
 gives it a character quite unlike that of the older works upon the subject.” — Boston Recorder. 
 
 RUSSELL’S PULPIT ELOCUTION. Comprising Remarks on the 
 Effect of Manner in public Discourse; the Elements of Elocution applied to 
 the Reading of the Scriptures, Hymns and Sermons; with Observations on 
 the Principles of Gesture; and a Selection of Exercises in Reading and 
 Speaking. With an Introduction by Prop. E. A. Park and Rev. E. N. 
 Kirk. 413 pp. 12mo. Second Edition. $1.25. 
 
 “ Mr. Russell is known as one of the masters of elocutionary science in the United States. 
 He has labored long, skilfully, and successfully in that most interesting field, and has acquired 
 an honored name among the teachers and writers upon rhetoric. It is one of the most thorough 
 publications upon the subject, and is admirably addressed to the correction of the various 
 defects which diminish the influence of pulpit discourses. It is already an established authority 
 in many places.” — Literary World. 
 
 HISTORICAL MANUAL OP THE SOUTH CHURCH IN AN¬ 
 DOVER, MASS. Compiled by Rev. George Mooar; with a portrait of 
 Rev. Samuel Phillips, first Pastor of the Church. 12mo. pp 200. $1.25. 
 
 “ This manual has a value far beyond the promise made in its title-page. Henceforth, what¬ 
 ever may befall the records of the South Church in Andover, or even the Church itself,— 
 though both were blotted from the earth, — its history for a hundred and fifty years is safe. And 
 in that history is embraced an amount of instruction rarely condensed into so small a space. 
 The catalogue of members, numbering 2,177, indicates the date and manner of admission — 
 whether by profession or letter; the date and manner of removal — whether by death, dismis¬ 
 sion, or excommunication; generally the age of the deceased, and, if females who married 
 during their membership, the names of their husbands.” — Congregatiotial Quarterly. 
 
 m 
 
Publications of IV. F. Draper, Andover. 
 
 THEOLOGIA GEHMANICA. Which setteth forth many fair lineaments 
 of Divine Truth, and saitli very lofty and lovely things touching a Perfect Life. 
 Edited by Du. Pfeiffer, from the only complete manuscript yet known. 
 Translated from the German by Susanna Winkworth. With a Preface by 
 the Rev. Charles Kingsley, Rector ofEversley; and a Letter to the Trans¬ 
 lator, by the Chevalier Bunsen, D. D., D. C. L., etc.; and an Introduction 
 by Prof. Calvin E. Stowe, D. D. 275 pp. lGmo. Cloth, $ 1.00 : calf, $2.00. 
 
 This treatise was discovered by Luther, who first brought it into notice by an edition which 
 he published in 1516, of which he says : “ And I will say, though it be boasting of myself, and 
 ‘ I speak as a fool,’ that, next to the Bible and St. Augustine, no book hath ever come into my 
 hands whence I have learnt, or would wish to learn, more of what God and Christ, and man, 
 and all things, are." 
 
 “ The times and the circumstances in which this most rich, thoughtful, and spiritually 
 quickening little treatise was produced, — the national and ecclesiastical tendencies and influ¬ 
 ences which invested its author, and which gave tone, direction, and pressure to his thoughts, 
 — are amply and well set forth in the preface by Miss Winkworth, and the letter of Bunsen. 
 The treatise itself is richly deserving of the eulogies upon it so emphatically and affectionately 
 uttered by Prof. Stowe and Mr. Kingsley, and, long before them, by Luther, who said that it 
 had profited him ‘ more than any other book, save only the Bible and the works of Augustine.’ 
 Sin, as a universal disease and defilement of the nature of man ; Christ, as an indwelling life, 
 light, and heavenly power; Holiness, as the utmost good for the soul; and Heaven, as the 
 state or place of the consummation of this holiness, with the consequent vision of God, and 
 the ineffable joy and peace,—these are the theme of the book. And it has the grand, and in 
 this day the so rare and almost singular merit, of having been prompted by a real and deep relig¬ 
 ious experience, and of having been written, not with outward assistance, but with the enthu¬ 
 siasm, the spiritual wisdom, and the immense inward freedom and energy, of a soul itself con¬ 
 scious of union with Christ, and exulting in the sense of being made, through him, ‘ a partaker 
 of the Divine nature.’ 
 
 “ Those who have known the most of Christ will value most this “ golden treatise.’’ Those 
 whose experience of the divine truth has been deepest and most central will find the most in 
 it to instruct and to quicken them. To such it will be an invaluable volume worth thousands 
 upon thousands of modern scientific or hortatory essays upon “ Religion made easy.” 
 
 “ It is printed by Mr. Draper, at the Andover press, in the old English style, with beautiful 
 carefulness and skill, and is sent, post paid, to all who remit him one dollar.”— Independent. 
 
 “ The work is at once a literary curiosity and a theological gem.” — Puritan Recorder. 
 
 “ This little volume, which is brought out in antique type, is, apart from its intrinsic value, a 
 curiosity of literature. It may be regarded as the harbinger of the Protestant Reformation.” — 
 Evening Traveller. 
 
 THE CONFESSIONS OF ST. AUGUSTINE. Edited, with an 
 
 Introduction, by Prof. W. G. T. Shedd. $1.25. calf, $2.00. 
 
 “In this beautiful edition of Augustine’s Confessions, published in the antique style, the 
 translation has been carefully revised by Prof. Shedd, of Andover, from a comparison with the 
 Latin text. His Introduction presents a fine analysis of Augustine’s religious experience in its 
 bearing upon his theological system. Both the intellect and the heart of the modern preacher 
 may be refreshed and stimulated by the frequent perusal of these confessions.” — Independent. 
 
 “Prof. Shedd has earned our heartfelt thanks for this elegant edition of Augustine’s Confes¬ 
 sions. The book is profitable for the Christian to study, and we would commend it as a daily 
 companion in the closet of the intelligent believer who desires to be taught the way to holiness 
 through communion of the Spirit. Prof. Sliedd’s Introduction is a masterly essay, which itself 
 is a volume for attentive reading. It ought to be read before the book is begun. Thorough, 
 searching, and discriminating beyond the facts it communicates, its instructions and hints are 
 suggestive and invaluable.”—A. Y. Observer. 
 
 “ This is a beautiful edition of a precious work. The Confessions of Augustine are so honest, 
 that we easily become enthusiastic in their praise. The depth of his piety, the boldness of his 
 imagination, the profoundness of his genius, his extravagant conceptions, his very strainingand 
 stretching of philosophical and biblical statements, have all a certain charm which ensures for 
 his works an enduring popularity.”—Bib. Sacra, 1860, p. 671. 
 
 “We have long wanted to see just such an edition of Augustine’s Confessions. The editor 
 has done a public service in introducing it; and its typographical beauty is no small recom¬ 
 mendation of it.” — PresLyteman, June 23, I860. 
 
Publications of W. F. Draper , 
 
 MESSIANIC PROPHECY AND THE LIFE OP CHRIST. 
 
 By Rev. W. S. Kennedy. 12mo. pp. 484. $1.00. 
 
 “ The plan of the author is to collect all the prophecies of the Old Testament referring to the 
 Messiah, with appropriate comments and reflections, and then to pursue the subject through 
 the New Testament in the life of Christ as he appeared among men. The reader will find the 
 results of Hengstenberg and Neander here gathered up, and presented in a readable shape.” — 
 The Presbyterian. 
 
 “ This is a work of great comprehensiveness. Here, in the compass of less than five hundred 
 duodecimo pages, we have the Christology of the Old and New Testament Scriptures, some¬ 
 thing like a combination of the Christology of Hengstenberg and Neander’s Life of Christ. Of 
 course the fulness of these great works is not imitated, but the reader will find the results of 
 these and similar investigations carefully gathered up, and presented in a clear, readable shape. 
 The Life of Christ is based upon Robinson’s Harmony of the Gospels.” — American Presbyterian. 
 
 SCHAUFFLER’S MEDITATIONS ON THE LAST DAYS OF 
 
 CHRIST. 12mo. pp. 439. $1.00. 
 
 The first sixteen chapters of the book consist of Meditations on the last days of Christ, 
 preached in the midst of plague and death, by Rev. Mr. Schaufiler, at Constantinople; the second 
 part, of eight sermons on the 17th chapter of John, and is a practical exposition of that chapter. 
 
 BIBLE HISTORY OF PRAYER. By C. A. Goodrich. 12mo. 
 pp. 384. $1.00. 
 
 The aim of this little volume is to embody an account of the delightful and' successful inter¬ 
 course of believers with heaven for some four thousand years. The author has indulged a 
 good deal in narrative, opening and explaining the circumstances which gave birth to the 
 several prayers. 
 
 MONOD’S DISCOURSES ON THE LIFE OF ST. PAUL. 
 
 Translated from the French, by Rev. J. H. Myers, D.D. 12mo. pp. 191. 
 75cts. 
 
 “ The aim of the author is to present an estimate of the character, labors, and writings of the 
 apostle Paul in the light of an example, and to apply the principles which actuated him, and 
 which he maintained, to Christians of the present day.” — Boston Journal. 
 
 “ These Discourses are distinguished for genuine eloquence, thorough research, and pro¬ 
 found thought, accompanied with a glowing, earnest spirit, adapting the lessons of the great 
 Apostle to the spiritual wants of men.”— Christian Observer. 
 
 “ The work is of rare merit. The author was one of the brightest lights of the French pulpit 
 in the present age, and his death was a source of great grief throughout the evangelical Prot¬ 
 estant world. As we read these Discourses, in which the preacher holds up the great Apostle 
 before his hearers, and urges them to take him as their example, we cannot but feel that there 
 is a real sympathy between the preacher and his subject that could only exist in virtue of a 
 •work by the same Spirit of God upon natural temperaments and dispositions of mind strikingly 
 akin to each other.” — N. C. Presbyterian. 
 
 “ This little volume we regard as a very valuable addition to what may be called the 4 Liter¬ 
 ature of the apostle Paul.’ The number of books that have been composed upon St. Paul 
 is one of the many proofs of his greatness, both by nature and grace. But, of them all, there 
 is not a more vital and appreciating book than this of Monod. Original and suggestive thoughts 
 are continually struck out upon collateral subjects, while yet the principal aim of the work 
 is never lost sight of. The account of the physique of the apostle, in its relations to eloquence 
 (p. 115, seq.), will interest the preacher. The translation is faithful and elegant; reproducing, 
 in no ordinary degree, the finer and more intangible qualities in the style of a vivid and com¬ 
 manding orator.” — Bib. Sacra, 1860. 
 
 CARLYLE’S LATTER-DAY PAMPHLETS. 12mo. pp. 427. $1.00. 
 
 Contents. — The Present Time. — Model Prisons. — Downing Street. — The New Down¬ 
 ing Street. — Stump Orator. — Parliaments. — Hudson’s Statue. — Jesuitism. 
 
W. F. DRAPER, 
 
 IpttMisIjcr, Jfmpor in, jtnir DookscIIcr, 
 
 \ 
 
 Keeps constantly on hand, at the Andover Printing and Publishing 
 
 House, a large assortment of 
 
 fjplopitl, Classical, atcii Pisccllancoas laolis, 
 
 -v a 
 
 which he offers to the trade, and to individuals, at the lowest rates. 
 Among his collection will always be found all the standard works in 
 Theology, Biblical Exegesis, Church History, etc., etc. 
 
 Having many facilities for importing European Books, he is able 
 to furnish his customers with all possible dispatch, and on the best 
 terms. Particular attention paid to furnishing libraries to Clergy¬ 
 men and Theological Students, and to the collection of rare theo¬ 
 logical works. 
 
 Orders by mail promptly attended to. All books in this catalogue 
 will be sent by mail, post paid, on receipt of the sums affixed. 
 
 Andover, Mass. 
 

 
 
 
 v-‘2r ■‘i-y 
 
 A. 
 
 v 
 
 ■ x 
 
 3 
 
 ' J 
 
 < 
 
 / 
 
 S ,\5$; Jiri 
 
Date Due 
 
 
 j 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * • 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 1 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 t 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 • 
 
 
 
 f 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Boston College 
 The Library 
 
 Chestnut Hill 67 , Mass. 
 
 Books may be kept for two weeks unless a short¬ 
 er time is specified. 
 
 Two cents a day is charged for each 2-week book 
 
 kept overtime; 25 cents a day for each overnight 
 book. 
 
 If you cannot find what you want, inquire at 
 the delivery desk for assisstance.